Copy the KDE 3.5 branch to branches/trinity for new KDE 3.5 features.

BUG:215923


git-svn-id: svn://anonsvn.kde.org/home/kde/branches/trinity/kdenetwork@1054174 283d02a7-25f6-0310-bc7c-ecb5cbfe19da

71 files changed, 50567 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/statistics/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6aa7812
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+INCLUDES = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+SUBDIRS = sqlite
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_statistics.la
+
+kopete_statistics_la_SOURCES = statisticsplugin.cpp statisticsdb.cpp statisticsdialog.cpp statisticswidget.ui statisticscontact.cpp statisticsdcopiface.skel
+
+kopete_statistics_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_statistics_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la sqlite/libsqlite.la
+
+service_DATA = kopete_statistics.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+mydatadir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete_statistics
+mydata_DATA = statisticsui.rc
+
+mydatadirimagesdir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete/pics/statistics
+mydatadirimages_DATA = images/blue.png images/navy.png images/black.png images/gray.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/TODO b/kopete/plugins/statistics/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dba76062
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* A database cleaner.

+ - If theyre are two Online status following themselves with small times betweens them (less than 1 minute ?), merge them.

+ 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/black.png b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/black.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8344f01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/black.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/blue.png b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/blue.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e58e283d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/blue.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/gray.png b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/gray.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..49ba3af4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/gray.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/navy.png b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/navy.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0038d5e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/navy.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/kopete_statistics.desktop b/kopete/plugins/statistics/kopete_statistics.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..239e5320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/kopete_statistics.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=statistics
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_statistics
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Marc Cramdal
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=marc.cramdal@yahoo.fr
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_statistics
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.1
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Statistics
+Name[be]=Статыстыка
+Name[bg]=Статистика
+Name[bn]=পরিসংখ্যান
+Name[br]=Stadegoù
+Name[bs]=Statistike
+Name[ca]=Estadístiques
+Name[cs]=Statistika
+Name[cy]=Ystadegau
+Name[da]=Statistik
+Name[de]=Statistiken
+Name[el]=Στατιστικά
+Name[eo]=Statistikoj
+Name[es]=Estadísticas
+Name[et]=Statistika
+Name[eu]=Estatistikak
+Name[fa]=آمار
+Name[fi]=Tilastot
+Name[fr]=Statistiques
+Name[ga]=Staitistic
+Name[gl]=Estatísticas
+Name[he]=סטטיסטיקה
+Name[hu]=Statisztika
+Name[is]=Tölfræði
+Name[it]=Statistiche
+Name[ja]=統計
+Name[ka]=სტატისტიკა
+Name[kk]=Статистика
+Name[km]=ស្ថិតិ
+Name[lt]=Statistika
+Name[nb]=Statistikk
+Name[nds]=Statistik
+Name[ne]=तश्याङ्क
+Name[nl]=Statistieken
+Name[nn]=Statistikk
+Name[pa]=ਅੰਕੜੇ
+Name[pl]=Statystyki
+Name[pt]=Estatísticas
+Name[pt_BR]=Estatísticas
+Name[ro]=Statistici
+Name[ru]=Статистика
+Name[sk]=Štatistiky
+Name[sl]=Statistika
+Name[sr]=Статистика
+Name[sr@Latn]=Statistika
+Name[sv]=Statistik
+Name[tr]=İstatistlikler
+Name[uk]=Статистика
+Name[uz]=Statistika
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Статистика
+Name[zh_CN]=统计
+Name[zh_HK]=統計
+Name[zh_TW]=統計
+Comment=Gather some meaningful statistics
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за обобщаваща статистика
+Comment[bn]=কিছু অর্থপূর্ণ পরিসংখ্যান সমবেত করে
+Comment[bs]=Prikuplja neke interesantne statistike
+Comment[ca]=Obté estadístiques
+Comment[cs]=Shromažďuje užitečné statistiky
+Comment[da]=Indsamling af noget meningsfuld statistik
+Comment[de]=Einige aussagekräftige Statistiken sammeln
+Comment[el]=Συλλογή μερικών σημαντικών στατιστικών
+Comment[es]=Recoge algunas estadí­sticas significativas
+Comment[et]=Veidi statistikat, millest võib kasu olla
+Comment[eu]=Estatistika esanguratsuak bildu
+Comment[fa]=جمع‌آوری بعضی از آمارهای با معنی
+Comment[fi]=Kerää hyödyllisiä tilastoja
+Comment[fr]=Récupération de quelques statistiques utiles
+Comment[he]=מלקט סטטיסטיקה בעלת משמעות
+Comment[hu]=Statisztikai adatok gyűjtése
+Comment[is]=Safna saman nokkrum gagnlegum tölfræði upplýsingum
+Comment[it]=Raccoglie delle statistiche significative
+Comment[ja]=有意義な統計データを収集します
+Comment[ka]=სტატისტიკის შეგროვება
+Comment[kk]=Кейбір маңызды статистиканы жинақтау
+Comment[km]=ប្រមែប្រមូល​ស្ថិតិ​សំខាន់ៗ​មួយ​ចំនួន
+Comment[lt]=Rinkti prasmingą statistiką
+Comment[nb]=Samle noen opplysninger med mening
+Comment[nds]=En poor sinnvulle Statistiken sammeln
+Comment[ne]=केही अर्थपूर्ण तश्याङ्क भेला गर्नुहोस्
+Comment[nl]=Verzamel wat betekenisvolle statistieken
+Comment[nn]=Samla nokre opplysningar med meining
+Comment[pl]=Zbieranie niektórych znaczących statystyk
+Comment[pt]=Recolher algumas estatísticas relevantes
+Comment[pt_BR]=Coleta estatísticas úteis
+Comment[ru]=Собрать некоторые статистические данные
+Comment[sk]=Zozbiera niektoré významné štatistiky
+Comment[sl]=Zbiranje uporabne statistike
+Comment[sr]=Сакупи нешто корисне статистике
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Sakupi nešto korisne statistike
+Comment[sv]=Samla in en del användbar statistik
+Comment[tr]=Anlamlı istatistlikler topla
+Comment[uk]=Зібрати деякі статистичні дані
+Comment[zh_CN]=收取更有意义的统计
+Comment[zh_HK]=收集一些有用的統計
+Comment[zh_TW]=收集一些有用的統計
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/kopetestatistics.kateproject b/kopete/plugins/statistics/kopetestatistics.kateproject
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e06ea21b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/kopetestatistics.kateproject
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+[Project Dir]
+Dirs=
+Files=statisticscontact.cpp/statisticscontact.h/statisticsdb.cpp/statisticsdb.h/statisticsdialog.cpp/statisticsdialog.h/statisticsplugin.cpp/statisticsplugin.h/statisticsui.rc/statisticswidget.cpp/statisticswidget.h/statisticswidget.ui/TODO/Makefile.am/kopete_statistics.template.html/kopete_statistics.css/kopete_statistics.desktop/statisticsdcopiface.h
+
+[Project File]
+Name=KopeteStatistics
+Type=Default
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f647c6d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES = \
+    libsqlite.la
+
+KDE_CFLAGS = \
+    -w
+
+libsqlite_la_CFLAGS = \
+    $(all_includes) \
+    -DTHREADSAFE=1
+
+libsqlite_la_LDFLAGS = \
+    $(LIBPTHREAD)
+
+libsqlite_la_SOURCES = \
+    attach.c \
+    auth.c \
+    btree.c \
+    build.c \
+    date.c \
+    delete.c \
+    encode.c \
+    expr.c \
+    func.c \
+    hash.c \
+    insert.c \
+    legacy.c \
+    main.c \
+    opcodes.c \
+    os_mac.c \
+    os_unix.c \
+    os_win.c \
+    pager.c \
+    parse.c \
+    pragma.c \
+    printf.c \
+    random.c \
+    select.c \
+    shell.c \
+    table.c \
+    tokenize.c \
+    trigger.c \
+    update.c \
+    utf.c \
+    util.c \
+    vacuum.c \
+    vdbe.c \
+    vdbeapi.c \
+    vdbeaux.c \
+    vdbemem.c \
+    where.c
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/attach.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/attach.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f089986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/attach.c
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser to process an ATTACH statement:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE filename AS dbname
+**
+** The pFilename and pDbname arguments are the tokens that define the
+** filename and dbname in the ATTACH statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3Attach(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  Token *pFilename,    /* Name of database file */
+  Token *pDbname,      /* Name of the database to use internally */
+  int keyType,         /* 0: no key.  1: TEXT,  2: BLOB */
+  Token *pKey          /* Text of the key for keytype 1 and 2 */
+){
+  Db *aNew;
+  int rc, i;
+  char *zFile, *zName;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+  if( pParse->explain ) return;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->nDb>=MAX_ATTACHED+2 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
+       MAX_ATTACHED);
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  zFile = sqlite3NameFromToken(pFilename);;
+  if( zFile==0 ) return;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, zFile, 0, 0)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteFree(zFile);
+    return;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDbname);
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
+    if( z && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "database %z is already in use", zName);
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqliteFree(zFile);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
+    aNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
+  }else{
+    aNew = sqliteRealloc(db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+  }
+  db->aDb = aNew;
+  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++];
+  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
+  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  aNew->zName = zName;
+  aNew->safety_level = 3;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, MAX_PAGES, &aNew->pBt);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
+  }
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  {
+    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, void*, int);
+    char *zKey;
+    int nKey;
+    if( keyType==0 ){
+      /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
+      extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+      sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+    }else if( keyType==1 ){
+      /* Key specified as text */
+      zKey = sqlite3NameFromToken(pKey);
+      nKey = strlen(zKey);
+    }else{
+      /* Key specified as a BLOB */
+      char *zTemp;
+      assert( keyType==2 );
+      pKey->z++;
+      pKey->n--;
+      zTemp = sqlite3NameFromToken(pKey);
+      zKey = sqlite3HexToBlob(zTemp);
+      sqliteFree(zTemp);
+    }
+    sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+    if( keyType ){
+      sqliteFree(zKey);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  sqliteFree(zFile);
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Initialized;
+  if( pParse->nErr==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    int i = db->nDb - 1;
+    assert( i>=2 );
+    if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[i].pBt);
+      db->aDb[i].pBt = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+    if( 0==pParse->nErr ){
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser to process a DETACH statement:
+**
+**    DETACH DATABASE dbname
+**
+** The pDbname argument is the name of the database in the DETACH statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Token *pDbname){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  Db *pDb = 0;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+  if( pParse->explain ) return;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 || pDb->zName==0 ) continue;
+    if( strlen(pDb->zName)!=pDbname->n ) continue;
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pDb->zName, pDbname->z, pDbname->n)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  if( i>=db->nDb ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such database: %T", pDbname);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( i<2 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot detach database %T", pDbname);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse,SQLITE_DETACH,db->aDb[i].zName,0,0)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+  pDb->pBt = 0;
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
+** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
+**
+** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required.  TRUE
+** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
+*/
+int sqlite3FixInit(
+  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
+  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
+  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
+  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
+  pFix->pParse = pParse;
+  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  pFix->zType = zType;
+  pFix->pName = pName;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
+** a specific database to all table references where the database name
+** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
+** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
+**
+** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
+** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
+** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
+** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
+** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
+** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
+** checks out, these routines return 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3FixSrcList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  zDb = pFix->zDb;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
+      pItem->zDatabase = sqliteStrDup(zDb);
+    }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
+         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
+         pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixSelect(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pSelect ){
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixExpr(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pExpr ){
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->pSelect) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->pList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixExprList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pStep ){
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pStep = pStep->pNext;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/auth.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/auth.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b251eacf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/auth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/*
+** 2003 January 11
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
+** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
+** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
+** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
+** macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+
+/*
+** Set or clear the access authorization function.
+**
+** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
+** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
+** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
+** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
+** to the auth function is one of these constants:
+**
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DELETE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_INSERT
+**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
+**       SQLITE_READ
+**       SQLITE_SELECT
+**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
+**       SQLITE_UPDATE
+**
+** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
+** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
+** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
+** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
+** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
+** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
+** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
+** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
+**
+** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
+** setting of the auth function is NULL.
+*/
+int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  db->xAuth = xAuth;
+  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
+** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
+*/
+static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the "
+    "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, "
+    "or SQLITE_DENY", rc);
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
+** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
+** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
+**
+** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
+** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
+** then generate an error.
+*/
+void sqlite3AuthRead(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
+  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
+  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int rc;
+  Table *pTab;          /* The table being read */
+  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
+  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
+  const char *zDBase;   /* Name of database being accessed */
+  TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+  for(iSrc=0; iSrc<pTabList->nSrc; iSrc++){
+    if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break;
+  }
+  if( iSrc>=0 && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc ){
+    pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
+  }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
+    /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables
+    ** of a trigger.
+    */
+    assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx );
+    pTab = pStack->pTab;
+  }else{
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pTab==0 ) return;
+  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
+    assert( pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName;
+  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
+  }else{
+    zCol = "ROWID";
+  }
+  assert( pExpr->iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDBase = db->aDb[pExpr->iDb].zName;
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase, 
+                 pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    if( db->nDb>2 || pExpr->iDb!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", 
+         zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol);
+    }
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
+** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
+** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
+** modified appropriately.
+*/
+int sqlite3AuthCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  int code,
+  const char *zArg1,
+  const char *zArg2,
+  const char *zArg3
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising. */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
+** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
+** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  AuthContext *pContext, 
+  const char *zContext
+){
+  pContext->pParse = pParse;
+  if( pParse ){
+    pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+    pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
+** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
+*/
+void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
+  if( pContext->pParse ){
+    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
+    pContext->pParse = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/btree.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/btree.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fe8754e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/btree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4462 @@
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** $Id$
+**
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
+**
+**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
+**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
+**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
+**
+** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
+** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
+**
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**   |  Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N) | Ptr(N+1) |
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
+** than Key(0).  All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
+** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1).  All of the keys
+** on Ptr(N+1) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N).  And
+** so forth.
+**
+** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the 
+** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
+**
+** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate 
+** BTrees.  Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page.  The
+** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload".  A
+** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
+** page.  If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
+** bytes are stored on overflow pages.  The payload for an entry
+** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell".  Each 
+** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N+1) pointer and other
+** information such as the size of key and data.
+**
+** FORMAT DETAILS
+**
+** The file is divided into pages.  The first page is called page 1,
+** the second is page 2, and so forth.  A page number of zero indicates
+** "no such page".  The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536.
+** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow
+** page.
+**
+** The first page is always a btree page.  The first 100 bytes of the first
+** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
+** The format of the file header is as follows:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      0      16     Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
+**     16       2     Page size in bytes.  
+**     18       1     File format write version
+**     19       1     File format read version
+**     20       1     Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
+**     21       1     Max embedded payload fraction
+**     22       1     Min embedded payload fraction
+**     23       1     Min leaf payload fraction
+**     24       4     File change counter
+**     28       4     Reserved for future use
+**     32       4     First freelist page
+**     36       4     Number of freelist pages in the file
+**     40      60     15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
+**
+** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
+**
+** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed more
+** than once within the same second.  This counter, together with the
+** modification time of the file, allows other processes to know
+** when the file has changed and thus when they need to flush their
+** cache.
+**
+** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
+** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
+** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables.  A value of 255 means 100%.  The default
+** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
+** on one page.  Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
+**
+** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
+** payload is spilled to overflow pages.  Once an overflow page is allocated,
+** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
+** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
+**
+** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
+** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree.  The maximum
+** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
+** not specified in the header.
+**
+** Each btree pages is divided into three sections:  The header, the
+** cell pointer array, and the cell area area.  Page 1 also has a 100-byte
+** file header that occurs before the page header.
+**
+**      |----------------|
+**      | file header    |   100 bytes.  Page 1 only.
+**      |----------------|
+**      | page header    |   8 bytes for leaves.  12 bytes for interior nodes
+**      |----------------|
+**      | cell pointer   |   |  2 bytes per cell.  Sorted order.
+**      | array          |   |  Grows downward
+**      |                |   v
+**      |----------------|
+**      | unallocated    |
+**      | space          |
+**      |----------------|   ^  Grows upwards
+**      | cell content   |   |  Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
+**      | area           |   |  and free space fragments.
+**      |----------------|
+**
+** The page headers looks like this:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE     DESCRIPTION
+**      0       1      Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
+**      1       2      byte offset to the first freeblock
+**      3       2      number of cells on this page
+**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
+**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
+**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N+1) value).  Omitted on leaves.
+**
+** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
+** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
+** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
+** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
+** the payload area.
+**
+** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
+** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
+** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
+** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
+** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
+** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
+**
+** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
+** beginning of the page.
+**
+** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
+** freeblocks.  Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size.  The byte offset
+** to the first freeblock is given in the header.  Freeblocks occur in
+** increasing order.  Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
+** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
+** exist on the freeblock chain.  A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
+** a fragment.  The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
+** in the page header at offset 7.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      2     Byte offset of the next freeblock
+**      2     Bytes in this freeblock
+**
+** Cells are of variable length.  Cells are stored in the cell content area at
+** the end of the page.  Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
+** that immediately follows the page header.  Cells is not necessarily
+** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
+**
+** Cell content makes use of variable length integers.  A variable
+** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each 
+** byte are used.  The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
+** the first byte with bit 8 clear.  The most significant byte of the integer
+** appears first.  A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
+** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data.  This
+** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
+**
+**    0x00                      becomes  0x00000000
+**    0x7f                      becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x81 0x00                 becomes  0x00000080
+**    0x82 0x00                 becomes  0x00000100
+**    0x80 0x7f                 becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78  becomes  0x12345678
+**    0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01  becomes  0x10204081
+**
+** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
+** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
+**
+** The content of a cell looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
+**      *     Payload
+**      4     First page of the overflow chain.  Omitted if no overflow
+**
+** Overflow pages form a linked list.  Each page except the last is completely
+** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes).  The last page can have as little
+** as 1 byte of data.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next overflow page
+**      *     Data
+**
+** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages.  The
+** file header points to first in a linked list of trunk page.  Each trunk
+** page points to multiple leaf pages.  The content of a leaf page is
+** unspecified.  A trunk page looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next trunk page
+**      4     Number of leaf pointers on this page
+**      *     zero or more pages numbers of leaves
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "pager.h"
+#include "btree.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+
+/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
+** size give above.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)  (pBt->pageSize-8)
+
+/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database.  This
+** assumes a minimum cell size of 3 bytes.  Such small cells will be
+** exceedingly rare, but they are possible.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/3)
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
+
+/*
+** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
+**                                  123456789 123456 */
+static const char zMagicHeader[] = "SQLite format 3";
+
+/*
+** Page type flags.  An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
+** first byte of every BTree page.
+*/
+#define PTF_INTKEY    0x01
+#define PTF_ZERODATA  0x02
+#define PTF_LEAFDATA  0x04
+#define PTF_LEAF      0x08
+
+/*
+** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
+** structure is appended and initialized to zero.  This structure stores
+** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
+**
+** The pParent field points back to the parent page.  This allows us to
+** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root.  Care must be taken to
+** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
+** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
+*/
+struct MemPage {
+  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
+  u8 idxShift;         /* True if Cell indices have changed */
+  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
+  u8 intKey;           /* True if intkey flag is set */
+  u8 leaf;             /* True if leaf flag is set */
+  u8 zeroData;         /* True if table stores keys only */
+  u8 leafData;         /* True if tables stores data on leaves only */
+  u8 hasData;          /* True if this page stores data */
+  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
+  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
+  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of Btree.maxLocal or Btree.maxLeaf */
+  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of Btree.minLocal or Btree.minLeaf */
+  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
+  u16 idxParent;       /* Index in parent of this node */
+  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
+  u16 nCell;           /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
+  struct _OvflCell {   /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
+    u8 *pCell;           /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
+    u16 idx;             /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
+  } aOvfl[5];
+  struct Btree *pBt;   /* Pointer back to BTree structure */
+  u8 *aData;           /* Pointer back to the start of the page */
+  Pgno pgno;           /* Page number for this page */
+  MemPage *pParent;    /* The parent of this page.  NULL for root */
+};
+
+/*
+** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
+** to the end.  EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
+** that extra information.
+*/
+#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
+
+/*
+** Everything we need to know about an open database
+*/
+struct Btree {
+  Pager *pPager;        /* The page cache */
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* A list of all open cursors */
+  MemPage *pPage1;      /* First page of the database */
+  u8 inTrans;           /* True if a transaction is in progress */
+  u8 inStmt;            /* True if we are in a statement subtransaction */
+  u8 readOnly;          /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
+  u8 maxEmbedFrac;      /* Maximum payload as % of total page size */
+  u8 minEmbedFrac;      /* Minimum payload as % of total page size */
+  u8 minLeafFrac;       /* Minimum leaf payload as % of total page size */
+  u8 pageSizeFixed;     /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
+  u16 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
+  u16 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
+  int maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  int minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  int maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+  int minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+};
+typedef Btree Bt;
+
+/*
+** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
+*/
+#define TRANS_NONE  0
+#define TRANS_READ  1
+#define TRANS_WRITE 2
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
+** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
+** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
+*/
+typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
+struct CellInfo {
+  u8 *pCell;     /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
+  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
+  u32 nData;     /* Number of bytes of data */
+  u16 nHeader;   /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
+  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally */
+  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
+  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
+};
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry in the BTree.
+** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
+** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
+*/
+struct BtCursor {
+  Btree *pBt;               /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
+  BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
+  int (*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*); /* Key comp func */
+  void *pArg;               /* First arg to xCompare() */
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
+  MemPage *pPage;           /* Page that contains the entry */
+  int idx;                  /* Index of the entry in pPage->aCell[] */
+  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
+  u8 wrFlag;                /* True if writable */
+  u8 isValid;               /* TRUE if points to a valid entry */
+  u8 status;                /* Set to SQLITE_ABORT if cursors is invalidated */
+};
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration
+*/
+static int checkReadLocks(Btree*,Pgno,BtCursor*);
+
+
+/*
+** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
+*/
+static u32 get2byte(unsigned char *p){
+  return (p[0]<<8) | p[1];
+}
+static u32 get4byte(unsigned char *p){
+  return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
+}
+static void put2byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+  p[0] = v>>8;
+  p[1] = v;
+}
+static void put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+  p[0] = v>>24;
+  p[1] = v>>16;
+  p[2] = v>>8;
+  p[3] = v;
+}
+
+/*
+** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
+** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
+** file.
+*/
+#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
+#define getVarint32  sqlite3GetVarint32
+#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint
+
+/*
+** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
+** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
+** to the cell content.
+**
+** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
+*/
+static u8 *findCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  u8 *data = pPage->aData;
+  assert( iCell>=0 );
+  assert( iCell<get2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3]) );
+  return data + get2byte(&data[pPage->cellOffset+2*iCell]);
+}
+
+/*
+** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
+** pages that do contain overflow cells.  See insert
+*/
+static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  int i;
+  for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int k;
+    struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
+    pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
+    k = pOvfl->idx;
+    if( k<=iCell ){
+      if( k==iCell ){
+        return pOvfl->pCell;
+      }
+      iCell--;
+    }
+  }
+  return findCell(pPage, iCell);
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.  There
+** are two versions of this function.  parseCell() takes a cell index
+** as the second argument and parseCellPtr() takes a pointer to the
+** body of the cell as its second argument.
+*/
+static void parseCellPtr(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  int n;                  /* Number bytes in cell content header */
+  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
+
+  pInfo->pCell = pCell;
+  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
+  n = pPage->childPtrSize;
+  assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
+  if( pPage->hasData ){
+    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &nPayload);
+  }else{
+    nPayload = 0;
+  }
+  n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64 *)&pInfo->nKey);
+  pInfo->nHeader = n;
+  pInfo->nData = nPayload;
+  if( !pPage->intKey ){
+    nPayload += pInfo->nKey;
+  }
+  if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
+    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
+    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
+    */
+    int nSize;          /* Total size of cell content in bytes */
+    pInfo->nLocal = nPayload;
+    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
+    nSize = nPayload + n;
+    if( nSize<4 ){
+      nSize = 4;        /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+    }
+    pInfo->nSize = nSize;
+  }else{
+    /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
+    ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
+    ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
+    ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
+    ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
+    **
+    ** Warning:  changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
+    ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
+    */
+    int minLocal;  /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
+    int maxLocal;  /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
+    int surplus;   /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
+
+    minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+    maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
+    surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+    if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
+      pInfo->nLocal = surplus;
+    }else{
+      pInfo->nLocal = minLocal;
+    }
+    pInfo->iOverflow = pInfo->nLocal + n;
+    pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
+  }
+}
+static void parseCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  parseCellPtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell), pInfo);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
+** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
+** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
+** the space used by the cell pointer.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static int cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  CellInfo info;
+  parseCell(pPage, iCell, &info);
+  return info.nSize;
+}
+#endif
+static int cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
+  CellInfo info;
+  parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  return info.nSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do sanity checking on a page.  Throw an exception if anything is
+** not right.
+**
+** This routine is used for internal error checking only.  It is omitted
+** from most builds.
+*/
+#if defined(BTREE_DEBUG) && !defined(NDEBUG) && 0
+static void _pageIntegrity(MemPage *pPage){
+  int usableSize;
+  u8 *data;
+  int i, j, idx, c, pc, hdr, nFree;
+  int cellOffset;
+  int nCell, cellLimit;
+  u8 *used;
+
+  used = sqliteMallocRaw( pPage->pBt->pageSize );
+  if( used==0 ) return;
+  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+  assert( pPage->aData==&((unsigned char*)pPage)[-pPage->pBt->pageSize] );
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  assert( hdr==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData) );
+  c = pPage->aData[hdr];
+  if( pPage->isInit ){
+    assert( pPage->leaf == ((c & PTF_LEAF)!=0) );
+    assert( pPage->zeroData == ((c & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0) );
+    assert( pPage->leafData == ((c & PTF_LEAFDATA)!=0) );
+    assert( pPage->intKey == ((c & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0) );
+    assert( pPage->hasData ==
+             !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData)) );
+    assert( pPage->cellOffset==pPage->hdrOffset+12-4*pPage->leaf );
+    assert( pPage->nCell = get2byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+3]) );
+  }
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  memset(used, 0, usableSize);
+  for(i=0; i<hdr+10-pPage->leaf*4; i++) used[i] = 1;
+  nFree = 0;
+  pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+  while( pc ){
+    int size;
+    assert( pc>0 && pc<usableSize-4 );
+    size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+    assert( pc+size<=usableSize );
+    nFree += size;
+    for(i=pc; i<pc+size; i++){
+      assert( used[i]==0 );
+      used[i] = 1;
+    }
+    pc = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+  }
+  idx = 0;
+  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  cellLimit = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  assert( pPage->isInit==0 
+         || pPage->nFree==nFree+data[hdr+7]+cellLimit-(cellOffset+2*nCell) );
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    int size;
+    pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+2*i]);
+    assert( pc>0 && pc<usableSize-4 );
+    size = cellSize(pPage, &data[pc]);
+    assert( pc+size<=usableSize );
+    for(j=pc; j<pc+size; j++){
+      assert( used[j]==0 );
+      used[j] = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=cellOffset+2*nCell; i<cellimit; i++){
+    assert( used[i]==0 );
+    used[i] = 1;
+  }
+  nFree = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<usableSize; i++){
+    assert( used[i]<=1 );
+    if( used[i]==0 ) nFree++;
+  }
+  assert( nFree==data[hdr+7] );
+  sqliteFree(used);
+}
+#define pageIntegrity(X) _pageIntegrity(X)
+#else
+# define pageIntegrity(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
+** beginning of the page and all free space is collected 
+** into one big FreeBlk at the end of the page.
+*/
+static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
+  int pc;                    /* Address of a i-th cell */
+  int addr;                  /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */
+  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
+  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
+  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
+  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
+  int brk;                   /* Offset to the cell content area */
+  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
+  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
+  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */
+
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  temp = sqliteMalloc( pPage->pBt->pageSize );
+  if( temp==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  nCell = pPage->nCell;
+  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
+  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+  brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  memcpy(&temp[brk], &data[brk], usableSize - brk);
+  brk = usableSize;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pAddr;     /* The i-th cell pointer */
+    pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
+    pc = get2byte(pAddr);
+    assert( pc<pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+    size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
+    brk -= size;
+    memcpy(&data[brk], &temp[pc], size);
+    put2byte(pAddr, brk);
+  }
+  assert( brk>=cellOffset+2*nCell );
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], brk);
+  data[hdr+1] = 0;
+  data[hdr+2] = 0;
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  addr = cellOffset+2*nCell;
+  memset(&data[addr], 0, brk-addr);
+  sqliteFree(temp);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page.
+**
+** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of
+** the new allocation. Or return 0 if there is not enough free
+** space on the page to satisfy the allocation request.
+**
+** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain
+** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically
+** calls defragementPage() to consolidate all free space before 
+** allocating the new chunk.
+*/
+static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){
+  int addr, pc, hdr;
+  int size;
+  int nFrag;
+  int top;
+  int nCell;
+  int cellOffset;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(data) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt );
+  if( nByte<4 ) nByte = 4;
+  if( pPage->nFree<nByte || pPage->nOverflow>0 ) return 0;
+  pPage->nFree -= nByte;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+
+  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
+  if( nFrag<60 ){
+    /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the
+    ** space request. */
+    addr = hdr+1;
+    while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
+      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+      if( size>=nByte ){
+        if( size<nByte+4 ){
+          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
+          data[hdr+7] = nFrag + size - nByte;
+          return pc;
+        }else{
+          put2byte(&data[pc+2], size-nByte);
+          return pc + size - nByte;
+        }
+      }
+      addr = pc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
+  ** and the cell content area.
+  */
+  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){
+    if( defragmentPage(pPage) ) return 0;
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  }
+  top -= nByte;
+  assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top );
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+  return top;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
+** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
+** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
+**
+** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
+** free blocks into a single big free block.
+*/
+static void freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
+  int addr, pbegin, hdr;
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(data) );
+  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) );
+  assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  if( size<4 ) size = 4;
+
+  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  addr = hdr + 1;
+  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
+    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+    assert( pbegin>addr );
+    addr = pbegin;
+  }
+  assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
+  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
+  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
+  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
+  pPage->nFree += size;
+
+  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
+  addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1;
+  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
+    int pnext, psize;
+    assert( pbegin>addr );
+    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
+    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
+      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
+      assert( frag<=data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] );
+      data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] -= frag;
+      put2byte(&data[pbegin], get2byte(&data[pnext]));
+      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], pnext+get2byte(&data[pnext+2])-pbegin);
+    }else{
+      addr = pbegin;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
+  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
+    int top;
+    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
+** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
+*/
+static void decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
+  Btree *pBt;     /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
+
+  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  pPage->intKey = (flagByte & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0;
+  pPage->zeroData = (flagByte & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0;
+  pPage->leaf = (flagByte & PTF_LEAF)!=0;
+  pPage->childPtrSize = 4*(pPage->leaf==0);
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  if( flagByte & PTF_LEAFDATA ){
+    pPage->leafData = 1;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
+  }else{
+    pPage->leafData = 0;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
+  }
+  pPage->hasData = !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData));
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
+**
+** The pParent parameter must be a pointer to the MemPage which
+** is the parent of the page being initialized.  The root of a
+** BTree has no parent and so for that page, pParent==NULL.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
+** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
+** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
+** we failed to detect any corruption.
+*/
+static int initPage(
+  MemPage *pPage,        /* The page to be initialized */
+  MemPage *pParent       /* The parent.  Might be NULL */
+){
+  int pc;            /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  int hdr;           /* Offset to beginning of page header */
+  u8 *data;          /* Equal to pPage->aData */
+  Btree *pBt;        /* The main btree structure */
+  int usableSize;    /* Amount of usable space on each page */
+  int cellOffset;    /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
+  int nFree;         /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
+  int top;           /* First byte of the cell content area */
+
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  assert( pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pBt==pBt );
+  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData) );
+  assert( pPage->aData == &((unsigned char*)pPage)[-pBt->pageSize] );
+  if( pPage->pParent!=pParent && (pPage->pParent!=0 || pPage->isInit) ){
+    /* The parent page should never change unless the file is corrupt */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  if( pPage->isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPage->pParent==0 && pParent!=0 ){
+    pPage->pParent = pParent;
+    sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
+  }
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]);
+  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+  pPage->idxShift = 0;
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
+    /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  if( pPage->nCell==0 && pParent!=0 && pParent->pgno!=1 ){
+    /* All pages must have at least one cell, except for root pages */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the total free space on the page */
+  pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+  nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell);
+  i = 0;
+  while( pc>0 ){
+    int next, size;
+    if( pc>usableSize-4 ){
+      /* Free block is off the page */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    }
+    if( i++>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE/4 ){
+      /* The free block list forms an infinite loop */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    }
+    next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+    size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+    if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){
+      /* Free blocks must be in accending order */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    }
+    nFree += size;
+    pc = next;
+  }
+  pPage->nFree = nFree;
+  if( nFree>=usableSize ){
+    /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+
+  pPage->isInit = 1;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
+** no entries.
+*/
+static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+  Btree *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  int first;
+
+  assert( sqlite3pager_pagenumber(data)==pPage->pgno );
+  assert( &data[pBt->pageSize] == (unsigned char*)pPage );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(data) );
+  memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
+  data[hdr] = flags;
+  first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0);
+  memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
+  pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first;
+  decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
+  pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
+  pPage->cellOffset = first;
+  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+  pPage->idxShift = 0;
+  pPage->nCell = 0;
+  pPage->isInit = 1;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+*/
+static int getPage(Btree *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage **ppPage){
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *aData;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, pgno, (void**)&aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pPage = (MemPage*)&aData[pBt->pageSize];
+  pPage->aData = aData;
+  pPage->pBt = pBt;
+  pPage->pgno = pgno;
+  pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
+  *ppPage = pPage;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine
+** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to
+** getPage() and initPage().
+*/
+static int getAndInitPage(
+  Btree *pBt,          /* The database file */
+  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to get */
+  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Write the page pointer here */
+  MemPage *pParent     /* Parent of the page */
+){
+  int rc;
+  if( pgno==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  rc = getPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
+    rc = initPage(*ppPage, pParent);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a MemPage.  This should be called once for each prior
+** call to getPage.
+*/
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
+  if( pPage ){
+    assert( pPage->aData );
+    assert( pPage->pBt );
+    assert( &pPage->aData[pPage->pBt->pageSize]==(unsigned char*)pPage );
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pPage->aData);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when the reference count for a page
+** reaches zero.  We need to unref the pParent pointer when that
+** happens.
+*/
+static void pageDestructor(void *pData, int pageSize){
+  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)&((char*)pData)[pageSize];
+  if( pPage->pParent ){
+    MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
+    pPage->pParent = 0;
+    releasePage(pParent);
+  }
+  pPage->isInit = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
+** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
+** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
+** page to agree with the restored data.
+*/
+static void pageReinit(void *pData, int pageSize){
+  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)&((char*)pData)[pageSize];
+  if( pPage->isInit ){
+    pPage->isInit = 0;
+    initPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a database file.
+** 
+** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
+** a new database with a random name is created.  This randomly named
+** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+  int flags               /* Options */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc;
+  int nReserve;
+  unsigned char zDbHeader[100];
+
+  /*
+  ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
+  ** the right size.  This is to guard against size changes that result
+  ** when compiling on a different architecture.
+  */
+  assert( sizeof(i64)==8 );
+  assert( sizeof(u64)==8 );
+  assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+  assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
+  assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
+  assert( sizeof(ptr)==sizeof(char*) );
+  assert( sizeof(uptr)==sizeof(ptr) );
+
+  pBt = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pBt) );
+  if( pBt==0 ){
+    *ppBtree = 0;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3pager_open(&pBt->pPager, zFilename, EXTRA_SIZE,
+                        (flags & BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pBt->pPager ) sqlite3pager_close(pBt->pPager);
+    sqliteFree(pBt);
+    *ppBtree = 0;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  sqlite3pager_set_destructor(pBt->pPager, pageDestructor);
+  sqlite3pager_set_reiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit);
+  pBt->pCursor = 0;
+  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+  pBt->readOnly = sqlite3pager_isreadonly(pBt->pPager);
+  sqlite3pager_read_fileheader(pBt->pPager, sizeof(zDbHeader), zDbHeader);
+  pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
+  if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ){
+    pBt->pageSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = 64;   /* 25% */
+    pBt->minEmbedFrac = 32;   /* 12.5% */
+    pBt->minLeafFrac = 32;    /* 12.5% */
+    nReserve = 0;
+  }else{
+    nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
+    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[21];
+    pBt->minEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[22];
+    pBt->minLeafFrac = zDbHeader[23];
+    pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+  }
+  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+  sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(pBt->pPager, pBt->pageSize);
+  *ppBtree = pBt;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *pBt){
+  while( pBt->pCursor ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pBt->pCursor);
+  }
+  sqlite3pager_close(pBt->pPager);
+  sqliteFree(pBt);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the busy handler callback function.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree *pBt, BusyHandler *pHandler){
+  sqlite3pager_set_busyhandler(pBt->pPager, pHandler);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
+**
+** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
+** value of mxPage.  If mxPage is negative, the pager will
+** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
+** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
+** continuing.  Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
+** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
+** crashes.  But if the operating system crashes or there is
+** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
+** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
+** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
+** normally a worry.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *pBt, int mxPage){
+  sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
+** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
+** failures.  Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
+** there is a high probability of damage)  Level 2 is the default.  There
+** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage.  Level 3 reduces the
+** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *pBt, int level){
+  sqlite3pager_set_safety_level(pBt->pPager, level);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *pBt, int pageSize, int nReserve){
+  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  if( nReserve<0 ){
+    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+  }
+  if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ){
+    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+    sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(pBt->pPager, pageSize);
+  }
+  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the currently defined page size
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *pBt){
+  return pBt->pageSize;
+}
+int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *pBt){
+  return pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file.  This will
+** also acquire a readlock on that file.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  If the file is not a
+** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked.  SQLITE_NOMEM
+** is returned if we run out of memory.  SQLITE_PROTOCOL is returned
+** if there is a locking protocol violation.
+*/
+static int lockBtree(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  if( pBt->pPage1 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = getPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  
+
+  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
+  ** a valid database file. 
+  */
+  rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+  if( sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ){
+    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
+    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    if( page1[18]>1 || page1[19]>1 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]);
+    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - page1[20];
+    if( pBt->usableSize<500 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = page1[21];
+    pBt->minEmbedFrac = page1[22];
+    pBt->minLeafFrac = page1[23];
+  }
+
+  /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
+  ** a cell.  Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
+  ** cells can will fit on one page.  We assume a 10-byte page header.
+  ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
+  **     2-byte pointer to the cell
+  **     4-byte child pointer
+  **     9-byte nKey value
+  **     4-byte nData value
+  **     4-byte overflow page pointer
+  ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as
+  ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
+  ** page pointer.
+  */
+  pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->maxEmbedFrac/255 - 23;
+  pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minEmbedFrac/255 - 23;
+  pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35;
+  pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minLeafFrac/255 - 23;
+  if( pBt->minLocal>pBt->maxLocal || pBt->maxLocal<0 ){
+    goto page1_init_failed;
+  }
+  assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+page1_init_failed:
+  releasePage(pPage1);
+  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
+** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
+** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 
+** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
+**
+** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(Btree *pBt){
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
+    if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){
+      MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1;
+      pPage->aData = &((char*)pPage)[-pBt->pageSize];
+      pPage->pBt = pBt;
+      pPage->pgno = 1;
+    }
+    releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
+    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+    pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the
+** file.
+*/
+static int newDatabase(Btree *pBt){
+  MemPage *pP1;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  int rc;
+  if( sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  assert( pP1!=0 );
+  data = pP1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(data);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
+  assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
+  put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize);
+  data[18] = 1;
+  data[19] = 1;
+  data[20] = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+  data[21] = pBt->maxEmbedFrac;
+  data[22] = pBt->minEmbedFrac;
+  data[23] = pBt->minLeafFrac;
+  memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
+  zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
+  pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
+** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
+** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
+** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
+** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
+** upgrade to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
+** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
+**
+** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 
+** changes to the database.  None of the following routines 
+** will work unless a transaction is started first:
+**
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
+**      sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeInsert()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDelete()
+**      sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
+**
+** If wrflag is true, then nMaster specifies the maximum length of
+** a master journal file name supplied later via sqlite3BtreeSync().
+** This is so that appropriate space can be allocated in the journal file
+** when it is created..
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *pBt, int wrflag){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
+  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
+  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
+  */
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || 
+      (pBt->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+  if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
+    rc = lockBtree(pBt);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_begin(pBt->pPage1->aData, wrflag>1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pBt->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
+    if( wrflag ) pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  }else{
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_commit(pBt->pPager);
+  }
+  pBt->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+  pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
+** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
+** defined.
+*/
+static int countWriteCursors(Btree *pBt){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int r = 0;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( pCur->wrFlag ) r++;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/*
+** Invalidate all cursors
+*/
+static void invalidateCursors(Btree *pBt){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    if( pPage /* && !pPage->isInit */ ){
+      pageIntegrity(pPage);
+      releasePage(pPage);
+      pCur->pPage = 0;
+      pCur->isValid = 0;
+      pCur->status = SQLITE_ABORT;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Print debugging information about all cursors to standard output.
+*/
+void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree *pBt){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    char *zMode = pCur->wrFlag ? "rw" : "ro";
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("CURSOR %p rooted at %4d(%s) currently at %d.%d%s\n",
+       pCur, pCur->pgnoRoot, zMode,
+       pPage ? pPage->pgno : 0, pCur->idx,
+       pCur->isValid ? "" : " eof"
+    );
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Rollback the transaction in progress.  All cursors will be
+** invalided by this operation.  Any attempt to use a cursor
+** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
+** in an error.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_rollback(pBt->pPager);
+    /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
+    ** call getPage() on page 1 again to make sure pPage1->aData is
+    ** set correctly. */
+    if( getPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(pPage1);
+    }
+    assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
+  }
+  pBt->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+  pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Start a statement subtransaction.  The subtransaction can
+** can be rolled back independently of the main transaction.
+** You must start a transaction before starting a subtransaction.
+** The subtransaction is ended automatically if the main transaction
+** commits or rolls back.
+**
+** Only one subtransaction may be active at a time.  It is an error to try
+** to start a new subtransaction if another subtransaction is already active.
+**
+** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
+** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
+** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
+** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  if( (pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->inStmt ){
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(pBt->pPager);
+  pBt->inStmt = 1;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Commit the statment subtransaction currently in progress.  If no
+** subtransaction is active, this is a no-op.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(pBt->pPager);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback the active statement subtransaction.  If no subtransaction
+** is active this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** All cursors will be invalidated by this operation.  Any attempt
+** to use a cursor that was open at the beginning of this operation
+** will result in an error.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pBt->inStmt==0 || pBt->readOnly ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(pBt->pPager);
+  assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
+  pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Default key comparison function to be used if no comparison function
+** is specified on the sqlite3BtreeCursor() call.
+*/
+static int dfltCompare(
+  void *NotUsed,             /* User data is not used */
+  int n1, const void *p1,    /* First key to compare */
+  int n2, const void *p2     /* Second key to compare */
+){
+  int c;
+  c = memcmp(p1, p2, n1<n2 ? n1 : n2);
+  if( c==0 ){
+    c = n1 - n2;
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
+** iTable.  The act of acquiring a cursor gets a read lock on 
+** the database file.
+**
+** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
+** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
+** writing if other conditions for writing are also met.  These
+** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
+** be allowed:
+**
+** 1:  The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
+**
+** 2:  No other cursors may be open with wrFlag==0 on the same table
+**
+** 3:  The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+**
+** 4:  There must be an active transaction.
+**
+** Condition 2 warrants further discussion.  If any cursor is opened
+** on a table with wrFlag==0, that prevents all other cursors from
+** writing to that table.  This is a kind of "read-lock".  When a cursor
+** is opened with wrFlag==0 it is guaranteed that the table will not
+** change as long as the cursor is open.  This allows the cursor to
+** do a sequential scan of the table without having to worry about
+** entries being inserted or deleted during the scan.  Cursors should
+** be opened with wrFlag==0 only if this read-lock property is needed.
+** That is to say, cursors should be opened with wrFlag==0 only if they
+** intend to use the sqlite3BtreeNext() system call.  All other cursors
+** should be opened with wrFlag==1 even if they never really intend
+** to write.
+** 
+** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
+** root page of a b-tree.  If it is not, then the cursor acquired
+** will not work correctly.
+**
+** The comparison function must be logically the same for every cursor
+** on a particular table.  Changing the comparison function will result
+** in incorrect operations.  If the comparison function is NULL, a
+** default comparison function is used.  The comparison function is
+** always ignored for INTKEY tables.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree *pBt,                                 /* The btree */
+  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
+  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+  int (*xCmp)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* Key Comparison func */
+  void *pArg,                                 /* First arg to xCompare() */
+  BtCursor **ppCur                            /* Write new cursor here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+
+  *ppCur = 0;
+  if( wrFlag ){
+    if( pBt->readOnly ){
+      return SQLITE_READONLY;
+    }
+    if( checkReadLocks(pBt, iTable, 0) ){
+      return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
+    rc = lockBtree(pBt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+  pCur = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pCur) );
+  if( pCur==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto create_cursor_exception;
+  }
+  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
+  if( iTable==1 && sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager)==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_EMPTY;
+    pCur->pPage = 0;
+    goto create_cursor_exception;
+  }
+  pCur->pPage = 0;  /* For exit-handler, in case getAndInitPage() fails. */
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->pPage, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto create_cursor_exception;
+  }
+  pCur->xCompare = xCmp ? xCmp : dfltCompare;
+  pCur->pArg = pArg;
+  pCur->pBt = pBt;
+  pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag;
+  pCur->idx = 0;
+  memset(&pCur->info, 0, sizeof(pCur->info));
+  pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
+  if( pCur->pNext ){
+    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
+  }
+  pCur->pPrev = 0;
+  pBt->pCursor = pCur;
+  pCur->isValid = 0;
+  pCur->status = SQLITE_OK;
+  *ppCur = pCur;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+create_cursor_exception:
+  if( pCur ){
+    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
+    sqliteFree(pCur);
+  }
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if 0  /* Not Used */
+/*
+** Change the value of the comparison function used by a cursor.
+*/
+void sqlite3BtreeSetCompare(
+  BtCursor *pCur,     /* The cursor to whose comparison function is changed */
+  int(*xCmp)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* New comparison func */
+  void *pArg          /* First argument to xCmp() */
+){
+  pCur->xCompare = xCmp ? xCmp : dfltCompare;
+  pCur->pArg = pArg;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
+** when the last cursor is closed.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+  if( pCur->pPrev ){
+    pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
+  }else{
+    pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pCur->pNext ){
+    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
+  }
+  releasePage(pCur->pPage);
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  sqliteFree(pCur);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur.
+** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree.
+*/
+static void getTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){
+  memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(*pCur));
+  pTempCur->pNext = 0;
+  pTempCur->pPrev = 0;
+  if( pTempCur->pPage ){
+    sqlite3pager_ref(pTempCur->pPage->aData);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor()
+** function above.
+*/
+static void releaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  if( pCur->pPage ){
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pCur->pPage->aData);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the BtCursor.info field of the given cursor is valid.
+** If it is not already valid, call parseCell() to fill it in.
+**
+** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
+** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to parseCell().
+*/
+static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
+    parseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info);
+  }else{
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    CellInfo info;
+    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
+    parseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &info);
+    assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
+** the key for the current entry.  If the cursor is not pointing
+** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. 
+**
+** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
+** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
+  if( !pCur->isValid ){
+    *pSize = 0;
+  }else{
+    getCellInfo(pCur);
+    *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
+** cursor currently points to.  Always return SQLITE_OK.
+** Failure is not possible.  If the cursor is not currently
+** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if
+** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
+  if( !pCur->isValid ){
+    /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */
+    *pSize = 0;
+  }else{
+    getCellInfo(pCur);
+    *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read payload information from the entry that the pCur cursor is
+** pointing to.  Begin reading the payload at "offset" and read
+** a total of "amt" bytes.  Put the result in zBuf.
+**
+** This routine does not make a distinction between key and data.
+** It just reads bytes from the payload area.  Data might appear
+** on the main page or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
+*/
+static int getPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  int offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
+  int amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
+  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
+  int skipKey          /* offset begins at data if this is true */
+){
+  unsigned char *aPayload;
+  Pgno nextPage;
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int ovflSize;
+  u32 nKey;
+
+  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  pBt = pCur->pBt;
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
+  aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    nKey = 0;
+  }else{
+    nKey = pCur->info.nKey;
+  }
+  assert( offset>=0 );
+  if( skipKey ){
+    offset += nKey;
+  }
+  if( offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
+    int a = amt;
+    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
+      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
+    }
+    memcpy(pBuf, &aPayload[offset], a);
+    if( a==amt ){
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    offset = 0;
+    pBuf += a;
+    amt -= a;
+  }else{
+    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
+  }
+  ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
+    while( amt>0 && nextPage ){
+      rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, nextPage, (void**)&aPayload);
+      if( rc!=0 ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
+      if( offset<ovflSize ){
+        int a = amt;
+        if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
+          a = ovflSize - offset;
+        }
+        memcpy(pBuf, &aPayload[offset+4], a);
+        offset = 0;
+        amt -= a;
+        pBuf += a;
+      }else{
+        offset -= ovflSize;
+      }
+      sqlite3pager_unref(aPayload);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    return pCur->status;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->pPage->intKey==0 );
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
+  return getPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  if( !pCur->isValid ){
+    return pCur->status ? pCur->status : SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
+  return getPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
+** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
+** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if
+** skipKey==1.  The number of bytes of available key/data is written
+** into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be
+** a valid pointer.
+**
+** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
+** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
+** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
+** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
+** onto overflow pages, then getPayload() must be used to reassembly
+** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
+**
+** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
+** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
+** any btree routine is called.
+*/
+static const unsigned char *fetchPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  int *pAmt,           /* Write the number of available bytes here */
+  int skipKey          /* read beginning at data if this is true */
+){
+  unsigned char *aPayload;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  u32 nKey;
+  int nLocal;
+
+  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  pBt = pCur->pBt;
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
+  aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    nKey = 0;
+  }else{
+    nKey = pCur->info.nKey;
+  }
+  if( skipKey ){
+    aPayload += nKey;
+    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey;
+  }else{
+    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal;
+    if( nLocal>nKey ){
+      nLocal = nKey;
+    }
+  }
+  *pAmt = nLocal;
+  return aPayload;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
+** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
+** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
+**
+** The pointer returned is ephemeral.  The key/data may move
+** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine.
+**
+** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
+** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
+  return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0);
+}
+const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
+  return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
+** page number of the child page to move to.
+*/
+static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pNewPage;
+  MemPage *pOldPage;
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, pCur->pPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pageIntegrity(pNewPage);
+  pNewPage->idxParent = pCur->idx;
+  pOldPage = pCur->pPage;
+  pOldPage->idxShift = 0;
+  releasePage(pOldPage);
+  pCur->pPage = pNewPage;
+  pCur->idx = 0;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  if( pNewPage->nCell<1 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the page is the virtual root of its table.
+**
+** The virtual root page is the root page for most tables.  But
+** for the table rooted on page 1, sometime the real root page
+** is empty except for the right-pointer.  In such cases the
+** virtual root page is the page that the right-pointer of page
+** 1 is pointing to.
+*/
+static int isRootPage(MemPage *pPage){
+  MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
+  if( pParent==0 ) return 1;
+  if( pParent->pgno>1 ) return 0;
+  if( get2byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+3])==0 ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
+**
+** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
+** to the page we are coming from.  If we are coming from the
+** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
+** the largest cell index.
+*/
+static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno oldPgno;
+  MemPage *pParent;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int idxParent;
+
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  assert( pPage!=0 );
+  assert( !isRootPage(pPage) );
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  pParent = pPage->pParent;
+  assert( pParent!=0 );
+  pageIntegrity(pParent);
+  idxParent = pPage->idxParent;
+  sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
+  oldPgno = pPage->pgno;
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  pCur->pPage = pParent;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  assert( pParent->idxShift==0 );
+  pCur->idx = idxParent;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor to the root page
+*/
+static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  int rc;
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    pCur->isValid = 0;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  releasePage(pCur->pPage);
+  pageIntegrity(pRoot);
+  pCur->pPage = pRoot;
+  pCur->idx = 0;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
+    Pgno subpage;
+    assert( pRoot->pgno==1 );
+    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
+    assert( subpage>0 );
+    pCur->isValid = 1;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
+  }
+  pCur->isValid = pCur->pPage->nCell>0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
+** entry to which it is currently pointing.
+*/
+static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
+    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+    pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->idx));
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
+** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
+** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
+** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
+** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
+*/
+static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    pCur->idx = pPage->nCell;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  pCur->idx = pPage->nCell - 1;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;
+  }
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 );
+  *pRes = 0;
+  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;
+  }
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  *pRes = 0;
+  rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near pKey/nKey.
+** Return a success code.
+**
+** For INTKEY tables, only the nKey parameter is used.  pKey is
+** ignored.  For other tables, nKey is the number of bytes of data
+** in nKey.  The comparison function specified when the cursor was
+** created is used to compare keys.
+**
+** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
+** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
+** were present.  The cursor might point to an entry that comes
+** before or after the key.
+**
+** The result of comparing the key with the entry to which the
+** cursor is written to *pRes if pRes!=NULL.  The meaning of
+** this value is as follows:
+**
+**     *pRes<0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is smaller than pKey or if the table is empty
+**                  and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
+**
+**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  exactly matches pKey.
+**
+**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is larger than pKey.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor *pCur, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;
+  }
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  assert( pCur->pPage );
+  assert( pCur->pPage->isInit );
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    *pRes = -1;
+    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  for(;;){
+    int lwr, upr;
+    Pgno chldPg;
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    int c = -1;  /* pRes return if table is empty must be -1 */
+    lwr = 0;
+    upr = pPage->nCell-1;
+    pageIntegrity(pPage);
+    while( lwr<=upr ){
+      void *pCellKey;
+      i64 nCellKey;
+      pCur->idx = (lwr+upr)/2;
+      pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+      sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+      if( pPage->intKey ){
+        if( nCellKey<nKey ){
+          c = -1;
+        }else if( nCellKey>nKey ){
+          c = +1;
+        }else{
+          c = 0;
+        }
+      }else{
+        int available;
+        pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0);
+        if( available>=nCellKey ){
+          c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, nCellKey, pCellKey, nKey, pKey);
+        }else{
+          pCellKey = sqliteMallocRaw( nCellKey );
+          if( pCellKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, nCellKey, (void *)pCellKey);
+          c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, nCellKey, pCellKey, nKey, pKey);
+          sqliteFree(pCellKey);
+          if( rc ) return rc;
+        }
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){
+          lwr = pCur->idx;
+          upr = lwr - 1;
+          break;
+        }else{
+          if( pRes ) *pRes = 0;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+      if( c<0 ){
+        lwr = pCur->idx+1;
+      }else{
+        upr = pCur->idx-1;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( lwr==upr+1 );
+    assert( pPage->isInit );
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      chldPg = 0;
+    }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
+      chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    }else{
+      chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
+    }
+    if( chldPg==0 ){
+      assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
+      if( pRes ) *pRes = c;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    pCur->idx = lwr;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+  /* NOT REACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
+**
+** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
+** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
+** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
+  return pCur->isValid==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+
+  assert( pRes!=0 );
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  assert( pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+  pCur->idx++;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  if( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ){
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+      *pRes = 0;
+      return rc;
+    }
+    do{
+      if( isRootPage(pPage) ){
+        *pRes = 1;
+        pCur->isValid = 0;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+      pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    }while( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell );
+    *pRes = 0;
+    if( pPage->leafData ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+  *pRes = 0;
+  if( pPage->leaf ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  Pgno pgno;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 );
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte( findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) );
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+  }else{
+    while( pCur->idx==0 ){
+      if( isRootPage(pPage) ){
+        pCur->isValid = 0;
+        *pRes = 1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+      pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    }
+    pCur->idx--;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    if( pPage->leafData ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  *pRes = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The TRACE macro will print high-level status information about the
+** btree operation when the global variable sqlite3_btree_trace is
+** enabled.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_TEST
+# define TRACE(X)   if( sqlite3_btree_trace )\
+                        { sqlite3DebugPrintf X; fflush(stdout); }
+#else
+# define TRACE(X)
+#endif
+int sqlite3_btree_trace=0;  /* True to enable tracing */
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new page from the database file.
+**
+** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3pager_write()
+** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
+** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
+** sqlite3pager_unref() on the new page when it is done.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  Any other return value indicates
+** an error.  *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
+** Do not invoke sqlite3pager_unref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
+**
+** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to 
+** locate a page close to the page number "nearby".  This can be used in an
+** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
+** which in turn can make database access faster.
+*/
+static int allocatePage(Btree *pBt, MemPage **ppPage, Pgno *pPgno, Pgno nearby){
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  int rc;
+  int n;     /* Number of pages on the freelist */
+  int k;     /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
+
+  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  if( n>0 ){
+    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
+    MemPage *pTrunk;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage1->aData);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
+    rc = getPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pTrunk->aData);
+    if( rc ){
+      releasePage(pTrunk);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+    if( k==0 ){
+      /* The trunk has no leaves.  So extract the trunk page itself and
+      ** use it as the newly allocated page */
+      *pPgno = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+      memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+      *ppPage = pTrunk;
+      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+    }else if( k>pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+      /* Value of k is out of range.  Database corruption */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    }else{
+      /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
+      int closest;
+      unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
+      if( nearby>0 ){
+        int i, dist;
+        closest = 0;
+        dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby;
+        if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist;
+        for(i=1; i<k; i++){
+          int d2 = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby;
+          if( d2<0 ) d2 = -d2;
+          if( d2<dist ) closest = i;
+        }
+      }else{
+        closest = 0;
+      }
+      *pPgno = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
+      if( *pPgno>sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
+        /* Free page off the end of the file */
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+      }
+      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d: %d more free pages\n",
+             *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
+      if( closest<k-1 ){
+        memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
+      }
+      put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
+      rc = getPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage);
+      releasePage(pTrunk);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3pager_dont_rollback((*ppPage)->aData);
+        rc = sqlite3pager_write((*ppPage)->aData);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
+    ** end of the file */
+    *pPgno = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager) + 1;
+    rc = getPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write((*ppPage)->aData);
+    TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a page of the database file to the freelist.
+**
+** sqlite3pager_unref() is NOT called for pPage.
+*/
+static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){
+  Btree *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  int rc, n, k;
+
+  /* Prepare the page for freeing */
+  assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
+  pPage->isInit = 0;
+  releasePage(pPage->pParent);
+  pPage->pParent = 0;
+
+  /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage1->aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n+1);
+
+  if( n==0 ){
+    /* This is the first free page */
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    memset(pPage->aData, 0, 8);
+    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
+    TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d first\n", pPage->pgno));
+  }else{
+    /* Other free pages already exist.  Retrive the first trunk page
+    ** of the freelist and find out how many leaves it has. */
+    MemPage *pTrunk;
+    rc = getPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+    if( k>=pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+      /* The trunk is full.  Turn the page being freed into a new
+      ** trunk page with no leaves. */
+      rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      put4byte(pPage->aData, pTrunk->pgno);
+      put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
+      put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
+      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n",
+              pPage->pgno, pTrunk->pgno));
+    }else{
+      /* Add the newly freed page as a leaf on the current trunk */
+      rc = sqlite3pager_write(pTrunk->aData);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], k+1);
+      put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+k*4], pPage->pgno);
+      sqlite3pager_dont_write(pBt->pPager, pPage->pgno);
+      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
+    }
+    releasePage(pTrunk);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
+*/
+static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
+  Btree *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  CellInfo info;
+  Pgno ovflPgno;
+  int rc;
+
+  parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
+  }
+  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+  while( ovflPgno!=0 ){
+    MemPage *pOvfl;
+    rc = getPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    ovflPgno = get4byte(pOvfl->aData);
+    rc = freePage(pOvfl);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pOvfl->aData);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
+** and write that byte sequence into pCell[].  Overflow pages are
+** allocated and filled in as necessary.  The calling procedure
+** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
+** for pCell[].
+**
+** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
+** area.  pCell might point to some temporary storage.  The cell will
+** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
+** later.
+*/
+static int fillInCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,                /* The page that contains the cell */
+  unsigned char *pCell,          /* Complete text of the cell */
+  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key */
+  const void *pData,int nData,   /* The data */
+  int *pnSize                    /* Write cell size here */
+){
+  int nPayload;
+  const u8 *pSrc;
+  int nSrc, n, rc;
+  int spaceLeft;
+  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
+  unsigned char *pPrior;
+  unsigned char *pPayload;
+  Btree *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
+  int nHeader;
+  CellInfo info;
+
+  /* Fill in the header. */
+  nHeader = 0;
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    nHeader += 4;
+  }
+  if( pPage->hasData ){
+    nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData);
+  }else{
+    nData = 0;
+  }
+  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
+  parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
+  assert( info.nKey==nKey );
+  assert( info.nData==nData );
+  
+  /* Fill in the payload */
+  nPayload = nData;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    pSrc = pData;
+    nSrc = nData;
+    nData = 0;
+  }else{
+    nPayload += nKey;
+    pSrc = pKey;
+    nSrc = nKey;
+  }
+  *pnSize = info.nSize;
+  spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
+  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
+  pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
+
+  while( nPayload>0 ){
+    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
+      rc =  allocatePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl);
+      if( rc ){
+        releasePage(pToRelease);
+        clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+        return rc;
+      }
+      put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
+      releasePage(pToRelease);
+      pToRelease = pOvfl;
+      pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
+      put4byte(pPrior, 0);
+      pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
+      spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+    }
+    n = nPayload;
+    if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
+    if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
+    memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
+    nPayload -= n;
+    pPayload += n;
+    pSrc += n;
+    nSrc -= n;
+    spaceLeft -= n;
+    if( nSrc==0 ){
+      nSrc = nData;
+      pSrc = pData;
+    }
+  }
+  releasePage(pToRelease);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the MemPage.pParent pointer on the page whose number is
+** given in the second argument so that MemPage.pParent holds the
+** pointer in the third argument.
+*/
+static void reparentPage(Btree *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage *pNewParent, int idx){
+  MemPage *pThis;
+  unsigned char *aData;
+
+  if( pgno==0 ) return;
+  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  aData = sqlite3pager_lookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
+  if( aData ){
+    pThis = (MemPage*)&aData[pBt->pageSize];
+    assert( pThis->aData==aData );
+    if( pThis->isInit ){
+      if( pThis->pParent!=pNewParent ){
+        if( pThis->pParent ) sqlite3pager_unref(pThis->pParent->aData);
+        pThis->pParent = pNewParent;
+        if( pNewParent ) sqlite3pager_ref(pNewParent->aData);
+      }
+      pThis->idxParent = idx;
+    }
+    sqlite3pager_unref(aData);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the pParent pointer of all children of pPage to point back
+** to pPage.
+**
+** In other words, for every child of pPage, invoke reparentPage()
+** to make sure that each child knows that pPage is its parent.
+**
+** This routine gets called after you memcpy() one page into
+** another.
+*/
+static void reparentChildPages(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  if( pPage->leaf ) return;
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+    reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(findCell(pPage,i)), pPage, i);
+  }
+  reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]), pPage, i);
+  pPage->idxShift = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the i-th cell from pPage.  This routine effects pPage only.
+** The cell content is not freed or deallocated.  It is assumed that
+** the cell content has been copied someplace else.  This routine just
+** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
+**
+** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
+*/
+static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){
+  int i;          /* Loop counter */
+  int pc;         /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
+  u8 *data;       /* pPage->aData */
+  u8 *ptr;        /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
+
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
+  assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx];
+  pc = get2byte(ptr);
+  assert( pc>10 && pc+sz<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
+  for(i=idx+1; i<pPage->nCell; i++, ptr+=2){
+    ptr[0] = ptr[2];
+    ptr[1] = ptr[3];
+  }
+  pPage->nCell--;
+  put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
+  pPage->nFree += 2;
+  pPage->idxShift = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
+** content of the cell.
+**
+** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
+** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
+** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
+** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
+** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
+** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
+** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
+*/
+static void insertCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
+  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
+  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
+  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
+  u8 *pTemp         /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
+){
+  int idx;          /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
+  int j;            /* Loop counter */
+  int top;          /* First byte of content for any cell in data[] */
+  int end;          /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
+  int ins;          /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
+  int hdr;          /* Offset into data[] of the page header */
+  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
+  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
+  u8 *ptr;          /* Used for moving information around in data[] */
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
+  assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
+  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
+    if( pTemp ){
+      memcpy(pTemp, pCell, sz);
+      pCell = pTemp;
+    }
+    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
+    assert( j<sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]) );
+    pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell;
+    pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = i;
+    pPage->nFree = 0;
+  }else{
+    data = pPage->aData;
+    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+    cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+    end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell + 2;
+    ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
+    if( end > top - sz ){
+      defragmentPage(pPage);
+      top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+      assert( end + sz <= top );
+    }
+    idx = allocateSpace(pPage, sz);
+    assert( idx>0 );
+    assert( end <= get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
+    pPage->nCell++;
+    pPage->nFree -= 2;
+    memcpy(&data[idx], pCell, sz);
+    for(j=end-2, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){
+      ptr[0] = ptr[-2];
+      ptr[1] = ptr[-1];
+    }
+    put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
+    pPage->idxShift = 1;
+    pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
+** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
+*/
+static void assemblePage(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
+  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
+  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
+  int *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
+){
+  int i;            /* Loop counter */
+  int totalSize;    /* Total size of all cells */
+  int hdr;          /* Index of page header */
+  int cellptr;      /* Address of next cell pointer */
+  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
+  u8 *data;         /* Data for the page */
+
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  totalSize = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    totalSize += aSize[i];
+  }
+  assert( totalSize+2*nCell<=pPage->nFree );
+  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
+  cellptr = pPage->cellOffset;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
+  cellbody = allocateSpace(pPage, totalSize);
+  assert( cellbody>0 );
+  assert( pPage->nFree >= 2*nCell );
+  pPage->nFree -= 2*nCell;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    put2byte(&data[cellptr], cellbody);
+    memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], aSize[i]);
+    cellptr += 2;
+    cellbody += aSize[i];
+  }
+  assert( cellbody==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  pPage->nCell = nCell;
+}
+
+/*
+** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
+** ourselves.
+*/
+#ifndef offsetof
+#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
+** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
+** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
+** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
+** NN neighbors on either side.
+**
+** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course).  Increasing NN above 1
+** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
+** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
+** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
+*/
+#define NN 1             /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
+#define NB (NN*2+1)      /* Total pages involved in the balance */
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static int balance(MemPage*);
+
+/*
+** This routine redistributes Cells on pPage and up to NN*2 siblings
+** of pPage so that all pages have about the same amount of free space.
+** Usually NN siblings on either side of pPage is used in the balancing,
+** though more siblings might come from one side if pPage is the first
+** or last child of its parent.  If pPage has fewer than 2*NN siblings
+** (something which can only happen if pPage is the root page or a 
+** child of root) then all available siblings participate in the balancing.
+**
+** The number of siblings of pPage might be increased or decreased by one or
+** two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. The root page
+** is special and is allowed to be nearly empty. If pPage is 
+** the root page, then the depth of the tree might be increased
+** or decreased by one, as necessary, to keep the root page from being
+** overfull or completely empty.
+**
+** Note that when this routine is called, some of the Cells on pPage
+** might not actually be stored in pPage->aData[].  This can happen
+** if the page is overfull.  Part of the job of this routine is to
+** make sure all Cells for pPage once again fit in pPage->aData[].
+**
+** In the course of balancing the siblings of pPage, the parent of pPage
+** might become overfull or underfull.  If that happens, then this routine
+** is called recursively on the parent.
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
+** in a corrupted state.  So if this routine fails, the database should
+** be rolled back.
+*/
+static int balance_nonroot(MemPage *pPage){
+  MemPage *pParent;            /* The parent of pPage */
+  Btree *pBt;                  /* The whole database */
+  int nCell = 0;               /* Number of cells in aCell[] */
+  int nOld;                    /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
+  int nNew;                    /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
+  int nDiv;                    /* Number of cells in apDiv[] */
+  int i, j, k;                 /* Loop counters */
+  int idx;                     /* Index of pPage in pParent->aCell[] */
+  int nxDiv;                   /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
+  int rc;                      /* The return code */
+  int leafCorrection;          /* 4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if not */
+  int leafData;                /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
+  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
+  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
+  int subtotal;                /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
+  int iSpace = 0;              /* First unused byte of aSpace[] */
+  int mxCellPerPage;           /* Maximum number of cells in one page */
+  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
+  Pgno pgnoOld[NB];            /* Page numbers for each page in apOld[] */
+  MemPage *apCopy[NB];         /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
+  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
+  Pgno pgnoNew[NB+2];          /* Page numbers for each page in apNew[] */
+  int idxDiv[NB];              /* Indices of divider cells in pParent */
+  u8 *apDiv[NB];               /* Divider cells in pParent */
+  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
+  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
+  u8 **apCell;                 /* All cells begin balanced */
+  int *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
+  u8 *aCopy[NB];               /* Space for holding data of apCopy[] */
+  u8 *aSpace;                  /* Space to hold copies of dividers cells */
+
+  /* 
+  ** Find the parent page.
+  */
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  pParent = pPage->pParent;
+  sqlite3pager_write(pParent->aData);
+  assert( pParent );
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
+
+  /*
+  ** Allocate space for memory structures
+  */
+  mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt);
+  apCell = sqliteMallocRaw( 
+       (mxCellPerPage+2)*NB*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(int))
+     + sizeof(MemPage)*NB
+     + pBt->pageSize*(5+NB)
+  );
+  if( apCell==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  szCell = (int*)&apCell[(mxCellPerPage+2)*NB];
+  aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[(mxCellPerPage+2)*NB];
+  for(i=1; i<NB; i++){
+    aCopy[i] = &aCopy[i-1][pBt->pageSize+sizeof(MemPage)];
+  }
+  aSpace = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+sizeof(MemPage)];
+  
+  /*
+  ** Find the cell in the parent page whose left child points back
+  ** to pPage.  The "idx" variable is the index of that cell.  If pPage
+  ** is the rightmost child of pParent then set idx to pParent->nCell 
+  */
+  if( pParent->idxShift ){
+    Pgno pgno;
+    pgno = pPage->pgno;
+    assert( pgno==sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData) );
+    for(idx=0; idx<pParent->nCell; idx++){
+      if( get4byte(findCell(pParent, idx))==pgno ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( idx<pParent->nCell
+             || get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pgno );
+  }else{
+    idx = pPage->idxParent;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Initialize variables so that it will be safe to jump
+  ** directly to balance_cleanup at any moment.
+  */
+  nOld = nNew = 0;
+  sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
+
+  /*
+  ** Find sibling pages to pPage and the cells in pParent that divide
+  ** the siblings.  An attempt is made to find NN siblings on either
+  ** side of pPage.  More siblings are taken from one side, however, if
+  ** pPage there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side.  If pParent
+  ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
+  */
+  nxDiv = idx - NN;
+  if( nxDiv + NB > pParent->nCell ){
+    nxDiv = pParent->nCell - NB + 1;
+  }
+  if( nxDiv<0 ){
+    nxDiv = 0;
+  }
+  nDiv = 0;
+  for(i=0, k=nxDiv; i<NB; i++, k++){
+    if( k<pParent->nCell ){
+      idxDiv[i] = k;
+      apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, k);
+      nDiv++;
+      assert( !pParent->leaf );
+      pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+    }else if( k==pParent->nCell ){
+      pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]);
+    }else{
+      break;
+    }
+    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i], pParent);
+    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+    apOld[i]->idxParent = k;
+    apCopy[i] = 0;
+    assert( i==nOld );
+    nOld++;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Make copies of the content of pPage and its siblings into aOld[].
+  ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
+  ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
+  ** process of being overwritten.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    MemPage *p = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aCopy[i][pBt->pageSize];
+    p->aData = &((u8*)p)[-pBt->pageSize];
+    memcpy(p->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize + sizeof(MemPage));
+    p->aData = &((u8*)p)[-pBt->pageSize];
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
+  ** into the local apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
+  ** into space obtained form aSpace[] and remove the the divider Cells
+  ** from pParent.
+  **
+  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
+  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
+  ** into aSpace[].  In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
+  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
+  ** apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in apCell[]
+  ** are alike.
+  **
+  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
+  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
+  */
+  nCell = 0;
+  leafCorrection = pPage->leaf*4;
+  leafData = pPage->leafData && pPage->leaf;
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i];
+    int limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
+    for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
+      apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
+      szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
+      nCell++;
+    }
+    if( i<nOld-1 ){
+      int sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+      if( leafData ){
+        /* With the LEAFDATA flag, pParent cells hold only INTKEYs that
+        ** are duplicates of keys on the child pages.  We need to remove
+        ** the divider cells from pParent, but the dividers cells are not
+        ** added to apCell[] because they are duplicates of child cells.
+        */
+        dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
+      }else{
+        u8 *pTemp;
+        szCell[nCell] = sz;
+        pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace];
+        iSpace += sz;
+        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
+        memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
+        apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
+        dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
+        szCell[nCell] -= leafCorrection;
+        assert( get4byte(pTemp)==pgnoOld[i] );
+        if( !pOld->leaf ){
+          assert( leafCorrection==0 );
+          /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
+          ** pointer of the divider cell */
+          memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[pOld->hdrOffset+8], 4);
+        }else{
+          assert( leafCorrection==4 );
+        }
+        nCell++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
+  ** Store this number in "k".  Also compute szNew[] which is the total
+  ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
+  ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.  
+  ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
+  **
+  ** Values computed by this block:
+  **
+  **           k: The total number of sibling pages
+  **    szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
+  **   cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
+  **              the right of the i-th sibling page.
+  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
+  ** 
+  */
+  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
+  for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
+    if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
+      szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
+      cntNew[k] = i;
+      if( leafData ){ i--; }
+      subtotal = 0;
+      k++;
+    }
+  }
+  szNew[k] = subtotal;
+  cntNew[k] = nCell;
+  k++;
+
+  /*
+  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
+  ** on the left side.  The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
+  ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty.  This block of code attempts
+  ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
+  **
+  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
+  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
+  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
+  */
+  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
+    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
+    int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
+    int r;              /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
+    int d;              /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
+
+    r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+    d = r + 1 - leafData;
+    while( szRight==0 || szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2) ){
+      szRight += szCell[d] + 2;
+      szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2;
+      cntNew[i-1]--;
+      r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+      d = r + 1 - leafData;
+    }
+    szNew[i] = szRight;
+    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
+  }
+  assert( cntNew[0]>0 );
+
+  /*
+  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
+  */
+  assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
+  pageFlags = pPage->aData[0];
+  for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+    MemPage *pNew;
+    if( i<nOld ){
+      pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
+      pgnoNew[i] = pgnoOld[i];
+      apOld[i] = 0;
+      sqlite3pager_write(pNew->aData);
+    }else{
+      rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew[i], pgnoNew[i-1]);
+      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+      apNew[i] = pNew;
+    }
+    nNew++;
+    zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
+  }
+
+  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
+  */
+  while( i<nOld ){
+    rc = freePage(apOld[i]);
+    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+    releasePage(apOld[i]);
+    apOld[i] = 0;
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Put the new pages in accending order.  This helps to
+  ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
+  ** of the table is a linear scan through the file.  That
+  ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
+  ** from the disk more rapidly.
+  **
+  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
+  ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
+  ** not be a problem.
+  **
+  ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
+  ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){
+    int minV = pgnoNew[i];
+    int minI = i;
+    for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
+      if( pgnoNew[j]<(unsigned)minV ){
+        minI = j;
+        minV = pgnoNew[j];
+      }
+    }
+    if( minI>i ){
+      int t;
+      MemPage *pT;
+      t = pgnoNew[i];
+      pT = apNew[i];
+      pgnoNew[i] = pgnoNew[minI];
+      apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
+      pgnoNew[minI] = t;
+      apNew[minI] = pT;
+    }
+  }
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d  new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
+    pgnoOld[0], 
+    nOld>=2 ? pgnoOld[1] : 0,
+    nOld>=3 ? pgnoOld[2] : 0,
+    pgnoNew[0], szNew[0],
+    nNew>=2 ? pgnoNew[1] : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
+    nNew>=3 ? pgnoNew[2] : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
+    nNew>=4 ? pgnoNew[3] : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
+    nNew>=5 ? pgnoNew[4] : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
+
+
+  /*
+  ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
+  ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
+  */
+  j = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
+    assert( pNew->pgno==pgnoNew[i] );
+    assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
+    j = cntNew[i];
+    assert( pNew->nCell>0 );
+    assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
+    if( i<nNew-1 && j<nCell ){
+      u8 *pCell;
+      u8 *pTemp;
+      int sz;
+      pCell = apCell[j];
+      sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
+      if( !pNew->leaf ){
+        memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
+        pTemp = 0;
+      }else if( leafData ){
+        CellInfo info;
+        j--;
+        parseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
+        pCell = &aSpace[iSpace];
+        fillInCell(pParent, pCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, &sz);
+        iSpace += sz;
+        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
+        pTemp = 0;
+      }else{
+        pCell -= 4;
+        pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace];
+        iSpace += sz;
+        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
+      }
+      insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp);
+      put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,nxDiv), pNew->pgno);
+      j++;
+      nxDiv++;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( j==nCell );
+  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
+    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8], 4);
+  }
+  if( nxDiv==pParent->nCell+pParent->nOverflow ){
+    /* Right-most sibling is the right-most child of pParent */
+    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
+  }else{
+    /* Right-most sibling is the left child of the first entry in pParent
+    ** past the right-most divider entry */
+    put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent, nxDiv), pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Reparent children of all cells.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    reparentChildPages(apNew[i]);
+  }
+  reparentChildPages(pParent);
+
+  /*
+  ** Balance the parent page.  Note that the current page (pPage) might
+  ** have been added to the freelist is it might no longer be initialized.
+  ** But the parent page will always be initialized.
+  */
+  assert( pParent->isInit );
+  /* assert( pPage->isInit ); // No! pPage might have been added to freelist */
+  /* pageIntegrity(pPage);    // No! pPage might have been added to freelist */ 
+  rc = balance(pParent);
+  
+  /*
+  ** Cleanup before returning.
+  */
+balance_cleanup:
+  sqliteFree(apCell);
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    releasePage(apOld[i]);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    releasePage(apNew[i]);
+  }
+  releasePage(pParent);
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished with %d: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
+          pPage->pgno, nOld, nNew, nCell));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called for the root page of a btree when the root
+** page contains no cells.  This is an opportunity to make the tree
+** shallower by one level.
+*/
+static int balance_shallower(MemPage *pPage){
+  MemPage *pChild;             /* The only child page of pPage */
+  Pgno pgnoChild;              /* Page number for pChild */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code from subprocedures */
+  Btree *pBt;                  /* The main BTree structure */
+  int mxCellPerPage;           /* Maximum number of cells per page */
+  u8 **apCell;                 /* All cells from pages being balanced */
+  int *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells */
+
+  assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
+  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt);
+  apCell = sqliteMallocRaw( mxCellPerPage*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(int)) );
+  if( apCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  szCell = (int*)&apCell[mxCellPerPage];
+  if( pPage->leaf ){
+    /* The table is completely empty */
+    TRACE(("BALANCE: empty table %d\n", pPage->pgno));
+  }else{
+    /* The root page is empty but has one child.  Transfer the
+    ** information from that one child into the root page if it 
+    ** will fit.  This reduces the depth of the tree by one.
+    **
+    ** If the root page is page 1, it has less space available than
+    ** its child (due to the 100 byte header that occurs at the beginning
+    ** of the database fle), so it might not be able to hold all of the 
+    ** information currently contained in the child.  If this is the 
+    ** case, then do not do the transfer.  Leave page 1 empty except
+    ** for the right-pointer to the child page.  The child page becomes
+    ** the virtual root of the tree.
+    */
+    pgnoChild = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    assert( pgnoChild>0 );
+    assert( pgnoChild<=sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPage->pBt->pPager) );
+    rc = getPage(pPage->pBt, pgnoChild, &pChild);
+    if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
+    if( pPage->pgno==1 ){
+      rc = initPage(pChild, pPage);
+      if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
+      assert( pChild->nOverflow==0 );
+      if( pChild->nFree>=100 ){
+        /* The child information will fit on the root page, so do the
+        ** copy */
+        int i;
+        zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0]);
+        for(i=0; i<pChild->nCell; i++){
+          apCell[i] = findCell(pChild,i);
+          szCell[i] = cellSizePtr(pChild, apCell[i]);
+        }
+        assemblePage(pPage, pChild->nCell, apCell, szCell);
+        freePage(pChild);
+        TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d transfer to page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
+      }else{
+        /* The child has more information that will fit on the root.
+        ** The tree is already balanced.  Do nothing. */
+        TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d will not fit on page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
+      }
+    }else{
+      memcpy(pPage->aData, pChild->aData, pPage->pBt->usableSize);
+      pPage->isInit = 0;
+      pPage->pParent = 0;
+      rc = initPage(pPage, 0);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      freePage(pChild);
+      TRACE(("BALANCE: transfer child %d into root %d\n",
+              pChild->pgno, pPage->pgno));
+    }
+    reparentChildPages(pPage);
+    releasePage(pChild);
+  }
+end_shallow_balance:
+  sqliteFree(apCell);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The root page is overfull
+**
+** When this happens, Create a new child page and copy the
+** contents of the root into the child.  Then make the root
+** page an empty page with rightChild pointing to the new
+** child.   Finally, call balance_internal() on the new child
+** to cause it to split.
+*/
+static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pPage){
+  int rc;             /* Return value from subprocedures */
+  MemPage *pChild;    /* Pointer to a new child page */
+  Pgno pgnoChild;     /* Page number of the new child page */
+  Btree *pBt;         /* The BTree */
+  int usableSize;     /* Total usable size of a page */
+  u8 *data;           /* Content of the parent page */
+  u8 *cdata;          /* Content of the child page */
+  int hdr;            /* Offset to page header in parent */
+  int brk;            /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */
+
+  assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow>0 );
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pChild, &pgnoChild, pPage->pgno);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pChild->aData) );
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  cdata = pChild->aData;
+  memcpy(cdata, &data[hdr], pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell-hdr);
+  memcpy(&cdata[brk], &data[brk], usableSize-brk);
+  rc = initPage(pChild, pPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]));
+  pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow;
+  if( pChild->nOverflow ){
+    pChild->nFree = 0;
+  }
+  assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell );
+  zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
+  put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno));
+  rc = balance_nonroot(pChild);
+  releasePage(pChild);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decide if the page pPage needs to be balanced.  If balancing is
+** required, call the appropriate balancing routine.
+*/
+static int balance(MemPage *pPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPage->pParent==0 ){
+    if( pPage->nOverflow>0 ){
+      rc = balance_deeper(pPage);
+    }
+    if( pPage->nCell==0 ){
+      rc = balance_shallower(pPage);
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( pPage->nOverflow>0 || pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3 ){
+      rc = balance_nonroot(pPage);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks all cursors that point to table pgnoRoot.
+** If any of those cursors other than pExclude were opened with 
+** wrFlag==0 then this routine returns SQLITE_LOCKED.  If all
+** cursors that point to pgnoRoot were opened with wrFlag==1
+** then this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** In addition to checking for read-locks (where a read-lock 
+** means a cursor opened with wrFlag==0) this routine also moves
+** all cursors other than pExclude so that they are pointing to the 
+** first Cell on root page.  This is necessary because an insert 
+** or delete might change the number of cells on a page or delete
+** a page entirely and we do not want to leave any cursors 
+** pointing to non-existant pages or cells.
+*/
+static int checkReadLocks(Btree *pBt, Pgno pgnoRoot, BtCursor *pExclude){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->pgnoRoot!=pgnoRoot || p==pExclude ) continue;
+    if( p->wrFlag==0 ) return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    if( p->pPage->pgno!=p->pgnoRoot ){
+      moveToRoot(p);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
+** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
+** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
+** is left pointing at a random location.
+**
+** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
+** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
+  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
+  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
+  const void *pData, int nData   /* The data of the new record */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int loc;
+  int szNew;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+  unsigned char *oldCell;
+  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
+
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;  /* A rollback destroyed this cursor */
+  }
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    /* Must start a transaction before doing an insert */
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
+  if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
+    return SQLITE_PERM;   /* Cursor not open for writing */
+  }
+  if( checkReadLocks(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, &loc);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
+  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->leafData );
+  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
+          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
+          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  newCell = sqliteMallocRaw( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, &szNew);
+  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+  assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
+  assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  if( loc==0 && pCur->isValid ){
+    int szOld;
+    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+    oldCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
+    }
+    szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
+    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, szOld);
+  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+    pCur->idx++;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+  }
+  insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, newCell, szNew, 0);
+  rc = balance(pPage);
+  /* sqlite3BtreePageDump(pCur->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, 1); */
+  /* fflush(stdout); */
+  moveToRoot(pCur);
+end_insert:
+  sqliteFree(newCell);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
+** is left pointing at a random location.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  unsigned char *pCell;
+  int rc;
+  Pgno pgnoChild = 0;
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;  /* A rollback destroyed this cursor */
+  }
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    /* Must start a transaction before doing a delete */
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
+  if( pCur->idx >= pPage->nCell ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;  /* The cursor is not pointing to anything */
+  }
+  if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
+    return SQLITE_PERM;   /* Did not open this cursor for writing */
+  }
+  if( checkReadLocks(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    pgnoChild = get4byte(pCell);
+  }
+  clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    /*
+    ** The entry we are about to delete is not a leaf so if we do not
+    ** do something we will leave a hole on an internal page.
+    ** We have to fill the hole by moving in a cell from a leaf.  The
+    ** next Cell after the one to be deleted is guaranteed to exist and
+    ** to be a leaf so we can use it.
+    */
+    BtCursor leafCur;
+    unsigned char *pNext;
+    int szNext;
+    int notUsed;
+    unsigned char *tempCell;
+    assert( !pPage->leafData );
+    getTempCursor(pCur, &leafCur);
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, &notUsed);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(leafCur.pPage->aData);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete internal from %d replace from leaf %d\n",
+       pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, leafCur.pPage->pgno));
+    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
+    pNext = findCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx);
+    szNext = cellSizePtr(leafCur.pPage, pNext);
+    assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=szNext+4 );
+    tempCell = sqliteMallocRaw( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+    if( tempCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell);
+    put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, pCur->idx), pgnoChild);
+    rc = balance(pPage);
+    sqliteFree(tempCell);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    dropCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx, szNext);
+    rc = balance(leafCur.pPage);
+    releaseTempCursor(&leafCur);
+  }else{
+    TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete from leaf %d\n",
+       pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno));
+    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
+    rc = balance(pPage);
+  }
+  moveToRoot(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
+** number for the root page of the new table.
+**
+** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
+** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
+** flags might not work:
+**
+**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
+**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *pBt, int *piTable, int flags){
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;
+  int rc;
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    /* Must start a transaction first */
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( pBt->readOnly ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pRoot->aData) );
+  zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF);
+  sqlite3pager_unref(pRoot->aData);
+  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
+** the page to the freelist.
+*/
+static int clearDatabasePage(
+  Btree *pBt,           /* The BTree that contains the table */
+  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to clear */
+  MemPage *pParent,     /* Parent page.  NULL for the root */
+  int freePageFlag      /* Deallocate page if true */
+){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *pCell;
+  int i;
+
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, pParent);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage->pParent, 1);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), pPage->pParent, 1);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  if( freePageFlag ){
+    rc = freePage(pPage);
+  }else{
+    zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF);
+  }
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
+** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
+** the root page is empty, but still exists.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
+** root of the table.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *pBt, int iTable){
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( pCur->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){
+      if( pCur->wrFlag==0 ) return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+      moveToRoot(pCur);
+    }
+  }
+  rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3BtreeRollback(pBt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
+** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
+** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** cursors on the table.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *pBt, int iTable){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( pCur->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){
+      return SQLITE_LOCKED;  /* Cannot drop a table that has a cursor */
+    }
+  }
+  rc = getPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pBt, iTable);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( iTable>1 ){
+    rc = freePage(pPage);
+  }else{
+    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
+  }
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return rc;  
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read the meta-information out of a database file.  Meta[0]
+** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
+** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
+** is read-only, the others are read/write.
+** 
+** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
+** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
+** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBt, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *pP1;
+
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, 1, (void**)&pP1);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  *pMeta = get4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4]);
+  sqlite3pager_unref(pP1);
+
+  /* The current implementation is unable to handle writes to an autovacuumed
+  ** database.  So make such a database readonly. */
+  if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
+** read-only and may not be written.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *pBt, int idx, u32 iMeta){
+  unsigned char *pP1;
+  int rc;
+  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pP1);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the flag byte at the beginning of the page that the cursor
+** is currently pointing to.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  return pPage ? pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset] : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print a disassembly of the given page on standard output.  This routine
+** is used for debugging and testing only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree *pBt, int pgno, int recursive){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int i, j, c;
+  int nFree;
+  u16 idx;
+  int hdr;
+  int nCell;
+  int isInit;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  char range[20];
+  unsigned char payload[20];
+
+  rc = getPage(pBt, (Pgno)pgno, &pPage);
+  isInit = pPage->isInit;
+  if( pPage->isInit==0 ){
+    initPage(pPage, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  c = data[hdr];
+  pPage->intKey = (c & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0;
+  pPage->zeroData = (c & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0;
+  pPage->leafData = (c & PTF_LEAFDATA)!=0;
+  pPage->leaf = (c & PTF_LEAF)!=0;
+  pPage->hasData = !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData));
+  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("PAGE %d:  flags=0x%02x  frag=%d   parent=%d\n", pgno,
+    data[hdr], data[hdr+7], 
+    (pPage->isInit && pPage->pParent) ? pPage->pParent->pgno : 0);
+  assert( hdr == (pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  idx = hdr + 12 - pPage->leaf*4;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    CellInfo info;
+    Pgno child;
+    unsigned char *pCell;
+    int sz;
+    int addr;
+
+    addr = get2byte(&data[idx + 2*i]);
+    pCell = &data[addr];
+    parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+    sz = info.nSize;
+    sprintf(range,"%d..%d", addr, addr+sz-1);
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      child = 0;
+    }else{
+      child = get4byte(pCell);
+    }
+    sz = info.nData;
+    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey;
+    if( sz>sizeof(payload)-1 ) sz = sizeof(payload)-1;
+    memcpy(payload, &pCell[info.nHeader], sz);
+    for(j=0; j<sz; j++){
+      if( payload[j]<0x20 || payload[j]>0x7f ) payload[j] = '.';
+    }
+    payload[sz] = 0;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+      "cell %2d: i=%-10s chld=%-4d nk=%-4lld nd=%-4d payload=%s\n",
+      i, range, child, info.nKey, info.nData, payload
+    );
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("right_child: %d\n", get4byte(&data[hdr+8]));
+  }
+  nFree = 0;
+  i = 0;
+  idx = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+  while( idx>0 && idx<pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+    int sz = get2byte(&data[idx+2]);
+    sprintf(range,"%d..%d", idx, idx+sz-1);
+    nFree += sz;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("freeblock %2d: i=%-10s size=%-4d total=%d\n",
+       i, range, sz, nFree);
+    idx = get2byte(&data[idx]);
+    i++;
+  }
+  if( idx!=0 ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("ERROR: next freeblock index out of range: %d\n", idx);
+  }
+  if( recursive && !pPage->leaf ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      unsigned char *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+      sqlite3BtreePageDump(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1);
+      idx = get2byte(pCell);
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreePageDump(pBt, get4byte(&data[hdr+8]), 1);
+  }
+  pPage->isInit = isInit;
+  sqlite3pager_unref(data);
+  fflush(stdout);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Fill aResult[] with information about the entry and page that the
+** cursor is pointing to.
+** 
+**   aResult[0] =  The page number
+**   aResult[1] =  The entry number
+**   aResult[2] =  Total number of entries on this page
+**   aResult[3] =  Cell size (local payload + header)
+**   aResult[4] =  Number of free bytes on this page
+**   aResult[5] =  Number of free blocks on the page
+**   aResult[6] =  Total payload size (local + overflow)
+**   aResult[7] =  Header size in bytes
+**   aResult[8] =  Local payload size
+**   aResult[9] =  Parent page number
+**
+** This routine is used for testing and debugging only.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor *pCur, int *aResult, int upCnt){
+  int cnt, idx;
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  BtCursor tmpCur;
+
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  getTempCursor(pCur, &tmpCur);
+  while( upCnt-- ){
+    moveToParent(&tmpCur);
+  }
+  pPage = tmpCur.pPage;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  aResult[0] = sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData);
+  assert( aResult[0]==pPage->pgno );
+  aResult[1] = tmpCur.idx;
+  aResult[2] = pPage->nCell;
+  if( tmpCur.idx>=0 && tmpCur.idx<pPage->nCell ){
+    getCellInfo(&tmpCur);
+    aResult[3] = tmpCur.info.nSize;
+    aResult[6] = tmpCur.info.nData;
+    aResult[7] = tmpCur.info.nHeader;
+    aResult[8] = tmpCur.info.nLocal;
+  }else{
+    aResult[3] = 0;
+    aResult[6] = 0;
+    aResult[7] = 0;
+    aResult[8] = 0;
+  }
+  aResult[4] = pPage->nFree;
+  cnt = 0;
+  idx = get2byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+1]);
+  while( idx>0 && idx<pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+    cnt++;
+    idx = get2byte(&pPage->aData[idx]);
+  }
+  aResult[5] = cnt;
+  if( pPage->pParent==0 || isRootPage(pPage) ){
+    aResult[9] = 0;
+  }else{
+    aResult[9] = pPage->pParent->pgno;
+  }
+  releaseTempCursor(&tmpCur);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the pager associated with a BTree.  This routine is used for
+** testing and debugging only.
+*/
+Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *pBt){
+  return pBt->pPager;
+}
+
+/*
+** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
+** in order to keep track of some global state information.
+*/
+typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
+struct IntegrityCk {
+  Btree *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
+  Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
+  int nPage;     /* Number of pages in the database */
+  int *anRef;    /* Number of times each page is referenced */
+  char *zErrMsg; /* An error message.  NULL of no errors seen. */
+};
+
+/*
+** Append a message to the error message string.
+*/
+static void checkAppendMsg(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
+  char *zMsg1,
+  const char *zFormat,
+  ...
+){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *zMsg2;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zMsg2 = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( zMsg1==0 ) zMsg1 = "";
+  if( pCheck->zErrMsg ){
+    char *zOld = pCheck->zErrMsg;
+    pCheck->zErrMsg = 0;
+    sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zOld, "\n", zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0);
+    sqliteFree(zOld);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(zMsg2);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
+** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
+** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
+** if this is the first reference to the page.
+**
+** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
+*/
+static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, int iPage, char *zContext){
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
+  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage || iPage<0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return  (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
+** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
+*/
+static void checkList(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
+  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
+  int N,                /* Expected number of pages in the list */
+  char *zContext        /* Context for error messages */
+){
+  int i;
+  int expected = N;
+  int iFirst = iPage;
+  while( N-- > 0 ){
+    unsigned char *pOvfl;
+    if( iPage<1 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
+          N+1, expected, iFirst);
+      break;
+    }
+    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
+    if( sqlite3pager_get(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, (void**)&pOvfl) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
+      break;
+    }
+    if( isFreeList ){
+      int n = get4byte(&pOvfl[4]);
+      if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-8 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
+        N--;
+      }else{
+        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+          checkRef(pCheck, get4byte(&pOvfl[8+i*4]), zContext);
+        }
+        N -= n;
+      }
+    }
+    iPage = get4byte(pOvfl);
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pOvfl);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree.  Return
+** the tree depth.  Root pages return 0.  Parents of root pages
+** return 1, and so forth.
+** 
+** These checks are done:
+**
+**      1.  Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
+**          but combine to completely cover the page.
+**  NO  2.  Make sure cell keys are in order.
+**  NO  3.  Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
+**  NO  4.  Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
+**      5.  Check the integrity of overflow pages.
+**      6.  Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
+**      7.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
+**      8.  Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
+**          the root of the tree.
+*/
+static int checkTreePage(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
+  MemPage *pParent,     /* Parent page */
+  char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */
+  char *zLowerBound,    /* All keys should be greater than this, if not NULL */
+  int nLower,           /* Number of characters in zLowerBound */
+  char *zUpperBound,    /* All keys should be less than this, if not NULL */
+  int nUpper            /* Number of characters in zUpperBound */
+){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
+  int hdr, cellStart;
+  int nCell;
+  u8 *data;
+  BtCursor cur;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int maxLocal, usableSize;
+  char zContext[100];
+  char *hit;
+
+  /* Check that the page exists
+  */
+  cur.pBt = pBt = pCheck->pBt;
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
+  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
+  if( (rc = getPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage))!=0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  maxLocal = pPage->leafData ? pBt->maxLeaf : pBt->maxLocal;
+  if( (rc = initPage(pPage, pParent))!=0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "initPage() returns error code %d", rc);
+    releasePage(pPage);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Check out all the cells.
+  */
+  depth = 0;
+  cur.pPage = pPage;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pCell;
+    int sz;
+    CellInfo info;
+
+    /* Check payload overflow pages
+    */
+    sprintf(zContext, "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
+    pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
+    parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+    sz = info.nData;
+    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey;
+    if( sz>info.nLocal ){
+      int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
+      checkList(pCheck, 0, get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]),nPage,zContext);
+    }
+
+    /* Check sanity of left child page.
+    */
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
+      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck,pgno,pPage,zContext,0,0,0,0);
+      if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
+      }
+      depth = d2;
+    }
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    sprintf(zContext, "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
+    checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, pPage, zContext,0,0,0,0);
+  }
+ 
+  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
+  */
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  hit = sqliteMalloc( usableSize );
+  if( hit ){
+    memset(hit, 1, get2byte(&data[hdr+5]));
+    nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+    cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
+      int size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+      int j;
+      for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
+    }
+    for(cnt=0, i=get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); i>0 && i<usableSize && cnt<10000; 
+           cnt++){
+      int size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
+      int j;
+      for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
+      i = get2byte(&data[i]);
+    }
+    for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
+      if( hit[i]==0 ){
+        cnt++;
+      }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
+          "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
+          "Fragmented space is %d byte reported as %d on page %d",
+          cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
+    }
+  }
+  sqliteFree(hit);
+
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return depth+1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
+** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
+** a table.  nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
+**
+** If everything checks out, this routine returns NULL.  If something is
+** amiss, an error message is written into memory obtained from malloc()
+** and a pointer to that error message is returned.  The calling function
+** is responsible for freeing the error message when it is done.
+*/
+char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree *pBt, int *aRoot, int nRoot){
+  int i;
+  int nRef;
+  IntegrityCk sCheck;
+
+  nRef = *sqlite3pager_stats(pBt->pPager);
+  if( lockBtree(pBt)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return sqliteStrDup("Unable to acquire a read lock on the database");
+  }
+  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
+  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  sCheck.nPage = sqlite3pager_pagecount(sCheck.pPager);
+  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sCheck.anRef = sqliteMallocRaw( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) );
+  for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; }
+  i = PENDING_BYTE/pBt->pageSize + 1;
+  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){
+    sCheck.anRef[i] = 1;
+  }
+  sCheck.zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
+  */
+  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
+            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
+
+  /* Check all the tables.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nRoot; i++){
+    if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
+    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], 0, "List of tree roots: ", 0,0,0,0);
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){
+    if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages
+  */
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  if( nRef != *sqlite3pager_stats(pBt->pPager) ){
+    checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, 
+      "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
+      nRef, *sqlite3pager_stats(pBt->pPager)
+    );
+  }
+
+  /* Clean  up and report errors.
+  */
+  sqliteFree(sCheck.anRef);
+  return sCheck.zErrMsg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *pBt){
+  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3pager_filename(pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the pathname of the directory that contains the database file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *pBt){
+  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3pager_dirname(pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
+** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
+** has been created or not.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *pBt){
+  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3pager_journalname(pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo.  A transaction
+** must be active for both files.
+**
+** The size of file pBtFrom may be reduced by this operation.
+** If anything goes wrong, the transaction on pBtFrom is rolled back.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pBtTo, Btree *pBtFrom){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pgno i, nPage, nToPage;
+
+  if( pBtTo->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pBtFrom->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( pBtTo->pCursor ) return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  nToPage = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBtTo->pPager);
+  nPage = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBtFrom->pPager);
+  for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nPage; i++){
+    void *pPage;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBtFrom->pPager, i, &pPage);
+    if( rc ) break;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_overwrite(pBtTo->pPager, i, pPage);
+    if( rc ) break;
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+  }
+  for(i=nPage+1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nToPage; i++){
+    void *pPage;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pPage);
+    if( rc ) break;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage);
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+    sqlite3pager_dont_write(pBtTo->pPager, i);
+  }
+  if( !rc && nPage<nToPage ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_truncate(pBtTo->pPager, nPage);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3BtreeRollback(pBtTo);
+  }
+  return rc;  
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *pBt){
+  return (pBt && (pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a statement transaction is active.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree *pBt){
+  return (pBt && pBt->inStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
+**
+** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
+** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
+** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
+** (single database transaction).
+**
+** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
+** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
+**
+** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
+** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSync(Btree *pBt, const char *zMaster){
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return sqlite3pager_sync(pBt->pPager, zMaster);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/btree.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/btree.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48524aef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/btree.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
+** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
+** of what each interface routine does.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _BTREE_H_
+#define _BTREE_H_
+
+/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
+** needs to be revisited.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations of structure
+*/
+typedef struct Btree Btree;
+typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
+
+
+int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
+  Btree **,                /* Return open Btree* here */
+  int flags                /* Flags */
+);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
+** following values.
+*/
+#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not use journal.  No argument */
+#define BTREE_MEMORY        2  /* In-memory DB.  No argument */
+
+int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree*,BusyHandler*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSync(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
+
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *);
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
+int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
+** of the following flags:
+*/
+#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
+#define BTREE_ZERODATA   2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
+#define BTREE_LEAFDATA   4    /* Data stored in leaves only.  Implies INTKEY */
+
+int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int);
+int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
+int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
+
+int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
+  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
+  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
+  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),  /* Key comparison function */
+  void*,                               /* First argument to compare function */
+  BtCursor **ppCursor                  /* Returned cursor */
+);
+
+void sqlite3BtreeSetCompare(
+  BtCursor *,
+  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void*
+);
+
+int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
+                                  const void *pData, int nData);
+int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
+int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
+const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
+int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
+int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+
+char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot);
+struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
+void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive);
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/build.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/build.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e5e08a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/build.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2564 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
+** when syntax rules are reduced.  The routines in this file handle the
+** following kinds of SQL syntax:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE
+**     DROP TABLE
+**     CREATE INDEX
+**     DROP INDEX
+**     creating ID lists
+**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
+**     COMMIT
+**     ROLLBACK
+**     PRAGMA
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
+** be parsed.  Check to see if the schema for the database needs
+** to be read from the SQLITE_MASTER and SQLITE_TEMP_MASTER tables.
+** If it does, then read it.
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
+  pParse->explain = explainFlag;
+  pParse->nVar = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
+** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
+** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
+** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
+** parse.
+**
+** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
+** no VDBE code was generated.
+*/
+void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+
+  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
+  ** vdbe program
+  */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+
+    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
+    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
+    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
+    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
+    ** on each used database.
+    */
+    if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){
+      u32 mask;
+      int iDb;
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
+        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto);
+    }
+
+    /* Add a No-op that contains the complete text of the compiled SQL
+    ** statement as its P3 argument.  This does not change the functionality
+    ** of the program. 
+    **
+    ** This is used to implement sqlite3_trace() functionality.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Noop, 0, 0, pParse->zSql, pParse->zTail-pParse->zSql);
+  }
+
+
+  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
+  */
+  if( v && pParse->nErr==0 ){
+    FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0;
+    sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace);
+    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem+3,
+                         pParse->nTab+3, pParse->explain);
+    pParse->rc = pParse->nErr ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
+  }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pParse->nTab = 0;
+  pParse->nMem = 0;
+  pParse->nSet = 0;
+  pParse->nAgg = 0;
+  pParse->nVar = 0;
+  pParse->cookieMask = 0;
+  pParse->cookieGoto = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
+** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
+** names is done.)  The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
+** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
+**
+** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
+*/
+Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
+  Table *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  assert( zName!=0 );
+  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized) || db->init.busy );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].tblHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.  Also leave an
+** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
+** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
+** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
+*/
+Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, const char *zDbase){
+  Table *p;
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    if( zDbase ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s.%s", zDbase, zName);
+    }else if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table \"%s\" is not in database \"%s\"",
+         zName, zDbase);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zName);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes 
+** a particular index given the name of that index
+** and the name of the database that contains the index.
+** Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
+** table and the first matching index is returned.  (No checking
+** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
+** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
+** using the ATTACH command.
+*/
+Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
+  Index *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized) || db->init.busy );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].idxHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reclaim the memory used by an index
+*/
+static void freeIndex(Index *p){
+  sqliteFree(p->zColAff);
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free
+** its memory structures.
+**
+** The index is removed from the database hash tables but
+** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes.
+** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function.
+*/
+static void sqliteDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
+  Index *pOld;
+
+  assert( db!=0 && p->zName!=0 );
+  pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[p->iDb].idxHash, p->zName,
+                          strlen(p->zName)+1, 0);
+  if( pOld!=0 && pOld!=p ){
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[p->iDb].idxHash, pOld->zName,
+                     strlen(pOld->zName)+1, pOld);
+  }
+  freeIndex(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink the given index from its table, then remove
+** the index from the index hash table and free its memory
+** structures.
+*/
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  int len;
+
+  len = strlen(zIdxName);
+  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[iDb].idxHash, zIdxName, len+1, 0);
+  if( pIndex ){
+    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
+      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
+    }else{
+      Index *p;
+      for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p && p->pNext!=pIndex; p=p->pNext){}
+      if( p && p->pNext==pIndex ){
+        p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    freeIndex(pIndex);
+  }
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of
+** a single database.  This routine is called to reclaim memory
+** before the database closes.  It is also called during a rollback
+** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a
+** schema-cookie mismatch occurs.
+**
+** If iDb<=0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
+** files.  If iDb>=2 then reset the internal schema for only the
+** single file indicated.
+*/
+void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  HashElem *pElem;
+  Hash temp1;
+  Hash temp2;
+  int i, j;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Initialized;
+  for(i=iDb; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    temp1 = pDb->tblHash;
+    temp2 = pDb->trigHash;
+    sqlite3HashInit(&pDb->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashClear(&pDb->aFKey);
+    sqlite3HashClear(&pDb->idxHash);
+    for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+      Trigger *pTrigger = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+      sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
+    }
+    sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&pDb->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+      Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
+    DbClearProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    if( iDb>0 ) return;
+  }
+  assert( iDb==0 );
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+
+  /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed,
+  ** then remove then from the auxiliary database list.  We take the
+  ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the
+  ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes
+  ** to any of those tables.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+      if( pDb->pAux && pDb->xFreeAux ) pDb->xFreeAux(pDb->pAux);
+      pDb->pAux = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+      sqliteFree(pDb->zName);
+      pDb->zName = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( j<i ){
+      db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
+    }
+    j++;
+  }
+  memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
+  db->nDb = j;
+  if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
+    memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
+    sqliteFree(db->aDb);
+    db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called whenever a rollback occurs.  If there were
+** schema changes during the transaction, then we have to reset the
+** internal hash tables and reload them from disk.
+*/
+void sqlite3RollbackInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges ){
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
+*/
+void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the column names from a table or view.
+*/
+static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){
+  int i;
+  Column *pCol;
+  assert( pTable!=0 );
+  for(i=0, pCol=pTable->aCol; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    sqliteFree(pCol->zName);
+    sqliteFree(pCol->zDflt);
+    sqliteFree(pCol->zType);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pTable->aCol);
+  pTable->aCol = 0;
+  pTable->nCol = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
+** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
+**
+** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
+** the table data structure from the hash table.  Nor does it remove
+** foreign keys from the sqlite.aFKey hash table.  But it does destroy
+** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
+** the table.
+**
+** Indices associated with the table are unlinked from the "db"
+** data structure if db!=NULL.  If db==NULL, indices attached to
+** the table are deleted, but it is assumed they have already been
+** unlinked.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
+  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
+  FKey *pFKey, *pNextFKey;
+
+  if( pTable==0 ) return;
+
+  /* Delete all indices associated with this table
+  */
+  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
+    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+    assert( pIndex->iDb==pTable->iDb || (pTable->iDb==0 && pIndex->iDb==1) );
+    sqliteDeleteIndex(db, pIndex);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete all foreign keys associated with this table.  The keys
+  ** should have already been unlinked from the db->aFKey hash table 
+  */
+  for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){
+    pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom;
+    assert( pTable->iDb<db->nDb );
+    assert( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[pTable->iDb].aFKey,
+                           pFKey->zTo, strlen(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey );
+    sqliteFree(pFKey);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
+  */
+  sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable);
+  sqliteFree(pTable->zName);
+  sqliteFree(pTable->zColAff);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pTable->pSelect);
+  sqliteFree(pTable);
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
+** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
+*/
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
+  Table *p;
+  FKey *pF1, *pF2;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->tblHash, zTabName, strlen(zTabName)+1, 0);
+  if( p ){
+    for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){
+      int nTo = strlen(pF1->zTo) + 1;
+      pF2 = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo);
+      if( pF2==pF1 ){
+        sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo);
+      }else{
+        while( pF2 && pF2->pNextTo!=pF1 ){ pF2=pF2->pNextTo; }
+        if( pF2 ){
+          pF2->pNextTo = pF1->pNextTo;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+  }
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
+** token with any quotations removed.  Space to hold the returned string
+** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
+**
+** Tokens are really just pointers into the original SQL text and so
+** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
+** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
+*/
+char *sqlite3NameFromToken(Token *pName){
+  char *zName;
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqliteStrNDup(pName->z, pName->n);
+    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+  }else{
+    zName = 0;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
+** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
+*/
+void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Vdbe *v, int iDb){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 5); /* sqlite_master has 5 columns */
+}
+
+/*
+** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
+** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
+** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db 
+** does not exist.
+*/
+int findDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+  int i;
+  Db *pDb;
+  for(pDb=db->aDb, i=0; i<db->nDb; i++, pDb++){
+    if( pName->n==strlen(pDb->zName) && 
+        0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pDb->zName, pName->z, pName->n) ){
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
+** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+** 
+** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+**
+** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+**
+** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name.  The index of the
+** database "xxx" is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3TwoPartName(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
+  Token **pUnqual     /* Write the unqualified object name here */
+){
+  int iDb;                    /* Database holding the object */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){
+    assert( !db->init.busy );
+    *pUnqual = pName2;
+    iDb = findDb(db, pName1);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
+    iDb = db->init.iDb;
+    *pUnqual = pName1;
+  }
+  return iDb;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
+** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
+** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
+** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
+** is reserved for internal use.
+*/
+int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  if( !pParse->db->init.busy && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory.  This is
+** the first of several action routines that get called in response
+** to a CREATE TABLE statement.  In particular, this routine is called
+** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name.  The
+** pStart token is the CREATE and pName is the table name.  The isTemp
+** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
+** file instead of in the main database file.  This is normally the case
+** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
+** CREATE and TABLE.
+**
+** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
+** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
+** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
+** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
+** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
+*/
+void sqlite3StartTable(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
+  Token *pStart,   /* The "CREATE" token */
+  Token *pName1,   /* First part of the name of the table or view */
+  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
+  int isTemp,      /* True if this is a TEMP table */
+  int isView       /* True if this is a VIEW */
+){
+  Table *pTable;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  char *zName;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int iDb;         /* Database number to create the table in */
+  Token *pName;    /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
+
+  /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
+  ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+  **
+  ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+  ** 
+  ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+  ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+  **
+  ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+  **
+  ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+  **
+  ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+  ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
+  ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
+  ** created in.
+  */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  if( isTemp && iDb>1 ){
+    /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( isTemp ) iDb = 1;
+
+  pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    sqliteFree(zName);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
+  {
+    int code;
+    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
+      sqliteFree(zName);
+      return;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( isTemp ){
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( isTemp ){
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      sqliteFree(zName);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
+  ** index or table name in the same database.  Issue an error message if
+  ** it does.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) return;
+  pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( pTable ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
+    sqliteFree(zName);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0))!=0 && 
+      ( iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
+    sqliteFree(zName);
+    return;
+  }
+  pTable = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Table) );
+  if( pTable==0 ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    sqliteFree(zName);
+    return;
+  }
+  pTable->zName = zName;
+  pTable->nCol = 0;
+  pTable->aCol = 0;
+  pTable->iPKey = -1;
+  pTable->pIndex = 0;
+  pTable->iDb = iDb;
+  if( pParse->pNewTable ) sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
+  pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
+
+  /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
+  ** the SQLITE_MASTER table.  Note in particular that we must go ahead
+  ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now.  Before any
+  ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed.  Those keywords will cause
+  ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the 
+  ** indices.  Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
+  ** now.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    /* Every time a new table is created the file-format
+    ** and encoding meta-values are set in the database, in
+    ** case this is the first table created.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->file_format, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->enc, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 4);
+
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, 0, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
+** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
+** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
+** column.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+  Column *pCol;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, p->aCol[i].zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
+      sqliteFree(z);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
+    Column *aNew;
+    aNew = sqliteRealloc( p->aCol, (p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+    p->aCol = aNew;
+  }
+  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
+  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+  pCol->zName = z;
+ 
+  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
+  ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
+  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
+  */
+  pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  pCol->pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+  p->nCol++;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
+** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
+** the column currently under construction.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = onError;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  The pFirst token is the first
+** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
+** column currently under construction.   pLast is the last token
+** in the sequence.  Use this information to construct a string
+** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
+** in zType.
+*/ 
+void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pFirst, Token *pLast){
+  Table *p;
+  int i, j;
+  int n;
+  char *z, **pz;
+  Column *pCol;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  if( i<0 ) return;
+  pCol = &p->aCol[i];
+  pz = &pCol->zType;
+  n = pLast->n + (pLast->z - pFirst->z);
+  assert( pCol->zType==0 );
+  z = pCol->zType = sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s", n, pFirst->z);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  for(i=j=0; z[i]; i++){
+    int c = z[i];
+    if( isspace(c) ) continue;
+    z[j++] = c;
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(z, n);
+}
+
+/*
+** The given token is the default value for the last column added to
+** the table currently under construction.  If "minusFlag" is true, it
+** means the value token was preceded by a minus sign.
+**
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, Token *pVal, int minusFlag){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  if( i<0 ) return;
+  assert( p->aCol[i].zDflt==0 );
+  z = p->aCol[i].zDflt = sqlite3MPrintf("%s%T", minusFlag ? "-" : "", pVal);
+  sqlite3Dequote(z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
+** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
+** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
+**
+** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
+** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
+** error.
+**
+** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
+** then we will try to use that column as the row id.  (Exception:
+** For backwards compatibility with older databases, do not do this
+** if the file format version number is less than 1.)  Set the Table.iPKey
+** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
+** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column.  Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
+** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
+**
+** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
+** index for the key.  No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, int onError){
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+  char *zType = 0;
+  int iCol = -1, i;
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto primary_key_exit;
+  if( pTab->hasPrimKey ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
+    goto primary_key_exit;
+  }
+  pTab->hasPrimKey = 1;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
+    pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( iCol<pTab->nCol ) pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
+    }
+    if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1;
+  }
+  if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol ){
+    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+  }
+  if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 ){
+    pTab->iPKey = iCol;
+    pTab->keyConf = onError;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0);
+    pList = 0;
+  }
+
+primary_key_exit:
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
+** to the CollSeq given.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, const char *zType, int nType){
+  Table *p;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int i;
+
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+
+  pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zType, nType);
+  p->aCol[i].pColl = pColl;
+
+  /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
+  ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
+  ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
+  */
+  for(pIdx = p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 );
+    if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ) pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[0] = pColl;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
+** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
+** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
+** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
+** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
+**
+** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
+** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
+** each collation sequence structure.
+*/
+static CollSeq * findCollSeqEntry(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zName,
+  int nName,
+  int create
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
+  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
+
+  if( 0==pColl && create ){
+    pColl = sqliteMalloc( 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
+    if( pColl ){
+      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
+      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
+      sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
+    }
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
+** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
+** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
+**
+** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
+** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
+*/
+CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  u8 enc,
+  const char *zName,
+  int nName,
+  int create
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create);
+  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
+** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName.
+** If the collation sequence
+*/
+static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){
+  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
+  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
+  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
+    char *zExternal = sqliteStrNDup(zName, nName);
+    if( !zExternal ) return;
+    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)db->enc, zExternal);
+    sqliteFree(zExternal);
+  }
+  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
+    char const *zExternal;
+    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+    if( !zExternal ) return;
+    db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)db->enc, zExternal);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
+** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
+** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
+** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
+** possible.
+*/
+static int synthCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
+  CollSeq *pColl2;
+  char *z = pColl->zName;
+  int n = strlen(z);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int i;
+  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
+  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
+    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0);
+    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
+      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", n, z);
+  }
+  pParse->nErr++;
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
+** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
+** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
+** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
+**
+** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
+** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
+** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
+** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
+*/
+int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
+  if( pColl && !pColl->xCmp ){
+    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
+    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
+    */
+    callCollNeeded(pParse->db, pColl->zName, strlen(pColl->zName));
+    if( !pColl->xCmp && synthCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3CheckCollSeq() for all collating sequences in an index,
+** in order to verify that all the necessary collating sequences are
+** loaded.
+*/
+int sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
+  if( pIdx ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+      if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i]) ){
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
+** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
+**
+** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
+** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
+** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
+** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
+** returned instead.
+**
+** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
+** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
+** pParse.
+*/
+CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName){
+  u8 enc = pParse->db->enc;
+  u8 initbusy = pParse->db->init.busy;
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(pParse->db, enc, zName, nName, initbusy);
+  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
+  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
+    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
+    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
+    */
+    callCollNeeded(pParse->db, zName, nName);
+    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(pParse->db, enc, zName, nName, 0);
+    if( pColl && !pColl->xCmp ){
+      /* There may be a version of the collation sequence that requires
+      ** translation between encodings. Search for it with synthCollSeq().
+      */
+      if( synthCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If nothing has been found, write the error message into pParse */
+  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
+    if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", nName, zName);
+    }
+    pColl = 0;
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
+** associated affinity type.
+*/
+char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zType, int nType){
+  int n, i;
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zSub;  /* Keywords substring to search for */
+    char nSub;         /* length of zSub */
+    char affinity;     /* Affinity to return if it matches */
+  } substrings[] = {
+    {"INT",  3, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER},
+    {"CHAR", 4, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT},
+    {"CLOB", 4, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT},
+    {"TEXT", 4, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT},
+    {"BLOB", 4, SQLITE_AFF_NONE},
+  };
+
+  if( nType==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(substrings)/sizeof(substrings[0]); i++){
+    int c1 = substrings[i].zSub[0];
+    int c2 = tolower(c1);
+    int limit = nType - substrings[i].nSub;
+    const char *z = substrings[i].zSub;
+    for(n=0; n<=limit; n++){
+      int c = zType[n];
+      if( (c==c1 || c==c2)
+             && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(&zType[n], z, substrings[i].nSub) ){
+        return substrings[i].affinity;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
+**
+** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
+** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
+** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
+** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
+** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
+** since it was last read.
+**
+** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
+** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
+** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
+** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
+** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
+*/
+void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *v, int iDb){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].schema_cookie+1, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
+** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
+** but does not include the null terminator.
+**
+** The estimate is conservative.  It might be larger that what is
+** really needed.
+*/
+static int identLength(const char *z){
+  int n;
+  for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
+    if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
+  }
+  return n + 2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an identifier onto the end of the given string.  Add
+** quote characters as needed.
+*/
+static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
+  unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
+  int i, j, needQuote;
+  i = *pIdx;
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    if( !isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
+  }
+  needQuote =  zIdent[j]!=0 || isdigit(zIdent[0])
+                  || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID;
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    z[i++] = zIdent[j];
+    if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  z[i] = 0;
+  *pIdx = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
+** table.  Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
+*/
+static char *createTableStmt(Table *p){
+  int i, k, n;
+  char *zStmt;
+  char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd, *z;
+  Column *pCol;
+  n = 0;
+  for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    n += identLength(pCol->zName);
+    z = pCol->zType;
+    if( z ){
+      n += (strlen(z) + 1);
+    }
+  }
+  n += identLength(p->zName);
+  if( n<50 ){
+    zSep = "";
+    zSep2 = ",";
+    zEnd = ")";
+  }else{
+    zSep = "\n  ";
+    zSep2 = ",\n  ";
+    zEnd = "\n)";
+  }
+  n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
+  zStmt = sqliteMallocRaw( n );
+  if( zStmt==0 ) return 0;
+  strcpy(zStmt, p->iDb==1 ? "CREATE TEMP TABLE " : "CREATE TABLE ");
+  k = strlen(zStmt);
+  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
+  zStmt[k++] = '(';
+  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    strcpy(&zStmt[k], zSep);
+    k += strlen(&zStmt[k]);
+    zSep = zSep2;
+    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
+    if( (z = pCol->zType)!=0 ){
+      zStmt[k++] = ' ';
+      strcpy(&zStmt[k], z);
+      k += strlen(z);
+    }
+  }
+  strcpy(&zStmt[k], zEnd);
+  return zStmt;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
+** a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** The table structure that other action routines have been building
+** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
+** occurred.
+**
+** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
+** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1.  When db->init.busy==1
+** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
+** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
+** recently changes, so the entry for this table already exists in
+** the sqlite_master table.  We do not want to create it again.
+**
+** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
+** was called to create a table generated from a 
+** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement.  The column names of
+** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
+*/
+void sqlite3EndTable(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd, Select *pSelect){
+  Table *p;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+
+  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
+
+  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
+  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
+  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
+  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
+  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+  }
+
+  /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
+  ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.  The record number
+  ** for the new table entry should already be on the stack.
+  **
+  ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
+  ** file instead of into the main database file.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    int n;
+    Vdbe *v;
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) return;
+
+    if( p->pSelect==0 ){
+      /* A regular table */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateTable, p->iDb, 0);
+    }else{
+      /* A view */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+
+    /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
+    ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
+    ** new table is on the top of the vdbe stack.
+    **
+    ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
+    ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
+    ** by the new table.
+    */
+    if( pSelect ){
+      Table *pSelTab;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, p->iDb, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, 0);
+      pParse->nTab = 2;
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Table, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 1, 0);
+      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+        pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSelect);
+        if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
+        assert( p->aCol==0 );
+        p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+        p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+        pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+        pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+        sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pSelTab);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, p->iDb);
+
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, p->pSelect==0?"table":"view",P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, p->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, p->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 3, 0);
+
+    if( pSelect ){
+      char *z = createTableStmt(p);
+      n = z ? strlen(z) : 0;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, z, n);
+      sqliteFree(z);
+    }else{
+      if( p->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "CREATE VIEW ", P3_STATIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "CREATE TABLE ", P3_STATIC);
+      }
+      assert( pEnd!=0 );
+      n = Addr(pEnd->z) - Addr(pParse->sNameToken.z) + 1;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pParse->sNameToken.z, n);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 5, 0, "tttit", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, p->iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, p->iDb, 0,
+        sqlite3MPrintf("tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P3_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+
+  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy && pParse->nErr==0 ){
+    Table *pOld;
+    FKey *pFKey; 
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->tblHash, p->zName, strlen(p->zName)+1, p);
+    if( pOld ){
+      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+      return;
+    }
+    for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+      int nTo = strlen(pFKey->zTo) + 1;
+      pFKey->pNextTo = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo);
+      sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey);
+    }
+    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+    db->nTable++;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
+*/
+void sqlite3CreateView(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
+  Token *pBegin,     /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
+  Token *pName1,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Token *pName2,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Select *pSelect,   /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
+  int isTemp         /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
+){
+  Table *p;
+  int n;
+  const unsigned char *z;
+  Token sEnd;
+  DbFixer sFix;
+  Token *pName;
+
+  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pBegin, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1);
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, p->iDb, "view", pName)
+    && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect)
+  ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
+  ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
+  ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
+  ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
+  */
+  p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pSelect);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+  if( !pParse->db->init.busy ){
+    sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement.  Make sEnd point to
+  ** the end.
+  */
+  sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
+  if( sEnd.z[0]!=0 && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
+    sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
+  }
+  sEnd.n = 0;
+  n = sEnd.z - pBegin->z;
+  z = (const unsigned char*)pBegin->z;
+  while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; }
+  sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
+  sEnd.n = 1;
+
+  /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse, &sEnd, 0);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW.  Fill in the names of
+** the columns of the view in the pTable structure.  Return the number
+** of errors.  If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+*/
+int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Select *pSel;
+  Table *pSelTab;
+  int nErr = 0;
+
+  assert( pTable );
+
+  /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
+  ** already known.
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
+  ** trying to compute the column names.  If we enter this routine with
+  ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
+  **
+  **     CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
+  **     CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
+  **
+  ** Actually, this error is caught previously and so the following test
+  ** should always fail.  But we will leave it in place just to be safe.
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
+  */
+  assert( pTable->pSelect ); /* If nCol==0, then pTable must be a VIEW */
+  pSel = pTable->pSelect;
+
+  /* Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
+  ** "*" elements in this list.  But we will need to restore the list
+  ** back to its original configuration afterwards, so we save a copy of
+  ** the original in pEList.
+  */
+  pEList = pSel->pEList;
+  pSel->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(pEList);
+  if( pSel->pEList==0 ){
+    pSel->pEList = pEList;
+    return 1;  /* Malloc failed */
+  }
+  pTable->nCol = -1;
+  pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel);
+  if( pSelTab ){
+    assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
+    pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+    pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+    pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+    pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pSelTab);
+    DbSetProperty(pParse->db, pTable->iDb, DB_UnresetViews);
+  }else{
+    pTable->nCol = 0;
+    nErr++;
+  }
+  sqlite3SelectUnbind(pSel);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pSel->pEList);
+  pSel->pEList = pEList;
+  return nErr;  
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
+*/
+static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
+  HashElem *i;
+  if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
+    if( pTab->pSelect ){
+      sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab);
+    }
+  }
+  DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
+** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
+*/
+void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int base;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto exit_drop_table;
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_drop_table;
+  iDb = pTab->iDb;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(pTab->iDb);
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pTab->readOnly ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
+  ** on disk.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    static const VdbeOpList dropTable[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(13), 0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_MemStore,   1, 1,        0},
+      { OP_MemLoad,    1, 0,        0}, /* 3 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 2,        0}, /* sqlite_master.tbl_name */
+      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(12), 0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        "trigger"},
+      { OP_Column,     0, 2,        0}, /* sqlite_master.type */
+      { OP_Eq,         0, ADDR(12), 0},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(13), 0},
+      { OP_Goto,       0, ADDR(3),  0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(3),  0}, /* 12 */
+    };
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Trigger *pTrigger;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, pTab->iDb);
+
+    /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
+    ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
+    ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
+    */
+    pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger;
+    while( pTrigger ){
+      assert( pTrigger->iDb==pTab->iDb || pTrigger->iDb==1 );
+      sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger, 1);
+      pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+    }
+
+    /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
+    ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
+    ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
+    ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be
+    ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
+    ** database.
+    */
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, pTab->iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTable), dropTable);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, base+1, pTab->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, pTab->iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, pTab->tnum, pTab->iDb);
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, pIdx->tnum, pIdx->iDb);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, pTab->iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+  }
+  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
+
+exit_drop_table:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
+** currently under construction.  pFromCol determines which columns
+** in the current table point to the foreign key.  If pFromCol==0 then
+** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
+** the table referred to.  pToCol is a list of tables in the other
+** pTo table that the foreign key points to.  flags contains all
+** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
+** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
+**
+** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
+** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.  The new FKey
+** is not linked into db->aFKey at this point - that does not happen
+** until sqlite3EndTable().
+**
+** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
+** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
+*/
+void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
+  Token *pTo,          /* Name of the other table */
+  ExprList *pToCol,    /* Columns in the other table */
+  int flags            /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
+){
+  Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  int nByte;
+  int i;
+  int nCol;
+  char *z;
+  FKey *pFKey = 0;
+
+  assert( pTo!=0 );
+  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto fk_end;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    int iCol = p->nCol-1;
+    if( iCol<0 ) goto fk_end;
+    if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
+         " should reference only one column of table %T",
+         p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
+      goto fk_end;
+    }
+    nCol = 1;
+  }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
+        "columns in the referenced table");
+    goto fk_end;
+  }else{
+    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
+  }
+  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
+      nByte += strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
+  if( pFKey==0 ) goto fk_end;
+  pFKey->pFrom = p;
+  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
+  z = (char*)&pFKey[1];
+  pFKey->aCol = (struct sColMap*)z;
+  z += sizeof(struct sColMap)*nCol;
+  pFKey->zTo = z;
+  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
+  z[pTo->n] = 0;
+  z += pTo->n+1;
+  pFKey->pNextTo = 0;
+  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+          pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=p->nCol ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+          "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", 
+          pFromCol->a[i].zName);
+        goto fk_end;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      int n = strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName);
+      pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
+      memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
+      z[n] = 0;
+      z += n+1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
+  pFKey->deleteConf = flags & 0xff;
+  pFKey->updateConf = (flags >> 8 ) & 0xff;
+  pFKey->insertConf = (flags >> 16 ) & 0xff;
+
+  /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
+  */
+  p->pFKey = pFKey;
+  pFKey = 0;
+
+fk_end:
+  sqliteFree(pFKey);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pFromCol);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pToCol);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
+** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
+** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
+** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
+** accordingly.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
+  Table *pTab;
+  FKey *pFKey;
+  if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
+  pFKey->isDeferred = isDeferred;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pIndex is the name of the index 
+** and pTable is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
+** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
+** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
+** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
+** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** pList is a list of columns to be indexed.  pList will be NULL if this
+** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
+** to the table currently under construction.  
+*/
+void sqlite3CreateIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* All information about this parse */
+  Token *pName1,   /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
+  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
+  SrcList *pTblName,  /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
+  ExprList *pList,   /* A list of columns to be indexed */
+  int onError,     /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  Token *pStart,   /* The CREATE token that begins a CREATE TABLE statement */
+  Token *pEnd      /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */
+){
+  Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */
+  Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */
+  char *zName = 0;
+  int i, j;
+  Token nullId;    /* Fake token for an empty ID list */
+  DbFixer sFix;    /* For assigning database names to pTable */
+  int isTemp;      /* True for a temporary index */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  int iDb;          /* Index of the database that is being written */
+  Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto exit_create_index;
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the table that is to be indexed.  Return early if not found.
+  */
+  if( pTblName!=0 ){
+
+    /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database 
+    ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
+    ** before looking up the table.
+    */
+    assert( pName1 && pName2 );
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+
+    /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table
+    ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1.
+    */
+    pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
+    if( pName2 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->iDb==1 ){
+      iDb = 1;
+    }
+
+    if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) &&
+        sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName)
+    ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pTblName->a[0].zName, 
+        pTblName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
+    assert( iDb==pTab->iDb );
+  }else{
+    assert( pName==0 );
+    pTab =  pParse->pNewTable;
+    iDb = pTab->iDb;
+  }
+
+  if( pTab==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index;
+  if( pTab->readOnly ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  isTemp = pTab->iDb==1;
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the name of the index.  Make sure there is not already another
+  ** index or table with the same name.  
+  **
+  ** Exception:  If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
+  ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
+  ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
+  ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
+  **
+  ** If pName==0 it means that we are
+  ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint.  We have to invent our
+  ** own name.
+  */
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
+    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    if( !db->init.busy ){
+      Index *pISameName;    /* Another index with the same name */
+      Table *pTSameName;    /* A table with same name as the index */
+      if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
+      if( (pISameName = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName))!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+      if( (pTSameName = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0))!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( pName==0 ){
+    char zBuf[30];
+    int n;
+    Index *pLoop;
+    for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
+    sprintf(zBuf,"_%d",n);
+    zName = 0;
+    sqlite3SetString(&zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", pTab->zName, zBuf, (char*)0);
+    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+
+  /* Check for authorization to create an index.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
+    if( isTemp ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
+  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
+  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
+  */
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    nullId.z = pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName;
+    nullId.n = strlen(nullId.z);
+    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, 0, &nullId);
+    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+
+  /* 
+  ** Allocate the index structure. 
+  */
+  pIndex = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Index) + strlen(zName) + 1 +
+                        (sizeof(int) + sizeof(CollSeq*))*pList->nExpr );
+  if( pIndex==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+  pIndex->aiColumn = (int*)&pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[pList->nExpr];
+  pIndex->zName = (char*)&pIndex->aiColumn[pList->nExpr];
+  strcpy(pIndex->zName, zName);
+  pIndex->pTable = pTab;
+  pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr;
+  pIndex->onError = onError;
+  pIndex->autoIndex = pName==0;
+  pIndex->iDb = iDb;
+
+  /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
+  ** load the column indices into the Index structure.  Report an error
+  ** if any column is not found.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
+        pTab->zName, pList->a[i].zName);
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
+    if( pList->a[i].pExpr ){
+      assert( pList->a[i].pExpr->pColl );
+      pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[i] = pList->a[i].pExpr->pColl;
+    }else{
+      pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[i] = pTab->aCol[j].pColl;
+    }
+    assert( pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[i] );
+    if( !db->init.busy && 
+        sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[i]) 
+    ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+  pIndex->keyInfo.nField = pList->nExpr;
+
+  if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
+    /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
+    ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
+    ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
+    ** i.e. one of:
+    **
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
+    **
+    ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
+    ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
+    ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
+    ** explicit indices.
+    */
+    Index *pIdx;
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int k;
+      assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
+      assert( pIdx->autoIndex );
+      assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );
+
+      if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue;
+      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nColumn; k++){
+        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
+        if( pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[k]!=pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[k] ) break;
+      }
+      if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){
+        if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
+          /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
+          ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
+          ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this 
+          ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
+          ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
+          ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index.
+          */
+          if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+                "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
+          }
+          if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
+            pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
+          }
+        }
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
+  ** in-memory database structures. 
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Index *p;
+    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[pIndex->iDb].idxHash, 
+                         pIndex->zName, strlen(pIndex->zName)+1, pIndex);
+    if( p ){
+      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+    if( pTblName!=0 ){
+      pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk.  This
+  ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the
+  ** index with the current table contents.
+  **
+  ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX 
+  ** command.  db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and 
+  ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table.  In
+  ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why
+  ** we don't want to recreate it.
+  **
+  ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key
+  ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement.  Since the table
+  ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
+  ** step can be skipped.
+  */
+  else if( db->init.busy==0 ){
+    int n;
+    Vdbe *v;
+    int lbl1, lbl2;
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    if( pTblName!=0 ){
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, iDb);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "index", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, 0);
+    if( pTblName ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, 0,
+                     (char*)&pIndex->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+    if( pStart && pEnd ){
+      if( onError==OE_None ){
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, "CREATE INDEX ", P3_STATIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, "CREATE UNIQUE INDEX ", P3_STATIC);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      n = Addr(pEnd->z) - Addr(pName->z) + 1;
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pName->z, n);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 5, 0, "tttit", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, 0, 0);
+    if( pTblName ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenRead, 2, pTab->tnum);
+      /* VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 2, pTab->nCol);
+      lbl2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, 2, lbl2);
+      lbl1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIndex, 2);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_IdxPut, 1, pIndex->onError!=OE_None,
+                      "indexed columns are not unique", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, 2, lbl1);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0,
+         sqlite3MPrintf("name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P3_DYNAMIC);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
+  ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
+  ** OE_Ignore.  This is necessary for the correct operation of UPDATE
+  ** and INSERT.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
+    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
+         || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
+      pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
+      pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
+    }else{
+      Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
+      while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
+        pOther = pOther->pNext;
+      }
+      pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+      pOther->pNext = pIndex;
+    }
+    pIndex = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up before exiting */
+exit_create_index:
+  if( pIndex ){
+    freeIndex(pIndex);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTblName);
+  sqliteFree(zName);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
+** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) return;
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( pIndex==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  if( pIndex->autoIndex ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
+      "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
+    Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pIndex->iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(pIndex->iDb);
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+    if( pIndex->iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    static const VdbeOpList dropIndex[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9), 0}, 
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,       0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_MemStore,   1, 1,       0},
+      { OP_MemLoad,    1, 0,       0}, /* 3 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 1,       0},
+      { OP_Eq,         0, ADDR(8), 0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(3), 0},
+      { OP_Goto,       0, ADDR(9), 0},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,       0}, /* 8 */
+    };
+    int base;
+
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, pIndex->iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, pIndex->iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropIndex), dropIndex);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, base+1, pIndex->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, pIndex->iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, pIndex->tnum, pIndex->iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropIndex, pIndex->iDb, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
+  }
+
+exit_drop_index:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
+** need be.
+**
+** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+*/
+IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(IdList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+    pList->nAlloc = 0;
+  }
+  if( pList->nId>=pList->nAlloc ){
+    struct IdList_item *a;
+    pList->nAlloc = pList->nAlloc*2 + 5;
+    a = sqliteRealloc(pList->a, pList->nAlloc*sizeof(pList->a[0]) );
+    if( a==0 ){
+      sqlite3IdListDelete(pList);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    pList->a = a;
+  }
+  memset(&pList->a[pList->nId], 0, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+  pList->a[pList->nId].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pToken);
+  pList->nId++;
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a new table name to the given SrcList.  Create a new SrcList if
+** need be.  A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pToken is NULL.
+**
+** A new SrcList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+**
+** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
+** database name prefix.  Like this:  "database.table".  The pDatabase
+** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
+** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
+** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.  
+** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
+** or with NULL if no database is specified.
+**
+** In other words, if call like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(A,B,0);
+**
+** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified.  If called
+** like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(A,B,C);
+**
+** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.
+*/
+SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(SrcList *pList, Token *pTable, Token *pDatabase){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(SrcList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+    pList->nAlloc = 1;
+  }
+  if( pList->nSrc>=pList->nAlloc ){
+    SrcList *pNew;
+    pList->nAlloc *= 2;
+    pNew = sqliteRealloc(pList,
+               sizeof(*pList) + (pList->nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]) );
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pList);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    pList = pNew;
+  }
+  pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc];
+  memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+  if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
+    pDatabase = 0;
+  }
+  if( pDatabase && pTable ){
+    Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
+    pDatabase = pTable;
+    pTable = pTemp;
+  }
+  pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTable);
+  pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDatabase);
+  pItem->iCursor = -1;
+  pList->nSrc++;
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign cursors to all tables in a SrcList
+*/
+void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++){
+    if( pList->a[i].iCursor<0 ){
+      pList->a[i].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an alias to the last identifier on the given identifier list.
+*/
+void sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(SrcList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  if( pList && pList->nSrc>0 ){
+    pList->a[pList->nSrc-1].zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(pToken);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an IdList.
+*/
+void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList *pList){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+    sqliteFree(pList->a[i].zName);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pList->a);
+  sqliteFree(pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId.  Return -1
+** if not found.
+*/
+int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return -1;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
+*/
+void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    sqliteFree(pItem->zDatabase);
+    sqliteFree(pItem->zName);
+    sqliteFree(pItem->zAlias);
+    if( pItem->pTab && pItem->pTab->isTransient ){
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pItem->pTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pItem->pSelect);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pOn);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(pItem->pUsing);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a transaction
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int i;
+
+  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ) return;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit a transaction
+*/
+void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ) return;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback a transaction
+*/
+void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ) return;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use.  Return
+** the number of errors.  Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
+    int rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, MAX_PAGES, &db->aDb[1].pBt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
+        "file for storing temporary tables");
+      pParse->rc = rc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( db->flags & !db->autoCommit ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt, 1);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to get a write lock on "
+          "the temporary database file");
+        pParse->rc = rc;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start
+** a read-transaction for all named database files.
+**
+** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all
+** read transactions be started before anything else happens in
+** the VDBE program.  But this routine can be called after much other
+** code has been generated.  So here is what we do:
+**
+** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that
+** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program.  Then we
+** record every database that needs its schema verified in the
+** pParse->cookieMask field.  Later, after all other code has been
+** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and
+** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value
+** will be made to point to that subroutine.  The generation of the
+** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding().
+**
+** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
+** schema on any databases.  This can be used to position the OP_Goto
+** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
+*/
+void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int mask;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;  /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->cookieGoto==0 ){
+    pParse->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
+  }
+  if( iDb>=0 ){
+    assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
+    assert( iDb<32 );
+    mask = 1<<iDb;
+    if( (pParse->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
+      pParse->cookieMask |= mask;
+      pParse->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].schema_cookie;
+      if( iDb==1 ){
+        sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
+** might change the database.
+**
+** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
+** a transaction.  If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
+** is set if the setStatement parameter is true.  A checkpoint should
+** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
+** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
+** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
+** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
+** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
+**
+** Only database iDb and the temp database are made writable by this call.
+** If iDb==0, then the main and temp databases are made writable.   If
+** iDb==1 then only the temp database is made writable.  If iDb>1 then the
+** specified auxiliary database and the temp database are made writable.
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+  pParse->writeMask |= 1<<iDb;
+  if( setStatement ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Statement, iDb, 0);
+  }
+  if( iDb!=1 && pParse->db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, setStatement, 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the transient sqlite3_value object used for encoding conversions
+** during SQL compilation.
+*/
+sqlite3_value *sqlite3GetTransientValue(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( !db->pValue ){
+    db->pValue = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  }
+  return db->pValue;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/date.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/date.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..634e81d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/date.c
@@ -0,0 +1,893 @@
+/*
+** 2003 October 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
+** functions for SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+**
+** $Id$
+**
+** NOTES:
+**
+** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
+** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
+** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
+** calendar system.
+**
+** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
+** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
+**
+** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
+** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
+** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
+** range of dates.
+**
+** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
+** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
+** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
+** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
+**
+** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
+** in the following text:
+**
+**      Jean Meeus
+**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
+**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
+**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
+**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+
+/*
+** A structure for holding a single date and time.
+*/
+typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
+struct DateTime {
+  double rJD;      /* The julian day number */
+  int Y, M, D;     /* Year, month, and day */
+  int h, m;        /* Hour and minutes */
+  int tz;          /* Timezone offset in minutes */
+  double s;        /* Seconds */
+  char validYMD;   /* True if Y,M,D are valid */
+  char validHMS;   /* True if h,m,s are valid */
+  char validJD;    /* True if rJD is valid */
+  char validTZ;    /* True if tz is valid */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Convert zDate into one or more integers.  Additional arguments
+** come in groups of 5 as follows:
+**
+**       N       number of digits in the integer
+**       min     minimum allowed value of the integer
+**       max     maximum allowed value of the integer
+**       nextC   first character after the integer
+**       pVal    where to write the integers value.
+**
+** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
+** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
+*/
+static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int val;
+  int N;
+  int min;
+  int max;
+  int nextC;
+  int *pVal;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  va_start(ap, zDate);
+  do{
+    N = va_arg(ap, int);
+    min = va_arg(ap, int);
+    max = va_arg(ap, int);
+    nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
+    pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
+    val = 0;
+    while( N-- ){
+      if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
+        return cnt;
+      }
+      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
+      zDate++;
+    }
+    if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
+      return cnt;
+    }
+    *pVal = val;
+    zDate++;
+    cnt++;
+  }while( nextC );
+  return cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number.  Return
+** the number of digits converted.
+*/
+static int getValue(const char *z, double *pR){
+  const char *zEnd;
+  *pR = sqlite3AtoF(z, &zEnd);
+  return zEnd - z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
+** The extension is of the form:
+**
+**        (+/-)HH:MM
+**
+** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
+** of change in *pnMin and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
+** return 0.
+**
+** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
+*/
+static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int sgn = 0;
+  int nHr, nMn;
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  p->tz = 0;
+  if( *zDate=='-' ){
+    sgn = -1;
+  }else if( *zDate=='+' ){
+    sgn = +1;
+  }else{
+    return *zDate!=0;
+  }
+  zDate++;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  return *zDate!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
+** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
+** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
+**
+** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
+*/
+static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int h, m, s;
+  double ms = 0.0;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  if( *zDate==':' ){
+    zDate++;
+    if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    zDate += 2;
+    if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){
+      double rScale = 1.0;
+      zDate++;
+      while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
+        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
+        rScale *= 10.0;
+        zDate++;
+      }
+      ms /= rScale;
+    }
+  }else{
+    s = 0;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+  p->h = h;
+  p->m = m;
+  p->s = s + ms;
+  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
+  p->validTZ = p->tz!=0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
+** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** Reference:  Meeus page 61
+*/
+static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
+
+  if( p->validJD ) return;
+  if( p->validYMD ){
+    Y = p->Y;
+    M = p->M;
+    D = p->D;
+  }else{
+    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
+    M = 1;
+    D = 1;
+  }
+  if( M<=2 ){
+    Y--;
+    M += 12;
+  }
+  A = Y/100;
+  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
+  X1 = 365.25*(Y+4716);
+  X2 = 30.6001*(M+1);
+  p->rJD = X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5;
+  p->validJD = 1;
+  p->validYMD = 0;
+  if( p->validHMS ){
+    p->rJD += (p->h*3600.0 + p->m*60.0 + p->s)/86400.0;
+    if( p->validTZ ){
+      p->rJD += p->tz*60/86400.0;
+      p->validHMS = 0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse dates of the form
+**
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
+**     YYYY-MM-DD
+**
+** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
+** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
+** date.
+*/
+static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, neg;
+
+  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
+    zDate++;
+    neg = 1;
+  }else{
+    neg = 0;
+  }
+  if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 10;
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    /* We got the time */
+  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
+    p->validHMS = 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
+  p->M = M;
+  p->D = D;
+  if( p->validTZ ){
+    computeJD(p);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
+** the number of errors.
+**
+** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
+**
+**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
+**      DDDD.DD 
+**      now
+**
+** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
+** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
+** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
+** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
+** as there is a year and date.
+*/
+static int parseDateOrTime(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
+    double r;
+    if( sqlite3OsCurrentTime(&r)==0 ){
+      p->rJD = r;
+      p->validJD = 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+  }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    p->rJD = sqlite3AtoF(zDate, 0);
+    p->validJD = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
+  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
+  if( p->validYMD ) return;
+  if( !p->validJD ){
+    p->Y = 2000;
+    p->M = 1;
+    p->D = 1;
+  }else{
+    Z = p->rJD + 0.5;
+    A = (Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25;
+    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
+    B = A + 1524;
+    C = (B - 122.1)/365.25;
+    D = 365.25*C;
+    E = (B-D)/30.6001;
+    X1 = 30.6001*E;
+    p->D = B - D - X1;
+    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
+    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
+  }
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
+  int Z, s;
+  if( p->validHMS ) return;
+  Z = p->rJD + 0.5;
+  s = (p->rJD + 0.5 - Z)*86400000.0 + 0.5;
+  p->s = 0.001*s;
+  s = p->s;
+  p->s -= s;
+  p->h = s/3600;
+  s -= p->h*3600;
+  p->m = s/60;
+  p->s += s - p->m*60;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute both YMD and HMS
+*/
+static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
+  computeYMD(p);
+  computeHMS(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
+*/
+static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
+  p->validYMD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 0;
+  p->validTZ = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the difference (in days) between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT)
+** for the time value p where p is in UTC.
+*/
+static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
+  DateTime x, y;
+  time_t t;
+  struct tm *pTm;
+  x = *p;
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
+    x.Y = 2000;
+    x.M = 1;
+    x.D = 1;
+    x.h = 0;
+    x.m = 0;
+    x.s = 0.0;
+  } else {
+    int s = x.s + 0.5;
+    x.s = s;
+  }
+  x.tz = 0;
+  x.validJD = 0;
+  computeJD(&x);
+  t = (x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  pTm = localtime(&t);
+  y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900;
+  y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1;
+  y.D = pTm->tm_mday;
+  y.h = pTm->tm_hour;
+  y.m = pTm->tm_min;
+  y.s = pTm->tm_sec;
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  y.validYMD = 1;
+  y.validHMS = 1;
+  y.validJD = 0;
+  y.validTZ = 0;
+  computeJD(&y);
+  return y.rJD - x.rJD;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
+** as follows:
+**
+**     NNN days
+**     NNN hours
+**     NNN minutes
+**     NNN.NNNN seconds
+**     NNN months
+**     NNN years
+**     start of month
+**     start of year
+**     start of week
+**     start of day
+**     weekday N
+**     unixepoch
+**     localtime
+**     utc
+**
+** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error.
+*/
+static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
+  int rc = 1;
+  int n;
+  double r;
+  char *z, zBuf[30];
+  z = zBuf;
+  for(n=0; n<sizeof(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
+    z[n] = tolower(zMod[n]);
+  }
+  z[n] = 0;
+  switch( z[0] ){
+    case 'l': {
+      /*    localtime
+      **
+      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
+      ** show local time.
+      */
+      if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
+        computeJD(p);
+        p->rJD += localtimeOffset(p);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 'u': {
+      /*
+      **    unixepoch
+      **
+      ** Treat the current value of p->rJD as the number of
+      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
+      */
+      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
+        p->rJD = p->rJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
+        double c1;
+        computeJD(p);
+        c1 = localtimeOffset(p);
+        p->rJD -= c1;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        p->rJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 'w': {
+      /*
+      **    weekday N
+      **
+      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
+      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
+      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
+      */
+      if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0
+                 && (n=r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
+        int Z;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->validTZ = 0;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        Z = p->rJD + 1.5;
+        Z %= 7;
+        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
+        p->rJD += n - Z;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 's': {
+      /*
+      **    start of TTTTT
+      **
+      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
+      ** or month or year.
+      */
+      if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
+      z += 9;
+      computeYMD(p);
+      p->validHMS = 1;
+      p->h = p->m = 0;
+      p->s = 0.0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+      p->validJD = 0;
+      if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        computeYMD(p);
+        p->M = 1;
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case '+':
+    case '-':
+    case '0':
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9': {
+      n = getValue(z, &r);
+      if( n<=0 ) break;
+      if( z[n]==':' ){
+        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
+        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
+        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
+        ** omitted.
+        */
+        const char *z2 = z;
+        DateTime tx;
+        int day;
+        if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++;
+        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
+        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
+        computeJD(&tx);
+        tx.rJD -= 0.5;
+        day = (int)tx.rJD;
+        tx.rJD -= day;
+        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.rJD = -tx.rJD;
+        computeJD(p);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+       p->rJD += tx.rJD;
+        rc = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      z += n;
+      while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
+      n = strlen(z);
+      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
+      if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
+      computeJD(p);
+      rc = 0;
+      if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        p->rJD += r;
+      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
+        p->rJD += r/24.0;
+      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
+        p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0);
+      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
+        p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0*60.0);
+      }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        int x, y;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->M += r;
+        x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
+        p->Y += x;
+        p->M -= x*12;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        y = r;
+        if( y!=r ){
+          p->rJD += (r - y)*30.0;
+        }
+      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->Y += r;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+      }else{
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
+** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
+** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
+** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
+*/
+static int isDate(int argc, sqlite3_value **argv, DateTime *p){
+  int i;
+  if( argc==0 ) return 1;
+  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) || 
+      parseDateOrTime(sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), p) ) return 1;
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) || 
+        parseModifier(sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]), p) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
+*/
+static void juliandayFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    computeJD(&x);
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, x.rJD);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void datetimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m,
+           (int)(x.s));
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void timeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeHMS(&x);
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD
+*/
+static void dateFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD(&x);
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
+**
+**   %d  day of month
+**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
+**   %H  hour 00-24
+**   %j  day of year 000-366
+**   %J  ** Julian day number
+**   %m  month 01-12
+**   %M  minute 00-59
+**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
+**   %S  seconds 00-59
+**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
+**   %W  week of year 00-53
+**   %Y  year 0000-9999
+**   %%  %
+*/
+static void strftimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  int n, i, j;
+  char *z;
+  const char *zFmt = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  char zBuf[100];
+  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
+  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
+    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
+      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
+        case 'd':
+        case 'H':
+        case 'm':
+        case 'M':
+        case 'S':
+        case 'W':
+          n++;
+          /* fall thru */
+        case 'w':
+        case '%':
+          break;
+        case 'f':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 'j':
+          n += 3;
+          break;
+        case 'Y':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 's':
+        case 'J':
+          n += 50;
+          break;
+        default:
+          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
+      }
+      i++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
+    z = zBuf;
+  }else{
+    z = sqliteMalloc( n );
+    if( z==0 ) return;
+  }
+  computeJD(&x);
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
+    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
+      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
+    }else{
+      i++;
+      switch( zFmt[i] ){
+        case 'd':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
+        case 'f': {
+          int s = x.s;
+          int ms = (x.s - s)*1000.0;
+          sprintf(&z[j],"%02d.%03d",s,ms);
+          j += strlen(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'H':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
+        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
+        case 'j': {
+          int n;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
+          DateTime y = x;
+          y.validJD = 0;
+          y.M = 1;
+          y.D = 1;
+          computeJD(&y);
+          n = x.rJD - y.rJD;
+          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
+            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
+            wd = ((int)(x.rJD+0.5)) % 7;
+            sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",(n+7-wd)/7);
+            j += 2;
+          }else{
+            sprintf(&z[j],"%03d",n+1);
+            j += 3;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'J':  sprintf(&z[j],"%.16g",x.rJD); j+=strlen(&z[j]); break;
+        case 'm':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
+        case 'M':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
+        case 's': {
+          sprintf(&z[j],"%d",(int)((x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5));
+          j += strlen(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'S':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",(int)(x.s+0.5)); j+=2; break;
+        case 'w':  z[j++] = (((int)(x.rJD+1.5)) % 7) + '0'; break;
+        case 'Y':  sprintf(&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]); break;
+        case '%':  z[j++] = '%'; break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  if( z!=zBuf ){
+    sqliteFree(z);
+  }
+}
+
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
+
+/*
+** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
+** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
+** external linkage.
+*/
+void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+  static const struct {
+     char *zName;
+     int nArg;
+     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } aFuncs[] = {
+    { "julianday", -1, juliandayFunc   },
+    { "date",      -1, dateFunc        },
+    { "time",      -1, timeFunc        },
+    { "datetime",  -1, datetimeFunc    },
+    { "strftime",  -1, strftimeFunc    },
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
+        SQLITE_UTF8, 0, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/delete.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/delete.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..866da61d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/delete.c
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle DELETE FROM statements.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Look up every table that is named in pSrc.  If any table is not found,
+** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL.  If all tables
+** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
+*/
+Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  Table *pTab = 0;
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
+    pItem->pTab = pTab;
+  }
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
+** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
+** writable return 0;
+*/
+int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
+  if( pTab->readOnly ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
+*/
+void sqlite3OpenTableForReading(
+  Vdbe *v,        /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
+  Table *pTab     /* The table to be opened */
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pTab->tnum);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Process a DELETE FROM statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
+  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
+  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
+  int end, addr = 0;     /* A couple addresses of generated code */
+  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
+  int isView;            /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
+
+  int row_triggers_exist = 0;  /* True if any triggers exist */
+  int before_triggers;         /* True if there are BEFORE triggers */
+  int after_triggers;          /* True if there are AFTER triggers */
+  int oldIdx = -1;             /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */
+
+  sContext.pParse = 0;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    pTabList = 0;
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
+  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
+  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
+  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  before_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, 
+                         TK_DELETE, TK_BEFORE, TK_ROW, 0);
+  after_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, 
+                         TK_DELETE, TK_AFTER, TK_ROW, 0);
+  row_triggers_exist = before_triggers || after_triggers;
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, before_triggers) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTab->iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  */
+  if( isView && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger.
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){ 
+    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, 0, pWhere, 0, 0) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, row_triggers_exist, pTab->iDb);
+
+  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, construct that view into
+  ** a temporary table.
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    Select *pView = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
+    sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_TempTable, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pView);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
+  ** we are counting rows.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
+  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table.  Note, however, that
+  ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
+  */
+  if( pWhere==0 && !row_triggers_exist ){
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+      /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of
+      ** entries in the table. */
+      int endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      int addr;
+      if( !isView ){
+        sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, iCur, pTab);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, pTab->iDb);
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, pIdx->iDb);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
+  ** the table and pick which records to delete.
+  */
+  else{
+    /* Ensure all required collation sequences are available. */
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ){
+        goto delete_from_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Begin the database scan
+    */
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 1, 0);
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
+
+    /* Remember the key of every item to be deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListWrite, 0, 0);
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* End the database scan loop.
+    */
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+    /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
+    */
+    if( row_triggers_exist ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol);
+    }
+
+    /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
+    ** database scan.  We have to delete items after the scan is complete
+    ** because deleting an item can change the scan order.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRewind, 0, 0);
+    end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are
+    ** row triggers.
+    */
+    if( row_triggers_exist ){
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, end);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      if( !isView ){
+        sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, iCur, pTab);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, oldIdx, 0);
+      if( !isView ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+      }
+
+      sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TK_BEFORE, pTab, -1, 
+          oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
+	  addr);
+    }
+
+    if( !isView ){
+      /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and all its
+      ** indices.  If there are row triggers, this happens inside the
+      ** OP_ListRead loop because the cursor have to all be closed
+      ** before the trigger fires.  If there are no row triggers, the
+      ** cursors are opened only once on the outside the loop.
+      */
+      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
+
+      /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are no
+      ** row triggers */
+      if( !row_triggers_exist ){ 
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, end);
+      }
+
+      /* Delete the row */
+      sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, 1);
+    }
+
+    /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke
+    ** the AFTER triggers
+    */
+    if( row_triggers_exist ){
+      if( !isView ){
+        for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TK_AFTER, pTab, -1, 
+          oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
+	  addr);
+    }
+
+    /* End of the delete loop */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListReset, 0, 0);
+
+    /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */
+    if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+      for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows that were deleted.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "rows deleted", P3_STATIC);
+  }
+
+delete_from_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
+** single table to be deleted.
+**
+** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
+** These are the requirements:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
+**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base".
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The record number of the row to be deleted must be on the top
+**       of the stack.
+**
+** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number
+** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index
+** entries that point to that record.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* The database containing the index */
+  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
+  int count          /* Increment the row change counter */
+){
+  int addr;
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0);
+  sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
+** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
+**
+** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
+** These are the requirements:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
+**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
+**       deleted.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* The database containing the index */
+  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
+  char *aIdxUsed     /* Only delete if aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i]!=0 */
+){
+  int i;
+  Index *pIdx;
+
+  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i-1]==0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, iCur);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it on the top
+** of the tack.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
+** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
+** the entry that needs indexing.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
+  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  Index *pIdx,       /* The index for which to generate a key */
+  int iCur           /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
+){
+  int j;
+  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+  for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
+    int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+    if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, j, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIdx->nColumn, (1<<24));
+  sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/encode.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/encode.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b10c96b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/encode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/*
+** 2002 April 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains helper routines used to translate binary data into
+** a null-terminated string (suitable for use in SQLite) and back again.
+** These are convenience routines for use by people who want to store binary
+** data in an SQLite database.  The code in this file is not used by any other
+** part of the SQLite library.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/*
+** How This Encoder Works
+**
+** The output is allowed to contain any character except 0x27 (') and
+** 0x00.  This is accomplished by using an escape character to encode
+** 0x27 and 0x00 as a two-byte sequence.  The escape character is always
+** 0x01.  An 0x00 is encoded as the two byte sequence 0x01 0x01.  The
+** 0x27 character is encoded as the two byte sequence 0x01 0x28.  Finally,
+** the escape character itself is encoded as the two-character sequence
+** 0x01 0x02.
+**
+** To summarize, the encoder works by using an escape sequences as follows:
+**
+**       0x00  ->  0x01 0x01
+**       0x01  ->  0x01 0x02
+**       0x27  ->  0x01 0x28
+**
+** If that were all the encoder did, it would work, but in certain cases
+** it could double the size of the encoded string.  For example, to
+** encode a string of 100 0x27 characters would require 100 instances of
+** the 0x01 0x03 escape sequence resulting in a 200-character output.
+** We would prefer to keep the size of the encoded string smaller than
+** this.
+**
+** To minimize the encoding size, we first add a fixed offset value to each 
+** byte in the sequence.  The addition is modulo 256.  (That is to say, if
+** the sum of the original character value and the offset exceeds 256, then
+** the higher order bits are truncated.)  The offset is chosen to minimize
+** the number of characters in the string that need to be escaped.  For
+** example, in the case above where the string was composed of 100 0x27
+** characters, the offset might be 0x01.  Each of the 0x27 characters would
+** then be converted into an 0x28 character which would not need to be
+** escaped at all and so the 100 character input string would be converted
+** into just 100 characters of output.  Actually 101 characters of output - 
+** we have to record the offset used as the first byte in the sequence so
+** that the string can be decoded.  Since the offset value is stored as
+** part of the output string and the output string is not allowed to contain
+** characters 0x00 or 0x27, the offset cannot be 0x00 or 0x27.
+**
+** Here, then, are the encoding steps:
+**
+**     (1)   Choose an offset value and make it the first character of
+**           output.
+**
+**     (2)   Copy each input character into the output buffer, one by
+**           one, adding the offset value as you copy.
+**
+**     (3)   If the value of an input character plus offset is 0x00, replace
+**           that one character by the two-character sequence 0x01 0x01.
+**           If the sum is 0x01, replace it with 0x01 0x02.  If the sum
+**           is 0x27, replace it with 0x01 0x03.
+**
+**     (4)   Put a 0x00 terminator at the end of the output.
+**
+** Decoding is obvious:
+**
+**     (5)   Copy encoded characters except the first into the decode 
+**           buffer.  Set the first encoded character aside for use as
+**           the offset in step 7 below.
+**
+**     (6)   Convert each 0x01 0x01 sequence into a single character 0x00.
+**           Convert 0x01 0x02 into 0x01.  Convert 0x01 0x28 into 0x27.
+**
+**     (7)   Subtract the offset value that was the first character of
+**           the encoded buffer from all characters in the output buffer.
+**
+** The only tricky part is step (1) - how to compute an offset value to
+** minimize the size of the output buffer.  This is accomplished by testing
+** all offset values and picking the one that results in the fewest number
+** of escapes.  To do that, we first scan the entire input and count the
+** number of occurances of each character value in the input.  Suppose
+** the number of 0x00 characters is N(0), the number of occurances of 0x01
+** is N(1), and so forth up to the number of occurances of 0xff is N(255).
+** An offset of 0 is not allowed so we don't have to test it.  The number
+** of escapes required for an offset of 1 is N(1)+N(2)+N(40).  The number
+** of escapes required for an offset of 2 is N(2)+N(3)+N(41).  And so forth.
+** In this way we find the offset that gives the minimum number of escapes,
+** and thus minimizes the length of the output string.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Encode a binary buffer "in" of size n bytes so that it contains
+** no instances of characters '\'' or '\000'.  The output is 
+** null-terminated and can be used as a string value in an INSERT
+** or UPDATE statement.  Use sqlite_decode_binary() to convert the
+** string back into its original binary.
+**
+** The result is written into a preallocated output buffer "out".
+** "out" must be able to hold at least 2 +(257*n)/254 bytes.
+** In other words, the output will be expanded by as much as 3
+** bytes for every 254 bytes of input plus 2 bytes of fixed overhead.
+** (This is approximately 2 + 1.0118*n or about a 1.2% size increase.)
+**
+** The return value is the number of characters in the encoded
+** string, excluding the "\000" terminator.
+**
+** If out==NULL then no output is generated but the routine still returns
+** the number of characters that would have been generated if out had
+** not been NULL.
+*/
+int sqlite_encode_binary(const unsigned char *in, int n, unsigned char *out){
+  int i, j, e, m;
+  unsigned char x;
+  int cnt[256];
+  if( n<=0 ){
+    if( out ){
+      out[0] = 'x';
+      out[1] = 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+  }
+  memset(cnt, 0, sizeof(cnt));
+  for(i=n-1; i>=0; i--){ cnt[in[i]]++; }
+  m = n;
+  for(i=1; i<256; i++){
+    int sum;
+    if( i=='\'' ) continue;
+    sum = cnt[i] + cnt[(i+1)&0xff] + cnt[(i+'\'')&0xff];
+    if( sum<m ){
+      m = sum;
+      e = i;
+      if( m==0 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( out==0 ){
+    return n+m+1;
+  }
+  out[0] = e;
+  j = 1;
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+    x = in[i] - e;
+    if( x==0 || x==1 || x=='\''){
+      out[j++] = 1;
+      x++;
+    }
+    out[j++] = x;
+  }
+  out[j] = 0;
+  assert( j==n+m+1 );
+  return j;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode the string "in" into binary data and write it into "out".
+** This routine reverses the encoding created by sqlite_encode_binary().
+** The output will always be a few bytes less than the input.  The number
+** of bytes of output is returned.  If the input is not a well-formed
+** encoding, -1 is returned.
+**
+** The "in" and "out" parameters may point to the same buffer in order
+** to decode a string in place.
+*/
+int sqlite_decode_binary(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out){
+  int i, e;
+  unsigned char c;
+  e = *(in++);
+  i = 0;
+  while( (c = *(in++))!=0 ){
+    if( c==1 ){
+      c = *(in++) - 1;
+    }
+    out[i++] = c + e;
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+#ifdef ENCODER_TEST
+#include <stdio.h>
+/*
+** The subroutines above are not tested by the usual test suite.  To test
+** these routines, compile just this one file with a -DENCODER_TEST=1 option
+** and run the result.
+*/
+int main(int argc, char **argv){
+  int i, j, n, m, nOut, nByteIn, nByteOut;
+  unsigned char in[30000];
+  unsigned char out[33000];
+
+  nByteIn = nByteOut = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(in); i++){
+    printf("Test %d: ", i+1);
+    n = rand() % (i+1);
+    if( i%100==0 ){
+      int k;
+      for(j=k=0; j<n; j++){
+        /* if( k==0 || k=='\'' ) k++; */
+        in[j] = k;
+        k = (k+1)&0xff;
+      }
+    }else{
+      for(j=0; j<n; j++) in[j] = rand() & 0xff;
+    }
+    nByteIn += n;
+    nOut = sqlite_encode_binary(in, n, out);
+    nByteOut += nOut;
+    if( nOut!=strlen(out) ){
+      printf(" ERROR return value is %d instead of %d\n", nOut, strlen(out));
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    if( nOut!=sqlite_encode_binary(in, n, 0) ){
+      printf(" ERROR actual output size disagrees with predicted size\n");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    m = (256*n + 1262)/253;
+    printf("size %d->%d (max %d)", n, strlen(out)+1, m);
+    if( strlen(out)+1>m ){
+      printf(" ERROR output too big\n");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    for(j=0; out[j]; j++){
+      if( out[j]=='\'' ){
+        printf(" ERROR contains (')\n");
+        exit(1);
+      }
+    }
+    j = sqlite_decode_binary(out, out);
+    if( j!=n ){
+      printf(" ERROR decode size %d\n", j);
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    if( memcmp(in, out, n)!=0 ){
+      printf(" ERROR decode mismatch\n");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    printf(" OK\n");
+  }
+  fprintf(stderr,"Finished.  Total encoding: %d->%d bytes\n",
+          nByteIn, nByteOut);
+  fprintf(stderr,"Avg size increase: %.3f%%\n",
+    (nByteOut-nByteIn)*100.0/(double)nByteIn);
+}
+#endif /* ENCODER_TEST */
+
+
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/expr.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/expr.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2da3645b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/expr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1927 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
+** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
+**
+** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
+** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
+** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
+** indicating no affinity for the expression.
+**
+** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
+** have an affinity:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
+** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
+*/
+char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_AS ){
+    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+  }
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
+    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+  }
+  return pExpr->affinity;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
+** there is no default collation type, return 0.
+*/
+CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+  if( pExpr ){
+    pColl = pExpr->pColl;
+    if( pExpr->op==TK_AS && !pColl ){
+      return sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
+    pColl = 0;
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is the left operand of a comparison operator.  aff2 is the
+** type affinity of the right operand.  This routine returns the
+** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
+*/
+char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
+  char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
+  if( aff1 && aff2 ){
+    /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric or
+    ** integer affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
+    */
+    if( aff1==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff2==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ){
+      return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    }else if( aff1==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff2==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+    }
+  }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
+    /* Neither side of the comparison is a column.  Compare the
+    ** results directly.
+    */
+    /* return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;  // Ticket #805 */
+    return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  }else{
+    /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
+    return (aff1 + aff2);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison operator.  Return the type affinity that should
+** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
+*/
+static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  char aff;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_NE );
+  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
+  aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+  if( pExpr->pRight ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
+  }
+  else if( pExpr->pSelect ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
+  }
+  else if( !aff ){
+    aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+  }
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
+** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
+** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
+** the comparison in pExpr.
+*/
+int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
+  char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+  return 
+    (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE) ||
+    (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC && idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER) ||
+    (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER && idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) ||
+    (aff==idx_affinity);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the P1 value that should be used for a binary comparison
+** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
+** If jumpIfNull is true, then set the low byte of the returned
+** P1 value to tell the opcode to jump if either expression
+** evaluates to NULL.
+*/
+static int binaryCompareP1(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
+  char aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
+  return (((int)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff))<<8)+(jumpIfNull?1:0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
+** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
+**
+** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
+** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
+** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
+** type.
+*/
+static CollSeq* binaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
+  if( !pColl ){
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a comparison operator.
+*/
+static int codeCompare(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
+  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
+  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
+  int opcode,       /* The comparison opcode */
+  int dest,         /* Jump here if true.  */
+  int jumpIfNull    /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
+){
+  int p1 = binaryCompareP1(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
+  CollSeq *p3 = binaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
+  return sqlite3VdbeOp3(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, p1, dest, (void*)p3, P3_COLLSEQ);
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
+** for this node is obtained from sqliteMalloc().  The calling function
+** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
+*/
+Expr *sqlite3Expr(int op, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight, Token *pToken){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Expr) );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    /* When malloc fails, we leak memory from pLeft and pRight */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pNew->op = op;
+  pNew->pLeft = pLeft;
+  pNew->pRight = pRight;
+  if( pToken ){
+    assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
+    pNew->span = pNew->token = *pToken;
+  }else if( pLeft && pRight ){
+    sqlite3ExprSpan(pNew, &pLeft->span, &pRight->span);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
+** NULL, then just return the other expression.
+*/
+Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
+  if( pLeft==0 ){
+    return pRight;
+  }else if( pRight==0 ){
+    return pLeft;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3Expr(TK_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the Expr.span field of the given expression to span all
+** text between the two given tokens.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr *pExpr, Token *pLeft, Token *pRight){
+  assert( pRight!=0 );
+  assert( pLeft!=0 );
+  if( !sqlite3_malloc_failed && pRight->z && pLeft->z ){
+    assert( pLeft->dyn==0 || pLeft->z[pLeft->n]==0 );
+    if( pLeft->dyn==0 && pRight->dyn==0 ){
+      pExpr->span.z = pLeft->z;
+      pExpr->span.n = pRight->n + Addr(pRight->z) - Addr(pLeft->z);
+    }else{
+      pExpr->span.z = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
+** arguments.
+*/
+Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Expr) );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    /* sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); // Leak pList when malloc fails */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pNew->op = TK_FUNCTION;
+  pNew->pList = pList;
+  if( pToken ){
+    assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
+    pNew->token = *pToken;
+  }else{
+    pNew->token.z = 0;
+  }
+  pNew->span = pNew->token;
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
+** in the original SQL statement.  
+**
+** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
+** variable number.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
+** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
+** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
+** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
+** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
+** assigned.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  Token *pToken;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  pToken = &pExpr->token;
+  assert( pToken->n>=1 );
+  assert( pToken->z!=0 );
+  assert( pToken->z[0]!=0 );
+  if( pToken->n==1 ){
+    /* Wildcard of the form "?".  Assign the next variable number */
+    pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
+  }else if( pToken->z[0]=='?' ){
+    /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
+    ** use it as the variable number */
+    int i;
+    pExpr->iTable = i = atoi(&pToken->z[1]);
+    if( i<1 || i>SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
+          SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
+    }
+    if( i>pParse->nVar ){
+      pParse->nVar = i;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa".  Reuse the same variable
+    ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
+    ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
+    */
+    int i, n;
+    n = pToken->n;
+    for(i=0; i<pParse->nVarExpr; i++){
+      Expr *pE;
+      if( (pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i])!=0
+          && pE->token.n==n
+          && memcmp(pE->token.z, pToken->z, n)==0 ){
+        pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){
+      pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
+      if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){
+        pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10;
+        pParse->apVarExpr = sqliteRealloc(pParse->apVarExpr,
+                       pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0]) );
+      }
+      if( !sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+        assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 );
+        pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr;
+      }
+    }
+  } 
+}
+
+/*
+** Recursively delete an expression tree.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( p->span.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)p->span.z);
+  if( p->token.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)p->token.z);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLeft);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pRight);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pList);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect);
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
+** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements.  The copies can
+** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
+** without effecting the originals.
+**
+** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
+** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded 
+** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
+**
+** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
+*/
+Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(Expr *p){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  memcpy(pNew, p, sizeof(*pNew));
+  if( p->token.z!=0 ){
+    pNew->token.z = sqliteStrDup(p->token.z);
+    pNew->token.dyn = 1;
+  }else{
+    assert( pNew->token.z==0 );
+  }
+  pNew->span.z = 0;
+  pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pLeft);
+  pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pRight);
+  pNew->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pList);
+  pNew->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pSelect);
+  return pNew;
+}
+void sqlite3TokenCopy(Token *pTo, Token *pFrom){
+  if( pTo->dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTo->z);
+  if( pFrom->z ){
+    pTo->n = pFrom->n;
+    pTo->z = sqliteStrNDup(pFrom->z, pFrom->n);
+    pTo->dyn = 1;
+  }else{
+    pTo->z = 0;
+  }
+}
+ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(ExprList *p){
+  ExprList *pNew;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr;
+  pNew->a = pItem = sqliteMalloc( p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pItem==0 ){
+    sqliteFree(pNew);
+    return 0;
+  } 
+  pOldItem = p->a;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
+    Expr *pNewExpr, *pOldExpr;
+    pItem->pExpr = pNewExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr);
+    if( pOldExpr->span.z!=0 && pNewExpr ){
+      /* Always make a copy of the span for top-level expressions in the
+      ** expression list.  The logic in SELECT processing that determines
+      ** the names of columns in the result set needs this information */
+      sqlite3TokenCopy(&pNewExpr->span, &pOldExpr->span);
+    }
+    assert( pNewExpr==0 || pNewExpr->span.z!=0 
+            || pOldExpr->span.z==0 || sqlite3_malloc_failed );
+    pItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
+    pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
+    pItem->isAgg = pOldItem->isAgg;
+    pItem->done = 0;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(SrcList *p){
+  SrcList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  int nByte;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
+  pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zDatabase);
+    pNewItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->zAlias = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zAlias);
+    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
+    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
+    pNewItem->pTab = 0;
+    pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pOldItem->pSelect);
+    pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(pOldItem->pOn);
+    pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(pOldItem->pUsing);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(IdList *p){
+  IdList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId;
+  pNew->a = sqliteMallocRaw( p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pNew->a==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){
+    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    pNewItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+Select *sqlite3SelectDup(Select *p){
+  Select *pNew;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
+  pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pEList);
+  pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(p->pSrc);
+  pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhere);
+  pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pGroupBy);
+  pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pHaving);
+  pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pOrderBy);
+  pNew->op = p->op;
+  pNew->pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pPrior);
+  pNew->nLimit = p->nLimit;
+  pNew->nOffset = p->nOffset;
+  pNew->zSelect = 0;
+  pNew->iLimit = -1;
+  pNew->iOffset = -1;
+  pNew->ppOpenTemp = 0;
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the end of an expression list.  If pList is
+** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
+*/
+ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(ExprList *pList, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(ExprList) );
+    if( pList==0 ){
+      /* sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr); // Leak memory if malloc fails */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    assert( pList->nAlloc==0 );
+  }
+  if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){
+    pList->nAlloc = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4;
+    pList->a = sqliteRealloc(pList->a, pList->nAlloc*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+    if( pList->a==0 ){
+      /* sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr); // Leak memory if malloc fails */
+      pList->nExpr = pList->nAlloc = 0;
+      return pList;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pList->a!=0 );
+  if( pExpr || pName ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
+    memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
+    pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+    pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  }
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire expression list.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) );
+  assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc );
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pExpr);
+    sqliteFree(pItem->zName);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pList->a);
+  sqliteFree(pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** and 0 if it involves variables.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_ID:
+    case TK_COLUMN:
+    case TK_DOT:
+    case TK_FUNCTION:
+      return 0;
+    case TK_NULL:
+    case TK_STRING:
+    case TK_BLOB:
+    case TK_INTEGER:
+    case TK_FLOAT:
+    case TK_VARIABLE:
+      return 1;
+    default: {
+      if( p->pLeft && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p->pLeft) ) return 0;
+      if( p->pRight && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p->pRight) ) return 0;
+      if( p->pList ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<p->pList->nExpr; i++){
+          if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p->pList->a[i].pExpr) ) return 0;
+        }
+      }
+      return p->pLeft!=0 || p->pRight!=0 || (p->pList && p->pList->nExpr>0);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the given expression codes a constant integer that is small enough
+** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
+** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
+** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      if( sqlite3GetInt32(p->token.z, pValue) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      const u8 *z = (u8*)p->token.z;
+      int n = p->token.n;
+      if( n>0 && z[0]=='-' ){ z++; n--; }
+      while( n>0 && *z && isdigit(*z) ){ z++; n--; }
+      if( n==0 && sqlite3GetInt32(p->token.z, pValue) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UPLUS: {
+      return sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      int v;
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
+        *pValue = -v;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
+*/
+int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
+** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr 
+** expression node refer back to that source column.  The following changes
+** are made to pExpr:
+**
+**    pExpr->iDb           Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database holding
+**                         the table.
+**    pExpr->iTable        Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
+**                         from pSrcList.
+**    pExpr->iColumn       Set to the column number within the table.
+**    pExpr->op            Set to TK_COLUMN.
+**    pExpr->pLeft         Any expression this points to is deleted
+**    pExpr->pRight        Any expression this points to is deleted.
+**
+** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X").  This value may be
+** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z.  Any available database
+** can be used.  The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y").  This
+** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL.  If pTableToken is NULL it
+** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
+** can be used.
+**
+** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
+** in pParse and return non-zero.  Return zero on success.
+*/
+static int lookupName(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
+  Token *pDbToken,     /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
+  Token *pTableToken,  /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
+  Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */
+  SrcList *pSrcList,   /* List of tables used to resolve column names */
+  ExprList *pEList,    /* List of expressions used to resolve "AS" */
+  Expr *pExpr          /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
+){
+  char *zDb = 0;       /* Name of the database.  The "X" in X.Y.Z */
+  char *zTab = 0;      /* Name of the table.  The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */
+  char *zCol = 0;      /* Name of the column.  The "Z" */
+  int i, j;            /* Loop counters */
+  int cnt = 0;         /* Number of matching column names */
+  int cntTab = 0;      /* Number of matching table names */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database */
+
+  assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
+  zDb = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDbToken);
+  zTab = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTableToken);
+  zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(pColumnToken);
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return 1;  /* Leak memory (zDb and zTab) if malloc fails */
+  }
+  assert( zTab==0 || pEList==0 );
+
+  pExpr->iTable = -1;
+  for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrcList->a[i];
+    Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
+    Column *pCol;
+
+    if( pTab==0 ) continue;
+    assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
+    if( zTab ){
+      if( pItem->zAlias ){
+        char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias;
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
+      }else{
+        char *zTabName = pTab->zName;
+        if( zTabName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
+        if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
+      pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+      pExpr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
+    }
+    for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+        cnt++;
+        pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+        pExpr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
+        /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+        pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j;
+        pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
+        pExpr->pColl = pTab->aCol[j].pColl;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
+  ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
+  */
+  if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){
+    TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack;
+    Table *pTab = 0;
+    if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){
+      pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx;
+      assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
+      pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
+    }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab) == 0 ){
+      pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx;
+      assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
+      pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
+    }
+
+    if( pTab ){ 
+      int j;
+      Column *pCol = pTab->aCol;
+      
+      pExpr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
+      cntTab++;
+      for(j=0; j < pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++) {
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+          cnt++;
+          pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j;
+          pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
+          pExpr->pColl = pTab->aCol[j].pColl;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
+    cnt = 1;
+    pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+    pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
+  ** might refer to an result-set alias.  This happens, for example, when
+  ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
+  **
+  **     SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
+  **
+  ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
+  ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
+  ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
+  ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && pEList!=0 ){
+    for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+      char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
+      if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+        assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+        pExpr->op = TK_AS;
+        pExpr->iColumn = j;
+        pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(pEList->a[j].pExpr);
+        sqliteFree(zCol);
+        assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
+        return 0;
+      }
+    } 
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
+  ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
+  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
+  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
+  ** pExpr.
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){
+    sqliteFree(zCol);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
+  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
+  */
+  if( cnt!=1 ){
+    char *z = 0;
+    char *zErr;
+    zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column: %s" : "ambiguous column name: %s";
+    if( zDb ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&z, zDb, ".", zTab, ".", zCol, 0);
+    }else if( zTab ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&z, zTab, ".", zCol, 0);
+    }else{
+      z = sqliteStrDup(zCol);
+    }
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, zErr, z);
+    sqliteFree(z);
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up and return
+  */
+  sqliteFree(zDb);
+  sqliteFree(zTab);
+  sqliteFree(zCol);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pLeft);
+  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pRight);
+  pExpr->pRight = 0;
+  pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+  sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSrcList);
+  return cnt!=1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
+** table columns.  Nodes of the form ID.ID or ID resolve into an
+** index to the table in the table list and a column offset.  The 
+** Expr.opcode for such nodes is changed to TK_COLUMN.  The Expr.iTable
+** value is changed to the index of the referenced table in pTabList
+** plus the "base" value.  The base value will ultimately become the
+** VDBE cursor number for a cursor that is pointing into the referenced
+** table.  The Expr.iColumn value is changed to the index of the column 
+** of the referenced table.  The Expr.iColumn value for the special
+** ROWID column is -1.  Any INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is tried as an
+** alias for ROWID.
+**
+** We also check for instances of the IN operator.  IN comes in two
+** forms:
+**
+**           expr IN (exprlist)
+** and
+**           expr IN (SELECT ...)
+**
+** The first form is handled by creating a set holding the list
+** of allowed values.  The second form causes the SELECT to generate 
+** a temporary table.
+**
+** This routine also looks for scalar SELECTs that are part of an expression.
+** If it finds any, it generates code to write the value of that select
+** into a memory cell.
+**
+** Unknown columns or tables provoke an error.  The function returns
+** the number of errors seen and leaves an error message on pParse->zErrMsg.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprResolveIds(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pSrcList, /* List of tables used to resolve column names */
+  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions used to resolve "AS" */
+  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be analyzed. */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 || pSrcList==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
+    assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab );
+  }
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    /* Double-quoted strings (ex: "abc") are used as identifiers if
+    ** possible.  Otherwise they remain as strings.  Single-quoted
+    ** strings (ex: 'abc') are always string literals.
+    */
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      if( pExpr->token.z[0]=='\'' ) break;
+      /* Fall thru into the TK_ID case if this is a double-quoted string */
+    }
+    /* A lone identifier is the name of a columnd.
+    */
+    case TK_ID: {
+      if( lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pSrcList, pEList, pExpr) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break; 
+    }
+  
+    /* A table name and column name:     ID.ID
+    ** Or a database, table and column:  ID.ID.ID
+    */
+    case TK_DOT: {
+      Token *pColumn;
+      Token *pTable;
+      Token *pDb;
+      Expr *pRight;
+
+      pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+      if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
+        pDb = 0;
+        pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
+        pColumn = &pRight->token;
+      }else{
+        assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
+        pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
+        pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token;
+        pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token;
+      }
+      if( lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pSrcList, 0, pExpr) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_IN: {
+      char affinity;
+      Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      KeyInfo keyInfo;
+      int addr;        /* Address of OP_OpenTemp instruction */
+
+      if( v==0 ) return 1;
+      if( sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, pSrcList, pEList, pExpr->pLeft) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+
+      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
+      ** expression it is handled the same way. A temporary table is 
+      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
+      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
+      **
+      ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
+      ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
+      ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
+      ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
+      ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
+      ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
+      ** is used.
+      */
+      pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, pExpr->iTable, 0);
+      memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo));
+      keyInfo.nField = 1;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, pExpr->iTable, 1);
+
+      if( pExpr->pSelect ){
+        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
+        **
+        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
+        ** table allocated and opened above.
+        */
+        int iParm = pExpr->iTable +  (((int)affinity)<<16);
+        ExprList *pEList;
+        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
+        sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, SRT_Set, iParm, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+        pEList = pExpr->pSelect->pEList;
+        if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>0 ){ 
+          keyInfo.aColl[0] = binaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
+              pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+        }
+      }else if( pExpr->pList ){
+        /* Case 2:     expr IN (exprlist)
+        **
+	** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
+        ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use
+        ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not
+        ** a column, use numeric affinity.
+        */
+        int i;
+        if( !affinity ){
+          affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+        }
+        keyInfo.aColl[0] = pExpr->pLeft->pColl;
+
+        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
+        for(i=0; i<pExpr->pList->nExpr; i++){
+          Expr *pE2 = pExpr->pList->a[i].pExpr;
+
+          /* Check that the expression is constant and valid. */
+          if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+              "right-hand side of IN operator must be constant");
+            return 1;
+          }
+          if( sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pE2, 0, 0) ){
+            return 1;
+          }
+
+          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pE2);
+          sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, pExpr->iTable, 0);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      /* This has to be a scalar SELECT.  Generate code to put the
+      ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
+      ** of the memory cell in iColumn.
+      */
+      pExpr->iColumn = pParse->nMem++;
+      if(sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, SRT_Mem,pExpr->iColumn,0,0,0,0)){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* For all else, just recursively walk the tree */
+    default: {
+      if( pExpr->pLeft
+      && sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, pSrcList, pEList, pExpr->pLeft) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pRight 
+      && sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, pSrcList, pEList, pExpr->pRight) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pList ){
+        int i;
+        ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
+        for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+          Expr *pArg = pList->a[i].pExpr;
+          if( sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, pSrcList, pEList, pArg) ){
+            return 1;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a node that defines a function of some kind.  It might
+** be a syntactic function like "count(x)" or it might be a function
+** that implements an operator, like "a LIKE b".  
+**
+** This routine makes *pzName point to the name of the function and 
+** *pnName hold the number of characters in the function name.
+*/
+static void getFunctionName(Expr *pExpr, const char **pzName, int *pnName){
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      *pzName = pExpr->token.z;
+      *pnName = pExpr->token.n;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LIKE: {
+      *pzName = "like";
+      *pnName = 4;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_GLOB: {
+      *pzName = "glob";
+      *pnName = 4;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      *pzName = "can't happen";
+      *pnName = 12;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Error check the functions in an expression.  Make sure all
+** function names are recognized and all functions have the correct
+** number of arguments.  Leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg
+** if anything is amiss.  Return the number of errors.
+**
+** if pIsAgg is not null and this expression is an aggregate function
+** (like count(*) or max(value)) then write a 1 into *pIsAgg.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprCheck(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int allowAgg, int *pIsAgg){
+  int nErr = 0;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_GLOB:
+    case TK_LIKE:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      int n = pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0;  /* Number of arguments */
+      int no_such_func = 0;       /* True if no such function exists */
+      int wrong_num_args = 0;     /* True if wrong number of arguments */
+      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
+      int i;
+      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
+      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
+      FuncDef *pDef;
+      int enc = pParse->db->enc;
+
+      getFunctionName(pExpr, &zId, &nId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
+      if( pDef==0 ){
+        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0);
+        if( pDef==0 ){
+          no_such_func = 1;
+        }else{
+          wrong_num_args = 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
+      }
+      if( is_agg && !allowAgg ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId, zId);
+        nErr++;
+        is_agg = 0;
+      }else if( no_such_func ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
+        nErr++;
+      }else if( wrong_num_args ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
+             nId, zId);
+        nErr++;
+      }
+      if( is_agg ){
+        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
+        if( pIsAgg ) *pIsAgg = 1;
+      }
+      for(i=0; nErr==0 && i<n; i++){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pExpr->pList->a[i].pExpr,
+                               allowAgg && !is_agg, pIsAgg);
+      }
+      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
+      ** type of the function 
+      */
+    }
+    default: {
+      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, allowAgg, pIsAgg);
+      }
+      if( nErr==0 && pExpr->pRight ){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pExpr->pRight, allowAgg, pIsAgg);
+      }
+      if( nErr==0 && pExpr->pList ){
+        int n = pExpr->pList->nExpr;
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; nErr==0 && i<n; i++){
+          Expr *pE2 = pExpr->pList->a[i].pExpr;
+          nErr = sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pE2, allowAgg, pIsAgg);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return nErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3ExprResolveIds() followed by sqlite3ExprCheck().
+**
+** This routine is provided as a convenience since it is very common
+** to call ResolveIds() and Check() back to back.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pSrcList, /* List of tables used to resolve column names */
+  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions used to resolve "AS" */
+  Expr *pExpr,       /* The expression to be analyzed. */
+  int allowAgg,      /* True to allow aggregate expressions */
+  int *pIsAgg        /* Set to TRUE if aggregates are found */
+){
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse,pSrcList,pEList,pExpr) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pExpr, allowAgg, pIsAgg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
+** text z[0..n-1] on the stack.
+*/
+static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n){
+  int i;
+  if( sqlite3GetInt32(z, &i) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+  }else if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0, z, n);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, n);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
+** expression and leave the result on the top of stack.
+**
+** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
+** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
+** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
+** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
+** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op;
+  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      if( pParse->useAgg ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggGet, 0, pExpr->iAgg);
+      }else if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( pExpr->span.z && pExpr->span.n>0 && pExpr->span.n<100 ){
+          VdbeComment((v, "# %T", &pExpr->span));
+        }
+#endif
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, pExpr->iTable, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      codeInteger(v, pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_FLOAT:
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      assert( TK_FLOAT==OP_Real );
+      assert( TK_STRING==OP_String8 );
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+      sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(v, -1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      assert( TK_BLOB==OP_HexBlob );
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, pExpr->token.z+1, pExpr->token.n-1);
+      sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(v, -1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NULL: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, 0);
+      if( pExpr->token.n>1 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
+      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
+      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
+      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
+      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
+      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AND:
+    case TK_OR:
+    case TK_PLUS:
+    case TK_STAR:
+    case TK_MINUS:
+    case TK_REM:
+    case TK_BITAND:
+    case TK_BITOR:
+    case TK_SLASH:
+    case TK_LSHIFT:
+    case TK_RSHIFT: 
+    case TK_CONCAT: {
+      assert( TK_AND==OP_And );
+      assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );
+      assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );
+      assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );
+      assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );
+      assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );
+      assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );
+      assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );
+      assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );
+      assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );
+      assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      assert( pLeft );
+      if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
+        Token *p = &pLeft->token;
+        char *z = sqliteMalloc( p->n + 2 );
+        sprintf(z, "-%.*s", p->n, p->z);
+        if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
+          sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, p->n+1);
+        }else{
+          codeInteger(v, z, p->n+1);
+        }
+        sqliteFree(z);
+        break;
+      }
+      /* Fall through into TK_NOT */
+    }
+    case TK_BITNOT:
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );
+      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      int dest;
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      dest = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggGet, 0, pExpr->iAgg);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_GLOB:
+    case TK_LIKE:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
+      int nExpr = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
+      FuncDef *pDef;
+      int nId;
+      const char *zId;
+      int p2 = 0;
+      int i;
+      u8 enc = pParse->db->enc;
+      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+      getFunctionName(pExpr, &zId, &nId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0);
+      assert( pDef!=0 );
+      nExpr = sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList);
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr && i<32; i++){
+        if( sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+          p2 |= (1<<i);
+        }
+        if( pDef->needCollSeq && !pColl ){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+        }
+      }
+      if( pDef->needCollSeq ){
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; 
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Function, nExpr, p2, (char*)pDef, P3_FUNCDEF);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iColumn, 0);
+      VdbeComment((v, "# load subquery result"));
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IN: {
+      int addr;
+      char affinity;
+
+      /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
+      ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
+      ** P3 of OP_MakeRecord.
+      */
+      affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
+
+      /* Code the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". The temporary table
+      ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+4);            /* addr + 0 */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+7);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);   /* addr + 4 */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, addr+7);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0);                  /* addr + 6 */
+
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->pList->a;
+      Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      pLItem++;
+      pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_And, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UPLUS:
+    case TK_AS: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_CASE: {
+      int expr_end_label;
+      int jumpInst;
+      int addr;
+      int nExpr;
+      int i;
+      ExprList *pEList;
+      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;
+
+      assert(pExpr->pList);
+      assert((pExpr->pList->nExpr % 2) == 0);
+      assert(pExpr->pList->nExpr > 0);
+      pEList = pExpr->pList;
+      aListelem = pEList->a;
+      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
+      expr_end_label = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i=i+2){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i].pExpr);
+        if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 1);
+          jumpInst = codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, aListelem[i].pExpr,
+                                 OP_Ne, 0, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+        }else{
+          jumpInst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 1, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, expr_end_label);
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst, addr);
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pRight ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, expr_end_label);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_RAISE: {
+      if( !pParse->trigStack ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
+	return;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->iColumn!=OE_Ignore ){
+         assert( pExpr->iColumn==OE_Rollback ||
+                 pExpr->iColumn == OE_Abort ||
+                 pExpr->iColumn == OE_Fail );
+         sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->iColumn,
+                        pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+         sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(v, -1);
+      } else {
+         assert( pExpr->iColumn == OE_Ignore );
+         sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
+         sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump);
+         VdbeComment((v, "# raise(IGNORE)"));
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
+** expression list onto the stack.
+**
+** Return the number of elements pushed onto the stack.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList    /* The expression list to be coded */
+){
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  int i, n;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  n = pList->nExpr;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
+** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is true.
+**
+** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
+** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
+** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
+** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
+** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
+      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
+      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
+      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
+      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
+      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      /* The expression "x BETWEEN y AND z" is implemented as:
+      **
+      ** 1 IF (x < y) GOTO 3
+      ** 2 IF (x <= z) GOTO <dest>
+      ** 3 ...
+      */
+      int addr;
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      addr = codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Lt, 0, !jumpIfNull);
+
+      pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, dest, jumpIfNull);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, jumpIfNull, dest);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
+** jump if jumpIfNull is true or fall through if jumpIfNull is false.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
+
+  /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
+  **
+  **       pExpr->op            op
+  **       ---------          ----------
+  **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
+  **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
+  **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
+  **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
+  **       TK_GT              OP_Le
+  **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
+  **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
+  **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
+  **
+  ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
+  ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
+  ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
+  ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
+  */
+  op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
+
+  /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
+  */
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      /* The expression is "x BETWEEN y AND z". It is implemented as:
+      **
+      ** 1 IF (x >= y) GOTO 3
+      ** 2 GOTO <dest>
+      ** 3 IF (x > z) GOTO <dest>
+      */
+      int addr;
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, addr+3, !jumpIfNull);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
+      pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Gt, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, jumpIfNull, dest);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return TRUE (non-zero)
+** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){
+  int i;
+  if( pA==0 ){
+    return pB==0;
+  }else if( pB==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0;
+  if( pA->pList ){
+    if( pB->pList==0 ) return 0;
+    if( pA->pList->nExpr!=pB->pList->nExpr ) return 0;
+    for(i=0; i<pA->pList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pList->a[i].pExpr, pB->pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( pB->pList ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( pA->pSelect || pB->pSelect ) return 0;
+  if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0;
+  if( pA->token.z ){
+    if( pB->token.z==0 ) return 0;
+    if( pB->token.n!=pA->token.n ) return 0;
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pA->token.z, pB->token.z, pB->token.n)!=0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the pParse->aAgg[] array and return its index.
+*/
+static int appendAggInfo(Parse *pParse){
+  if( (pParse->nAgg & 0x7)==0 ){
+    int amt = pParse->nAgg + 8;
+    AggExpr *aAgg = sqliteRealloc(pParse->aAgg, amt*sizeof(pParse->aAgg[0]));
+    if( aAgg==0 ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+    pParse->aAgg = aAgg;
+  }
+  memset(&pParse->aAgg[pParse->nAgg], 0, sizeof(pParse->aAgg[0]));
+  return pParse->nAgg++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and
+** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array.
+** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary.
+**
+** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
+** analyzed by sqlite3ExprResolveIds() and sqlite3ExprCheck().
+**
+** If errors are seen, leave an error message in zErrMsg and return
+** the number of errors.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  int i;
+  AggExpr *aAgg;
+  int nErr = 0;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      aAgg = pParse->aAgg;
+      for(i=0; i<pParse->nAgg; i++){
+        if( aAgg[i].isAgg ) continue;
+        if( aAgg[i].pExpr->iTable==pExpr->iTable
+         && aAgg[i].pExpr->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( i>=pParse->nAgg ){
+        i = appendAggInfo(pParse);
+        if( i<0 ) return 1;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].isAgg = 0;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].pExpr = pExpr;
+      }
+      pExpr->iAgg = i;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      aAgg = pParse->aAgg;
+      for(i=0; i<pParse->nAgg; i++){
+        if( !aAgg[i].isAgg ) continue;
+        if( sqlite3ExprCompare(aAgg[i].pExpr, pExpr) ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( i>=pParse->nAgg ){
+        u8 enc = pParse->db->enc;
+        i = appendAggInfo(pParse);
+        if( i<0 ) return 1;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].isAgg = 1;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].pExpr = pExpr;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
+             pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n,
+             pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
+      }
+      pExpr->iAgg = i;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      }
+      if( nErr==0 && pExpr->pRight ){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      }
+      if( nErr==0 && pExpr->pList ){
+        int n = pExpr->pList->nExpr;
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; nErr==0 && i<n; i++){
+          nErr = sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pExpr->pList->a[i].pExpr);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return nErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
+** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
+** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
+** NULL if the function does not exist.
+**
+** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
+** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
+** no matching function previously existed.  When createFlag is true
+** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts
+** any number of arguments will be returned.
+**
+** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid
+** function found is returned.  A function is valid if either xFunc
+** or xStep is non-zero.
+**
+** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
+** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
+** match that requested.
+*/
+FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
+  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
+  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
+  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
+  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
+  int createFlag     /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
+){
+  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
+  FuncDef *pFirst;    /* First function with this name */
+  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
+  int bestmatch = 0;  
+
+
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1;
+
+  pFirst = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName, nName);
+  for(p=pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){
+    /* During the search for the best function definition, bestmatch is set
+    ** as follows to indicate the quality of the match with the definition
+    ** pointed to by pBest:
+    **
+    ** 0: pBest is NULL. No match has been found.
+    ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
+    **    encoding is requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
+    **    requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
+    ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
+    **    prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
+    **    prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 6: An exact match.
+    **
+    ** A larger value of 'matchqual' indicates a more desirable match.
+    */
+    if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
+      int match = 1;          /* Quality of this match */
+      if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
+        match = 4;
+      }
+      if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
+        match += 2;
+      }
+      else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
+               (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
+        match += 1;
+      }
+
+      if( match>bestmatch ){
+        pBest = p;
+        bestmatch = match;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the createFlag parameter is true, and the seach did not reveal an
+  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
+  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
+  */
+  if( createFlag && bestmatch<6 && 
+      (pBest = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1)) ){
+    pBest->nArg = nArg;
+    pBest->pNext = pFirst;
+    pBest->zName = (char*)&pBest[1];
+    pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
+    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
+    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest->zName, nName, (void*)pBest);
+  }
+
+  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
+    return pBest;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/func.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/func.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f61bdae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/func.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1018 @@
+/*
+** 2002 February 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
+** functions of SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
+  return context->pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
+*/
+static void minmaxFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  int mask;    /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
+  int iBest;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+
+  if( argc==0 ) return;
+  mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
+  pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  assert( pColl );
+  assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
+  iBest = 0;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+    if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
+      iBest = i;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the type of the argument.
+*/
+static void typeofFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *z = 0;
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_NULL:    z = "null";    break;
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
+    case SQLITE_TEXT:    z = "text";    break;
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT:   z = "real";    break;
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:    z = "blob";    break;
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the length() function
+*/
+static void lengthFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int len;
+
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      const char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      for(len=0; *z; z++){ if( (0xc0&*z)!=0x80 ) len++; }
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the abs() function
+*/
+static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+      if( iVal<0 ) iVal = iVal * -1;
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_NULL: {
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = rVal * -1.0;
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the substr() function
+*/
+static void substrFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *z;
+  const char *z2;
+  int i;
+  int p1, p2, len;
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+  for(len=0, z2=z; *z2; z2++){ if( (0xc0&*z2)!=0x80 ) len++; }
+  if( p1<0 ){
+    p1 += len;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      p2 += p1;
+      p1 = 0;
+    }
+  }else if( p1>0 ){
+    p1--;
+  }
+  if( p1+p2>len ){
+    p2 = len-p1;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<p1 && z[i]; i++){
+    if( (z[i]&0xc0)==0x80 ) p1++;
+  }
+  while( z[i] && (z[i]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ i++; p1++; }
+  for(; i<p1+p2 && z[i]; i++){
+    if( (z[i]&0xc0)==0x80 ) p2++;
+  }
+  while( z[i] && (z[i]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ i++; p2++; }
+  if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, &z[p1], p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the round() function
+*/
+static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  int n = 0;
+  double r;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
+    n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+    if( n>30 ) n = 30;
+    if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
+  r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+  sprintf(zBuf,"%.*f",n,r);
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
+*/
+static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int i;
+  if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
+  z = sqliteMalloc(sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  strcpy(z, sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]));
+  for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
+    z[i] = toupper(z[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  sqliteFree(z);
+}
+static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int i;
+  if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
+  z = sqliteMalloc(sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  strcpy(z, sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]));
+  for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
+    z[i] = tolower(z[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  sqliteFree(z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions.  
+** All three do the same thing.  They return the first non-NULL
+** argument.
+*/
+static void ifnullFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) ){
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[i]);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of random().  Return a random integer.  
+*/
+static void randomFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int r;
+  sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, r);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function.  The return
+** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
+*/
+static void last_insert_rowid(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int arg, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.  The return value is the
+** same as the sqlite3_changes() API function.
+*/
+static void changes(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int arg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function.  The return value is
+** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
+*/
+static void total_changes(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int arg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
+*/
+struct compareInfo {
+  u8 matchAll;
+  u8 matchOne;
+  u8 matchSet;
+  u8 noCase;
+};
+static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
+static const struct compareInfo likeInfo = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
+
+/*
+** X is a pointer to the first byte of a UTF-8 character.  Increment
+** X so that it points to the next character.  This only works right
+** if X points to a well-formed UTF-8 string.
+*/
+#define sqliteNextChar(X)  while( (0xc0&*++(X))==0x80 ){}
+#define sqliteCharVal(X)   sqlite3ReadUtf8(X)
+
+
+/*
+** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
+** potentially be a "glob" expression.  Return true (1) if they
+** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
+**
+** Globbing rules:
+**
+**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
+**
+**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
+**
+**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
+**                characters.
+**
+**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
+**
+** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
+** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
+** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
+** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
+** it the last character in the list.
+**
+** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
+**
+** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]".  Like this:
+**
+**         abc[*]xyz        Matches "abc*xyz" only
+*/
+int patternCompare(
+  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
+  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
+  const struct compareInfo *pInfo  /* Information about how to do the compare */
+){
+  register int c;
+  int invert;
+  int seen;
+  int c2;
+  u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
+  u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
+  u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
+  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; 
+
+  while( (c = *zPattern)!=0 ){
+    if( c==matchAll ){
+      while( (c=zPattern[1]) == matchAll || c == matchOne ){
+        if( c==matchOne ){
+          if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
+          sqliteNextChar(zString);
+        }
+        zPattern++;
+      }
+      if( c==0 ) return 1;
+      if( c==matchSet ){
+        while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[1],zString,pInfo)==0 ){
+          sqliteNextChar(zString);
+        }
+        return *zString!=0;
+      }else{
+        while( (c2 = *zString)!=0 ){
+          if( noCase ){
+            c2 = sqlite3UpperToLower[c2];
+            c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
+            while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ c2 = sqlite3UpperToLower[*++zString]; }
+          }else{
+            while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ c2 = *++zString; }
+          }
+          if( c2==0 ) return 0;
+          if( patternCompare(&zPattern[1],zString,pInfo) ) return 1;
+          sqliteNextChar(zString);
+        }
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }else if( c==matchOne ){
+      if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
+      sqliteNextChar(zString);
+      zPattern++;
+    }else if( c==matchSet ){
+      int prior_c = 0;
+      seen = 0;
+      invert = 0;
+      c = sqliteCharVal(zString);
+      if( c==0 ) return 0;
+      c2 = *++zPattern;
+      if( c2=='^' ){ invert = 1; c2 = *++zPattern; }
+      if( c2==']' ){
+        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
+        c2 = *++zPattern;
+      }
+      while( (c2 = sqliteCharVal(zPattern))!=0 && c2!=']' ){
+        if( c2=='-' && zPattern[1]!=']' && zPattern[1]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
+          zPattern++;
+          c2 = sqliteCharVal(zPattern);
+          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
+          prior_c = 0;
+        }else if( c==c2 ){
+          seen = 1;
+          prior_c = c2;
+        }else{
+          prior_c = c2;
+        }
+        sqliteNextChar(zPattern);
+      }
+      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ) return 0;
+      sqliteNextChar(zString);
+      zPattern++;
+    }else{
+      if( noCase ){
+        if( sqlite3UpperToLower[c] != sqlite3UpperToLower[*zString] ) return 0;
+      }else{
+        if( c != *zString ) return 0;
+      }
+      zPattern++;
+      zString++;
+    }
+  }
+  return *zString==0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A LIKE B
+**
+** is implemented as like(B,A).
+**
+** If the pointer retrieved by via a call to sqlite3_user_data() is
+** not NULL, then this function uses UTF-16. Otherwise UTF-8.
+*/
+static void likeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zA, zB, &likeInfo));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the glob() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in GLOB operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** string and the second argument is the pattern.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A GLOB B
+**
+** is implemented as glob(A,B).
+*/
+static void globFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int arg, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zA, zB, &globInfo));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function.  The result is the first
+** argument if the arguments are different.  The result is NULL if the
+** arguments are equal to each other.
+*/
+static void nullifFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the VERSION(*) function.  The result is the version
+** of the SQLite library that is running.
+*/
+static void versionFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function.  The interface may
+** change.  This function may disappear.  Do not write code that depends
+** on this function.
+**
+** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.  This function takes a single
+** argument.  If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
+** the argument.  If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
+** "NULL".  Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
+** single-quote escapes.
+*/
+static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_NULL: {
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+      static const char hexdigits[] = { 
+        '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
+        '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
+      };
+      char *zText = 0;
+      int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+      char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+
+      zText = (char *)sqliteMalloc((2*nBlob)+4); 
+      if( !zText ){
+        sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
+      }else{
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
+          zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F];
+          zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
+        }
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
+        zText[0] = 'X';
+        zText[1] = '\'';
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+        sqliteFree(zText);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      int i,j,n;
+      const char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      char *z;
+
+      for(i=n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
+      z = sqliteMalloc( i+n+3 );
+      if( z==0 ) return;
+      z[0] = '\'';
+      for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
+        z[j++] = zArg[i];
+        if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
+          z[j++] = '\'';
+        }
+      }
+      z[j++] = '\'';
+      z[j] = 0;
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      sqliteFree(z);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+/*
+** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
+*/
+static void soundexFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  char zResult[8];
+  const u8 *zIn;
+  int i, j;
+  static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  };
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  for(i=0; zIn[i] && !isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
+  if( zIn[i] ){
+    zResult[0] = toupper(zIn[i]);
+    for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
+      int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+      if( code>0 ){
+        zResult[j++] = code + '0';
+      }
+    }
+    while( j<4 ){
+      zResult[j++] = '0';
+    }
+    zResult[j] = 0;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This function generates a string of random characters.  Used for
+** generating test data.
+*/
+static void randStr(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  static const unsigned char zSrc[] = 
+     "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+     "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+     "0123456789"
+     ".-!,:*^+=_|?/<> ";
+  int iMin, iMax, n, r, i;
+  unsigned char zBuf[1000];
+  if( argc>=1 ){
+    iMin = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+    if( iMin<0 ) iMin = 0;
+    if( iMin>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMin = sizeof(zBuf)-1;
+  }else{
+    iMin = 1;
+  }
+  if( argc>=2 ){
+    iMax = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+    if( iMax<iMin ) iMax = iMin;
+    if( iMax>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMax = sizeof(zBuf)-1;
+  }else{
+    iMax = 50;
+  }
+  n = iMin;
+  if( iMax>iMin ){
+    sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
+    r &= 0x7fffffff;
+    n += r%(iMax + 1 - iMin);
+  }
+  assert( n<sizeof(zBuf) );
+  sqlite3Randomness(n, zBuf);
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+    zBuf[i] = zSrc[zBuf[i]%(sizeof(zSrc)-1)];
+  }
+  zBuf[n] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** The following two SQL functions are used to test returning a text
+** result with a destructor. Function 'test_destructor' takes one argument
+** and returns the same argument interpreted as TEXT. A destructor is
+** passed with the sqlite3_result_text() call.
+**
+** SQL function 'test_destructor_count' returns the number of outstanding 
+** allocations made by 'test_destructor';
+**
+** WARNING: Not threadsafe.
+*/
+static int test_destructor_count_var = 0;
+static void destructor(void *p){
+  char *zVal = (char *)p;
+  assert(zVal);
+  zVal--;
+  sqliteFree(zVal);
+  test_destructor_count_var--;
+}
+static void test_destructor(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nArg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  char *zVal;
+  int len;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
+ 
+  test_destructor_count_var++;
+  assert( nArg==1 );
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  len = sqlite3ValueBytes(argv[0], db->enc); 
+  zVal = sqliteMalloc(len+3);
+  zVal[len] = 0;
+  zVal[len-1] = 0;
+  assert( zVal );
+  zVal++;
+  memcpy(zVal, sqlite3ValueText(argv[0], db->enc), len);
+  if( db->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
+  }else if( db->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+    sqlite3_result_text16le(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text16be(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
+  }
+}
+static void test_destructor_count(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nArg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, test_destructor_count_var);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Routines for testing the sqlite3_get_auxdata() and sqlite3_set_auxdata()
+** interface.
+**
+** The test_auxdata() SQL function attempts to register each of its arguments
+** as auxiliary data.  If there are no prior registrations of aux data for
+** that argument (meaning the argument is not a constant or this is its first
+** call) then the result for that argument is 0.  If there is a prior
+** registration, the result for that argument is 1.  The overall result
+** is the individual argument results separated by spaces.
+*/
+static void free_test_auxdata(void *p) {sqliteFree(p);}
+static void test_auxdata(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nArg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  char *zRet = sqliteMalloc(nArg*2);
+  if( !zRet ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+    char const *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    if( z ){
+      char *zAux = sqlite3_get_auxdata(pCtx, i);
+      if( zAux ){
+        zRet[i*2] = '1';
+        if( strcmp(zAux, z) ){
+          sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "Auxilary data corruption", -1);
+          return;
+        }
+      }else{
+        zRet[i*2] = '0';
+        zAux = sqliteStrDup(z);
+        sqlite3_set_auxdata(pCtx, i, zAux, free_test_auxdata);
+      }
+      zRet[i*2+1] = ' ';
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zRet, 2*nArg-1, free_test_auxdata);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
+** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
+*/
+typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
+struct SumCtx {
+  double sum;     /* Sum of terms */
+  int cnt;        /* Number of elements summed */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines used to compute the sum or average.
+*/
+static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    p->sum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+    p->cnt++;
+  }
+}
+static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->sum : 0.0);
+}
+static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, p->sum/(double)p->cnt);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
+** variance or standard deviation computation.
+*/
+typedef struct StdDevCtx StdDevCtx;
+struct StdDevCtx {
+  double sum;     /* Sum of terms */
+  double sum2;    /* Sum of the squares of terms */
+  int cnt;        /* Number of terms counted */
+};
+
+#if 0   /* Omit because math library is required */
+/*
+** Routines used to compute the standard deviation as an aggregate.
+*/
+static void stdDevStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, const char **argv){
+  StdDevCtx *p;
+  double x;
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p && argv[0] ){
+    x = sqlite3AtoF(argv[0], 0);
+    p->sum += x;
+    p->sum2 += x*x;
+    p->cnt++;
+  }
+}
+static void stdDevFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  double rN = sqlite3_aggregate_count(context);
+  StdDevCtx *p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p && p->cnt>1 ){
+    double rCnt = cnt;
+    sqlite3_set_result_double(context, 
+       sqrt((p->sum2 - p->sum*p->sum/rCnt)/(rCnt-1.0)));
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
+** count() aggregate function.
+*/
+typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
+struct CountCtx {
+  int n;
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
+*/
+static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
+    p->n++;
+  }
+}   
+static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, p ? p->n : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function tracks state information for the min() and max()
+** aggregate functions.
+*/
+typedef struct MinMaxCtx MinMaxCtx;
+struct MinMaxCtx {
+  char *z;         /* The best so far */
+  char zBuf[28];   /* Space that can be used for storage */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
+*/
+static void minmaxStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  Mem *pArg  = (Mem *)argv[0];
+  Mem *pBest;
+
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
+  if( !pBest ) return;
+
+  if( pBest->flags ){
+    int max;
+    int cmp;
+    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+    /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
+    ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
+    ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
+    ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
+    ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
+    ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
+    ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
+    */
+    max = ((sqlite3_user_data(context)==(void *)-1)?1:0);
+    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
+    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+  }
+}
+static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  sqlite3_value *pRes;
+  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(Mem));
+  if( pRes->flags ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
+** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
+** external linkage.
+*/
+void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const struct {
+     char *zName;
+     signed char nArg;
+     u8 argType;           /* 0: none.  1: db  2: (-1) */
+     u8 eTextRep;          /* 1: UTF-16.  0: UTF-8 */
+     u8 needCollSeq;
+     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **);
+  } aFuncs[] = {
+    { "min",               -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, minmaxFunc },
+    { "min",                0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, 0          },
+    { "max",               -1, 2, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, minmaxFunc },
+    { "max",                0, 2, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, 0          },
+    { "typeof",             1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, typeofFunc },
+    { "length",             1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, lengthFunc },
+    { "substr",             3, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, substrFunc },
+    { "substr",             3, 0, SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, sqlite3utf16Substr },
+    { "abs",                1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, absFunc    },
+    { "round",              1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, roundFunc  },
+    { "round",              2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, roundFunc  },
+    { "upper",              1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, upperFunc  },
+    { "lower",              1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, lowerFunc  },
+    { "coalesce",          -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, ifnullFunc },
+    { "coalesce",           0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, 0          },
+    { "coalesce",           1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, 0          },
+    { "ifnull",             2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, ifnullFunc },
+    { "random",            -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, randomFunc },
+    { "like",               2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, likeFunc   },
+    { "glob",               2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, globFunc   },
+    { "nullif",             2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, nullifFunc },
+    { "sqlite_version",     0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, versionFunc},
+    { "quote",              1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, quoteFunc  },
+    { "last_insert_rowid",  0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, last_insert_rowid },
+    { "changes",            0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, changes    },
+    { "total_changes",      0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, total_changes },
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+    { "soundex",            1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, soundexFunc},
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    { "randstr",               2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randStr    },
+    { "test_destructor",       1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor},
+    { "test_destructor_count", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor_count},
+    { "test_auxdata",         -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_auxdata},
+#endif
+  };
+  static const struct {
+    char *zName;
+    signed char nArg;
+    u8 argType;
+    u8 needCollSeq;
+    void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+    void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);
+  } aAggs[] = {
+    { "min",    1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,   minMaxFinalize },
+    { "max",    1, 2, 1, minmaxStep,   minMaxFinalize },
+    { "sum",    1, 0, 0, sumStep,      sumFinalize    },
+    { "avg",    1, 0, 0, sumStep,      avgFinalize    },
+    { "count",  0, 0, 0, countStep,    countFinalize  },
+    { "count",  1, 0, 0, countStep,    countFinalize  },
+#if 0
+    { "stddev", 1, 0, stdDevStep,   stdDevFinalize },
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
+    void *pArg = 0;
+    switch( aFuncs[i].argType ){
+      case 1: pArg = db; break;
+      case 2: pArg = (void *)(-1); break;
+    }
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
+        aFuncs[i].eTextRep, pArg, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
+    if( aFuncs[i].needCollSeq ){
+      FuncDef *pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, aFuncs[i].zName, 
+          strlen(aFuncs[i].zName), aFuncs[i].nArg, aFuncs[i].eTextRep, 0);
+      if( pFunc && aFuncs[i].needCollSeq ){
+        pFunc->needCollSeq = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aAggs)/sizeof(aAggs[0]); i++){
+    void *pArg = 0;
+    switch( aAggs[i].argType ){
+      case 1: pArg = db; break;
+      case 2: pArg = (void *)(-1); break;
+    }
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, aAggs[i].zName, aAggs[i].nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 
+        pArg, 0, aAggs[i].xStep, aAggs[i].xFinalize);
+    if( aAggs[i].needCollSeq ){
+      FuncDef *pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction( db, aAggs[i].zName,
+          strlen(aAggs[i].zName), aAggs[i].nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+      if( pFunc && aAggs[i].needCollSeq ){
+        pFunc->needCollSeq = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(db);
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/hash.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23e2e197
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
+** used in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER,
+** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.  CopyKey only makes
+** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored
+** for other key classes.
+*/
+void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+#if 0
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
+#endif
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
+  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  if( pH->ht ) sqliteFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      sqliteFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    sqliteFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT
+*/
+static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
+}
+static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  return n2 - n1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER
+*/
+static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  uptr x = Addr(pKey);
+  return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
+}
+static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
+  if( pKey1<pKey2 ) return -1;
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  return sqlite3HashNoCase((const char*)pKey, nKey); 
+}
+static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+#if 0  /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binHash;;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binHash;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binCompare;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binCompare;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+*/
+static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
+  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqliteMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  if( pH->ht ) sqliteFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h             /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    sqliteFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  sqliteFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h;             /* A hash on key */
+  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
+  int hraw;             /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqliteMalloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = sqliteMallocRaw( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      sqliteFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+    rehash(pH,8);
+    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+      pH->count = 0;
+      sqliteFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
+    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/hash.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf004ddc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Hash Hash;
+typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  HashElem *first;        /* The first element of the array */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _ht {            /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    HashElem *chain;         /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct HashElem {
+  HashElem *next, *prev;   /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;              /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;    /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_INT         nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_POINTER     pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_STRING      pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is ignored in comparisons.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_BINARY      pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
+** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT       1 // NOT USED */
+/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER   2 // NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING    3
+#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY    4
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Hash h;
+**   HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/insert.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/insert.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..65cbdc8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/insert.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1018 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
+** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character
+** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'n'            NUMERIC
+**  'i'            INTEGER
+**  't'            TEXT
+**  'o'            NONE
+*/
+void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
+  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
+    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
+    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
+    **
+    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+    ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
+    ** up.
+    */
+    int n;
+    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqliteMalloc(pIdx->nColumn+1);
+    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+      return;
+    }
+    for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
+      pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity;
+    }
+    pIdx->zColAff[pIdx->nColumn] = '\0';
+  }
+ 
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pIdx->zColAff, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
+** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character
+** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the
+** column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'n'            NUMERIC
+**  'i'            INTEGER
+**  't'            TEXT
+**  'o'            NONE
+*/
+void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){
+  /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table
+  ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then 
+  ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use.
+  **
+  ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+  ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up.
+  */
+  if( !pTab->zColAff ){
+    char *zColAff;
+    int i;
+
+    zColAff = (char *)sqliteMalloc(pTab->nCol+1);
+    if( !zColAff ){
+      return;
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
+    }
+    zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0';
+
+    pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms:
+**
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
+**
+** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional.  If omitted,
+** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted.  The IDLIST
+** appears in the pColumn parameter.  pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
+**
+** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
+** statement above, and pSelect is NULL.  For the second form, pList is
+** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
+** data for the insert.
+**
+** The code generated follows one of three templates.  For a simple
+** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
+** once straight down through.  The template looks like this:
+**
+**         open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack
+**         write the resulting record into <table>
+**         cleanup
+**
+** If the statement is of the form
+**
+**   INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
+**
+** And the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time, then
+** the generated code follows this template:
+**
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
+**           gosub C
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         goto D
+**      B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         goto A
+**      C: insert the select result into <table>
+**         return
+**      D: cleanup
+**
+** The third template is used if the insert statement takes its
+** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
+** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
+** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
+** the select.  The template is like this:
+**
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
+**           gosub C
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         goto D
+**      C: insert the select result into the intermediate table
+**         return
+**      B: open a cursor to an intermediate table
+**         goto A
+**      D: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         loop over the intermediate table
+**           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
+**         end the loop
+**         cleanup
+*/
+void sqlite3Insert(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
+  ExprList *pList,      /* List of values to be inserted */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  IdList *pColumn,      /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
+  int onError           /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  Table *pTab;          /* The table to insert into */
+  char *zTab;           /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
+  const char *zDb;      /* Name of the database holding this table */
+  int i, j, idx;        /* Loop counters */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+  Index *pIdx;          /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int nColumn;          /* Number of columns in the data */
+  int base = 0;         /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
+  int iCont=0,iBreak=0; /* Beginning and end of the loop over srcTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* The main database structure */
+  int keyColumn = -1;   /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
+  int useTempTable;     /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
+  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
+  int iSelectLoop = 0;  /* Address of code that implements the SELECT */
+  int iCleanup = 0;     /* Address of the cleanup code */
+  int iInsertBlock = 0; /* Address of the subroutine used to insert data */
+  int iCntMem = 0;      /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
+  int isView;           /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
+
+  int row_triggers_exist = 0; /* True if there are FOR EACH ROW triggers */
+  int before_triggers;        /* True if there are BEFORE triggers */
+  int after_triggers;         /* True if there are AFTER triggers */
+  int newIdx = -1;            /* Cursor for the NEW table */
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
+  if( zTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTab->iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure that:
+  *  (a) the table is not read-only, 
+  *  (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist
+  */
+  before_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 
+                                       TK_BEFORE, TK_ROW, 0);
+  after_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, TK_INSERT,
+                                       TK_AFTER, TK_ROW, 0);
+  row_triggers_exist = before_triggers || after_triggers;
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, before_triggers) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  */
+  if( isView && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure all required collation sequences are available. */
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a VDBE
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || row_triggers_exist, pTab->iDb);
+
+  /* if there are row triggers, allocate a temp table for new.* references. */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied.  If the data
+  ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then this step also generates
+  ** all the code to implement the SELECT statement and invoke a subroutine
+  ** to process each row of the result. (Template 2.) If the SELECT
+  ** statement uses the the table that is being inserted into, then the
+  ** subroutine is also coded here.  That subroutine stores the SELECT
+  ** results in a temporary table. (Template 3.)
+  */
+  if( pSelect ){
+    /* Data is coming from a SELECT.  Generate code to implement that SELECT
+    */
+    int rc, iInitCode;
+    iInitCode = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
+    iSelectLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    iInsertBlock = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Subroutine, iInsertBlock, 0,0,0,0);
+    if( rc || pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto insert_cleanup;
+    iCleanup = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iCleanup);
+    assert( pSelect->pEList );
+    nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+
+    /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
+    ** should be written into a temporary table.  Set to FALSE if each
+    ** row of the SELECT can be written directly into the result table.
+    **
+    ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
+    ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement.  Also use a 
+    ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
+    */
+    if( row_triggers_exist ){
+      useTempTable = 1;
+    }else{
+      int addr = 0;
+      useTempTable = 0;
+      while( useTempTable==0 ){
+        VdbeOp *pOp;
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeFindOp(v, addr, OP_OpenRead, pTab->tnum);
+        if( addr==0 ) break;
+        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addr-2);
+        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Integer && pOp->p1==pTab->iDb ){
+          useTempTable = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( useTempTable ){
+      /* Generate the subroutine that SELECT calls to process each row of
+      ** the result.  Store the result in a temporary table
+      */
+      srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, srcTab, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, srcTab, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
+
+      /* The following code runs first because the GOTO at the very top
+      ** of the program jumps to it.  Create the temporary table, then jump
+      ** back up and execute the SELECT code above.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iInitCode, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, srcTab, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, srcTab, nColumn);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iInitCode, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
+    ** clause
+    */
+    SrcList dummy;
+    assert( pList!=0 );
+    srcTab = -1;
+    useTempTable = 0;
+    assert( pList );
+    nColumn = pList->nExpr;
+    dummy.nSrc = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+      if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse,&dummy,0,pList->a[i].pExpr,0,0) ){
+        goto insert_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
+  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn!=pTab->nCol ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
+       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol, nColumn);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
+  ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and 
+  ** remember the column indices.
+  **
+  ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
+  ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable
+  ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column.  keyColumn is
+  ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
+  ** is appears in the original table.  (The index of the primary
+  ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
+  */
+  if( pColumn ){
+    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+      pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+      for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
+          pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
+          if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+            keyColumn = i;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+        if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){
+          keyColumn = i;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
+              pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
+          pParse->nErr++;
+          goto insert_cleanup;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
+  ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index
+  ** in the original table definition.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 ){
+    keyColumn = pTab->iPKey;
+  }
+
+  /* Open the temp table for FOR EACH ROW triggers
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol);
+  }
+    
+  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    iCntMem = pParse->nMem++;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iCntMem, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Open tables and indices if there are no row triggers */
+  if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+    base = pParse->nTab;
+    sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite);
+  }
+
+  /* If the data source is a temporary table, then we have to create
+  ** a loop because there might be multiple rows of data.  If the data
+  ** source is a subroutine call from the SELECT statement, then we need
+  ** to launch the SELECT statement processing.
+  */
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab, iBreak);
+    iCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
+  }
+
+  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
+  */
+  endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( before_triggers ){
+
+    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
+    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
+    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
+    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
+    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
+    */
+    if( keyColumn<0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0);
+    }else if( useTempTable ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn);
+    }else if( pSelect ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn - keyColumn - 1, 1);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Create the new column data
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        j = i;
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[i].zDflt, P3_STATIC);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); 
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn-j-1, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
+
+    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
+    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
+    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
+    ** table column affinities.
+    */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, newIdx, 0);
+
+    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TK_BEFORE, pTab, 
+        newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If any triggers exists, the opening of tables and indices is deferred
+  ** until now.
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist && !isView ){
+    base = pParse->nTab;
+    sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite);
+  }
+
+  /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack.  The
+  ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRecno
+  ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which
+  ** case the record number is the same as that column. 
+  */
+  if( !isView ){
+    if( keyColumn>=0 ){
+      if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn);
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn - keyColumn - 1, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr);
+      }
+      /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRecno
+      ** to generate a unique primary key value.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, base, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, base, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
+    ** with the first column.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
+        ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted
+        ** in its place.  So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid
+        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        j = i;
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[i].zDflt, P3_STATIC);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); 
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+nColumn-j, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
+    ** do the insertion.
+    */
+    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, base, 0, keyColumn>=0,
+                                   0, onError, endOfLoop);
+    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, base, 0,0,0,
+                            after_triggers ? newIdx : -1);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, iCntMem, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    /* Close all tables opened */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
+      for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Code AFTER triggers */
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TK_AFTER, pTab, newIdx, -1, 
+          onError, endOfLoop) ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The bottom of the loop, if the data source is a SELECT statement
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, srcTab, iCont);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, srcTab, 0);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup);
+  }
+
+  if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+    /* Close all tables opened */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
+    for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows inserted.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iCntMem, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "rows inserted", P3_STATIC);
+  }
+
+insert_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
+  if( pList ) sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
+  if( pSelect ) sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to do a constraint check prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE.
+**
+** When this routine is called, the stack contains (from bottom to top)
+** the following values:
+**
+**    1.  The recno of the row to be updated before the update.  This
+**        value is omitted unless we are doing an UPDATE that involves a
+**        change to the record number.
+**
+**    2.  The recno of the row after the update.
+**
+**    3.  The data in the first column of the entry after the update.
+**
+**    i.  Data from middle columns...
+**
+**    N.  The data in the last column of the entry after the update.
+**
+** The old recno shown as entry (1) above is omitted unless both isUpdate
+** and recnoChng are 1.  isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for
+** INSERTs and recnoChng is true if the record number is being changed.
+**
+** The code generated by this routine pushes additional entries onto
+** the stack which are the keys for new index entries for the new record.
+** The order of index keys is the same as the order of the indices on
+** the pTable->pIndex list.  A key is only created for index i if 
+** aIdxUsed!=0 and aIdxUsed[i]!=0.
+**
+** This routine also generates code to check constraints.  NOT NULL,
+** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked.  If a constraint fails,
+** then the appropriate action is performed.  There are five possible
+** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
+**
+**  Constraint type  Action       What Happens
+**  ---------------  ----------   ----------------------------------------
+**  any              ROLLBACK     The current transaction is rolled back and
+**                                sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              ABORT        Back out changes from the current command
+**                                only (do not do a complete rollback) then
+**                                cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately
+**                                with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              FAIL         Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.  The
+**                                transaction is not rolled back and any
+**                                prior changes are retained.
+**
+**  any              IGNORE       The record number and data is popped from
+**                                the stack and there is an immediate jump
+**                                to label ignoreDest.
+**
+**  NOT NULL         REPLACE      The NULL value is replace by the default
+**                                value for that column.  If the default value
+**                                is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
+**
+**  UNIQUE           REPLACE      The other row that conflicts with the row
+**                                being inserted is removed.
+**
+**  CHECK            REPLACE      Illegal.  The results in an exception.
+**
+** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
+** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
+** is used.  Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
+** for the constraint is used.
+**
+** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with
+** cursor number "base".  All indices of pTab must also have open
+** read/write cursors with cursor number base+i for the i-th cursor.
+** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then
+** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aIdxUsed[i]==0.
+**
+** If the isUpdate flag is true, it means that the "base" cursor is
+** initially pointing to an entry that is being updated.  The isUpdate
+** flag causes extra code to be generated so that the "base" cursor
+** is still pointing at the same entry after the routine returns.
+** Without the isUpdate flag, the "base" cursor might be moved.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
+  int base,           /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
+  char *aIdxUsed,     /* Which indices are used.  NULL means all are used */
+  int recnoChng,      /* True if the record number will change */
+  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+  int overrideError,  /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
+  int ignoreDest      /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
+){
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int nCol;
+  int onError;
+  int addr;
+  int extra;
+  int iCur;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int seenReplace = 0;
+  int jumpInst1=0, jumpInst2;
+  int contAddr;
+  int hasTwoRecnos = (isUpdate && recnoChng);
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  nCol = pTab->nCol;
+
+  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
+    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].zDflt==0 ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol-1-i, 1);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, 1, 0);
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        char *zMsg = 0;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError);
+        sqlite3SetString(&zMsg, pTab->zName, ".", pTab->aCol[i].zName,
+                        " may not be NULL", (char*)0);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, zMsg, P3_DYNAMIC);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRecnos, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[i].zDflt, P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Push, nCol-i, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      default: assert(0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+  }
+
+  /* Test all CHECK constraints
+  */
+  /**** TBD ****/
+
+  /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
+  ** of the new record does not previously exist.  Except, if this
+  ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK.
+  */
+  if( recnoChng ){
+    onError = pTab->keyConf;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    
+    if( isUpdate ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
+      jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol, 1);
+    jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, base, 0);
+    switch( onError ){
+      default: {
+        onError = OE_Abort;
+        /* Fall thru into the next case */
+      }
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError,
+                         "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P3_STATIC);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse->db, v, pTab, base, 0);
+        if( isUpdate ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+hasTwoRecnos, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
+        }
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        assert( seenReplace==0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRecnos, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    contAddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst2, contAddr);
+    if( isUpdate ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst1, contAddr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
+  ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
+  ** Add the new records to the indices as we go.
+  */
+  extra = -1;
+  for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){
+    if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[iCur]==0 ) continue;  /* Skip unused indices */
+    extra++;
+
+    /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra, 1);
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+      int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+      if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol+1, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol-idx, 1);
+      }
+    }
+    jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIdx->nColumn, (1<<24));
+    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+
+    /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
+    onError = pIdx->onError;
+    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    if( seenReplace ){
+      if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace;
+      else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    
+
+    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, extra+nCol+1+hasTwoRecnos, 1);
+    jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, base+iCur+1, 0);
+
+    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        int j, n1, n2;
+        char zErrMsg[200];
+        strcpy(zErrMsg, pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column ");
+        n1 = strlen(zErrMsg);
+        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn && n1<sizeof(zErrMsg)-30; j++){
+          char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
+          n2 = strlen(zCol);
+          if( j>0 ){
+            strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], ", ");
+            n1 += 2;
+          }
+          if( n1+n2>sizeof(zErrMsg)-30 ){
+            strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], "...");
+            n1 += 3;
+            break;
+          }else{
+            strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], zCol);
+            n1 += n2;
+          }
+        }
+        strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], 
+            pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique");
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, zErrMsg, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        assert( seenReplace==0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+extra+3+hasTwoRecnos, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse->db, v, pTab, base, 0);
+        if( isUpdate ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra+1+hasTwoRecnos, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
+        }
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: assert(0);
+    }
+    contAddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    assert( contAddr<(1<<24) );
+#if NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst1, contAddr | (1<<24));
+#endif
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst2, contAddr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
+** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+** The stack must contain keys for all active indices followed by data
+** and the recno for the new entry.  This routine creates the new
+** entries in all indices and in the main table.
+**
+** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
+** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+*/
+void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
+  int base,           /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
+  char *aIdxUsed,     /* Which indices are used.  NULL means all are used */
+  int recnoChng,      /* True if the record number will change */
+  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+  int newIdx          /* Index of NEW table for triggers.  -1 if none */
+){
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int nIdx;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int pik_flags;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
+  for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){
+    if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[i]==0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxPut, base+i+1, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
+  sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+  if( newIdx>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, newIdx, 0);
+  }
+  pik_flags = (OPFLAG_NCHANGE|(isUpdate?0:OPFLAG_LASTROWID));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, base, pik_flags);
+  
+  if( isUpdate && recnoChng ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all
+** indices of that table.  The "base" parameter is the cursor number used
+** for the table.  Indices are opened on subsequent cursors.
+*/
+void sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
+  int base,        /* Cursor number assigned to the table */
+  int op           /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+){
+  int i;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, base, pTab->tnum);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, base, pTab->nCol);
+  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->iDb, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, i+base, pIdx->tnum,
+                   (char*)&pIdx->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+  }
+  if( pParse->nTab<=base+i ){
+    pParse->nTab = base+i;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/legacy.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/legacy.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f575f1f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/legacy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
+** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
+** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
+**
+** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
+** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
+** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
+** is invoked, even for queries.
+*/
+int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
+  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const char *zLeftover;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  char **azCols = 0;
+
+  int nRetry = 0;
+  int nChange = 0;
+  int nCallback;
+
+  if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
+    int nCol;
+    char **azVals = 0;
+
+    pStmt = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( pStmt ) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( !pStmt ){
+      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
+      zSql = zLeftover;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    db->nChange += nChange;
+    nCallback = 0;
+
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    azCols = sqliteMalloc(2*nCol*sizeof(const char *));
+    if( nCol && !azCols ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto exec_out;
+    }
+
+    while( 1 ){
+      int i;
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
+      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
+          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
+        if( 0==nCallback ){
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+          }
+          nCallback++;
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
+          }
+        }
+        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+          goto exec_out;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+        pStmt = 0;
+        if( db->pVdbe==0 ){
+          nChange = db->nChange;
+        }
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+          nRetry = 0;
+          zSql = zLeftover;
+          while( isspace((unsigned char)zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqliteFree(azCols);
+    azCols = 0;
+  }
+
+exec_out:
+  if( pStmt ) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  if( azCols ) sqliteFree(azCols);
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc==sqlite3_errcode(db) && pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = malloc(1+strlen(sqlite3_errmsg(db)));
+    if( *pzErrMsg ){
+      strcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }
+  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/lempar.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/lempar.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee1edbfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/lempar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+*/
+/* First off, code is include which follows the "include" declaration
+** in the input file. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+%%
+/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
+** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
+*/
+/* 
+** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
+** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
+** understands. 
+**
+** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
+*/
+%%
+/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef INTERFACE
+# define INTERFACE 1
+#endif
+/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
+** various aspects of the generated parser.
+**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
+**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
+**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
+**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
+**                       table.
+**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
+**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
+**                       original value of the token will not parse.
+**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
+**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    ParseTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
+**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
+**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
+**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
+**                       which is ParseTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
+**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
+**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.
+**    ParseARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    ParseARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    ParseARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
+**    ParseARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
+**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
+**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
+**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
+**                       defined, then do no error processing.
+*/
+%%
+#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
+
+/* Next are that tables used to determine what action to take based on the
+** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
+** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
+** action integer.  
+**
+** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
+** follows
+**
+**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
+**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
+**
+**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
+**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
+**
+** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
+** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
+**
+**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+**
+** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
+** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
+** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
+** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
+**
+** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
+** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
+** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
+** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
+** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+**
+** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+**
+**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
+**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
+**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting terminals.
+**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
+*/
+%%
+#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]))
+
+/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
+** like the following:
+** 
+**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
+**
+** appears in the grammer, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
+** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
+** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
+** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+*/
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
+%%
+};
+#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
+
+/* The following structure represents a single element of the
+** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
+**
+**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
+**
+**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
+**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
+**
+**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
+**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
+**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+*/
+struct yyStackEntry {
+  int stateno;       /* The state-number */
+  int major;         /* The major token value.  This is the code
+                     ** number for the token at this stack level */
+  YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
+                     ** is the value of the token  */
+};
+typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
+
+/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
+** the following structure */
+struct yyParser {
+  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
+  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
+  ParseARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
+  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
+};
+typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
+static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* 
+** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
+** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
+** by making either argument NULL 
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
+**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
+** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
+**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
+**      turned off.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+void ParseTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
+  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
+  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
+  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
+  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
+** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
+static const char *yyTokenName[] = { 
+%%
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
+*/
+static const char *yyRuleName[] = {
+%%
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+/*
+** This function returns the symbolic name associated with a token
+** value.
+*/
+const char *ParseTokenName(int tokenType){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( tokenType>0 && tokenType<(sizeof(yyTokenName)/sizeof(yyTokenName[0])) ){
+    return yyTokenName[tokenType];
+  }else{
+    return "Unknown";
+  }
+#else
+  return "";
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new parser.
+** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
+** malloc.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+**
+** Outputs:
+** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
+** to Parse and ParseFree.
+*/
+void *ParseAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
+  yyParser *pParser;
+  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
+  if( pParser ){
+    pParser->yyidx = -1;
+  }
+  return pParser;
+}
+
+/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
+** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
+** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
+** the value.
+*/
+static void yy_destructor(YYCODETYPE yymajor, YYMINORTYPE *yypminor){
+  switch( yymajor ){
+    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
+    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
+    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
+    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
+    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
+    **
+    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
+    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
+    ** inside the C code.
+    */
+%%
+    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the parser's stack once.
+**
+** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
+** is popped from the stack, then call it.
+**
+** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
+*/
+static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
+  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
+
+  if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
+      yyTracePrompt,
+      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
+  }
+#endif
+  yymajor = yytos->major;
+  yy_destructor( yymajor, &yytos->minor);
+  pParser->yyidx--;
+  return yymajor;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
+** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
+**       obtained from ParseAlloc.
+** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
+**       from malloc.
+** </ul>
+*/
+void ParseFree(
+  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
+  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
+){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  if( pParser==0 ) return;
+  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
+  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_shift_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  int iLookAhead            /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  /* if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return YY_NO_ACTION;  */
+  i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
+  if( i==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
+    return YY_NO_ACTION;
+  }
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+    int iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
+    if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
+           && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
+           yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
+      }
+#endif
+      return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
+    }
+#endif
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_reduce_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  int iLookAhead            /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
+  if( i==YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
+    return YY_NO_ACTION;
+  }
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Perform a shift action.
+*/
+static void yy_shift(
+  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
+  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
+  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer ot the minor token to shift in */
+){
+  yyStackEntry *yytos;
+  yypParser->yyidx++;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
+     ParseARG_FETCH;
+     yypParser->yyidx--;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+     if( yyTraceFILE ){
+       fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+     }
+#endif
+     while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+     /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
+     ** stack every overflows */
+%%
+     ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
+     return;
+  }
+  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+  yytos->stateno = yyNewState;
+  yytos->major = yyMajor;
+  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
+    int i;
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
+    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* The following table contains information about every rule that
+** is used during the reduce.
+*/
+static struct {
+  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
+  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
+} yyRuleInfo[] = {
+%%
+};
+
+static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
+
+/*
+** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
+** follow the reduce.
+*/
+static void yy_reduce(
+  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
+  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+){
+  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
+  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
+  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
+  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
+  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
+  ParseARG_FETCH;
+  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
+        && yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0]) ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
+      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
+  }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+  switch( yyruleno ){
+  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
+  ** follows:
+  **   case 0:
+  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
+  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
+  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
+  **     break;
+  */
+%%
+  };
+  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
+  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
+  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
+  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yypParser,yygoto);
+  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
+    yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
+  }else if( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ){
+    yy_accept(yypParser);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when the parse fails
+*/
+static void yy_parse_failed(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  ParseARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser fails */
+%%
+  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
+*/
+static void yy_syntax_error(
+  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
+){
+  ParseARG_FETCH;
+#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
+%%
+  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+*/
+static void yy_accept(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  ParseARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser accepts */
+%%
+  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "ParseAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
+** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** <li> The major token number.
+** <li> The minor token number.
+** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+void Parse(
+  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
+  ParseTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
+  ParseARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+){
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
+  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
+  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
+  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
+
+  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
+  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
+    if( yymajor==0 ) return;
+    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
+    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
+  }
+  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
+  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
+  ParseARG_STORE;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,yymajor);
+    if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
+      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
+      if( yyendofinput && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+        yymajor = 0;
+      }else{
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }
+    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
+      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
+    }else if( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ){
+      int yymx;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      /* A syntax error has occurred.
+      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
+      **
+      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
+      **
+      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+      **    the error symbol.
+      **
+      **  * Set the error count to three.
+      **
+      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
+      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
+      **    shifted successfully.
+      **
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
+      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+        }
+#endif
+        yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }else{
+         while(
+          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
+          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
+          (yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
+        ){
+          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+        }
+        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
+          yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+          YYMINORTYPE u2;
+          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
+          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
+        }
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yyerrorhit = 1;
+#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+      **
+      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+      **
+      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      if( yyendofinput ){
+        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+      }
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      yy_accept(yypParser);
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+    }
+  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/main.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ae7e1b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1346 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
+** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
+*/
+const int sqlite3one = 1;
+
+/*
+** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
+** that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+static void corruptSchema(InitData *pData, const char *zExtra){
+  if( !sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, "malformed database schema",
+       zExtra!=0 && zExtra[0]!=0 ? " - " : (char*)0, zExtra, (char*)0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
+** database.  See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
+** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
+**
+** Each callback contains the following information:
+**
+**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
+**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index.  NULL for trigger or view.
+**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
+**     argv[3] = "1" for temporary files, "0" for main database, "2" or more
+**               for auxiliary database files.
+**
+*/
+int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName){
+  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
+  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  assert( argc==4 );
+  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
+  if( argv[1]==0 || argv[3]==0 ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, 0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  iDb = atoi(argv[3]);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
+    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
+    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
+    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
+    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
+    */
+    char *zErr;
+    int rc;
+    assert( db->init.busy );
+    db->init.iDb = iDb;
+    db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr);
+    db->init.iDb = 0;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+      corruptSchema(pData, zErr);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
+    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
+    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
+    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
+    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
+    */
+    Index *pIndex;
+    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+    if( pIndex==0 || pIndex->tnum!=0 ){
+      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
+      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
+      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
+      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
+      */
+      /* Do Nothing */;
+    }else{
+      pIndex->tnum = atoi(argv[1]);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
+** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
+** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
+** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
+** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
+** indicate success or failure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *curMain;
+  int size;
+  Table *pTab;
+  char const *azArg[5];
+  char zDbNum[30];
+  int meta[10];
+  InitData initData;
+  char const *zMasterSchema;
+  char const *zMasterName;
+
+  /*
+  ** The master database table has a structure like this
+  */
+  static const char master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+  static const char temp_master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+
+  /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
+  ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
+  ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
+  */
+  if( iDb==1 ){
+    zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
+    zMasterName = TEMP_MASTER_NAME;
+  }else{
+    zMasterSchema = master_schema;
+    zMasterName = MASTER_NAME;
+  }
+
+  /* Construct the schema tables.  */
+  sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  azArg[0] = zMasterName;
+  azArg[1] = "1";
+  azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
+  sprintf(zDbNum, "%d", iDb);
+  azArg[3] = zDbNum;
+  azArg[4] = 0;
+  initData.db = db;
+  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
+  rc = sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 4, (char **)azArg, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( pTab ){
+    pTab->readOnly = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+
+  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
+  */
+  if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt==0 ){
+    if( iDb==1 ) DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curMain);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_EMPTY ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the database meta information.
+  **
+  ** Meta values are as follows:
+  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
+  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
+  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
+  **    meta[3]   Use freelist if 0.  Autovacuum if greater than zero.
+  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 3:UTF-16 LE 4:UTF-16 BE
+  **    meta[5]
+  **    meta[6]   
+  **    meta[7]
+  **    meta[8]
+  **    meta[9]
+  **
+  ** Note: The hash defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
+  ** the possible values of meta[4].
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<sizeof(meta)/sizeof(meta[0]); i++){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
+    }
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta));
+  }
+  db->aDb[iDb].schema_cookie = meta[0];
+
+  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
+  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
+  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
+  ** as sqlite3.enc.
+  */
+  if( meta[4] ){  /* text encoding */
+    if( iDb==0 ){
+      /* If opening the main database, set db->enc. */
+      db->enc = (u8)meta[4];
+      db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, db->enc, "BINARY", 6, 0);
+    }else{
+      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match db->enc */
+      if( meta[4]!=db->enc ){
+        sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "attached databases must use the same"
+            " text encoding as main database", (char*)0);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  size = meta[2];
+  if( size==0 ){ size = MAX_PAGES; }
+  db->aDb[iDb].cache_size = size;
+
+  if( iDb==0 ){
+    db->file_format = meta[1];
+    if( db->file_format==0 ){
+      /* This happens if the database was initially empty */
+      db->file_format = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
+  */
+  if( meta[1]>1 ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "unsupported file format", (char*)0);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, db->aDb[iDb].cache_size);
+
+  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
+  */
+  assert( db->init.busy );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
+    /* For an empty database, there is nothing to read */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    char *zSql;
+    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(
+        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql, %s FROM '%q'.%s",
+        zDbNum, db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
+    sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+    sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    sqliteFree(zSql);
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0);
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, iDb);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
+** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
+** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
+** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
+**
+** After the database is initialized, the SQLITE_Initialized
+** bit is set in the flags field of the sqlite structure. 
+*/
+int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int i, rc;
+  
+  if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized)==0 );
+  rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  db->init.busy = 1;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema
+  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
+  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->nDb>1 && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  db->init.busy = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_Initialized;
+    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Initialized;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised.
+** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized)==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized)||db->init.busy );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = rc;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The version of the library
+*/
+const char rcsid3[] = "@(#) \044Id: SQLite version " SQLITE_VERSION " $";
+const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
+const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
+
+/*
+** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
+** available.
+*/
+static int binaryCollatingFunc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int rc, n;
+  n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
+  rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. 
+**
+** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant
+** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
+** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
+**
+** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
+*/
+static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
+      (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
+  if( 0==r ){
+    r = nKey1-nKey2;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
+*/
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->lastRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
+*/
+int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->nTotalChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an existing SQLite database
+*/
+int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){
+  HashElem *i;
+  int j;
+
+  if( !db ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */
+  if( db->pVdbe ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+        "Unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  assert( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) );
+
+  /* FIX ME: db->magic may be set to SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED if the database
+  ** cannot be opened for some reason. So this routine needs to run in
+  ** that case. But maybe there should be an extra magic value for the
+  ** "failed to open" state.
+  */
+  if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED && sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    /* printf("DID NOT CLOSE\n"); fflush(stdout); */
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
+    if( pDb->pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+      pDb->pBt = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  assert( db->nDb<=2 );
+  assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    FuncDef *pFunc, *pNext;
+    for(pFunc = (FuncDef*)sqliteHashData(i); pFunc; pFunc=pNext){
+      pNext = pFunc->pNext;
+      sqliteFree(pFunc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
+    sqliteFree(pColl);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
+
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc);
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
+  if( db->pValue ){
+    sqlite3ValueFree(db->pValue);
+  }
+  if( db->pErr ){
+    sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
+  }
+
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+  sqliteFree(db);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback all database files.
+*/
+void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt);
+      db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
+** argument.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
+  const char *z;
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_ROW:
+    case SQLITE_DONE:
+    case SQLITE_OK:         z = "not an error";                          break;
+    case SQLITE_ERROR:      z = "SQL logic error or missing database";   break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERNAL:   z = "internal SQLite implementation flaw";   break;
+    case SQLITE_PERM:       z = "access permission denied";              break;
+    case SQLITE_ABORT:      z = "callback requested query abort";        break;
+    case SQLITE_BUSY:       z = "database is locked";                    break;
+    case SQLITE_LOCKED:     z = "database table is locked";              break;
+    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      z = "out of memory";                         break;
+    case SQLITE_READONLY:   z = "attempt to write a readonly database";  break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  z = "interrupted";                           break;
+    case SQLITE_IOERR:      z = "disk I/O error";                        break;
+    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    z = "database disk image is malformed";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOTFOUND:   z = "table or record not found";             break;
+    case SQLITE_FULL:       z = "database is full";                      break;
+    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   z = "unable to open database file";          break;
+    case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:   z = "database locking protocol failure";     break;
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      z = "table contains no data";                break;
+    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     z = "database schema has changed";           break;
+    case SQLITE_TOOBIG:     z = "too much data for one table row";       break;
+    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: z = "constraint failed";                     break;
+    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   z = "datatype mismatch";                     break;
+    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     z = "library routine called out of sequence";break;
+    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      z = "kernel lacks large file support";       break;
+    case SQLITE_AUTH:       z = "authorization denied";                  break;
+    case SQLITE_FORMAT:     z = "auxiliary database format error";       break;
+    case SQLITE_RANGE:      z = "bind index out of range";               break;
+    case SQLITE_NOTADB:     z = "file is encrypted or is not a database";break;
+    default:                z = "unknown error";                         break;
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
+** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
+** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
+** argument.
+*/
+static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
+ void *Timeout,           /* Maximum amount of time to wait */
+ int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */
+){
+#if SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS==1
+  static const char delays[] =
+     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50,  50, 100};
+  static const short int totals[] =
+     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228, 287};
+# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0]))
+  ptr timeout = (ptr)Timeout;
+  ptr delay, prior;
+
+  if( count <= NDELAY ){
+    delay = delays[count-1];
+    prior = totals[count-1];
+  }else{
+    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
+    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-NDELAY-1);
+  }
+  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
+    delay = timeout - prior;
+    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(delay);
+  return 1;
+#else
+  int timeout = (int)Timeout;
+  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(1000);
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument.
+*/
+int sqlite3_busy_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
+  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+/*
+** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
+** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
+*/
+void sqlite3_progress_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  int nOps,
+  int (*xProgress)(void*), 
+  void *pArg
+){
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    if( nOps>0 ){
+      db->xProgress = xProgress;
+      db->nProgressOps = nOps;
+      db->pProgressArg = pArg;
+    }else{
+      db->xProgress = 0;
+      db->nProgressOps = 0;
+      db->pProgressArg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
+** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
+  if( ms>0 ){
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)(ptr)ms);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
+*/
+void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Windows systems should call this routine to free memory that
+** is returned in the in the errmsg parameter of sqlite3_open() when
+** SQLite is a DLL.  For some reason, it does not work to call free()
+** directly.
+**
+** Note that we need to call free() not sqliteFree() here.
+*/
+void sqlite3_free(char *p){ free(p); }
+
+/*
+** Create new user functions.
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *pUserData,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  FuncDef *p;
+  int nName;
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
+      (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
+      (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
+      (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
+      (nArg<-1 || nArg>127) ||
+      (255<(nName = strlen(zFunctionName))) ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  **
+  ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
+  ** to the hash table.
+  */
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
+         pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE,
+        pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 1);
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  p->xFunc = xFunc;
+  p->xStep = xStep;
+  p->xFinalize = xFinal;
+  p->pUserData = pUserData;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pUserData,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  char const *zFunc8;
+  sqlite3_value *pTmp;
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zFunctionName, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE,SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zFunc8 = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF8);
+
+  if( !zFunc8 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, 
+      pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
+** is returned.  
+**
+** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
+** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
+** sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
+  void *pOld = db->pTraceArg;
+  db->xTrace = xTrace;
+  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
+  return pOld;
+}
+
+/*** EXPERIMENTAL ***
+**
+** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments.
+** If either function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
+** rollback.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  int (*xCallback)(void*),  /* Function to invoke on each commit */
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pOld = db->pCommitArg;
+  db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pCommitArg = pArg;
+  return pOld;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree
+** driver.  If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is
+** opened and used.  If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then
+** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as
+** the connection is closed.)  If zFilename is NULL then the database
+** is for temporary use only and is deleted as soon as the connection
+** is closed.
+**
+** A temporary database can be either a disk file (that is automatically
+** deleted when the file is closed) or a set of red-black trees held in memory,
+** depending on the values of the TEMP_STORE compile-time macro and the
+** db->temp_store variable, according to the following chart:
+**
+**       TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
+**       ----------     --------------     ------------------------------
+**           0               any             file
+**           1                1              file
+**           1                2              memory
+**           1                0              file
+**           2                1              file
+**           2                2              memory
+**           2                0              memory
+**           3               any             memory
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeFactory(
+  const sqlite3 *db,        /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */
+  const char *zFilename,    /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+  int omitJournal,          /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */
+  int nCache,               /* How many pages in the page cache */
+  Btree **ppBtree           /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+){
+  int btree_flags = 0;
+  int rc;
+  
+  assert( ppBtree != 0);
+  if( omitJournal ){
+    btree_flags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL;
+  }
+  if( zFilename==0 ){
+#ifndef TEMP_STORE
+# define TEMP_STORE 1
+#endif
+#if TEMP_STORE==0
+    /* Do nothing */
+#endif
+#if TEMP_STORE==1
+    if( db->temp_store==2 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
+#endif
+#if TEMP_STORE==2
+    if( db->temp_store!=1 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
+#endif
+#if TEMP_STORE==3
+    zFilename = ":memory:";
+#endif
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, ppBtree, btree_flags);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(*ppBtree, (void*)&db->busyHandler);
+    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
+  const char *z;
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE);
+  }
+  z = sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+  if( z==0 ){
+    z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
+  /* Because all the characters in the string are in the unicode
+  ** range 0x00-0xFF, if we pad the big-endian string with a 
+  ** zero byte, we can obtain the little-endian string with
+  ** &big_endian[1].
+  */
+  static const char outOfMemBe[] = {
+    0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'm', 0, 'e', 0, 'm', 0, 'o', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, 0, 0
+  };
+  static const char misuseBe [] = {
+    0, 'l', 0, 'i', 0, 'b', 0, 'r', 0, 'a', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'r', 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, 'i', 0, 'n', 0, 'e', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'c', 0, 'a', 0, 'l', 0, 'l', 0, 'e', 0, 'd', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 's', 0, 'e', 0, 'q', 0, 'u', 0, 'e', 0, 'n', 0, 'c', 0, 'e', 0, 0, 0
+  };
+
+  const void *z;
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return (void *)(&outOfMemBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){
+    return (void *)(&misuseBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
+  }
+  z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+  if( z==0 ){
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode),
+         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine.
+*/
+int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  return db->errCode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
+** of date, return 0.  If all schema cookies are current, return 1.
+*/
+static int schemaIsValid(sqlite3 *db){
+  int iDb;
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *curTemp;
+  int cookie;
+  int allOk = 1;
+
+  for(iDb=0; allOk && iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+    Btree *pBt;
+    pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+    if( pBt==0 ) continue;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curTemp);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&cookie);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].schema_cookie ){
+        allOk = 0;
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curTemp);
+    }
+  }
+  return allOk;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char** pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  Parse sParse;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  assert( ppStmt );
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse));
+  sParse.db = db;
+  sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InTrans;
+    goto prepare_out;
+  }
+  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( sParse.rc!=SQLITE_OK && sParse.checkSchema && !schemaIsValid(db) ){
+    sParse.rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+  }
+  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  if( pzTail ) *pzTail = sParse.zTail;
+  rc = sParse.rc;
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 5);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, "addr", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, "opcode", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, "p1", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, "p2", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, "p3", P3_STATIC);
+  } 
+
+prepare_out:
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe;
+  }else if( sParse.pVdbe ){
+    sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe);
+  }
+
+  if( zErrMsg ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
+    sqliteFree(zErrMsg);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
+  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
+  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
+  */
+  char const *zSql8 = 0;
+  char const *zTail8 = 0;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_value *pTmp;
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( !zSql8 ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql8, -1, ppStmt, &zTail8);
+
+  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
+    /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
+    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
+    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
+    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
+    */
+    int chars_parsed = sqlite3utf8CharLen(zSql8, zTail8-zSql8);
+    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
+  }
+ 
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"  
+** is UTF-8 encoded. The fourth argument, "def_enc" is one of the TEXT_*
+** macros from sqliteInt.h. If we end up creating a new database file
+** (not opening an existing one), the text encoding of the database
+** will be set to this value.
+*/
+static int openDatabase(
+  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb         /* OUT: Returned database handle */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc, i;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
+  db = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(sqlite3) );
+  if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
+  db->priorNewRowid = 0;
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+  db->nDb = 2;
+  db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+  db->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+  /* db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; */
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aFunc, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    sqlite3HashInit(&db->aDb[i].tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&db->aDb[i].idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&db->aDb[i].trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&db->aDb[i].aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  }
+  
+  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
+  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
+  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
+  */
+  sqlite3_create_collation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0,binaryCollatingFunc);
+  sqlite3_create_collation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0,binaryCollatingFunc);
+  sqlite3_create_collation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0,binaryCollatingFunc);
+  db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, db->enc, "BINARY", 6, 0);
+  if( !db->pDfltColl ){
+    rc = db->errCode;
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
+  sqlite3_create_collation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc);
+
+  /* Open the backend database driver */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, MAX_PAGES, &db->aDb[0].pBt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
+  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
+
+  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full' for the temp
+  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  */
+  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
+  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
+
+  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
+  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
+  ** is accessed.
+  */
+  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg, 0);
+    if( zErrMsg ) sqliteFree(zErrMsg);
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+  }
+
+opendb_out:
+  if( sqlite3_errcode(db)==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+  }
+  *ppDb = db;
+  return sqlite3_errcode(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb 
+){
+  return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb
+){
+  char const *zFilename8;   /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+
+  assert( ppDb );
+  *ppDb = 0;
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zFilename8 ){
+    rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppDb ){
+      sqlite3_exec(*ppDb, "PRAGMA encoding = 'UTF-16'", 0, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  if( pVal ){
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
+** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
+** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
+** machine.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
+** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
+** the prior execution is returned.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset((Vdbe*)pStmt);
+    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady((Vdbe*)pStmt, -1, 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  */
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }
+
+  if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc!=SQLITE_UTF16LE && enc!=SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 
+        "Param 3 to sqlite3_create_collation() must be one of "
+        "SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE"
+    );
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc, zName, strlen(zName), 1);
+  if( 0==pColl ){
+   rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
+    pColl->pUser = pCtx;
+    pColl->enc = enc;
+  }
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  char const *zName8;
+  sqlite3_value *pTmp;
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zName8 = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  return sqlite3_create_collation(db, zName8, enc, pCtx, xCompare);
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+){
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+){
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  db->xCollNeeded = 0;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/opcodes.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/opcodes.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6f01219
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/opcodes.c
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodec.h script for details. */
+const char *const sqlite3OpcodeNames[] = { "?",
+  "ContextPop",
+  "IntegrityCk",
+  "DropTrigger",
+  "DropIndex",
+  "Recno",
+  "KeyAsData",
+  "Delete",
+  "MoveGt",
+  "VerifyCookie",
+  "Push",
+  "Dup",
+  "Blob",
+  "IdxGT",
+  "IdxRecno",
+  "RowKey",
+  "PutStrKey",
+  "IsUnique",
+  "SetNumColumns",
+  "IdxIsNull",
+  "NullRow",
+  "OpenPseudo",
+  "OpenWrite",
+  "OpenRead",
+  "Transaction",
+  "AutoCommit",
+  "Pop",
+  "Halt",
+  "Vacuum",
+  "ListRead",
+  "RowData",
+  "NotExists",
+  "MoveLe",
+  "SetCookie",
+  "Variable",
+  "AggNext",
+  "AggReset",
+  "Sort",
+  "IdxDelete",
+  "ResetCount",
+  "OpenTemp",
+  "IdxColumn",
+  "Integer",
+  "AggSet",
+  "CreateIndex",
+  "IdxPut",
+  "MoveLt",
+  "Return",
+  "MemLoad",
+  "SortNext",
+  "IdxLT",
+  "Rewind",
+  "AddImm",
+  "AggFunc",
+  "AggInit",
+  "MemIncr",
+  "ListReset",
+  "Clear",
+  "Or",
+  "And",
+  "Not",
+  "PutIntKey",
+  "If",
+  "Callback",
+  "IsNull",
+  "NotNull",
+  "Ne",
+  "Eq",
+  "Gt",
+  "Le",
+  "Lt",
+  "Ge",
+  "BitAnd",
+  "BitOr",
+  "ShiftLeft",
+  "ShiftRight",
+  "Add",
+  "Subtract",
+  "Multiply",
+  "Divide",
+  "Remainder",
+  "Concat",
+  "Negative",
+  "SortReset",
+  "BitNot",
+  "String8",
+  "SortPut",
+  "Last",
+  "NotFound",
+  "MakeRecord",
+  "String",
+  "Goto",
+  "AggFocus",
+  "DropTable",
+  "Column",
+  "Noop",
+  "AggGet",
+  "CreateTable",
+  "NewRecno",
+  "Found",
+  "Distinct",
+  "Close",
+  "Statement",
+  "IfNot",
+  "Pull",
+  "MemStore",
+  "Next",
+  "Prev",
+  "MoveGe",
+  "MustBeInt",
+  "ForceInt",
+  "CollSeq",
+  "Gosub",
+  "ContextPush",
+  "ListRewind",
+  "ListWrite",
+  "ParseSchema",
+  "Destroy",
+  "IdxGE",
+  "FullKey",
+  "ReadCookie",
+  "AbsValue",
+  "Real",
+  "HexBlob",
+  "Function",
+};
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/opcodes.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/opcodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7b792c5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/opcodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
+#define OP_ContextPop                  1
+#define OP_IntegrityCk                 2
+#define OP_DropTrigger                 3
+#define OP_DropIndex                   4
+#define OP_Recno                       5
+#define OP_KeyAsData                   6
+#define OP_Delete                      7
+#define OP_MoveGt                      8
+#define OP_VerifyCookie                9
+#define OP_Push                        10
+#define OP_Dup                         11
+#define OP_Blob                        12
+#define OP_IdxGT                       13
+#define OP_IdxRecno                    14
+#define OP_RowKey                      15
+#define OP_PutStrKey                   16
+#define OP_IsUnique                    17
+#define OP_SetNumColumns               18
+#define OP_Eq                          67
+#define OP_IdxIsNull                   19
+#define OP_NullRow                     20
+#define OP_OpenPseudo                  21
+#define OP_OpenWrite                   22
+#define OP_OpenRead                    23
+#define OP_Transaction                 24
+#define OP_AutoCommit                  25
+#define OP_Negative                    82
+#define OP_Pop                         26
+#define OP_Halt                        27
+#define OP_Vacuum                      28
+#define OP_ListRead                    29
+#define OP_RowData                     30
+#define OP_NotExists                   31
+#define OP_MoveLe                      32
+#define OP_SetCookie                   33
+#define OP_Variable                    34
+#define OP_AggNext                     35
+#define OP_AggReset                    36
+#define OP_Sort                        37
+#define OP_IdxDelete                   38
+#define OP_ResetCount                  39
+#define OP_OpenTemp                    40
+#define OP_IdxColumn                   41
+#define OP_NotNull                     65
+#define OP_Ge                          71
+#define OP_Remainder                   80
+#define OP_Divide                      79
+#define OP_Integer                     42
+#define OP_AggSet                      43
+#define OP_CreateIndex                 44
+#define OP_IdxPut                      45
+#define OP_MoveLt                      46
+#define OP_And                         59
+#define OP_ShiftLeft                   74
+#define OP_Real                        122
+#define OP_Return                      47
+#define OP_MemLoad                     48
+#define OP_SortNext                    49
+#define OP_IdxLT                       50
+#define OP_Rewind                      51
+#define OP_Gt                          68
+#define OP_AddImm                      52
+#define OP_Subtract                    77
+#define OP_AggFunc                     53
+#define OP_AggInit                     54
+#define OP_MemIncr                     55
+#define OP_ListReset                   56
+#define OP_Clear                       57
+#define OP_PutIntKey                   61
+#define OP_IsNull                      64
+#define OP_If                          62
+#define OP_Callback                    63
+#define OP_SortReset                   83
+#define OP_SortPut                     86
+#define OP_Last                        87
+#define OP_NotFound                    88
+#define OP_MakeRecord                  89
+#define OP_BitAnd                      72
+#define OP_Add                         76
+#define OP_HexBlob                     123
+#define OP_String                      90
+#define OP_Goto                        91
+#define OP_AggFocus                    92
+#define OP_DropTable                   93
+#define OP_Column                      94
+#define OP_Noop                        95
+#define OP_Not                         60
+#define OP_Le                          69
+#define OP_BitOr                       73
+#define OP_Multiply                    78
+#define OP_String8                     85
+#define OP_AggGet                      96
+#define OP_CreateTable                 97
+#define OP_NewRecno                    98
+#define OP_Found                       99
+#define OP_Distinct                    100
+#define OP_Close                       101
+#define OP_Statement                   102
+#define OP_IfNot                       103
+#define OP_Pull                        104
+#define OP_MemStore                    105
+#define OP_Next                        106
+#define OP_Prev                        107
+#define OP_MoveGe                      108
+#define OP_Lt                          70
+#define OP_Ne                          66
+#define OP_MustBeInt                   109
+#define OP_ForceInt                    110
+#define OP_ShiftRight                  75
+#define OP_CollSeq                     111
+#define OP_Gosub                       112
+#define OP_ContextPush                 113
+#define OP_ListRewind                  114
+#define OP_ListWrite                   115
+#define OP_ParseSchema                 116
+#define OP_Destroy                     117
+#define OP_IdxGE                       118
+#define OP_FullKey                     119
+#define OP_ReadCookie                  120
+#define OP_BitNot                      84
+#define OP_AbsValue                    121
+#define OP_Or                          58
+#define OP_Function                    124
+#define OP_Concat                      81
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc478baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os.h
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
+** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
+** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
+
+/*
+** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows or MacOS.
+**
+** N.B. MacOS means Mac Classic (or Carbon). Treat Darwin (OS X) as Unix.
+**      The MacOS build is designed to use CodeWarrior (tested with v8)
+*/
+#if !defined(OS_UNIX) && !defined(OS_TEST)
+# ifndef OS_WIN
+#  ifndef OS_MAC
+#    if defined(__MACOS__)
+#      define OS_MAC 1
+#      define OS_WIN 0
+#      define OS_UNIX 0
+#    elif defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#      define OS_MAC 0
+#      define OS_WIN 1
+#      define OS_UNIX 0
+#    else
+#      define OS_MAC 0
+#      define OS_WIN 0
+#      define OS_UNIX 1
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    define OS_WIN 0
+#    define OS_UNIX 0
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define OS_MAC 0
+#  define OS_UNIX 0
+# endif
+#else
+# define OS_MAC 0
+# ifndef OS_WIN
+#  define OS_WIN 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Invoke the appropriate operating-system specific header file.
+*/
+#if OS_TEST
+# include "os_test.h"
+#endif
+#if OS_UNIX
+# include "os_unix.h"
+#endif
+#if OS_WIN
+# include "os_win.h"
+#endif
+#if OS_MAC
+# include "os_mac.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
+** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
+** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
+** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
+** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
+** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
+** using -DTEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
+*/
+#ifndef TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
+# define TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "sqlite_"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
+** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
+**
+** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
+** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
+**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
+** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
+**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
+**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
+** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
+**
+** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
+** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
+** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
+** sqlite3OsLock().
+*/
+#define NO_LOCK         0
+#define SHARED_LOCK     1
+#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
+#define PENDING_LOCK    3
+#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4
+
+/*
+** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
+**
+** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
+** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
+** UnlockFile().
+**
+** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
+** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
+** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
+** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
+** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
+** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
+** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
+** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
+**
+** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
+** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
+** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
+** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
+** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
+** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
+** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
+**
+** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
+** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
+** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
+** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
+**
+** These #defines are available in os.h so that Unix can use the same
+** byte ranges for locking.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
+** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
+** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
+** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
+** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
+** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
+**
+** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
+** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
+** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
+** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
+** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
+** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
+** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
+** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
+**
+** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
+** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
+** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
+** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
+** 1GB boundary.
+**
+*/
+#define PENDING_BYTE      0x40000000  /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */
+/* #define PENDING_BYTE     0x5400   // Page 20 - for testing */
+#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
+#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
+#define SHARED_SIZE       510
+
+
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(const char*, OsFile*, int*);
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char*, OsFile*, int);
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char*, OsFile*);
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(const char*, OsFile*);
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char*);
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile*);
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile*, void*, int amt);
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile*, const void*, int amt);
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile*, i64 offset);
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile*);
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile*, i64 size);
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile*, i64 *pSize);
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char*);
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms);
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double*);
+int sqlite3OsFileModTime(OsFile*, double*);
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(void);
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(void);
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile*, int);
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile*, int);
+int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id);
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_common.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_common.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94311b96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+*/
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+
+int sqlite3_os_trace = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int last_page = 0;
+#define SEEK(X)           last_page=(X)
+#define TRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define TRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define TRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define TRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
+    if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#else
+#define SEEK(X)
+#define TRACE1(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define TRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define TRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define TRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
+  unsigned long long int x;
+  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
+          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
+          :"=A" (x));
+  return x;
+}
+static unsigned long long int g_start;
+static unsigned int elapse;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;
+int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+#define SimulateIOError(A)  \
+   if( sqlite3_io_error_pending ) \
+     if( sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ){ local_ioerr(); return A; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;  /* Really just a place to set a breakpoint */
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ) \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending-- == 1 ){ local_ioerr(); return SQLITE_FULL; }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_mac.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_mac.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f84c168d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_mac.c
@@ -0,0 +1,738 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific classic mac.  Mac OS X
+** uses the os_unix.c file, not this one.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#if OS_MAC               /* This file used on classic mac only */
+
+#include <extras.h>
+#include <path2fss.h>
+#include <TextUtils.h>
+#include <FinderRegistry.h>
+#include <Folders.h>
+#include <Timer.h>
+#include <OSUtils.h>
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
+*/
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# include <Multiprocessing.h>
+# define SQLITE_MACOS_MULTITASKING 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+#include "os_common.h"
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file
+*/
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char *zFilename){
+  unlink(zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char *zFilename){
+  return access(zFilename, 0)==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
+** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
+** try to create it.
+**
+** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
+** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
+** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(
+  const char *zFilename,
+  OsFile *id,
+  int *pReadonly
+){
+  FSSpec fsSpec;
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  HFSUniStr255 dfName;
+  FSRef fsRef;
+  if( __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec) != noErr ){
+    if( HCreate(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, 'SQLI', cDocumentFile) != noErr )
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  if( FSpMakeFSRef(&fsSpec, &fsRef) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  FSGetDataForkName(&dfName);
+  if( FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                 fsRdWrShPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr ){
+    if( FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                   fsRdWrPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr ){
+      if (FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                   fsRdPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+      else
+        *pReadonly = 1;
+    } else
+      *pReadonly = 0;
+  } else
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+# else
+  __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec);
+  if( !sqlite3OsFileExists(zFilename) ){
+    if( HCreate(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, 'SQLI', cDocumentFile) != noErr )
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrShPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr ){
+    if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr ){
+      if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+      else
+        *pReadonly = 1;
+    } else
+      *pReadonly = 0;
+  } else
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+# endif
+  if( HOpenRF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrShPerm, &(id->refNumRF)) != noErr){
+    id->refNumRF = -1;
+  }
+  id->locked = 0;
+  id->delOnClose = 0;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
+** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
+** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
+** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
+** link.
+**
+** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
+** the file when it is closed.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id, int delFlag){
+  FSSpec fsSpec;
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  HFSUniStr255 dfName;
+  FSRef fsRef;
+  __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec);
+  if( HCreate(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, 'SQLI', cDocumentFile) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  if( FSpMakeFSRef(&fsSpec, &fsRef) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  FSGetDataForkName(&dfName);
+  if( FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                 fsRdWrPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+# else
+  __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec);
+  if( HCreate(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, 'SQLI', cDocumentFile) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+# endif
+  id->refNumRF = -1;
+  id->locked = 0;
+  id->delOnClose = delFlag;
+  if (delFlag)
+    id->pathToDel = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id){
+  FSSpec fsSpec;
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  HFSUniStr255 dfName;
+  FSRef fsRef;
+  if( __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  if( FSpMakeFSRef(&fsSpec, &fsRef) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  FSGetDataForkName(&dfName);
+  if( FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                 fsRdPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+# else
+  __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec);
+  if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+# endif
+  if( HOpenRF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrShPerm, &(id->refNumRF)) != noErr){
+    id->refNumRF = -1;
+  }
+  id->locked = 0;
+  id->delOnClose = 0;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
+** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
+** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
+** to disk.
+**
+** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
+** windows since windows does not support hard links.
+**
+** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
+** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
+** returned.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(
+  const char *zDirname,
+  OsFile *id
+){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char *zBuf){
+  static char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  char zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+  char zdirName[32];
+  CInfoPBRec infoRec;
+  Str31 dirName;
+  memset(&infoRec, 0, sizeof(infoRec));
+  memset(zTempPath, 0, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE);
+  if( FindFolder(kOnSystemDisk, kTemporaryFolderType,  kCreateFolder,
+       &(infoRec.dirInfo.ioVRefNum), &(infoRec.dirInfo.ioDrParID)) == noErr ){
+    infoRec.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = dirName;
+    do{
+      infoRec.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
+      infoRec.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = infoRec.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
+      if( PBGetCatInfoSync(&infoRec) == noErr ){
+        CopyPascalStringToC(dirName, zdirName);
+        i = strlen(zdirName);
+        memmove(&(zTempPath[i+1]), zTempPath, strlen(zTempPath));
+        strcpy(zTempPath, zdirName);
+        zTempPath[i] = ':';
+      }else{
+        *zTempPath = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    } while( infoRec.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID );
+  }
+  if( *zTempPath == 0 )
+    getcwd(zTempPath, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-24);
+  for(;;){
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%s"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
+    j = strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+    if( !sqlite3OsFileExists(zBuf) ) break;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile *id){
+  if( id->refNumRF!=-1 )
+    FSClose(id->refNumRF);
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  FSCloseFork(id->refNum);
+# else
+  FSClose(id->refNum);
+# endif
+  if( id->delOnClose ){
+    unlink(id->pathToDel);
+    sqliteFree(id->pathToDel);
+  }
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
+  int got;
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TRACE2("READ %d\n", last_page);
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  FSReadFork(id->refNum, fsAtMark, 0, (ByteCount)amt, pBuf, (ByteCount*)&got);
+# else
+  got = amt;
+  FSRead(id->refNum, &got, pBuf);
+# endif
+  if( got==amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
+  OSErr oserr;
+  int wrote = 0;
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TRACE2("WRITE %d\n", last_page);
+  while( amt>0 ){
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+    oserr = FSWriteFork(id->refNum, fsAtMark, 0,
+                        (ByteCount)amt, pBuf, (ByteCount*)&wrote);
+# else
+    wrote = amt;
+    oserr = FSWrite(id->refNum, &wrote, pBuf);
+# endif
+    if( wrote == 0 || oserr != noErr)
+      break;
+    amt -= wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  if( oserr != noErr || amt>wrote ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, off_t offset){
+  off_t curSize;
+  SEEK(offset/1024 + 1);
+  if( sqlite3OsFileSize(id, &curSize) != SQLITE_OK ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  if( offset >= curSize ){
+    if( sqlite3OsTruncate(id, offset+1) != SQLITE_OK ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  if( FSSetForkPosition(id->refNum, fsFromStart, offset) != noErr ){
+# else
+  if( SetFPos(id->refNum, fsFromStart, offset) != noErr ){
+# endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+**
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id){
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  if( FSFlushFork(id->refNum) != noErr ){
+# else
+  ParamBlockRec params;
+  memset(&params, 0, sizeof(ParamBlockRec));
+  params.ioParam.ioRefNum = id->refNum;
+  if( PBFlushFileSync(&params) != noErr ){
+# endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
+** than UNIX.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, off_t nByte){
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  if( FSSetForkSize(id->refNum, fsFromStart, nByte) != noErr){
+# else
+  if( SetEOF(id->refNum, nByte) != noErr ){
+# endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, off_t *pSize){
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  if( FSGetForkSize(id->refNum, pSize) != noErr){
+# else
+  if( GetEOF(id->refNum, pSize) != noErr ){
+# endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Windows file locking notes:  [similar issues apply to MacOS]
+**
+** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
+** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
+** UnlockFile().
+**
+** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
+** (This is a design error on the part of Windows, but there is nothing
+** we can do about that.)  So the region used for locking is at the
+** end of the file where it is unlikely to ever interfere with an
+** actual read attempt.
+**
+** A database read lock is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
+** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
+** A database write lock is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
+** There can only be one writer.
+**
+** A lock is obtained on the first byte of the lock range before acquiring
+** either a read lock or a write lock.  This prevents two processes from
+** attempting to get a lock at a same time.  The semantics of 
+** sqlite3OsReadLock() require that if there is already a write lock, that
+** lock is converted into a read lock atomically.  The lock on the first
+** byte allows us to drop the old write lock and get the read lock without
+** another process jumping into the middle and messing us up.  The same
+** argument applies to sqlite3OsWriteLock().
+**
+** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
+** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader writer locks
+** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
+** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
+** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
+** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
+** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
+**
+** Note: On MacOS we use the resource fork for locking.
+**
+** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
+** N_LOCKBYTE is the number of bytes available for doing the locking.
+** The first byte used to hold the lock while the lock is changing does
+** not count toward this number.  FIRST_LOCKBYTE is the address of
+** the first byte in the range of bytes used for locking.
+*/
+#define N_LOCKBYTE       10239
+#define FIRST_LOCKBYTE   (0x000fffff - N_LOCKBYTE)
+
+/*
+** Change the status of the lock on the file "id" to be a readlock.
+** If the file was write locked, then this reduces the lock to a read.
+** If the file was read locked, then this acquires a new read lock.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_BUSY on failure.  If this
+** library was compiled with large file support (LFS) but LFS is not
+** available on the host, then an SQLITE_NOLFS is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsReadLock(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  if( id->locked>0 || id->refNumRF == -1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    int lk;
+    OSErr res;
+    int cnt = 5;
+    ParamBlockRec params;
+    sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+    lk = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%N_LOCKBYTE + 1;
+    memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
+    params.ioParam.ioRefNum = id->refNumRF;
+    params.ioParam.ioPosMode = fsFromStart;
+    params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE;
+    params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = PBLockRangeSync(&params))!=noErr ){
+      UInt32 finalTicks;
+      Delay(1, &finalTicks); /* 1/60 sec */
+    }
+    if( res == noErr ){
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+1;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = N_LOCKBYTE;
+      PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+lk;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+      res = PBLockRangeSync(&params);
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+      PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+    }
+    if( res == noErr ){
+      id->locked = lk;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the lock status to be an exclusive or write lock.  Return
+** SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_BUSY on a failure.  If this
+** library was compiled with large file support (LFS) but LFS is not
+** available on the host, then an SQLITE_NOLFS is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsWriteLock(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  if( id->locked<0 || id->refNumRF == -1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    OSErr res;
+    int cnt = 5;
+    ParamBlockRec params;
+    memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
+    params.ioParam.ioRefNum = id->refNumRF;
+    params.ioParam.ioPosMode = fsFromStart;
+    params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE;
+    params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = PBLockRangeSync(&params))!=noErr ){
+      UInt32 finalTicks;
+      Delay(1, &finalTicks); /* 1/60 sec */
+    }
+    if( res == noErr ){
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE + id->locked;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+      if( id->locked==0 
+            || PBUnlockRangeSync(&params)==noErr ){
+        params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+1;
+        params.ioParam.ioReqCount = N_LOCKBYTE;
+        res = PBLockRangeSync(&params);
+      }else{
+        res = afpRangeNotLocked;
+      }
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+      PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+    }
+    if( res == noErr ){
+      id->locked = -1;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock the given file descriptor.  If the file descriptor was
+** not previously locked, then this routine is a no-op.  If this
+** library was compiled with large file support (LFS) but LFS is not
+** available on the host, then an SQLITE_NOLFS is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  ParamBlockRec params;
+  memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
+  params.ioParam.ioRefNum = id->refNumRF;
+  params.ioParam.ioPosMode = fsFromStart;
+  if( id->locked==0 || id->refNumRF == -1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( id->locked<0 ){
+    params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+1;
+    params.ioParam.ioReqCount = N_LOCKBYTE;
+    PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    id->locked = 0;
+  }else{
+    params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+id->locked;
+    params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+    PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    id->locked = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
+** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
+** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.* This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  {
+    int pid;
+    Microseconds((UnsignedWide*)zBuf);
+    pid = getpid();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(UnsignedWide)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms){
+  UInt32 finalTicks;
+  UInt32 ticks = (((UInt32)ms+16)*3)/50;  /* 1/60 sec per tick */
+  Delay(ticks, &finalTicks);
+  return (int)((ticks*50)/3);
+}
+
+/*
+** Static variables used for thread synchronization
+*/
+static int inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_MACOS_MULTITASKING
+  static MPCriticalRegionID criticalRegion;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for
+** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
+** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
+**
+** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
+** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
+*/
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MACOS_MULTITASKING
+  static volatile int notInit = 1;
+  if( notInit ){
+    if( notInit == 2 ) /* as close as you can get to thread safe init */
+      MPYield();
+    else{
+      notInit = 2;
+      MPCreateCriticalRegion(&criticalRegion);
+      notInit = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  MPEnterCriticalRegion(criticalRegion, kDurationForever);
+#endif
+  assert( !inMutex );
+  inMutex = 1;
+}
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(){
+  assert( inMutex );
+  inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_MACOS_MULTITASKING
+  MPExitCriticalRegion(criticalRegion);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
+** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
+** is no longer needed.
+*/
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
+  char *zFull = 0;
+  if( zRelative[0]==':' ){
+    char zBuf[_MAX_PATH+1];
+    sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, sizeof(zBuf)), &(zRelative[1]),
+                    (char*)0);
+  }else{
+    if( strchr(zRelative, ':') ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&zFull, zRelative, (char*)0);
+    }else{
+    char zBuf[_MAX_PATH+1];
+      sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, sizeof(zBuf)), zRelative, (char*)0);
+    }
+  }
+  return zFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double *prNow){
+  *prNow = 0.0;   /**** FIX ME *****/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* OS_MAC */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_mac.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_mac.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b60f818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_mac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file defines OS-specific features of classic Mac.
+** OS X uses the os_unix.h file, not this one.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_MAC_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_MAC_H_
+
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <Files.h>
+#define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE _MAX_PATH
+#define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 17
+
+/*
+** The OsFile structure is a operating-system independing representation
+** of an open file handle.  It is defined differently for each architecture.
+**
+** This is the definition for class Mac.
+*/
+typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
+struct OsFile {
+  SInt16 refNum;           /* Data fork/file reference number */
+  SInt16 refNumRF;         /* Resource fork reference number (for locking) */
+  int locked;              /* 0: unlocked, <0: write lock, >0: read lock */
+  int delOnClose;          /* True if file is to be deleted on close */
+  char *pathToDel;         /* Name of file to delete on close */
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_MAC_H_ */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_unix.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_unix.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94fca701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_unix.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1276 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#if OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */
+
+
+#include <time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# undef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
+** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
+** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
+** DJGPP.  But its DOS - what did you expect?
+*/
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.  The
+** SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro is defined if we are synchronizing for
+** Posix threads and SQLITE_W32_THREADS is defined if we are
+** synchronizing using Win32 threads.
+*/
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# include <pthread.h>
+# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+#include "os_common.h"
+
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+#define getpid pthread_self
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks:  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
+** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
+** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
+** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
+** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
+** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
+**
+**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**
+** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
+** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
+** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
+** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
+** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
+** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
+** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
+** file descriptors opened on different file names.
+**
+** Bummer.  If you ask me, this is broken.  Badly broken.  It means
+** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among
+** competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
+** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
+** threads within the same process.
+**
+** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
+** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
+** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
+** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
+** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
+** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
+** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
+** inode.
+**
+** The OsFile structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
+** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
+** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
+** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
+** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both OsFile structures
+** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
+** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
+** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
+** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
+** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
+**
+** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
+** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
+** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
+** a locked and an unlocked state.
+**
+** 2004-Jan-11:
+** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks.  (The more
+** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are
+** an abomination.)
+**
+** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
+** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
+** released.  To work around this problem, each OsFile structure contains
+** a pointer to an openCnt structure.  There is one openCnt structure
+** per open inode, which means that multiple OsFiles can point to a single
+** openCnt.  When an attempt is made to close an OsFile, if there are
+** other OsFiles open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
+** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
+** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
+** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
+** clears.
+**
+** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate
+** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks
+** to the same file in other threads.  Linux threads behave like
+** separate processes in this respect.  But, if you close a file
+** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks
+** on other threads and even though the other threads have different
+** process IDs.  Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect.
+** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.)
+** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo
+** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because
+** locks in different threads are treated as distinct.  But the 
+** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its
+** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current
+** thread.  Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could
+** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure.
+**
+** 2004-Jun-28:
+** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks.
+** On others not.  Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same
+** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable.  The
+** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far
+** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same
+** inconsistency.  There is no little doubt in my mind that posix
+** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken.
+**
+** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime 
+** whether or not threads can override each others locks.  This test
+** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted.  A static 
+** variable is set to record the results of this test for future
+** use.
+*/
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode.
+**
+** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the
+** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID.  If threads can override
+** each others locks then tid is always set to zero.  tid is also
+** set to zero if we compile without threading support.
+*/
+struct lockKey {
+  dev_t dev;       /* Device number */
+  ino_t ino;       /* Inode number */
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+  pthread_t tid;   /* Thread ID or zero if threads cannot override each other */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode on each thread with a different process ID.  (Threads have
+** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.)
+**
+** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each OsFile
+** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
+** object keeps a count of the number of OsFiles pointing to it.
+*/
+struct lockInfo {
+  struct lockKey key;  /* The lookup key */
+  int cnt;             /* Number of SHARED locks held */
+  int locktype;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
+  int nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode.  This
+** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
+*/
+struct openKey {
+  dev_t dev;   /* Device number */
+  ino_t ino;   /* Inode number */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode.  This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that
+** inode.  If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding
+** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the
+** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list.
+*/
+struct openCnt {
+  struct openKey key;   /* The lookup key */
+  int nRef;             /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  int nLock;            /* Number of outstanding locks */
+  int nPending;         /* Number of pending close() operations */
+  int *aPending;        /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */
+};
+
+/* 
+** These hash table maps inodes and process IDs into lockInfo and openCnt
+** structures.  Access to these hash tables must be protected by a mutex.
+*/
+static Hash lockHash = { SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+static Hash openHash = { SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+/*
+** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others
+** locks.
+**
+**    0:  No.  Threads cannot override each others locks.
+**    1:  Yes.  Threads can override each others locks.
+**   -1:  We don't know yet.
+*/
+static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = -1;
+
+/*
+** This structure holds information passed into individual test
+** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine.
+*/
+struct threadTestData {
+  int fd;                /* File to be locked */
+  struct flock lock;     /* The locking operation */
+  int result;            /* Result of the locking operation */
+};
+
+/*
+** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate
+** threads on this routine.  This routine attempts to lock a file
+** descriptor then returns.  The success or failure of that attempt
+** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine
+** whether or not threads can override each others locks.
+*/
+static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){
+  struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg;
+  pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock);
+  return pArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads
+** can override each others locks then sets the 
+** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately.
+*/
+static void testThreadLockingBehavior(fd_orig){
+  int fd;
+  struct threadTestData d[2];
+  pthread_t t[2];
+
+  fd = dup(fd_orig);
+  if( fd<0 ) return;
+  memset(d, 0, sizeof(d));
+  d[0].fd = fd;
+  d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  d[0].lock.l_len = 1;
+  d[0].lock.l_start = 0;
+  d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  d[1] = d[0];
+  d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+  pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]);
+  pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]);
+  pthread_join(t[0], 0);
+  pthread_join(t[1], 0);
+  close(fd);
+  threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks =  d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS */
+
+/*
+** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+*/
+static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){
+  pLock->nRef--;
+  if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(pLock->key), 0);
+    sqliteFree(pLock);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+*/
+static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){
+  pOpen->nRef--;
+  if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(pOpen->key), 0);
+    sqliteFree(pOpen->aPending);
+    sqliteFree(pOpen);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that
+** describes that file descriptor.  Create a new ones if necessary.  The
+** return values might be unset if an error occurs.
+**
+** Return the number of errors.
+*/
+static int findLockInfo(
+  int fd,                      /* The file descriptor used in the key */
+  struct lockInfo **ppLock,    /* Return the lockInfo structure here */
+  struct openCnt **ppOpen      /* Return the openCnt structure here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  struct lockKey key1;
+  struct openKey key2;
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  struct lockInfo *pLock;
+  struct openCnt *pOpen;
+  rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
+  if( rc!=0 ) return 1;
+  memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1));
+  key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+  key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+  if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){
+    testThreadLockingBehavior(fd);
+  }
+  key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
+#endif
+  memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2));
+  key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+  key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+  pLock = (struct lockInfo*)sqlite3HashFind(&lockHash, &key1, sizeof(key1));
+  if( pLock==0 ){
+    struct lockInfo *pOld;
+    pLock = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pLock) );
+    if( pLock==0 ) return 1;
+    pLock->key = key1;
+    pLock->nRef = 1;
+    pLock->cnt = 0;
+    pLock->locktype = 0;
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1), pLock);
+    if( pOld!=0 ){
+      assert( pOld==pLock );
+      sqliteFree(pLock);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pLock->nRef++;
+  }
+  *ppLock = pLock;
+  pOpen = (struct openCnt*)sqlite3HashFind(&openHash, &key2, sizeof(key2));
+  if( pOpen==0 ){
+    struct openCnt *pOld;
+    pOpen = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pOpen) );
+    if( pOpen==0 ){
+      releaseLockInfo(pLock);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pOpen->key = key2;
+    pOpen->nRef = 1;
+    pOpen->nLock = 0;
+    pOpen->nPending = 0;
+    pOpen->aPending = 0;
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2), pOpen);
+    if( pOld!=0 ){
+      assert( pOld==pOpen );
+      sqliteFree(pOpen);
+      releaseLockInfo(pLock);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pOpen->nRef++;
+  }
+  *ppOpen = pOpen;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file
+*/
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char *zFilename){
+  unlink(zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char *zFilename){
+  return access(zFilename, 0)==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
+** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
+** try to create it.
+**
+** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
+** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
+** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(
+  const char *zFilename,
+  OsFile *id,
+  int *pReadonly
+){
+  int rc;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  id->dirfd = -1;
+  id->h = open(zFilename, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY, 0644);
+  if( id->h<0 ){
+#ifdef EISDIR
+    if( errno==EISDIR ){
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+    }
+#endif
+    id->h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
+    if( id->h<0 ){
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
+    }
+    *pReadonly = 1;
+  }else{
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  rc = findLockInfo(id->h, &id->pLock, &id->pOpen);
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc ){
+    close(id->h);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  id->locktype = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  TRACE3("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", id->h, zFilename);
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
+** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
+** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
+** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
+** link.
+**
+** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
+** the file when it is closed.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id, int delFlag){
+  int rc;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  if( access(zFilename, 0)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  id->dirfd = -1;
+  id->h = open(zFilename,
+                O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY, 0600);
+  if( id->h<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  rc = findLockInfo(id->h, &id->pLock, &id->pOpen);
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc ){
+    close(id->h);
+    unlink(zFilename);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  id->locktype = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  if( delFlag ){
+    unlink(zFilename);
+  }
+  TRACE3("OPEN-EX %-3d %s\n", id->h, zFilename);
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  id->dirfd = -1;
+  id->h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
+  if( id->h<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  rc = findLockInfo(id->h, &id->pLock, &id->pOpen);
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc ){
+    close(id->h);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  id->locktype = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  TRACE3("OPEN-RO %-3d %s\n", id->h, zFilename);
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
+** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
+** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
+** to disk.
+**
+** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
+** windows since windows does not support hard links.
+**
+** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
+** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
+** returned.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(
+  const char *zDirname,
+  OsFile *id
+){
+  if( !id->isOpen ){
+    /* Do not open the directory if the corresponding file is not already
+    ** open. */
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  assert( id->dirfd<0 );
+  id->dirfd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0644);
+  if( id->dirfd<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
+  }
+  TRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", id->dirfd, zDirname);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char *zBuf){
+  static const char *azDirs[] = {
+     0,
+     "/var/tmp",
+     "/usr/tmp",
+     "/tmp",
+     ".",
+  };
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  struct stat buf;
+  const char *zDir = ".";
+  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); i++){
+    if( azDirs[i]==0 ) continue;
+    if( stat(azDirs[i], &buf) ) continue;
+    if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
+    if( access(azDirs[i], 07) ) continue;
+    zDir = azDirs[i];
+    break;
+  }
+  do{
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%s/"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
+    j = strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+  }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
+  int got;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TIMER_START;
+  got = read(id->h, pBuf, amt);
+  TIMER_END;
+  TRACE4("READ    %-3d %7d %d\n", id->h, last_page, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+  SEEK(0);
+  /* if( got<0 ) got = 0; */
+  if( got==amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
+  int wrote = 0;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  SimulateDiskfullError;
+  TIMER_START;
+  while( amt>0 && (wrote = write(id->h, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  TIMER_END;
+  TRACE4("WRITE   %-3d %7d %d\n", id->h, last_page, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+  SEEK(0);
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SEEK(offset/1024 + 1);
+  lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
+** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
+** it work better.
+*/
+static int full_fsync(int fd){
+  int rc;
+#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
+  rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
+  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
+#else
+  rc = fsync(fd);
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+**
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id){
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TRACE2("SYNC    %-3d\n", id->h);
+  if( full_fsync(id->h) ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  if( id->dirfd>=0 ){
+    TRACE2("DIRSYNC %-3d\n", id->dirfd);
+    full_fsync(id->dirfd);
+    close(id->dirfd);  /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */
+    id->dirfd = -1;    /* when we are done. */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
+** than UNIX.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
+  int fd;
+  int r;
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0644);
+  TRACE3("DIRSYNC %-3d (%s)\n", fd, zDirname);
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
+  }
+  r = fsync(fd);
+  close(fd);
+  return ((r==0)?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_IOERR);
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  return ftruncate(id->h, nByte)==0 ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
+  struct stat buf;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  if( fstat(id->h, &buf)!=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  *pSize = buf.st_size;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero.  If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
+** return zero.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
+  int r = 0;
+
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); /* Needed because id->pLock is shared across threads */
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( id->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    r = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+  */
+  if( !r ){
+    struct flock lock;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1;
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+    fcntl(id->h, F_GETLK, &lock);
+    if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
+      r = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", id->h, r);
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
+** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
+** integer lock-type.
+*/
+static const char * locktypeName(int locktype){
+  switch( locktype ){
+  case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
+  case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
+  case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
+  case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
+  case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
+  }
+  return "ERROR";
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
+  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
+  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
+  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
+  ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
+  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
+  **
+  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
+  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
+  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
+  **
+  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
+  ** byte'.  If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
+  ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
+  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
+  ** 'reserved byte'. 
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
+  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
+  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
+  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
+  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
+  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
+  ** after a crash.
+  **
+  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
+  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
+  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
+  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
+  ** database. 
+  **
+  ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
+  ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
+  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
+  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
+  */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  struct lockInfo *pLock = id->pLock;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int s;
+
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE7("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", id->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
+      locktypeName(id->locktype), locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt
+      ,getpid() );
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( id->locktype>=locktype ){
+    TRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", id->h, locktypeName(locktype));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( id->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || id->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* This mutex is needed because id->pLock is shared across threads
+  */
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+
+  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different OsFile*
+  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
+  */
+  if( (id->locktype!=pLock->locktype && 
+          (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK))
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
+  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
+  ** return SQLITE_OK.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && 
+      (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+    assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    assert( id->locktype==0 );
+    assert( pLock->cnt>0 );
+    id->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    pLock->cnt++;
+    id->pOpen->nLock++;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+  lock.l_len = 1L;
+  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+
+  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+  ** be released.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
+      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && id->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
+  ){
+    lock.l_type = (locktype==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    s = fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    if( s ){
+      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+      goto end_lock;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pLock->cnt==0 );
+    assert( pLock->locktype==0 );
+
+    /* Now get the read-lock */
+    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+    s = fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+
+    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1L;
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    if( s ){
+      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      id->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+      id->pOpen->nLock++;
+      pLock->cnt = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){
+    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
+    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+    ** already.
+    */
+    assert( 0!=id->locktype );
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+    switch( locktype ){
+      case RESERVED_LOCK:
+        lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+        break;
+      case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK:
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+        break;
+      default:
+        assert(0);
+    }
+    s = fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    if( s ){
+      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    id->locktype = locktype;
+    pLock->locktype = locktype;
+  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    id->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+  }
+
+end_lock:
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  TRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", id->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
+      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK, this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR instead of SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  struct lockInfo *pLock;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE7("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", id->h, locktype, id->locktype, 
+      id->pLock->locktype, id->pLock->cnt, getpid());
+
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  if( id->locktype<=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  pLock = id->pLock;
+  assert( pLock->cnt!=0 );
+  if( id->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pLock->locktype==id->locktype );
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+      lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+      if( fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
+        /* This should never happen */
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
+      }
+    }
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
+    fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
+    struct openCnt *pOpen;
+
+    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
+    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
+    ** the lock.
+    */
+    pLock->cnt--;
+    if( pLock->cnt==0 ){
+      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
+      fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+      pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+    }
+
+    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
+    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
+    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
+    */
+    pOpen = id->pOpen;
+    pOpen->nLock--;
+    assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
+    if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<pOpen->nPending; i++){
+        close(pOpen->aPending[i]);
+      }
+      sqliteFree(pOpen->aPending);
+      pOpen->nPending = 0;
+      pOpen->aPending = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  id->locktype = locktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile *id){
+  if( !id->isOpen ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3OsUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
+  id->dirfd = -1;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  if( id->pOpen->nLock ){
+    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
+    ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
+    ** the last lock is cleared.
+    */
+    int *aNew;
+    struct openCnt *pOpen = id->pOpen;
+    pOpen->nPending++;
+    aNew = sqliteRealloc( pOpen->aPending, pOpen->nPending*sizeof(int) );
+    if( aNew==0 ){
+      /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
+    }else{
+      pOpen->aPending = aNew;
+      pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending-1] = id->h;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* There are no outstanding locks so we can close the file immediately */
+    close(id->h);
+  }
+  releaseLockInfo(id->pLock);
+  releaseOpenCnt(id->pOpen);
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  id->isOpen = 0;
+  TRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
+** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
+** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.* This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  {
+    int pid;
+    time((time_t*)zBuf);
+    pid = getpid();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(time_t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms){
+#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+  usleep(ms*1000);
+  return ms;
+#else
+  sleep((ms+999)/1000);
+  return 1000*((ms+999)/1000);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Static variables used for thread synchronization
+*/
+static int inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+static pthread_mutex_t mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for
+** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
+** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
+**
+** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
+** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
+*/
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(){
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+  pthread_mutex_lock(&mutex);
+#endif
+  assert( !inMutex );
+  inMutex = 1;
+}
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(){
+  assert( inMutex );
+  inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+  pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutex);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
+** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
+** is no longer needed.
+*/
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
+  char *zFull = 0;
+  if( zRelative[0]=='/' ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&zFull, zRelative, (char*)0);
+  }else{
+    char zBuf[5000];
+    sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, sizeof(zBuf)), "/", zRelative,
+                    (char*)0);
+  }
+  return zFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double *prNow){
+  time_t t;
+  time(&t);
+  *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Find the time that the file was last modified.  Write the
+** modification time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the modification
+** time cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileModTime(OsFile *id, double *prNow){
+  int rc;
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  if( fstat(id->h, &statbuf)==0 ){
+    *prNow = statbuf.st_mtime/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* NOT USED */
+
+#endif /* OS_UNIX */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_unix.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_unix.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..72f818be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_unix.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file defined OS-specific features for Unix.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_UNIX_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_UNIX_H_
+
+/*
+** Helpful hint:  To get this to compile on HP/UX, add -D_INCLUDE_POSIX_SOURCE
+** to the compiler command line.
+*/
+
+/*
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
+** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
+** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
+**
+** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
+** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
+** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
+** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
+** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
+** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** Similar is true for MacOS.  LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** standard include files.
+*/
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+** The OsFile structure is a operating-system independing representation
+** of an open file handle.  It is defined differently for each architecture.
+**
+** This is the definition for Unix.
+**
+** OsFile.locktype takes one of the values SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK,
+** PENDING_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+*/
+typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
+struct OsFile {
+  struct Pager *pPager;     /* The pager that owns this OsFile.  Might be 0 */
+  struct openCnt *pOpen;    /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
+  struct lockInfo *pLock;   /* Info about locks on this inode */
+  int h;                    /* The file descriptor */
+  unsigned char locktype;   /* The type of lock held on this fd */
+  unsigned char isOpen;     /* True if needs to be closed */
+  int dirfd;                /* File descriptor for the directory */
+};
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of characters in a temporary file name
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200
+
+/*
+** Minimum interval supported by sqlite3OsSleep().
+*/
+#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+# define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 1000
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_UNIX_H_ */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_win.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_win.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6e3e3ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_win.c
@@ -0,0 +1,747 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#if OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */
+
+#include <winbase.h>
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
+*/
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+#include "os_common.h"
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file
+*/
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char *zFilename){
+  DeleteFileA(zFilename);
+  TRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char *zFilename){
+  return GetFileAttributesA(zFilename) != 0xffffffff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
+** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
+** try to create it.
+**
+** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
+** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
+** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(
+  const char *zFilename,
+  OsFile *id,
+  int *pReadonly
+){
+  HANDLE h;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  h = CreateFileA(zFilename,
+     GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
+     FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
+     NULL,
+     OPEN_ALWAYS,
+     FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
+     NULL
+  );
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    h = CreateFileA(zFilename,
+       GENERIC_READ,
+       FILE_SHARE_READ,
+       NULL,
+       OPEN_ALWAYS,
+       FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
+       NULL
+    );
+    if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+    }
+    *pReadonly = 1;
+  }else{
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+  }
+  id->h = h;
+  id->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  id->sharedLockByte = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  TRACE3("OPEN R/W %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
+** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
+** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
+** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
+** link.
+**
+** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
+** the file when it is closed.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id, int delFlag){
+  HANDLE h;
+  int fileflags;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  if( delFlag ){
+    fileflags = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS 
+                     | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
+  }else{
+    fileflags = FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
+  }
+  h = CreateFileA(zFilename,
+     GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
+     0,
+     NULL,
+     CREATE_ALWAYS,
+     fileflags,
+     NULL
+  );
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  id->h = h;
+  id->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  id->sharedLockByte = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  TRACE3("OPEN EX %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id){
+  HANDLE h;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  h = CreateFileA(zFilename,
+     GENERIC_READ,
+     0,
+     NULL,
+     OPEN_EXISTING,
+     FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
+     NULL
+  );
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  id->h = h;
+  id->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  id->sharedLockByte = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  TRACE3("OPEN RO %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
+** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
+** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
+** to disk.
+**
+** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
+** windows since windows does not support hard links.
+**
+** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
+** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
+** returned.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(
+  const char *zDirname,
+  OsFile *id
+){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char *zBuf){
+  static char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  char zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    strncpy(zTempPath, sqlite3_temp_directory, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30);
+    zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30] = 0;
+  }else{
+    GetTempPathA(SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30, zTempPath);
+  }
+  for(i=strlen(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
+  zTempPath[i] = 0;
+  for(;;){
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%s\\"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
+    j = strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+    if( !sqlite3OsFileExists(zBuf) ) break;
+  }
+  TRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf);
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile *id){
+  if( id->isOpen ){
+    TRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", id->h);
+    CloseHandle(id->h);
+    OpenCounter(-1);
+    id->isOpen = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
+  DWORD got;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", id->h, id->locktype);
+  if( !ReadFile(id->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){
+    got = 0;
+  }
+  if( got==(DWORD)amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
+  int rc;
+  DWORD wrote;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  SimulateDiskfullError;
+  TRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", id->h, id->locktype);
+  while( amt>0 && (rc = WriteFile(id->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0 && wrote>0 ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
+  LONG upperBits = offset>>32;
+  LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff;
+  DWORD rc;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SEEK(offset/1024 + 1);
+  rc = SetFilePointer(id->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+  TRACE3("SEEK %d %lld\n", id->h, offset);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id){
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", id->h, id->locktype);
+  if( FlushFileBuffers(id->h) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
+** than UNIX.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
+  LONG upperBits = nByte>>32;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", id->h, nByte);
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  SetFilePointer(id->h, nByte, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+  SetEndOfFile(id->h);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
+  DWORD upperBits, lowerBits;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  lowerBits = GetFileSize(id->h, &upperBits);
+  *pSize = (((i64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K or WinXP.
+** Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+**
+** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
+*/
+static int isNT(void){
+  static int osType = 0;   /* 0=unknown 1=win95 2=winNT */
+  if( osType==0 ){
+    OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
+    sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+    GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
+    osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+  }
+  return osType==2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a reader lock.
+** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
+** is Win95 or WinNT.
+*/
+static int getReadLock(OsFile *id){
+  int res;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+    ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST;
+    ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0;
+    ovlp.hEvent = 0;
+    res = LockFileEx(id->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY, 0, SHARED_SIZE,0,&ovlp);
+  }else{
+    int lk;
+    sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+    id->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
+    res = LockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST+id->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo a readlock
+*/
+static int unlockReadLock(OsFile *id){
+  int res;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    res = UnlockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+  }else{
+    res = UnlockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST + id->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  The sqlite3OsUnlock() routine
+** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
+** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
+** must go straight to locking level 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
+  int res = 1;           /* Result of a windows lock call */
+  int newLocktype;       /* Set id->locktype to this value before exiting */
+  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
+
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
+          id->h, locktype, id->locktype, id->sharedLockByte);
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( id->locktype>=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( id->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || id->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
+  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
+  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
+  */
+  newLocktype = id->locktype;
+  if( id->locktype==NO_LOCK
+   || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && id->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
+  ){
+    int cnt = 3;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(id->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
+      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  The pending lock might be
+      ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
+      */
+      TRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt);
+      Sleep(1);
+    }
+    gotPendingLock = res;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a shared lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( id->locktype==NO_LOCK );
+    res = getReadLock(id);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( id->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = LockFile(id->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    gotPendingLock = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( id->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = unlockReadLock(id);
+    TRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res);
+    res = LockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      TRACE2("error-code = %d\n", GetLastError());
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
+  ** release it now.
+  */
+  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(id->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
+  ** return the appropriate result code.
+  */
+  if( res ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    TRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", id->h,
+           locktype, newLocktype);
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  id->locktype = newLocktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero, otherwise zero.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  if( id->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    rc = 1;
+    TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", id->h, rc);
+  }else{
+    rc = LockFile(id->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( rc ){
+      UnlockFile(id->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    }
+    rc = !rc;
+    TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", id->h, rc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
+*/
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  int type;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  TRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", id->h, locktype,
+          id->locktype, id->sharedLockByte);
+  type = id->locktype;
+  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(id) ){
+      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
+      ** reacquire the read lock */
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(id->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
+    unlockReadLock(id);
+  }
+  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(id->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  id->locktype = locktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
+** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
+** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.* This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
+  GetSystemTime((LPSYSTEMTIME)zBuf);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms){
+  Sleep(ms);
+  return ms;
+}
+
+/*
+** Static variables used for thread synchronization
+*/
+static int inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
+  static CRITICAL_SECTION cs;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for
+** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
+** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
+**
+** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
+** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
+*/
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(){
+#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
+  static int isInit = 0;
+  while( !isInit ){
+    static long lock = 0;
+    if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){
+      InitializeCriticalSection(&cs);
+      isInit = 1;
+    }else{
+      Sleep(1);
+    }
+  }
+  EnterCriticalSection(&cs);
+#endif
+  assert( !inMutex );
+  inMutex = 1;
+}
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(){
+  assert( inMutex );
+  inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
+  LeaveCriticalSection(&cs);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
+** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
+** is no longer needed.
+*/
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
+  char *zNotUsed;
+  char *zFull;
+  int nByte;
+  nByte = GetFullPathNameA(zRelative, 0, 0, &zNotUsed) + 1;
+  zFull = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
+  if( zFull==0 ) return 0;
+  GetFullPathNameA(zRelative, nByte, zFull, &zNotUsed);
+  return zFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double *prNow){
+  FILETIME ft;
+  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
+     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
+  */
+  double now;
+  GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
+  now = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; 
+  *prNow = (now + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the time that the file was last modified.  Write the
+** modification time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the modification
+** time cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileModTime(OsFile *id, double *prMTime){
+  int rc;
+  FILETIME ft;
+  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
+  ** 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
+  */
+  if( GetFileTime(id->h, 0, 0, &ft) ){
+    double t;
+    t = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; 
+    *prMTime = (t + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* OS_WIN */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_win.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_win.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..baf937b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_win.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file defines OS-specific features for Win32
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_WIN_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_WIN_H_
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <winbase.h>
+
+/*
+** The OsFile structure is a operating-system independing representation
+** of an open file handle.  It is defined differently for each architecture.
+**
+** This is the definition for Win32.
+*/
+typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
+struct OsFile {
+  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
+  unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+  unsigned char isOpen;   /* True if needs to be closed */
+  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
+};
+
+
+#define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50)
+#define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 1
+
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_WIN_H_ */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pager.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pager.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a374562b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3205 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
+** 
+** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
+** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
+** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
+** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
+** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
+** another is writing.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "pager.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
+*/
+#if 0
+#define TRACE1(X)       sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)     sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)   sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W)
+#else
+#define TRACE1(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,W)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following
+** states:
+**
+**   PAGER_UNLOCK        The page cache is not currently reading or 
+**                       writing the database file.  There is no
+**                       data held in memory.  This is the initial
+**                       state.
+**
+**   PAGER_SHARED        The page cache is reading the database.
+**                       Writing is not permitted.  There can be
+**                       multiple readers accessing the same database
+**                       file at the same time.
+**
+**   PAGER_RESERVED      This process has reserved the database for writing
+**                       but has not yet made any changes.  Only one process
+**                       at a time can reserve the database.  The original
+**                       database file has not been modified so other
+**                       processes may still be reading the on-disk
+**                       database file.
+**
+**   PAGER_EXCLUSIVE     The page cache is writing the database.
+**                       Access is exclusive.  No other processes or
+**                       threads can be reading or writing while one
+**                       process is writing.
+**
+**   PAGER_SYNCED        The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE
+**                       after all dirty pages have been written to the
+**                       database file and the file has been synced to
+**                       disk. All that remains to do is to remove the
+**                       journal file and the transaction will be
+**                       committed.
+**
+** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time a
+** sqlite3pager_get() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED.
+** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(),
+** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time
+** that sqlite3pager_write() is called, the state transitions to
+** PAGER_RESERVED.  (Note that sqlite_page_write() can only be
+** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must
+** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.)
+** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs when before any changes
+** are made to the database file.  After an sqlite3pager_rollback()
+** or sqlite_pager_commit(), the state goes back to PAGER_SHARED.
+*/
+#define PAGER_UNLOCK      0
+#define PAGER_SHARED      1   /* same as SHARED_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_RESERVED    2   /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE   4   /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_SYNCED      5
+
+/*
+** If the SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK macro is set to true at compile-time,
+** then failed attempts to get a reserved lock will invoke the busy callback.
+** This is off by default.  To see why, consider the following scenario:
+** 
+** Suppose thread A already has a shared lock and wants a reserved lock.
+** Thread B already has a reserved lock and wants an exclusive lock.  If
+** both threads are using their busy callbacks, it might be a long time
+** be for one of the threads give up and allows the other to proceed.
+** But if the thread trying to get the reserved lock gives up quickly
+** (if it never invokes its busy callback) then the contention will be
+** resolved quickly.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK
+# define SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each in-memory image of a page begins with the following header.
+** This header is only visible to this pager module.  The client
+** code that calls pager sees only the data that follows the header.
+**
+** Client code should call sqlite3pager_write() on a page prior to making
+** any modifications to that page.  The first time sqlite3pager_write()
+** is called, the original page contents are written into the rollback
+** journal and PgHdr.inJournal and PgHdr.needSync are set.  Later, once
+** the journal page has made it onto the disk surface, PgHdr.needSync
+** is cleared.  The modified page cannot be written back into the original
+** database file until the journal pages has been synced to disk and the
+** PgHdr.needSync has been cleared.
+**
+** The PgHdr.dirty flag is set when sqlite3pager_write() is called and
+** is cleared again when the page content is written back to the original
+** database file.
+*/
+typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
+struct PgHdr {
+  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager to which this page belongs */
+  Pgno pgno;                     /* The page number for this page */
+  PgHdr *pNextHash, *pPrevHash;  /* Hash collision chain for PgHdr.pgno */
+  PgHdr *pNextFree, *pPrevFree;  /* Freelist of pages where nRef==0 */
+  PgHdr *pNextAll;               /* A list of all pages */
+  PgHdr *pNextStmt, *pPrevStmt;  /* List of pages in the statement journal */
+  u8 inJournal;                  /* TRUE if has been written to journal */
+  u8 inStmt;                     /* TRUE if in the statement subjournal */
+  u8 dirty;                      /* TRUE if we need to write back changes */
+  u8 needSync;                   /* Sync journal before writing this page */
+  u8 alwaysRollback;             /* Disable dont_rollback() for this page */
+  short int nRef;                /* Number of users of this page */
+  PgHdr *pDirty;                 /* Dirty pages sorted by PgHdr.pgno */
+  /* pPager->pageSize bytes of page data follow this header */
+  /* Pager.nExtra bytes of local data follow the page data */
+};
+
+/*
+** For an in-memory only database, some extra information is recorded about
+** each page so that changes can be rolled back.  (Journal files are not
+** used for in-memory databases.)  The following information is added to
+** the end of every EXTRA block for in-memory databases.
+**
+** This information could have been added directly to the PgHdr structure.
+** But then it would take up an extra 8 bytes of storage on every PgHdr
+** even for disk-based databases.  Splitting it out saves 8 bytes.  This
+** is only a savings of 0.8% but those percentages add up.
+*/
+typedef struct PgHistory PgHistory;
+struct PgHistory {
+  u8 *pOrig;     /* Original page text.  Restore to this on a full rollback */
+  u8 *pStmt;     /* Text as it was at the beginning of the current statement */
+};
+
+/*
+** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+# define CODEC(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); }
+#else
+# define CODEC(P,D,N,X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Convert a pointer to a PgHdr into a pointer to its data
+** and back again.
+*/
+#define PGHDR_TO_DATA(P)  ((void*)(&(P)[1]))
+#define DATA_TO_PGHDR(D)  (&((PgHdr*)(D))[-1])
+#define PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(G,P) ((void*)&((char*)(&(G)[1]))[(P)->pageSize])
+#define PGHDR_TO_HIST(P,PGR)  \
+            ((PgHistory*)&((char*)(&(P)[1]))[(PGR)->pageSize+(PGR)->nExtra])
+
+/*
+** How big to make the hash table used for locating in-memory pages
+** by page number.
+*/
+#define N_PG_HASH 2048
+
+/*
+** Hash a page number
+*/
+#define pager_hash(PN)  ((PN)&(N_PG_HASH-1))
+
+/*
+** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct Pager {
+  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
+  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
+  char *zDirectory;           /* Directory hold database and journal files */
+  OsFile fd, jfd;             /* File descriptors for database and journal */
+  OsFile stfd;                /* File descriptor for the statement subjournal*/
+  int dbSize;                 /* Number of pages in the file */
+  int origDbSize;             /* dbSize before the current change */
+  int stmtSize;               /* Size of database (in pages) at stmt_begin() */
+  i64 stmtJSize;              /* Size of journal at stmt_begin() */
+  int nRec;                   /* Number of pages written to the journal */
+  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
+  int stmtNRec;               /* Number of records in stmt subjournal */
+  int nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
+  void (*xDestructor)(void*,int); /* Call this routine when freeing pages */
+  void (*xReiniter)(void*,int);   /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
+  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
+  int nPage;                  /* Total number of in-memory pages */
+  int nRef;                   /* Number of in-memory pages with PgHdr.nRef>0 */
+  int mxPage;                 /* Maximum number of pages to hold in cache */
+  int nHit, nMiss, nOvfl;     /* Cache hits, missing, and LRU overflows */
+  void (*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
+  void *pCodecArg;            /* First argument to xCodec() */
+  u8 journalOpen;             /* True if journal file descriptors is valid */
+  u8 journalStarted;          /* True if header of journal is synced */
+  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
+  u8 stmtOpen;                /* True if the statement subjournal is open */
+  u8 stmtInUse;               /* True we are in a statement subtransaction */
+  u8 stmtAutoopen;            /* Open stmt journal when main journal is opened*/
+  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
+  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
+  u8 state;                   /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */
+  u8 errMask;                 /* One of several kinds of errors */
+  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
+  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
+  u8 needSync;                /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
+  u8 dirtyCache;              /* True if cached pages have changed */
+  u8 alwaysRollback;          /* Disable dont_rollback() for all pages */
+  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
+  u8 *aInJournal;             /* One bit for each page in the database file */
+  u8 *aInStmt;                /* One bit for each page in the database */
+  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
+  BusyHandler *pBusyHandler;  /* Pointer to sqlite.busyHandler */
+  PgHdr *pFirst, *pLast;      /* List of free pages */
+  PgHdr *pFirstSynced;        /* First free page with PgHdr.needSync==0 */
+  PgHdr *pAll;                /* List of all pages */
+  PgHdr *pStmt;               /* List of pages in the statement subjournal */
+  i64 journalOff;             /* Current byte offset in the journal file */
+  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
+  i64 stmtHdrOff;             /* First journal header written this statement */
+  i64 stmtCksum;              /* cksumInit when statement was started */
+  int sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
+  PgHdr *aHash[N_PG_HASH];    /* Hash table to map page number to PgHdr */
+};
+
+/*
+** These are bits that can be set in Pager.errMask.
+*/
+#define PAGER_ERR_FULL     0x01  /* a write() failed */
+#define PAGER_ERR_MEM      0x02  /* malloc() failed */
+#define PAGER_ERR_LOCK     0x04  /* error in the locking protocol */
+#define PAGER_ERR_CORRUPT  0x08  /* database or journal corruption */
+#define PAGER_ERR_DISK     0x10  /* general disk I/O error - bad hard drive? */
+
+/*
+** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
+** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
+**
+** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
+** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is begin
+** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
+** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
+** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
+** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
+** journal and ignore it.
+**
+** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
+** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
+** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
+** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
+** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
+** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
+** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
+** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
+** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
+** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
+*/
+static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
+  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
+};
+
+/*
+** The size of the header and of each page in the journal is determined
+** by the following macros.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
+
+/*
+** The journal header size for this pager. In the future, this could be
+** set to some value read from the disk controller. The important
+** characteristic is that it is the same size as a disk sector.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
+
+#define PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE 512
+
+/*
+** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
+** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
+** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
+** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
+** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() for details.
+*/
+#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) (PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))
+
+/*
+** Enable reference count tracking (for debugging) here:
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  int pager3_refinfo_enable = 0;
+  static void pager_refinfo(PgHdr *p){
+    static int cnt = 0;
+    if( !pager3_refinfo_enable ) return;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+       "REFCNT: %4d addr=%p nRef=%d\n",
+       p->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), p->nRef
+    );
+    cnt++;   /* Something to set a breakpoint on */
+  }
+# define REFINFO(X)  pager_refinfo(X)
+#else
+# define REFINFO(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
+** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
+** error code is something goes wrong.
+**
+** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
+*/
+static int read32bits(OsFile *fd, u32 *pRes){
+  u32 res;
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, &res, sizeof(res));
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    unsigned char ac[4];
+    memcpy(ac, &res, 4);
+    res = (ac[0]<<24) | (ac[1]<<16) | (ac[2]<<8) | ac[3];
+  }
+  *pRes = res;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
+*/
+static int write32bits(OsFile *fd, u32 val){
+  unsigned char ac[4];
+  ac[0] = (val>>24) & 0xff;
+  ac[1] = (val>>16) & 0xff;
+  ac[2] = (val>>8) & 0xff;
+  ac[3] = val & 0xff;
+  return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the 32-bit integer 'val' into the page identified by page header
+** 'p' at offset 'offset'.
+*/
+static void store32bits(u32 val, PgHdr *p, int offset){
+  unsigned char *ac;
+  ac = &((unsigned char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(p))[offset];
+  ac[0] = (val>>24) & 0xff;
+  ac[1] = (val>>16) & 0xff;
+  ac[2] = (val>>8) & 0xff;
+  ac[3] = val & 0xff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit integer at offset 'offset' from the page identified by
+** page header 'p'.
+*/
+static u32 retrieve32bits(PgHdr *p, int offset){
+  unsigned char *ac;
+  ac = &((unsigned char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(p))[offset];
+  return (ac[0]<<24) | (ac[1]<<16) | (ac[2]<<8) | ac[3];
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert the bits in the pPager->errMask into an approprate
+** return code.
+*/
+static int pager_errcode(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_LOCK )    rc = SQLITE_PROTOCOL;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_DISK )    rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_FULL )    rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_MEM )     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_CORRUPT ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
+** The master journal file name is read from the end of the file and 
+** written into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). *pzMaster is
+** set to point at the memory and SQLITE_OK returned. The caller must
+** sqliteFree() *pzMaster.
+**
+** If no master journal file name is present *pzMaster is set to 0 and
+** SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int readMasterJournal(OsFile *pJrnl, char **pzMaster){
+  int rc;
+  u32 len;
+  i64 szJ;
+  u32 cksum;
+  int i;
+  unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+
+  *pzMaster = 0;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ<16 ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pJrnl, szJ-16);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ 
+  rc = read32bits(pJrnl, &len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = read32bits(pJrnl, &cksum);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pJrnl, szJ-16-len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  *pzMaster = (char *)sqliteMalloc(len+1);
+  if( !*pzMaster ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, *pzMaster, len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteFree(*pzMaster);
+    *pzMaster = 0;
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
+  for(i=0; i<len; i++){
+    cksum -= (*pzMaster)[i];
+  }
+  if( cksum ){
+    /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
+    ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
+    ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
+    ** master-journal filename.
+    */
+    sqliteFree(*pzMaster);
+    *pzMaster = 0;
+  }
+  (*pzMaster)[len] = '\0';
+   
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Seek the journal file descriptor to the next sector boundary where a
+** journal header may be read or written. Pager.journalOff is updated with
+** the new seek offset.
+**
+** i.e for a sector size of 512:
+**
+** Input Offset              Output Offset
+** ---------------------------------------
+** 0                         0
+** 512                       512
+** 100                       512
+** 2000                      2048
+** 
+*/
+static int seekJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 offset = 0;
+  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
+  if( c ){
+    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  }
+  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
+  assert( offset>=c );
+  assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+  pPager->journalOff = offset;
+  return sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
+** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
+** current location.
+**
+** The format for the journal header is as follows:
+** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
+** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
+** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
+** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
+** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
+** 
+** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 24) bytes of unused space.
+*/
+static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
+
+  int rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+  if( pPager->stmtHdrOff==0 ){
+    pPager->stmtHdrOff = pPager->journalHdr;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+
+  /* FIX ME: 
+  **
+  ** Possibly for a pager not in no-sync mode, the journal magic should not
+  ** be written until nRec is filled in as part of next syncJournal(). 
+  **
+  ** Actually maybe the whole journal header should be delayed until that
+  ** point. Think about this.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* The nRec Field. 0xFFFFFFFF for no-sync journals. */
+    rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->noSync ? 0xffffffff : 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* The random check-hash initialiser */ 
+    sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
+    rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->cksumInit);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* The initial database size */
+    rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->dbSize);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* The assumed sector size for this process */
+    rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->sectorSize);
+  }
+
+  /* The journal header has been written successfully. Seek the journal
+  ** file descriptor to the end of the journal header sector.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff-1);
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, "\000", 1);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
+** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
+** file. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for a description of
+** the journal header format.
+**
+** If the header is read successfully, *nRec is set to the number of
+** page records following this header and *dbSize is set to the size of the
+** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
+** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** in this case.
+**
+** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
+** returned and *nRec and *dbSize are not set.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
+** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readJournalHdr(
+  Pager *pPager, 
+  i64 journalSize,
+  u32 *pNRec, 
+  u32 *pDbSize
+){
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+
+  rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(&pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic));
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+
+  rc = read32bits(&pPager->jfd, pNRec);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  rc = read32bits(&pPager->jfd, &pPager->cksumInit);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  rc = read32bits(&pPager->jfd, pDbSize);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
+  ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
+  ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
+  ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
+  ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
+  */
+  rc = read32bits(&pPager->jfd, (u32 *)&pPager->sectorSize);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
+** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
+** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
+** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
+** anything is written. The format is:
+**
+** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
+** + N bytes: length of master journal name.
+** + 4 bytes: N
+** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
+** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
+**
+** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
+** journal name.
+*/
+static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc;
+  int len; 
+  int i; 
+  u32 cksum = 0; 
+
+  if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pPager->setMaster = 1;
+
+  len = strlen(zMaster);
+  for(i=0; i<len; i++){
+    cksum += zMaster[i];
+  }
+
+  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
+  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
+  ** the journal has already been synced.
+  */
+  if( pPager->fullSync ){
+    rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff += (len+20);
+
+  rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, zMaster, len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, cksum);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+  pPager->needSync = 1;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add or remove a page from the list of all pages that are in the
+** statement journal.
+**
+** The Pager keeps a separate list of pages that are currently in
+** the statement journal.  This helps the sqlite3pager_stmt_commit()
+** routine run MUCH faster for the common case where there are many
+** pages in memory but only a few are in the statement journal.
+*/
+static void page_add_to_stmt_list(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( pPg->inStmt ) return;
+  assert( pPg->pPrevStmt==0 && pPg->pNextStmt==0 );
+  pPg->pPrevStmt = 0;
+  if( pPager->pStmt ){
+    pPager->pStmt->pPrevStmt = pPg;
+  }
+  pPg->pNextStmt = pPager->pStmt;
+  pPager->pStmt = pPg;
+  pPg->inStmt = 1;
+}
+static void page_remove_from_stmt_list(PgHdr *pPg){
+  if( !pPg->inStmt ) return;
+  if( pPg->pPrevStmt ){
+    assert( pPg->pPrevStmt->pNextStmt==pPg );
+    pPg->pPrevStmt->pNextStmt = pPg->pNextStmt;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPg->pPager->pStmt==pPg );
+    pPg->pPager->pStmt = pPg->pNextStmt;
+  }
+  if( pPg->pNextStmt ){
+    assert( pPg->pNextStmt->pPrevStmt==pPg );
+    pPg->pNextStmt->pPrevStmt = pPg->pPrevStmt;
+  }
+  pPg->pNextStmt = 0;
+  pPg->pPrevStmt = 0;
+  pPg->inStmt = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find a page in the hash table given its page number.  Return
+** a pointer to the page or NULL if not found.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *p = pPager->aHash[pager_hash(pgno)];
+  while( p && p->pgno!=pgno ){
+    p = p->pNextHash;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock the database and clear the in-memory cache.  This routine
+** sets the state of the pager back to what it was when it was first
+** opened.  Any outstanding pages are invalidated and subsequent attempts
+** to access those pages will likely result in a coredump.
+*/
+static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
+  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pNext){
+    pNext = pPg->pNextAll;
+    sqliteFree(pPg);
+  }
+  pPager->pFirst = 0;
+  pPager->pFirstSynced = 0;
+  pPager->pLast = 0;
+  pPager->pAll = 0;
+  memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash));
+  pPager->nPage = 0;
+  if( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+  }
+  sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+  pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+  pPager->dbSize = -1;
+  pPager->nRef = 0;
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
+}
+
+/*
+** When this routine is called, the pager has the journal file open and
+** a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database.  This routine releases
+** the database lock and acquires a SHARED lock in its place.  The journal
+** file is deleted and closed.
+**
+** TODO: Consider keeping the journal file open for temporary databases.
+** This might give a performance improvement on windows where opening
+** a file is an expensive operation.
+*/
+static int pager_unwritelock(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  int rc;
+  assert( !pPager->memDb );
+  if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(pPager);
+  if( pPager->stmtOpen ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->stfd);
+    pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
+  }
+  if( pPager->journalOpen ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->jfd);
+    pPager->journalOpen = 0;
+    sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zJournal);
+    sqliteFree( pPager->aInJournal );
+    pPager->aInJournal = 0;
+    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+      pPg->inJournal = 0;
+      pPg->dirty = 0;
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }
+    pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
+    pPager->nRec = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->useJournal==0 );
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
+  pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+  pPager->origDbSize = 0;
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute and return a checksum for the page of data.
+**
+** This is not a real checksum.  It is really just the sum of the 
+** random initial value and the page number.  We experimented with
+** a checksum of the entire data, but that was found to be too slow.
+**
+** Note that the page number is stored at the beginning of data and
+** the checksum is stored at the end.  This is important.  If journal
+** corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely scenario
+** is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.  It is
+** much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
+** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
+** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
+**
+** FIX ME:  Consider adding every 200th (or so) byte of the data to the
+** checksum.  That way if a single page spans 3 or more disk sectors and
+** only the middle sector is corrupt, we will still have a reasonable
+** chance of failing the checksum and thus detecting the problem.
+*/
+static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, const char *aData){
+  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;
+  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;
+  while( i>0 ){
+    cksum += aData[i];
+    i -= 200;
+  }
+  return cksum;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a single page from the journal file opened on file descriptor
+** jfd.  Playback this one page.
+**
+** If useCksum==0 it means this journal does not use checksums.  Checksums
+** are not used in statement journals because statement journals do not
+** need to survive power failures.
+*/
+static int pager_playback_one_page(Pager *pPager, OsFile *jfd, int useCksum){
+  int rc;
+  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
+  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
+  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
+  u8 aData[SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE];  /* Temp storage for a page */
+
+  rc = read32bits(jfd, &pgno);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, &aData, pPager->pageSize);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize + 4;
+
+  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
+  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
+  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
+  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
+  */
+  if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  if( pgno>(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( useCksum ){
+    rc = read32bits(jfd, &cksum);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    pPager->journalOff += 4;
+    if( pager_cksum(pPager, pgno, aData)!=cksum ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
+
+  /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this
+  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
+  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
+  **
+  ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists
+  ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty.
+  */
+  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE || pPg );
+  TRACE3("PLAYBACK %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pgno);
+  if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
+    sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize);
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize);
+  }
+  if( pPg ){
+    /* No page should ever be rolled back that is in use, except for page
+    ** 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the database
+    ** active.
+    */
+    void *pData;
+    assert( pPg->nRef==0 || pPg->pgno==1 );
+    pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
+    memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize);
+    if( pPager->xDestructor ){  /*** FIX ME:  Should this be xReinit? ***/
+      pPager->xDestructor(pData, pPager->pageSize);
+    }
+    if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
+      pPg->dirty = 0;
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }
+    CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
+** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
+** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
+** and does so if it is.
+**
+** The master journal file contains the names of all child journals.
+** To tell if a master journal can be deleted, check to each of the
+** children.  If all children are either missing or do not refer to
+** a different master journal, then this master journal can be deleted.
+*/
+static int pager_delmaster(const char *zMaster){
+  int rc;
+  int master_open = 0;
+  OsFile master;
+  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
+  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
+
+  /* Open the master journal file exclusively in case some other process
+  ** is running this routine also. Not that it makes too much difference.
+  */
+  memset(&master, 0, sizeof(master));
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(zMaster, &master);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+  master_open = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&master, &nMasterJournal);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+
+  if( nMasterJournal>0 ){
+    char *zJournal;
+    char *zMasterPtr = 0;
+
+    /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
+    ** sqliteMalloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. 
+    */
+    zMasterJournal = (char *)sqliteMalloc(nMasterJournal);
+    if( !zMasterJournal ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto delmaster_out;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(&master, zMasterJournal, nMasterJournal);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+
+    zJournal = zMasterJournal;
+    while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
+      if( sqlite3OsFileExists(zJournal) ){
+        /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
+        ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
+        ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
+        */
+        OsFile journal;
+
+        memset(&journal, 0, sizeof(journal));
+        rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(zJournal, &journal);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto delmaster_out;
+        }
+
+        rc = readMasterJournal(&journal, &zMasterPtr);
+        sqlite3OsClose(&journal);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto delmaster_out;
+        }
+
+        if( zMasterPtr && !strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster) ){
+          /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
+          goto delmaster_out;
+        }
+      }
+      zJournal += (strlen(zJournal)+1);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
+
+delmaster_out:
+  if( zMasterJournal ){
+    sqliteFree(zMasterJournal);
+  }  
+  if( master_open ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make every page in the cache agree with what is on disk.  In other words,
+** reread the disk to reset the state of the cache.
+**
+** This routine is called after a rollback in which some of the dirty cache
+** pages had never been written out to disk.  We need to roll back the
+** cache content and the easiest way to do that is to reread the old content
+** back from the disk.
+*/
+static int pager_reload_cache(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+    char zBuf[SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE];
+    if( !pPg->dirty ) continue;
+    if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
+      sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, pPager->pageSize*(i64)(pPg->pgno-1));
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(&pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize);
+      TRACE3("REFETCH %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+      if( rc ) break;
+      CODEC(pPager, zBuf, pPg->pgno, 2);
+    }else{
+      memset(zBuf, 0, pPager->pageSize);
+    }
+    if( pPg->nRef==0 || memcmp(zBuf, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize) ){
+      memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), zBuf, pPager->pageSize);
+      if( pPager->xReiniter ){
+        pPager->xReiniter(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
+      }else{
+        memset(PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager), 0, pPager->nExtra);
+      }
+    }
+    pPg->needSync = 0;
+    pPg->dirty = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the main file of the given pager to the number of pages
+** indicated.
+*/
+static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, int nPage){
+  return sqlite3OsTruncate(&pPager->fd, pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
+** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
+**
+** The journal file format is as follows: 
+**
+**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
+**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
+**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
+**       number of page records from the journal size.
+**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
+**       sanity checksum.
+**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
+**       database to during a rollback.
+**  (5)  4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal
+**       name.  The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master
+**       journal.)
+**  (6)  N bytes of the master journal name.  The name will be nul-terminated
+**       and might be shorter than the value read from (5).  If the first byte
+**       of the name is \000 then there is no master journal.  The master
+**       journal name is stored in UTF-8.
+**  (7)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
+**        +  4 byte page number.
+**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
+**        +  4 byte checksum
+**
+** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 6 items above.
+** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 7th item.
+**
+** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
+** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
+** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
+** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
+** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
+** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
+** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
+** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
+**
+** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
+** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
+** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
+** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
+** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
+**
+** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
+** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
+** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
+** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
+** been encountered.
+**
+** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
+** and an error code is returned.
+*/
+static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
+  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
+  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
+
+  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
+  ** the journal is empty.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->jfd, &szJ);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
+  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
+  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
+  ** played back.
+  */
+  rc = readMasterJournal(&pPager->jfd, &zMaster);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (zMaster && !sqlite3OsFileExists(zMaster)) ){
+    sqliteFree(zMaster);
+    zMaster = 0;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, 0);
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+
+  /* This loop terminates either when the readJournalHdr() call returns
+  ** SQLITE_DONE or an IO error occurs. */
+  while( 1 ){
+
+    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
+    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
+    ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it.
+    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
+    */
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      goto end_playback;
+    }
+
+    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
+    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
+    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
+    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
+    */
+    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
+      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+      nRec = (szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
+    }
+
+    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
+    ** database file back to it's original size.
+    */
+    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+      assert( pPager->origDbSize==0 || pPager->origDbSize==mxPg );
+      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto end_playback;
+      }
+      pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
+    }
+
+    /* rc = sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)); */
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_playback;
+  
+    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the database file.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<nRec; i++){
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->jfd, 1);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+          break;
+        }else{
+          goto end_playback;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Pages that have been written to the journal but never synced
+  ** where not restored by the loop above.  We have to restore those
+  ** pages by reading them back from the original database.
+  */
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  pager_reload_cache(pPager);
+
+end_playback:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+  }
+  if( zMaster ){
+    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return true,
+    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. If errors 
+    ** occur during this process, ignore them.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pager_delmaster(zMaster);
+    }
+    sqliteFree(zMaster);
+  }
+
+  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
+  ** back a journal created by a process with a different PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE
+  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
+  */
+  pPager->sectorSize = PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Playback the statement journal.
+**
+** This is similar to playing back the transaction journal but with
+** a few extra twists.
+**
+**    (1)  The number of pages in the database file at the start of
+**         the statement is stored in pPager->stmtSize, not in the
+**         journal file itself.
+**
+**    (2)  In addition to playing back the statement journal, also
+**         playback all pages of the transaction journal beginning
+**         at offset pPager->stmtJSize.
+*/
+static int pager_stmt_playback(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the full journal */
+  i64 hdrOff;
+  int nRec;                /* Number of Records */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  int rc;
+
+  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
+#ifndef NDEBUG 
+  {
+    i64 os_szJ;
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->jfd, &os_szJ);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    assert( szJ==os_szJ );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Set hdrOff to be the offset to the first journal header written
+  ** this statement transaction, or the end of the file if no journal
+  ** header was written.
+  */
+  hdrOff = pPager->stmtHdrOff;
+  assert( pPager->fullSync || !hdrOff );
+  if( !hdrOff ){
+    hdrOff = szJ;
+  }
+  
+
+  /* Truncate the database back to its original size.
+  */
+  rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->stmtSize);
+  pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize;
+
+  /* Figure out how many records are in the statement journal.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->stmtInUse && pPager->journalOpen );
+  sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->stfd, 0);
+  nRec = pPager->stmtNRec;
+  
+  /* Copy original pages out of the statement journal and back into the
+  ** database file.  Note that the statement journal omits checksums from
+  ** each record since power-failure recovery is not important to statement
+  ** journals.
+  */
+  for(i=nRec-1; i>=0; i--){
+    rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->stfd, 0);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+  }
+
+  /* Now roll some pages back from the transaction journal. Pager.stmtJSize
+  ** was the size of the journal file when this statement was started, so
+  ** everything after that needs to be rolled back, either into the
+  ** database, the memory cache, or both.
+  **
+  ** If it is not zero, then Pager.stmtHdrOff is the offset to the start
+  ** of the first journal header written during this statement transaction.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->stmtJSize);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto end_stmt_playback;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff = pPager->stmtJSize;
+  pPager->cksumInit = pPager->stmtCksum;
+  assert( JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)<(pPager->pageSize+8) );
+  while( pPager->journalOff <= (hdrOff-(pPager->pageSize+8)) ){
+    rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->jfd, 1);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+  }
+
+  while( pPager->journalOff < szJ ){
+    u32 nRec;
+    u32 dummy;
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &dummy);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+      goto end_stmt_playback;
+    }
+    if( nRec==0 ){
+      nRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / (pPager->pageSize+8);
+    }
+    for(i=nRec-1; i>=0 && pPager->journalOff < szJ; i--){
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->jfd, 1);
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+  
+end_stmt_playback:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_CORRUPT;
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }else{
+    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+    /* pager_reload_cache(pPager); */
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
+**
+** The maximum number is the absolute value of the mxPage parameter.
+** If mxPage is negative, the noSync flag is also set.  noSync bypasses
+** calls to sqlite3OsSync().  The pager runs much faster with noSync on,
+** but if the operating system crashes or there is an abrupt power 
+** failure, the database file might be left in an inconsistent and
+** unrepairable state.  
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+  if( mxPage>=0 ){
+    pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
+    if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0; 
+  }else{
+    pPager->noSync = 1;
+    mxPage = -mxPage;
+  }
+  if( mxPage>10 ){
+    pPager->mxPage = mxPage;
+  }else{
+    pPager->mxPage = 10;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
+** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
+** the rollback journal.  There are three levels:
+**
+**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
+**              for temporary and transient files.
+**
+**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
+**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
+**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
+**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
+**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
+**              when it is rolled back.
+**
+**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
+**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
+**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
+**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
+**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
+**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
+**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
+**
+** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
+** and FULL=3.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_safety_level(Pager *pPager, int level){
+  pPager->noSync =  level==1 || pPager->tempFile;
+  pPager->fullSync = level==3 && !pPager->tempFile;
+  if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a temporary file.  Write the name of the file into zName
+** (zName must be at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE bytes long.)  Write
+** the file descriptor into *fd.  Return SQLITE_OK on success or some
+** other error code if we fail.
+**
+** The OS will automatically delete the temporary file when it is
+** closed.
+*/
+static int sqlite3pager_opentemp(char *zFile, OsFile *fd){
+  int cnt = 8;
+  int rc;
+  do{
+    cnt--;
+    sqlite3OsTempFileName(zFile);
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(zFile, fd, 1);
+  }while( cnt>0 && rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new page cache and put a pointer to the page cache in *ppPager.
+** The file to be cached need not exist.  The file is not locked until
+** the first call to sqlite3pager_get() and is only held open until the
+** last page is released using sqlite3pager_unref().
+**
+** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
+** and used as the file to be cached.  The file will be deleted
+** automatically when it is closed.
+**
+** If zFilename is ":memory:" then all information is held in cache.
+** It is never written to disk.  This can be used to implement an
+** in-memory database.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_open(
+  Pager **ppPager,         /* Return the Pager structure here */
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
+  int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
+  int useJournal           /* TRUE to use a rollback journal on this file */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  char *zFullPathname = 0;
+  int nameLen;
+  OsFile fd;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  int tempFile = 0;
+  int memDb = 0;
+  int readOnly = 0;
+  char zTemp[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+
+  *ppPager = 0;
+  memset(&fd, 0, sizeof(fd));
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+    if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){
+      memDb = 1;
+      zFullPathname = sqliteStrDup("");
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      zFullPathname = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
+      if( zFullPathname ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(zFullPathname, &fd, &readOnly);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3pager_opentemp(zTemp, &fd);
+    zFilename = zTemp;
+    zFullPathname = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      tempFile = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( !zFullPathname ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&fd);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&fd);
+    sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  nameLen = strlen(zFullPathname);
+  pPager = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pPager) + nameLen*3 + 30 );
+  if( pPager==0 ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&fd);
+    sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  TRACE3("OPEN %d %s\n", fd.h, zFullPathname);
+  pPager->zFilename = (char*)&pPager[1];
+  pPager->zDirectory = &pPager->zFilename[nameLen+1];
+  pPager->zJournal = &pPager->zDirectory[nameLen+1];
+  strcpy(pPager->zFilename, zFullPathname);
+  strcpy(pPager->zDirectory, zFullPathname);
+  for(i=nameLen; i>0 && pPager->zDirectory[i-1]!='/'; i--){}
+  if( i>0 ) pPager->zDirectory[i-1] = 0;
+  strcpy(pPager->zJournal, zFullPathname);
+  sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
+  strcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nameLen], "-journal");
+  pPager->fd = fd;
+#if OS_UNIX
+  pPager->fd.pPager = pPager;
+#endif
+  pPager->journalOpen = 0;
+  pPager->useJournal = useJournal && !memDb;
+  pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
+  pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
+  pPager->nRef = 0;
+  pPager->dbSize = memDb-1;
+  pPager->pageSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+  pPager->stmtSize = 0;
+  pPager->stmtJSize = 0;
+  pPager->nPage = 0;
+  pPager->mxPage = 100;
+  pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+  pPager->errMask = 0;
+  pPager->tempFile = tempFile;
+  pPager->memDb = memDb;
+  pPager->readOnly = readOnly;
+  pPager->needSync = 0;
+  pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile || !useJournal;
+  pPager->fullSync = (pPager->noSync?0:1);
+  pPager->pFirst = 0;
+  pPager->pFirstSynced = 0;
+  pPager->pLast = 0;
+  pPager->nExtra = nExtra;
+  pPager->sectorSize = PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE;
+  pPager->pBusyHandler = 0;
+  memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash));
+  *ppPager = pPager;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the busy handler function.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_busyhandler(Pager *pPager, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler){
+  pPager->pBusyHandler = pBusyHandler;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the destructor for this pager.  If not NULL, the destructor is called
+** when the reference count on each page reaches zero.  The destructor can
+** be used to clean up information in the extra segment appended to each page.
+**
+** The destructor is not called as a result sqlite3pager_close().  
+** Destructors are only called by sqlite3pager_unref().
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_destructor(Pager *pPager, void (*xDesc)(void*,int)){
+  pPager->xDestructor = xDesc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the reinitializer for this pager.  If not NULL, the reinitializer
+** is called when the content of a page in cache is restored to its original
+** value as a result of a rollback.  The callback gives higher-level code
+** an opportunity to restore the EXTRA section to agree with the restored
+** page data.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_reiniter(Pager *pPager, void (*xReinit)(void*,int)){
+  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the page size.
+**
+** The page size must only be changed when the cache is empty.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(Pager *pPager, int pageSize){
+  assert( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+  pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
+** that pDest points to.  No error checking is done.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_read_fileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
+  memset(pDest, 0, N);
+  if( pPager->memDb==0 ){
+    sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, 0);
+    sqlite3OsRead(&pPager->fd, pDest, N);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of pages in the disk file associated with
+** pPager.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_pagecount(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 n;
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  if( pPager->dbSize>=0 ){
+    return pPager->dbSize;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->fd, &n)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_DISK;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  n /= pPager->pageSize;
+  if( !pPager->memDb && n==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){
+    n++;
+  }
+  if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){
+    pPager->dbSize = n;
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration
+*/
+static int syncJournal(Pager*);
+
+
+/*
+** Unlink a page from the free list (the list of all pages where nRef==0)
+** and from its hash collision chain.
+*/
+static void unlinkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+
+  /* Keep the pFirstSynced pointer pointing at the first synchronized page */
+  if( pPg==pPager->pFirstSynced ){
+    PgHdr *p = pPg->pNextFree;
+    while( p && p->needSync ){ p = p->pNextFree; }
+    pPager->pFirstSynced = p;
+  }
+
+  /* Unlink from the freelist */
+  if( pPg->pPrevFree ){
+    pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg->pNextFree;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPager->pFirst==pPg );
+    pPager->pFirst = pPg->pNextFree;
+  }
+  if( pPg->pNextFree ){
+    pPg->pNextFree->pPrevFree = pPg->pPrevFree;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPager->pLast==pPg );
+    pPager->pLast = pPg->pPrevFree;
+  }
+  pPg->pNextFree = pPg->pPrevFree = 0;
+
+  /* Unlink from the pgno hash table */
+  if( pPg->pNextHash ){
+    pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg->pPrevHash;
+  }
+  if( pPg->pPrevHash ){
+    pPg->pPrevHash->pNextHash = pPg->pNextHash;
+  }else{
+    int h = pager_hash(pPg->pgno);
+    assert( pPager->aHash[h]==pPg );
+    pPager->aHash[h] = pPg->pNextHash;
+  }
+  pPg->pNextHash = pPg->pPrevHash = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to truncate an in-memory database.  Delete
+** all pages whose pgno is larger than pPager->dbSize and is unreferenced.
+** Referenced pages larger than pPager->dbSize are zeroed.
+*/
+static void memoryTruncate(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  PgHdr **ppPg;
+  int dbSize = pPager->dbSize;
+
+  ppPg = &pPager->pAll;
+  while( (pPg = *ppPg)!=0 ){
+    if( pPg->pgno<=dbSize ){
+      ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll;
+    }else if( pPg->nRef>0 ){
+      memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
+      ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll;
+    }else{
+      *ppPg = pPg->pNextAll;
+      unlinkPage(pPg);
+      sqliteFree(pPg);
+      pPager->nPage--;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the file to the number of pages specified.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager);
+  if( pPager->errMask!=0 ){
+    rc = pager_errcode(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( nPage>=(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pPager->memDb ){
+    pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+    memoryTruncate(pPager);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
+**
+** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
+** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
+** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
+** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
+** result in a coredump.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_close(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
+  switch( pPager->state ){
+    case PAGER_RESERVED:
+    case PAGER_SYNCED: 
+    case PAGER_EXCLUSIVE: {
+      sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+      if( !pPager->memDb ){
+        sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+      }
+      assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case PAGER_SHARED: {
+      if( !pPager->memDb ){
+        sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      /* Do nothing */
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pNext){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if( pPager->memDb ){
+      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+      assert( !pPg->alwaysRollback );
+      assert( !pHist->pOrig );
+      assert( !pHist->pStmt );
+    }
+#endif
+    pNext = pPg->pNextAll;
+    sqliteFree(pPg);
+  }
+  TRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+  sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->fd);
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
+  /* Temp files are automatically deleted by the OS
+  ** if( pPager->tempFile ){
+  **   sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zFilename);
+  ** }
+  */
+  if( pPager->zFilename!=(char*)&pPager[1] ){
+    assert( 0 );  /* Cannot happen */
+    sqliteFree(pPager->zFilename);
+    sqliteFree(pPager->zJournal);
+    sqliteFree(pPager->zDirectory);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pPager);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the page number for the given page data.
+*/
+Pgno sqlite3pager_pagenumber(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *p = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  return p->pgno;
+}
+
+/*
+** The page_ref() function increments the reference count for a page.
+** If the page is currently on the freelist (the reference count is zero) then
+** remove it from the freelist.
+**
+** For non-test systems, page_ref() is a macro that calls _page_ref()
+** online of the reference count is zero.  For test systems, page_ref()
+** is a real function so that we can set breakpoints and trace it.
+*/
+static void _page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){
+  if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
+    /* The page is currently on the freelist.  Remove it. */
+    if( pPg==pPg->pPager->pFirstSynced ){
+      PgHdr *p = pPg->pNextFree;
+      while( p && p->needSync ){ p = p->pNextFree; }
+      pPg->pPager->pFirstSynced = p;
+    }
+    if( pPg->pPrevFree ){
+      pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg->pNextFree;
+    }else{
+      pPg->pPager->pFirst = pPg->pNextFree;
+    }
+    if( pPg->pNextFree ){
+      pPg->pNextFree->pPrevFree = pPg->pPrevFree;
+    }else{
+      pPg->pPager->pLast = pPg->pPrevFree;
+    }
+    pPg->pPager->nRef++;
+  }
+  pPg->nRef++;
+  REFINFO(pPg);
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  static void page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){
+    if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
+      _page_ref(pPg);
+    }else{
+      pPg->nRef++;
+      REFINFO(pPg);
+    }
+  }
+#else
+# define page_ref(P)   ((P)->nRef==0?_page_ref(P):(void)(P)->nRef++)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Increment the reference count for a page.  The input pointer is
+** a reference to the page data.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_ref(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  page_ref(pPg);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the journal.  In other words, make sure all the pages that have
+** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
+** disk.  It is not safe to modify the original database file until after
+** the journal has been synced.  If the original database is modified before
+** the journal is synced and a power failure occurs, the unsynced journal
+** data would be lost and we would be unable to completely rollback the
+** database changes.  Database corruption would occur.
+** 
+** This routine also updates the nRec field in the header of the journal.
+** (See comments on the pager_playback() routine for additional information.)
+** If the sync mode is FULL, two syncs will occur.  First the whole journal
+** is synced, then the nRec field is updated, then a second sync occurs.
+**
+** For temporary databases, we do not care if we are able to rollback
+** after a power failure, so sync occurs.
+**
+** This routine clears the needSync field of every page current held in
+** memory.
+*/
+static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Sync the journal before modifying the main database
+  ** (assuming there is a journal and it needs to be synced.)
+  */
+  if( pPager->needSync ){
+    if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+      assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+      /* assert( !pPager->noSync ); // noSync might be set if synchronous
+      ** was turned off after the transaction was started.  Ticket #615 */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      {
+        /* Make sure the pPager->nRec counter we are keeping agrees
+        ** with the nRec computed from the size of the journal file.
+        */
+        i64 jSz;
+        rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->jfd, &jSz);
+        if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
+        assert( pPager->journalOff==jSz );
+      }
+#endif
+      {
+        /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
+        ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
+        ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
+        ** it as a candidate for rollback. 
+        */
+        if( pPager->fullSync ){
+          TRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+          rc = sqlite3OsSync(&pPager->jfd);
+          if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
+        }
+        sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+        rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->nRec);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+
+        sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+      }
+      TRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(&pPager->jfd);
+      if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
+      pPager->journalStarted = 1;
+    }
+    pPager->needSync = 0;
+
+    /* Erase the needSync flag from every page.
+    */
+    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }
+    pPager->pFirstSynced = pPager->pFirst;
+  }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* If the Pager.needSync flag is clear then the PgHdr.needSync
+  ** flag must also be clear for all pages.  Verify that this
+  ** invariant is true.
+  */
+  else{
+    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+      assert( pPg->needSync==0 );
+    }
+    assert( pPager->pFirstSynced==pPager->pFirst );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to obtain a lock on a file.  Invoke the busy callback if the lock
+** is currently not available.  Repeate until the busy callback returns
+** false or until the lock succeeds.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
+** the lock.
+*/
+static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
+  int rc;
+  assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK );
+  assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  if( pPager->state>=locktype ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    int busy = 1;
+    do {
+      rc = sqlite3OsLock(&pPager->fd, locktype);
+    }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && 
+        pPager->pBusyHandler && 
+        pPager->pBusyHandler->xFunc && 
+        pPager->pBusyHandler->xFunc(pPager->pBusyHandler->pArg, busy++)
+    );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPager->state = locktype;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a list of pages (connected by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer) write
+** every one of those pages out to the database file and mark them all
+** as clean.
+*/
+static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( pList==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pPager = pList->pPager;
+
+  /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the
+  ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following
+  ** calls to sqlite3OsLock() are no-ops.
+  **
+  ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going
+  ** through an intermediate state PENDING.   A PENDING lock prevents new
+  ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to
+  ** write.  The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from
+  ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear.
+  **
+  ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file
+  ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the
+  ** journal into the original database file.  Once we transition to
+  ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback
+  ** will require a journal playback.
+  */
+  rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  while( pList ){
+    assert( pList->dirty );
+    sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, (pList->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize);
+    CODEC(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pList->pgno, 6);
+    TRACE3("STORE %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pList->pgno);
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->fd, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pPager->pageSize);
+    CODEC(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pList->pgno, 0);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    pList->dirty = 0;
+    pList = pList->pDirty;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Collect every dirty page into a dirty list and
+** return a pointer to the head of that list.  All pages are
+** collected even if they are still in use.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pager_get_all_dirty_pages(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *p, *pList;
+  pList = 0;
+  for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){
+    if( p->dirty ){
+      p->pDirty = pList;
+      pList = p;
+    }
+  }
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a page.
+**
+** A read lock on the disk file is obtained when the first page is acquired. 
+** This read lock is dropped when the last page is released.
+**
+** A _get works for any page number greater than 0.  If the database
+** file is smaller than the requested page, then no actual disk
+** read occurs and the memory image of the page is initialized to
+** all zeros.  The extra data appended to a page is always initialized
+** to zeros the first time a page is loaded into memory.
+**
+** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
+** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
+**
+** See also sqlite3pager_lookup().  Both this routine and _lookup() attempt
+** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
+** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas _lookup()
+** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
+** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
+** Since _lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
+** or journal files.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_get(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void **ppPage){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Make sure we have not hit any critical errors.
+  */ 
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 );
+  *ppPage = 0;
+  if( pPager->errMask & ~(PAGER_ERR_FULL) ){
+    return pager_errcode(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first page accessed, then get a SHARED lock
+  ** on the database file.
+  */
+  if( pPager->nRef==0 && !pPager->memDb ){
+    rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
+    ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
+    */
+    if( pPager->useJournal && 
+        sqlite3OsFileExists(pPager->zJournal) &&
+        !sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(&pPager->fd) 
+    ){
+       int rc;
+
+       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
+       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
+       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
+       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
+       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling it 
+       ** back.
+       ** 
+       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, the
+       ** second process will get to this point in the code and fail to
+       ** obtain it's own EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
+       */
+       rc = sqlite3OsLock(&pPager->fd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+         sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+         pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+         return rc;
+       }
+       pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+
+       /* Open the journal for reading only.  Return SQLITE_BUSY if
+       ** we are unable to open the journal file. 
+       **
+       ** The journal file does not need to be locked itself.  The
+       ** journal file is never open unless the main database file holds
+       ** a write lock, so there is never any chance of two or more
+       ** processes opening the journal at the same time.
+       */
+       rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(pPager->zJournal, &pPager->jfd);
+       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+         sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+         pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+         return SQLITE_BUSY;
+       }
+       pPager->journalOpen = 1;
+       pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+       pPager->journalOff = 0;
+       pPager->setMaster = 0;
+       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+
+       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
+       ** lock and reacquire the read lock.
+       */
+       rc = pager_playback(pPager);
+       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+         return rc;
+       }
+    }
+    pPg = 0;
+  }else{
+    /* Search for page in cache */
+    pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+    if( pPager->memDb && pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){
+      pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pPg==0 ){
+    /* The requested page is not in the page cache. */
+    int h;
+    pPager->nMiss++;
+    if( pPager->nPage<pPager->mxPage || pPager->pFirst==0 || pPager->memDb ){
+      /* Create a new page */
+      pPg = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pPg) + pPager->pageSize 
+                              + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra
+                              + pPager->memDb*sizeof(PgHistory) );
+      if( pPg==0 ){
+        if( !pPager->memDb ){
+          pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+        }
+        pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_MEM;
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      memset(pPg, 0, sizeof(*pPg));
+      if( pPager->memDb ){
+        memset(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager), 0, sizeof(PgHistory));
+      }
+      pPg->pPager = pPager;
+      pPg->pNextAll = pPager->pAll;
+      pPager->pAll = pPg;
+      pPager->nPage++;
+    }else{
+      /* Find a page to recycle.  Try to locate a page that does not
+      ** require us to do an fsync() on the journal.
+      */
+      pPg = pPager->pFirstSynced;
+
+      /* If we could not find a page that does not require an fsync()
+      ** on the journal file then fsync the journal file.  This is a
+      ** very slow operation, so we work hard to avoid it.  But sometimes
+      ** it can't be helped.
+      */
+      if( pPg==0 ){
+        int rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+        if( rc!=0 ){
+          sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+          return SQLITE_IOERR;
+        }
+        if( pPager->fullSync ){
+          /* If in full-sync mode, write a new journal header into the
+	  ** journal file. This is done to avoid ever modifying a journal
+	  ** header that is involved in the rollback of pages that have
+	  ** already been written to the database (in case the header is
+	  ** trashed when the nRec field is updated).
+          */
+          pPager->nRec = 0;
+          assert( pPager->journalOff > 0 );
+          rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+          if( rc!=0 ){
+            sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+            return SQLITE_IOERR;
+          }
+        }
+        pPg = pPager->pFirst;
+      }
+      assert( pPg->nRef==0 );
+
+      /* Write the page to the database file if it is dirty.
+      */
+      if( pPg->dirty ){
+        assert( pPg->needSync==0 );
+        pPg->pDirty = 0;
+        rc = pager_write_pagelist( pPg );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+          return SQLITE_IOERR;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( pPg->dirty==0 );
+
+      /* If the page we are recycling is marked as alwaysRollback, then
+      ** set the global alwaysRollback flag, thus disabling the
+      ** sqlite_dont_rollback() optimization for the rest of this transaction.
+      ** It is necessary to do this because the page marked alwaysRollback
+      ** might be reloaded at a later time but at that point we won't remember
+      ** that is was marked alwaysRollback.  This means that all pages must
+      ** be marked as alwaysRollback from here on out.
+      */
+      if( pPg->alwaysRollback ){
+        pPager->alwaysRollback = 1;
+      }
+
+      /* Unlink the old page from the free list and the hash table
+      */
+      unlinkPage(pPg);
+      pPager->nOvfl++;
+    }
+    pPg->pgno = pgno;
+    if( pPager->aInJournal && (int)pgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){
+      sqlite3CheckMemory(pPager->aInJournal, pgno/8);
+      assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+      pPg->inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0;
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }else{
+      pPg->inJournal = 0;
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }
+    if( pPager->aInStmt && (int)pgno<=pPager->stmtSize
+             && (pPager->aInStmt[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0 ){
+      page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+    }else{
+      page_remove_from_stmt_list(pPg);
+    }
+    pPg->dirty = 0;
+    pPg->nRef = 1;
+    REFINFO(pPg);
+    pPager->nRef++;
+    h = pager_hash(pgno);
+    pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h];
+    pPager->aHash[h] = pPg;
+    if( pPg->pNextHash ){
+      assert( pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash==0 );
+      pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg;
+    }
+    if( pPager->nExtra>0 ){
+      memset(PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager), 0, pPager->nExtra);
+    }
+    sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager);
+    if( pPager->errMask!=0 ){
+      sqlite3pager_unref(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg));
+      rc = pager_errcode(pPager);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pgno ){
+      memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
+    }else{
+      int rc;
+      assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
+      sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize);
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(&pPager->fd, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
+      TRACE3("FETCH %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+      CODEC(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->pgno, 3);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        i64 fileSize;
+        if( sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->fd,&fileSize)!=SQLITE_OK
+               || fileSize>=pgno*pPager->pageSize ){
+          sqlite3pager_unref(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg));
+          return rc;
+        }else{
+          memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* The requested page is in the page cache. */
+    pPager->nHit++;
+    page_ref(pPg);
+  }
+  *ppPage = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
+** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
+** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
+**
+** See also sqlite3pager_get().  The difference between this routine
+** and sqlite3pager_get() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
+** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
+** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
+** has ever happened.
+*/
+void *sqlite3pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 );
+  if( pPager->errMask & ~(PAGER_ERR_FULL) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  if( pPg==0 ) return 0;
+  page_ref(pPg);
+  return PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a page.
+**
+** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
+** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
+** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
+** removed.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_unref(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  /* Decrement the reference count for this page
+  */
+  pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+  pPg->nRef--;
+  REFINFO(pPg);
+
+  /* When the number of references to a page reach 0, call the
+  ** destructor and add the page to the freelist.
+  */
+  if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
+    Pager *pPager;
+    pPager = pPg->pPager;
+    pPg->pNextFree = 0;
+    pPg->pPrevFree = pPager->pLast;
+    pPager->pLast = pPg;
+    if( pPg->pPrevFree ){
+      pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg;
+    }else{
+      pPager->pFirst = pPg;
+    }
+    if( pPg->needSync==0 && pPager->pFirstSynced==0 ){
+      pPager->pFirstSynced = pPg;
+    }
+    if( pPager->xDestructor ){
+      pPager->xDestructor(pData, pPager->pageSize);
+    }
+  
+    /* When all pages reach the freelist, drop the read lock from
+    ** the database file.
+    */
+    pPager->nRef--;
+    assert( pPager->nRef>=0 );
+    if( pPager->nRef==0 && !pPager->memDb ){
+      pager_reset(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a journal file for pPager.  There should already be a RESERVED
+** or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file when this routine is called.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything.  Return an error code and release the
+** write lock if anything goes wrong.
+*/
+static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  assert( !pPager->memDb );
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
+  assert( pPager->useJournal );
+  sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager);
+  pPager->aInJournal = sqliteMalloc( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 );
+  if( pPager->aInJournal==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto failed_to_open_journal;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(pPager->zJournal, &pPager->jfd,pPager->tempFile);
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+  pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto failed_to_open_journal;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(pPager->zDirectory, &pPager->jfd);
+  pPager->journalOpen = 1;
+  pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+  pPager->needSync = 0;
+  pPager->alwaysRollback = 0;
+  pPager->nRec = 0;
+  if( pPager->errMask!=0 ){
+    rc = pager_errcode(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
+
+  rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+
+  if( pPager->stmtAutoopen && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(pPager);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+
+failed_to_open_journal:
+  sqliteFree(pPager->aInJournal);
+  pPager->aInJournal = 0;
+  sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+  pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a write-lock on the database.  The lock is removed when
+** the any of the following happen:
+**
+**   *  sqlite3pager_commit() is called.
+**   *  sqlite3pager_rollback() is called.
+**   *  sqlite3pager_close() is called.
+**   *  sqlite3pager_unref() is called to on every outstanding page.
+**
+** The first parameter to this routine is a pointer to any open page of the
+** database file.  Nothing changes about the page - it is used merely to
+** acquire a pointer to the Pager structure and as proof that there is
+** already a read-lock on the database.
+**
+** The second parameter indicates how much space in bytes to reserve for a
+** master journal file-name at the start of the journal when it is created.
+**
+** A journal file is opened if this is not a temporary file.  For temporary
+** files, the opening of the journal file is deferred until there is an
+** actual need to write to the journal.
+**
+** If the database is already reserved for writing, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** If exFlag is true, go ahead and get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the file
+** immediately instead of waiting until we try to flush the cache.  The
+** exFlag is ignored if a transaction is already active.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_begin(void *pData, int exFlag){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
+  if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){
+    assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 );
+    if( pPager->memDb ){
+      pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+      pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
+    }else{
+      if( SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK || exFlag ){
+        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3OsLock(&pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED;
+        if( exFlag ){
+          rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
+      TRACE2("TRANSACTION %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+      if( pPager->useJournal && !pPager->tempFile ){
+        rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark a data page as writeable.  The page is written into the journal 
+** if it is not there already.  This routine must be called before making
+** changes to a page.
+**
+** The first time this routine is called, the pager creates a new
+** journal and acquires a RESERVED lock on the database.  If the RESERVED
+** lock could not be acquired, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.  The
+** calling routine must check for that return value and be careful not to
+** change any page data until this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If the journal file could not be written because the disk is full,
+** then this routine returns SQLITE_FULL and does an immediate rollback.
+** All subsequent write attempts also return SQLITE_FULL until there
+** is a call to sqlite3pager_commit() or sqlite3pager_rollback() to
+** reset.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_write(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Check for errors
+  */
+  if( pPager->errMask ){ 
+    return pager_errcode(pPager);
+  }
+  if( pPager->readOnly ){
+    return SQLITE_PERM;
+  }
+
+  assert( !pPager->setMaster );
+
+  /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
+  ** to the journal then we can return right away.
+  */
+  pPg->dirty = 1;
+  if( pPg->inJournal && (pPg->inStmt || pPager->stmtInUse==0) ){
+    pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be
+  ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal
+  ** or both.
+  **
+  ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and
+  ** create it if it does not.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
+  rc = sqlite3pager_begin(pData, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+  if( !pPager->journalOpen && pPager->useJournal ){
+    rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen || !pPager->useJournal );
+  pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
+
+  /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
+  ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
+  ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
+  */
+  if( !pPg->inJournal && (pPager->useJournal || pPager->memDb) ){
+    if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
+      int szPg;
+      u32 saved;
+      if( pPager->memDb ){
+        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+        TRACE3("JOURNAL %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+        assert( pHist->pOrig==0 );
+        pHist->pOrig = sqliteMallocRaw( pPager->pageSize );
+        if( pHist->pOrig ){
+          memcpy(pHist->pOrig, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
+        }
+      }else{
+        u32 cksum;
+        CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
+        cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, pPg->pgno, pData);
+        saved = *(u32*)PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager);
+        store32bits(cksum, pPg, pPager->pageSize);
+        szPg = pPager->pageSize+8;
+        store32bits(pPg->pgno, pPg, -4);
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, &((char*)pData)[-4], szPg);
+        pPager->journalOff += szPg;
+        TRACE4("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
+                pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync);
+        CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 0);
+        *(u32*)PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager) = saved;
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+          pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_FULL;
+          return rc;
+        }
+        pPager->nRec++;
+        assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 );
+        pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+        pPg->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
+        if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
+          pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+          page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      pPg->needSync = !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync;
+      TRACE4("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
+              pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync);
+    }
+    if( pPg->needSync ){
+      pPager->needSync = 1;
+    }
+    pPg->inJournal = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
+  ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
+  ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
+  ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
+  */
+  if( pPager->stmtInUse && !pPg->inStmt && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize ){
+    assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
+    if( pPager->memDb ){
+      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+      assert( pHist->pStmt==0 );
+      pHist->pStmt = sqliteMallocRaw( pPager->pageSize );
+      if( pHist->pStmt ){
+        memcpy(pHist->pStmt, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
+      }
+      TRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+    }else{
+      store32bits(pPg->pgno, pPg, -4);
+      CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->stfd, ((char*)pData)-4, pPager->pageSize+4);
+      TRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+      CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+        pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_FULL;
+        return rc;
+      }
+      pPager->stmtNRec++;
+      assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 );
+      pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+    }
+    page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the database size and return.
+  */
+  if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pPg->pgno ){
+    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
+    if( !pPager->memDb && pPager->dbSize==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){
+      pPager->dbSize++;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
+** to sqlite3pager_write().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
+** to change the content of the page.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_iswriteable(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  return pPg->dirty;
+}
+
+/*
+** Replace the content of a single page with the information in the third
+** argument.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_overwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void *pData){
+  void *pPage;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pPager, pgno, &pPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      memcpy(pPage, pData, pPager->pageSize);
+    }
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
+** write the information on page "pgno" back to the disk, even though
+** that page might be marked as dirty.
+**
+** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
+** on the given page is unused.  The pager marks the page as clean so
+** that it does not get written to disk.
+**
+** Tests show that this optimization, together with the
+** sqlite3pager_dont_rollback() below, more than double the speed
+** of large INSERT operations and quadruple the speed of large DELETEs.
+**
+** When this routine is called, set the alwaysRollback flag to true.
+** Subsequent calls to sqlite3pager_dont_rollback() for the same page
+** will thereafter be ignored.  This is necessary to avoid a problem
+** where a page with data is added to the freelist during one part of
+** a transaction then removed from the freelist during a later part
+** of the same transaction and reused for some other purpose.  When it
+** is first added to the freelist, this routine is called.  When reused,
+** the dont_rollback() routine is called.  But because the page contains
+** critical data, we still need to be sure it gets rolled back in spite
+** of the dont_rollback() call.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_dont_write(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  if( pPager->memDb ) return;
+
+  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  pPg->alwaysRollback = 1;
+  if( pPg && pPg->dirty ){
+    if( pPager->dbSize==(int)pPg->pgno && pPager->origDbSize<pPager->dbSize ){
+      /* If this pages is the last page in the file and the file has grown
+      ** during the current transaction, then do NOT mark the page as clean.
+      ** When the database file grows, we must make sure that the last page
+      ** gets written at least once so that the disk file will be the correct
+      ** size. If you do not write this page and the size of the file
+      ** on the disk ends up being too small, that can lead to database
+      ** corruption during the next transaction.
+      */
+    }else{
+      TRACE3("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pgno, pPager->fd.h);
+      pPg->dirty = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** A call to this routine tells the pager that if a rollback occurs,
+** it is not necessary to restore the data on the given page.  This
+** means that the pager does not have to record the given page in the
+** rollback journal.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_dont_rollback(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+
+  if( pPager->state!=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE || pPager->journalOpen==0 ) return;
+  if( pPg->alwaysRollback || pPager->alwaysRollback || pPager->memDb ) return;
+  if( !pPg->inJournal && (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
+    assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 );
+    pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+    pPg->inJournal = 1;
+    if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
+      pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+      page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+    }
+    TRACE3("DONT_ROLLBACK page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, pPager->fd.h);
+  }
+  if( pPager->stmtInUse && !pPg->inStmt && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize ){
+    assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
+    assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 );
+    pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+    page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Clear a PgHistory block
+*/
+static void clearHistory(PgHistory *pHist){
+  sqliteFree(pHist->pOrig);
+  sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt);
+  pHist->pOrig = 0;
+  pHist->pStmt = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit all changes to the database and release the write lock.
+**
+** If the commit fails for any reason, a rollback attempt is made
+** and an error code is returned.  If the commit worked, SQLITE_OK
+** is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_commit(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  if( pPager->errMask==PAGER_ERR_FULL ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( pPager->errMask!=0 ){
+    rc = pager_errcode(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  TRACE2("COMMIT %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+  if( pPager->memDb ){
+    pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager);
+    while( pPg ){
+      clearHistory(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager));
+      pPg->dirty = 0;
+      pPg->inJournal = 0;
+      pPg->inStmt = 0;
+      pPg->pPrevStmt = pPg->pNextStmt = 0;
+      pPg = pPg->pDirty;
+    }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+      assert( !pPg->alwaysRollback );
+      assert( !pHist->pOrig );
+      assert( !pHist->pStmt );
+    }
+#endif
+    pPager->pStmt = 0;
+    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pPager->dirtyCache==0 ){
+    /* Exit early (without doing the time-consuming sqlite3OsSync() calls)
+    ** if there have been no changes to the database file. */
+    assert( pPager->needSync==0 );
+    rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+    pPager->dbSize = -1;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+  rc = sqlite3pager_sync(pPager, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto commit_abort;
+  }
+  rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+  pPager->dbSize = -1;
+  return rc;
+
+  /* Jump here if anything goes wrong during the commit process.
+  */
+commit_abort:
+  sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback all changes.  The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode.
+** All in-memory cache pages revert to their original data contents.
+** The journal is deleted.
+**
+** This routine cannot fail unless some other process is not following
+** the correct locking protocol (SQLITE_PROTOCOL) or unless some other
+** process is writing trash into the journal file (SQLITE_CORRUPT) or
+** unless a prior malloc() failed (SQLITE_NOMEM).  Appropriate error
+** codes are returned for all these occasions.  Otherwise,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_rollback(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  TRACE2("ROLLBACK %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+  if( pPager->memDb ){
+    PgHdr *p;
+    for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){
+      PgHistory *pHist;
+      assert( !p->alwaysRollback );
+      if( !p->dirty ){
+        assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pOrig );
+        assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pStmt );
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager);
+      if( pHist->pOrig ){
+        memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), pHist->pOrig, pPager->pageSize);
+        TRACE3("ROLLBACK-PAGE %d of %d\n", p->pgno, pPager->fd.h);
+      }else{
+        TRACE3("PAGE %d is clean on %d\n", p->pgno, pPager->fd.h);
+      }
+      clearHistory(pHist);
+      p->dirty = 0;
+      p->inJournal = 0;
+      p->inStmt = 0;
+      p->pPrevStmt = p->pNextStmt = 0;
+
+      if( pPager->xReiniter ){
+        pPager->xReiniter(PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), pPager->pageSize);
+      }
+      
+    }
+    pPager->pStmt = 0;
+    pPager->dbSize = pPager->origDbSize;
+    memoryTruncate(pPager);
+    pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
+    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( !pPager->dirtyCache || !pPager->journalOpen ){
+    rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+    pPager->dbSize = -1;
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( pPager->errMask!=0 && pPager->errMask!=PAGER_ERR_FULL ){
+    if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
+      pager_playback(pPager);
+    }
+    return pager_errcode(pPager);
+  }
+  if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    int rc2, rc3;
+    rc = pager_reload_cache(pPager);
+    rc2 = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->origDbSize);
+    rc3 = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = rc2;
+      if( rc3 ) rc = rc3;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = pager_playback(pPager);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_CORRUPT;
+  }
+  pPager->dbSize = -1;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
+** if the database is (in theory) writable.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_isreadonly(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->readOnly;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
+*/
+int *sqlite3pager_stats(Pager *pPager){
+  static int a[9];
+  a[0] = pPager->nRef;
+  a[1] = pPager->nPage;
+  a[2] = pPager->mxPage;
+  a[3] = pPager->dbSize;
+  a[4] = pPager->state;
+  a[5] = pPager->errMask;
+  a[6] = pPager->nHit;
+  a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
+  a[8] = pPager->nOvfl;
+  return a;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the statement rollback point.
+**
+** This routine should be called with the transaction journal already
+** open.  A new statement journal is created that can be used to rollback
+** changes of a single SQL command within a larger transaction.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  char zTemp[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+  assert( !pPager->stmtInUse );
+  assert( pPager->dbSize>=0 );
+  TRACE2("STMT-BEGIN %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+  if( pPager->memDb ){
+    pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
+    pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( !pPager->journalOpen ){
+    pPager->stmtAutoopen = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+  pPager->aInStmt = sqliteMalloc( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 );
+  if( pPager->aInStmt==0 ){
+    sqlite3OsLock(&pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->jfd, &pPager->stmtJSize);
+  if( rc ) goto stmt_begin_failed;
+  assert( pPager->stmtJSize == pPager->journalOff );
+#endif
+  pPager->stmtJSize = pPager->journalOff;
+  pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
+  pPager->stmtHdrOff = 0;
+  pPager->stmtCksum = pPager->cksumInit;
+  if( !pPager->stmtOpen ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_opentemp(zTemp, &pPager->stfd);
+    if( rc ) goto stmt_begin_failed;
+    pPager->stmtOpen = 1;
+    pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
+  }
+  pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+ 
+stmt_begin_failed:
+  if( pPager->aInStmt ){
+    sqliteFree(pPager->aInStmt);
+    pPager->aInStmt = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit a statement.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
+    PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
+    TRACE2("STMT-COMMIT %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+    if( !pPager->memDb ){
+      sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->stfd, 0);
+      /* sqlite3OsTruncate(&pPager->stfd, 0); */
+      sqliteFree( pPager->aInStmt );
+      pPager->aInStmt = 0;
+    }
+    for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pNext){
+      pNext = pPg->pNextStmt;
+      assert( pPg->inStmt );
+      pPg->inStmt = 0;
+      pPg->pPrevStmt = pPg->pNextStmt = 0;
+      if( pPager->memDb ){
+        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+        sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt);
+        pHist->pStmt = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
+    pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
+    pPager->pStmt = 0;
+  }
+  pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback a statement.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
+    TRACE2("STMT-ROLLBACK %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+    if( pPager->memDb ){
+      PgHdr *pPg;
+      for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextStmt){
+        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+        if( pHist->pStmt ){
+          memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pHist->pStmt, pPager->pageSize);
+          sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt);
+          pHist->pStmt = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize;
+      memoryTruncate(pPager);
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = pager_stmt_playback(pPager);
+    }
+    sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(pPager);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the database file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3pager_filename(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the directory of the database file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3pager_dirname(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zDirectory;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3pager_journalname(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zJournal;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the codec for this pager
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_codec(
+  Pager *pPager,
+  void (*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
+  void *pCodecArg
+){
+  pPager->xCodec = xCodec;
+  pPager->pCodecArg = pCodecArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to increment the database file change-counter,
+** stored at byte 24 of the pager file.
+*/
+static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager){
+  void *pPage;
+  PgHdr *pPgHdr;
+  u32 change_counter;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pPager, 1, &pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Read the current value at byte 24. */
+  pPgHdr = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pPage);
+  change_counter = retrieve32bits(pPgHdr, 24);
+
+  /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
+  change_counter++;
+  store32bits(change_counter, pPgHdr, 24);
+
+  /* Release the page reference. */
+  sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
+** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
+** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
+** journal (a single database transaction).
+**
+** This routine ensures that the journal is synced, all dirty pages written
+** to the database file and the database file synced. The only thing that
+** remains to commit the transaction is to delete the journal file (or
+** master journal file if specified).
+**
+** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
+** passed to an sqlite3pager_sync() call.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_sync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
+  ** function has already been called, it is a no-op.
+  */
+  if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && !pPager->memDb && pPager->dirtyCache ){
+    PgHdr *pPg;
+    assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+
+    /* If a master journal file name has already been written to the
+    ** journal file, then no sync is required. This happens when it is
+    ** written, then the process fails to upgrade from a RESERVED to an
+    ** EXCLUSIVE lock. The next time the process tries to commit the
+    ** transaction the m-j name will have already been written.
+    */
+    if( !pPager->setMaster ){
+      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+      rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Write all dirty pages to the database file */
+    pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager);
+    rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+
+    /* Sync the database file. */
+    if( !pPager->noSync ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(&pPager->fd);
+    }
+
+    pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED;
+  }
+
+sync_exit:
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** Return the current state of the file lock for the given pager.
+** The return value is one of NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK,
+** PENDING_LOCK, or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_lockstate(Pager *pPager){
+#ifdef OS_TEST
+  return pPager->fd->fd.locktype;
+#else
+  return pPager->fd.locktype;
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Print a listing of all referenced pages and their ref count.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_refdump(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+    if( pPg->nRef<=0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("PAGE %3d addr=%p nRef=%d\n", 
+       pPg->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->nRef);
+  }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pager.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pager.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0231e27a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
+** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+
+/*
+** The default size of a database page.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 65536 (a limit
+** imposed by the 2-byte size of cell array pointers.)  The
+** maximum page size determines the amount of stack space allocated
+** by many of the routines in pager.c and btree.c  On embedded architectures
+** or any machine where memory and especially stack memory is limited,
+** one may wish to chose a smaller value for the maximum page size.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 8192
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of pages in one database.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE 1073741823
+
+/*
+** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
+** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
+*/
+typedef unsigned int Pgno;
+
+/*
+** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Pager Pager;
+
+
+/*
+** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following
+** routines:
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_open(Pager **ppPager, const char *zFilename,
+                     int nExtra, int useJournal);
+void sqlite3pager_set_busyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler);
+void sqlite3pager_set_destructor(Pager*, void(*)(void*,int));
+void sqlite3pager_set_reiniter(Pager*, void(*)(void*,int));
+void sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(Pager*, int);
+void sqlite3pager_read_fileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+void sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(Pager*, int);
+int sqlite3pager_close(Pager *pPager);
+int sqlite3pager_get(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void **ppPage);
+void *sqlite3pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+int sqlite3pager_ref(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_unref(void*);
+Pgno sqlite3pager_pagenumber(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_write(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_iswriteable(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_overwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void*);
+int sqlite3pager_pagecount(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_truncate(Pager*,Pgno);
+int sqlite3pager_begin(void*, int exFlag);
+int sqlite3pager_commit(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_sync(Pager*,const char *zMaster);
+int sqlite3pager_rollback(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_isreadonly(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(Pager*);
+void sqlite3pager_dont_rollback(void*);
+void sqlite3pager_dont_write(Pager*, Pgno);
+int *sqlite3pager_stats(Pager*);
+void sqlite3pager_set_safety_level(Pager*,int);
+const char *sqlite3pager_filename(Pager*);
+const char *sqlite3pager_dirname(Pager*);
+const char *sqlite3pager_journalname(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_rename(Pager*, const char *zNewName);
+void sqlite3pager_set_codec(Pager*,void(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+int sqlite3pager_lockstate(Pager*);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+void sqlite3pager_refdump(Pager*);
+int pager3_refinfo_enable;
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/parse.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3e68e02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3143 @@
+/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+*/
+/* First off, code is include which follows the "include" declaration
+** in the input file. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#line 33 "parse.y"
+
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "parse.h"
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds information about the
+** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct LimitVal {
+  int limit;    /* The LIMIT value.  -1 if there is no limit */
+  int offset;   /* The OFFSET.  0 if there is none */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
+** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
+*/
+struct LikeOp {
+  int opcode;   /* Either TK_GLOB or TK_LIKE */
+  int not;      /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
+** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
+** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
+**
+**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
+**
+** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
+*/
+struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
+*/
+struct AttachKey { int type;  Token key; };
+
+#line 48 "parse.c"
+/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
+** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
+*/
+/* 
+** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
+** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
+** understands. 
+**
+** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
+*/
+/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef INTERFACE
+# define INTERFACE 1
+#endif
+/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
+** various aspects of the generated parser.
+**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
+**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
+**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
+**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
+**                       table.
+**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
+**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
+**                       original value of the token will not parse.
+**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
+**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
+**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
+**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
+**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
+**                       which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
+**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
+**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
+**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
+**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
+**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
+**                       defined, then do no error processing.
+*/
+#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
+#define YYNOCODE 225
+#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
+#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
+typedef union {
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
+  struct {int value; int mask;} yy47;
+  TriggerStep* yy91;
+  Token yy98;
+  Select* yy107;
+  struct TrigEvent yy146;
+  ExprList* yy210;
+  Expr* yy258;
+  SrcList* yy259;
+  IdList* yy272;
+  int yy284;
+  struct AttachKey yy292;
+  struct LikeOp yy342;
+  struct LimitVal yy404;
+  int yy449;
+} YYMINORTYPE;
+#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
+#define YYNSTATE 537
+#define YYNRULE 292
+#define YYERRORSYMBOL 130
+#define YYERRSYMDT yy449
+#define YYFALLBACK 1
+#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
+
+/* Next are that tables used to determine what action to take based on the
+** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
+** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
+** action integer.  
+**
+** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
+** follows
+**
+**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
+**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
+**
+**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
+**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
+**
+** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
+** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
+**
+**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+**
+** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
+** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
+** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
+** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
+**
+** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
+** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
+** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
+** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
+** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+**
+** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+**
+**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
+**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
+**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting terminals.
+**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
+*/
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
+ /*     0 */   257,  325,  255,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,
+ /*    10 */   152,  154,  156,   89,   87,   88,  159,   12,    4,    6,
+ /*    20 */   158,  537,   38,   24,  830,    1,  536,    3,  329,  488,
+ /*    30 */   534,  535,  319,   50,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,
+ /*    40 */   168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,
+ /*    50 */   142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,   26,   73,
+ /*    60 */   384,  256,   39,   58,   64,   66,  299,  330,  612,  611,
+ /*    70 */   351,   30,   92,  332,  326,  159,   13,   14,  353,  158,
+ /*    80 */     5,  355,  361,  366,  499,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,
+ /*    90 */   156,   12,  369,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,
+ /*   100 */   173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,
+ /*   110 */   144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  128,  130,  126,
+ /*   120 */   132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,
+ /*   130 */   156,  659,  353,  244,   62,  355,  361,  366,   79,   12,
+ /*   140 */    63,   98,   96,  289,  159,  280,  369,  349,  158,  181,
+ /*   150 */    13,   14,   27,   12,  546,  383,   32,   10,  368,  273,
+ /*   160 */   515,  765,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,
+ /*   170 */   134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,
+ /*   180 */   146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  810,  349,   47,   73,
+ /*   190 */   222,  763,  223,  114,  246,   31,   32,   48,   13,   14,
+ /*   200 */    74,  274,  252,  166,  175,  180,  275,  304,   49,    8,
+ /*   210 */   255,   45,   13,   14,  159,  290,  350,  382,  158,  245,
+ /*   220 */   441,   46,  378,  183,  247,  185,  186,   15,   16,   17,
+ /*   230 */    73,  205,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,
+ /*   240 */   134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,
+ /*   250 */   146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  542,  306,  438,  159,
+ /*   260 */    98,   96,  332,  158,  272,  475,  447,  437,   12,  256,
+ /*   270 */   288,   12,  304,  339,  287,   50,   77,  124,  112,  160,
+ /*   280 */   169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,
+ /*   290 */   132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,
+ /*   300 */   156,  547,   36,  335,   39,   58,   64,   66,  299,  330,
+ /*   310 */    35,  334,  291,  545,  114,  332,  114,  329,   12,  625,
+ /*   320 */   353,  187,  306,  355,  361,  366,  422,   13,   14,  159,
+ /*   330 */    13,   14,  184,  158,  369,  636,  188,  259,  188,  764,
+ /*   340 */    91,   87,   88,  100,   87,   88,  219,  124,  112,  160,
+ /*   350 */   169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,
+ /*   360 */   132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,
+ /*   370 */   156,  297,  282,  114,  292,   51,  237,   13,   14,  150,
+ /*   380 */   152,  154,  156,  114,   12,  225,   53,  225,  159,  166,
+ /*   390 */   175,  180,  158,  380,  303,  111,  433,  658,   69,   92,
+ /*   400 */   379,  183,   92,  185,  186,  111,  124,  112,  160,  169,
+ /*   410 */   174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,
+ /*   420 */   138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,
+ /*   430 */   103,  230,  561,  159,  773,   12,  286,  158,  631,  534,
+ /*   440 */   535,  105,  815,   13,   14,  166,  175,  180,  203,  808,
+ /*   450 */   215,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,
+ /*   460 */   136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,
+ /*   470 */   148,  150,  152,  154,  156,    2,    3,  183,  159,  185,
+ /*   480 */   186,  813,  158,   43,   44,  569,   33,  633,   41,  348,
+ /*   490 */   340,  413,  415,  414,   13,   14,  124,  112,  160,  169,
+ /*   500 */   174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,
+ /*   510 */   138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,
+ /*   520 */   249,  336,  697,  159,  337,  338,  183,  158,  185,  186,
+ /*   530 */    56,   57,  183,   11,  185,  186,  183,  416,  185,  186,
+ /*   540 */   402,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,
+ /*   550 */   136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,
+ /*   560 */   148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  342,   87,   88,  159,  345,
+ /*   570 */    87,   88,  158,   98,   96,  183,  404,  185,  186,  240,
+ /*   580 */     9,  183,   92,  185,  186,  802,  124,  177,  160,  169,
+ /*   590 */   174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,
+ /*   600 */   138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,
+ /*   610 */   787,  341,  257,  159,  255,  255,  183,  158,  185,  186,
+ /*   620 */    94,   95,  480,  518,   92,  307,  314,  316,   92,  548,
+ /*   630 */   325,  171,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,
+ /*   640 */   136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,
+ /*   650 */   148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  255,   25,  486,  159,  482,
+ /*   660 */   170,  358,  158,   19,  241,  242,  252,  266,  513,  267,
+ /*   670 */   259,  553,   72,  256,  256,  402,   68,  244,  160,  169,
+ /*   680 */   174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,
+ /*   690 */   138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,
+ /*   700 */   207,  255,   72,  326,  780,  260,   68,  267,  514,   47,
+ /*   710 */   189,  428,  388,  385,  256,  325,  259,   21,   48,  162,
+ /*   720 */   395,   12,  114,  161,  516,  517,  195,  193,  294,   49,
+ /*   730 */   207,  484,  209,  312,  191,   70,   71,  387,  246,  113,
+ /*   740 */   189,  164,  165,   73,  198,  114,  363,  396,  114,  391,
+ /*   750 */    73,  277,  529,  313,  436,  182,  195,  193,   72,  467,
+ /*   760 */   256,  623,   68,  245,  191,   70,   71,  188,  163,  113,
+ /*   770 */   188,  119,  120,  121,  122,  197,  114,  803,  691,   72,
+ /*   780 */    13,   14,   92,   68,   73,   73,  207,   77,  326,   73,
+ /*   790 */   199,  807,   99,  436,  452,  293,  189,  223,  474,  325,
+ /*   800 */   309,  119,  120,  121,  122,  197,  423,  207,  221,  460,
+ /*   810 */   434,  419,  195,  193,  418,   90,  224,  189,   77,  225,
+ /*   820 */   191,   70,   71,   73,  442,  113,  420,  114,  325,  444,
+ /*   830 */   372,  468,  114,  195,  193,  283,  325,  311,  310,  402,
+ /*   840 */   470,  191,   70,   71,  114,    7,  113,   41,  460,  474,
+ /*   850 */    18,   20,   22,  386,  296,  114,  457,  119,  120,  121,
+ /*   860 */   122,  197,  766,  446,  521,  554,  123,  430,  444,   23,
+ /*   870 */   531,  114,  326,  114,  114,  481,  114,  125,  119,  120,
+ /*   880 */   121,  122,  197,  510,   72,  441,  114,  238,   68,  114,
+ /*   890 */   508,  506,  114,  127,  114,  129,  131,  114,  133,  411,
+ /*   900 */   412,  322,  114,  114,  114,  114,  407,  114,  135,  326,
+ /*   910 */   660,  137,  207,  114,  139,  114,  141,  451,  114,  143,
+ /*   920 */   114,  114,  189,  114,  145,  147,  149,  151,  114,  153,
+ /*   930 */   489,  493,  437,  114,  114,  155,  479,  157,  195,  193,
+ /*   940 */   167,   77,  176,  178,  114,  190,  191,   70,   71,  114,
+ /*   950 */   192,  113,  114,  114,  114,  194,  196,  114,  691,  114,
+ /*   960 */   269,  320,  343,  321,  344,  269,  204,  114,  359,  284,
+ /*   970 */   321,  206,  114,  555,  216,  218,  220,  114,  364,  234,
+ /*   980 */   321,  239,  660,  119,  120,  121,  122,  197,  373,  271,
+ /*   990 */   321,  281,  114,  114,  367,  227,  227,  269,  431,  408,
+ /*  1000 */   321,  503,  439,   44,  465,  473,  267,  471,  114,   77,
+ /*  1010 */   402,  402,  402,  402,  455,  459,  265,  457,  402,  402,
+ /*  1020 */   823,  417,  504,  507,  556,  471,   28,   29,  560,   37,
+ /*  1030 */   472,   73,   34,   55,   40,   41,   42,   54,   59,   67,
+ /*  1040 */   570,  571,   52,   75,   60,   78,  483,  485,  487,  491,
+ /*  1050 */    61,   65,   76,  464,  495,  501,  101,  527,   77,  238,
+ /*  1060 */   233,  235,   85,   93,   86,   80,   97,  238,  102,   81,
+ /*  1070 */   104,   82,  108,  107,  109,  110,   83,  115,  497,   84,
+ /*  1080 */   117,  116,  156,  172,  637,  217,  638,  118,  202,  226,
+ /*  1090 */   639,  208,  106,  211,  227,  210,  213,  214,  212,  229,
+ /*  1100 */   228,  231,  236,  223,  200,  243,  201,  251,  248,  250,
+ /*  1110 */   254,  253,  232,  258,  261,  270,  264,  263,  262,  268,
+ /*  1120 */   276,  278,  285,  295,  318,  279,  300,  303,  301,  305,
+ /*  1130 */   333,  346,  298,  323,  327,  356,  357,  362,  370,  302,
+ /*  1140 */   371,   53,  374,  394,  399,  354,  331,  375,  401,  409,
+ /*  1150 */   308,  347,  315,  324,  406,  317,  405,  328,  795,  390,
+ /*  1160 */   389,  392,  397,  410,  421,  800,  360,  381,  365,  393,
+ /*  1170 */   398,  352,  376,  403,  801,  377,  400,  425,  426,  424,
+ /*  1180 */   427,  429,  771,  432,  772,  435,  440,  698,  443,  794,
+ /*  1190 */   445,  438,  809,  449,  699,  450,  453,  448,  454,  456,
+ /*  1200 */   811,  458,  461,  462,  463,  469,  812,  814,  476,  630,
+ /*  1210 */   478,  632,  779,  821,  490,  477,  690,  492,  494,  496,
+ /*  1220 */   498,  693,  500,  505,  696,  509,  781,  511,  782,  783,
+ /*  1230 */   466,  784,  785,  502,  512,  786,  520,  822,  519,  530,
+ /*  1240 */   524,  824,  523,  825,  525,  528,  533,  828,  518,  518,
+ /*  1250 */   518,  518,  518,  518,  522,  518,  526,  518,  518,  532,
+};
+static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
+ /*     0 */    24,  139,   26,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
+ /*    10 */    79,   80,   81,  154,  155,  156,   40,   26,  135,  136,
+ /*    20 */    44,    0,  158,  140,  131,  132,  133,  134,  164,  146,
+ /*    30 */     9,   10,  170,   60,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,
+ /*    40 */    64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,
+ /*    50 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   22,  176,
+ /*    60 */    24,   85,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   23,   23,
+ /*    70 */    25,   25,  213,  100,  212,   40,   85,   86,   87,   44,
+ /*    80 */     9,   90,   91,   92,  201,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*    90 */    81,   26,  101,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,
+ /*   100 */    65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,
+ /*   110 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   120 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   130 */    81,   23,   87,   25,   29,   90,   91,   92,  179,   26,
+ /*   140 */    35,   76,   77,   23,   40,  186,  101,  139,   44,   22,
+ /*   150 */    85,   86,  144,   26,    9,  147,  148,   12,  159,  146,
+ /*   160 */    95,  126,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,
+ /*   170 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,
+ /*   180 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   17,  139,   18,  176,
+ /*   190 */    23,   17,   25,  139,   86,  147,  148,   27,   85,   86,
+ /*   200 */   146,  188,  189,  204,  205,  206,  193,   45,   38,  137,
+ /*   210 */    26,   41,   85,   86,   40,  161,  168,  169,   44,  111,
+ /*   220 */    51,   51,   60,  103,  111,  105,  106,   13,   14,   15,
+ /*   230 */   176,  127,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,
+ /*   240 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,
+ /*   250 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,    9,   95,   58,   40,
+ /*   260 */    76,   77,  100,   44,   22,   96,   97,   98,   26,   85,
+ /*   270 */   104,   26,   45,   89,  108,   60,  107,   58,   59,   60,
+ /*   280 */    61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   290 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   300 */    81,    9,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,
+ /*   310 */   157,  158,   23,    9,  139,  100,  139,  164,   26,  119,
+ /*   320 */    87,   23,   95,   90,   91,   92,   21,   85,   86,   40,
+ /*   330 */    85,   86,  104,   44,  101,  107,  161,  152,  161,   17,
+ /*   340 */   154,  155,  156,  154,  155,  156,  127,   58,   59,   60,
+ /*   350 */    61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   360 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   370 */    81,   23,  187,  139,  199,   89,  199,   85,   86,   78,
+ /*   380 */    79,   80,   81,  139,   26,  210,  100,  210,   40,  204,
+ /*   390 */   205,  206,   44,  164,  165,  161,   91,   23,   22,  213,
+ /*   400 */   171,  103,  213,  105,  106,  161,   58,   59,   60,   61,
+ /*   410 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
+ /*   420 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   430 */   196,  197,    9,   40,  129,   26,   78,   44,    9,    9,
+ /*   440 */    10,  197,    9,   85,   86,  204,  205,  206,  126,   11,
+ /*   450 */   128,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
+ /*   460 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   470 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,  133,  134,  103,   40,  105,
+ /*   480 */   106,    9,   44,  173,  174,  109,  149,    9,   95,  152,
+ /*   490 */   153,   96,   97,   98,   85,   86,   58,   59,   60,   61,
+ /*   500 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
+ /*   510 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   520 */   111,  152,    9,   40,  155,  156,  103,   44,  105,  106,
+ /*   530 */    13,   14,  103,  139,  105,  106,  103,   47,  105,  106,
+ /*   540 */   139,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
+ /*   550 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   560 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,  154,  155,  156,   40,  154,
+ /*   570 */   155,  156,   44,   76,   77,  103,  175,  105,  106,   25,
+ /*   580 */   138,  103,  213,  105,  106,   95,   58,   59,   60,   61,
+ /*   590 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
+ /*   600 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   610 */     9,   22,   24,   40,   26,   26,  103,   44,  105,  106,
+ /*   620 */   121,  122,   20,   22,  213,   96,   97,   98,  213,    9,
+ /*   630 */   139,   60,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
+ /*   640 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   650 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   26,  141,   55,   40,   57,
+ /*   660 */    89,  170,   44,  138,  110,  188,  189,   23,   67,   25,
+ /*   670 */   152,    9,   22,   85,   85,  139,   26,   25,   60,   61,
+ /*   680 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
+ /*   690 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   700 */    50,   26,   22,  212,    9,  187,   26,   25,  139,   18,
+ /*   710 */    60,  175,   20,  146,   85,  139,  152,  138,   27,   40,
+ /*   720 */   146,   26,  139,   44,  155,  156,   76,   77,   78,   38,
+ /*   730 */    50,  129,   41,   32,   84,   85,   86,  142,   86,   89,
+ /*   740 */    60,   62,   63,  176,  161,  139,  170,   55,  139,   57,
+ /*   750 */   176,  187,  123,   52,  146,  146,   76,   77,   22,  146,
+ /*   760 */    85,    9,   26,  111,   84,   85,   86,  161,   89,   89,
+ /*   770 */   161,  121,  122,  123,  124,  125,  139,   95,    9,   22,
+ /*   780 */    85,   86,  213,   26,  176,  176,   50,  107,  212,  176,
+ /*   790 */   207,   11,   25,  146,   25,   23,   60,   25,  161,  139,
+ /*   800 */    99,  121,  122,  123,  124,  125,  211,   50,  199,  201,
+ /*   810 */   215,   28,   76,   77,   31,   48,  210,   60,  107,  210,
+ /*   820 */    84,   85,   86,  176,  216,   89,   43,  139,  139,  221,
+ /*   830 */   170,  120,  139,   76,   77,   78,  139,   88,   89,  139,
+ /*   840 */   203,   84,   85,   86,  139,   11,   89,   95,  201,  161,
+ /*   850 */    16,   17,   18,   19,  161,  139,  139,  121,  122,  123,
+ /*   860 */   124,  125,  126,  216,   30,    9,  161,  170,  221,  138,
+ /*   870 */    36,  139,  212,  139,  139,  175,  139,  161,  121,  122,
+ /*   880 */   123,  124,  125,   49,   22,   51,  139,  118,   26,  139,
+ /*   890 */    56,  203,  139,  161,  139,  161,  161,  139,  161,   53,
+ /*   900 */    54,  212,  139,  139,  139,  139,  126,  139,  161,  212,
+ /*   910 */    24,  161,   50,  139,  161,  139,  161,  200,  139,  161,
+ /*   920 */   139,  139,   60,  139,  161,  161,  161,  161,  139,  161,
+ /*   930 */    96,   97,   98,  139,  139,  161,  102,  161,   76,   77,
+ /*   940 */   161,  107,  161,  161,  139,  161,   84,   85,   86,  139,
+ /*   950 */   161,   89,  139,  139,  139,  161,  161,  139,    9,  139,
+ /*   960 */   139,   23,   23,   25,   25,  139,  161,  139,   23,  139,
+ /*   970 */    25,  161,  139,    9,  161,  161,  161,  139,   23,  161,
+ /*   980 */    25,  161,   95,  121,  122,  123,  124,  125,   23,  161,
+ /*   990 */    25,  161,  139,  139,  161,  109,  109,  139,   23,  161,
+ /*  1000 */    25,  146,  173,  174,   23,   23,   25,   25,  139,  107,
+ /*  1010 */   139,  139,  139,  139,  161,  161,  195,  139,  139,  139,
+ /*  1020 */     9,  195,  120,   23,    9,   25,  145,   23,    9,  139,
+ /*  1030 */   161,  176,  150,   42,  159,   95,   33,  167,   46,   22,
+ /*  1040 */   109,  109,  159,  177,  160,  178,  175,  175,  175,  175,
+ /*  1050 */   159,  159,  176,  195,  175,  175,  113,   46,  107,  118,
+ /*  1060 */   116,  115,  185,  214,  117,  180,  214,  118,  114,  181,
+ /*  1070 */    25,  182,   94,  160,   26,  151,  183,  109,  200,  184,
+ /*  1080 */   109,  139,   81,   89,  107,  126,  107,  139,   17,  139,
+ /*  1090 */   107,   22,  198,  174,  109,   23,  139,   23,   25,  143,
+ /*  1100 */   139,  198,  114,   25,  208,  190,  209,  111,  139,  139,
+ /*  1110 */   143,  139,  160,  139,  191,   95,   22,  112,  192,  139,
+ /*  1120 */    23,  191,  109,   23,   22,  192,  139,  165,  162,  139,
+ /*  1130 */   167,   23,  159,  198,  198,   46,   22,   22,   46,  163,
+ /*  1140 */    22,  100,   93,   24,  217,  139,  151,  139,   95,   39,
+ /*  1150 */   166,  152,  166,  160,  220,  166,  219,  160,   11,  143,
+ /*  1160 */   139,  139,  139,   37,   47,   95,  159,  169,  159,  143,
+ /*  1170 */   143,  169,  162,  143,   95,  163,  218,  139,  143,  129,
+ /*  1180 */    95,   22,    9,  159,  129,   11,  172,  119,   17,    9,
+ /*  1190 */     9,   58,   17,  139,  119,   99,  139,  172,   67,  181,
+ /*  1200 */     9,   67,  119,  139,   22,   22,    9,    9,  110,    9,
+ /*  1210 */   181,    9,    9,    9,  110,  139,    9,  181,  172,   99,
+ /*  1220 */   181,    9,  119,   22,    9,  139,    9,  139,    9,    9,
+ /*  1230 */   202,    9,    9,  202,  143,    9,   23,    9,  139,   34,
+ /*  1240 */    24,    9,  152,    9,  139,  152,  139,    9,  224,  224,
+ /*  1250 */   224,  224,  224,  224,  222,  224,  223,  224,  224,  222,
+};
+#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-70)
+static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */   430,   21,  -70,  834,   71,  -70,  247,  214,  145,  304,
+ /*    10 */   292,  620,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  145,  662,
+ /*    20 */   145,  856,  145,  964,   36, 1015,  245,   46, 1004, 1019,
+ /*    30 */    -9,  -70,  675,  -70,  215,  -70,  245,  -27,  -70,  940,
+ /*    40 */   -70, 1003,  170,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*    50 */   286,  940,  -70,  991,  -70,  517,  -70,  -70,  992,  105,
+ /*    60 */   940,  -70,  -70,  -70,  940,  -70, 1017,  862,  376,  650,
+ /*    70 */   931,  932,  680,  -70,  120,  951,  -70,  166,  -70,  554,
+ /*    80 */   941,  946,  944,  943,  947,  -70,  497,  -70,  -70,  767,
+ /*    90 */   497,  -70,  499,  -70,  -70,  -70,  499,  -70,  -70,  497,
+ /*   100 */   -70,  954,  862, 1045,  862,  978,  105,  -70, 1048,  -70,
+ /*   110 */   -70,  483,  862,  -70,  968,  245,  971,  245,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   120 */   -70,  -70,  -70,  618,  862,  573,  862,  -69,  862,  -69,
+ /*   130 */   862,  -69,  862,  -69,  862,   49,  862,   49,  862,    9,
+ /*   140 */   862,    9,  862,    9,  862,    9,  862,  301,  862,  301,
+ /*   150 */   862, 1001,  862, 1001,  862, 1001,  862,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   160 */   679,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  862,   49,  -70,  571,
+ /*   170 */   -70,  994,  -70,  -70,  -70,  862,  528,  862,   49,  -70,
+ /*   180 */   127,  680,  298,  228,  977,  979,  983,  -70,  483,  862,
+ /*   190 */   618,  862,  -70,  862,  -70,  862,  -70,  736,   35,  959,
+ /*   200 */   322, 1071,  -70,  862,  104,  862,  483, 1069,  691, 1072,
+ /*   210 */   -70, 1073,  245, 1074,  -70,  862,  174,  862,  219,  862,
+ /*   220 */   483,  167,  -70,  862,  -70,  -70,  985,  245,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   230 */   978,  105,  -70,  862,  483,  988,  862, 1078,  862,  483,
+ /*   240 */   -70,  -70,  652,  -70,  -70,  -70,  113,  -70,  409,  -70,
+ /*   250 */   996,  -70,  242,  985,  588,  -70,  -70,  245,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   260 */  1020, 1005,  -70, 1094,  245,  644,  -70,  245,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   270 */   862,  483,  951,  374,  108, 1097,  588, 1020, 1005,  -70,
+ /*   280 */   757,  -24,  -70,  -70, 1013,  358,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   290 */   289,  -70,  772,  -70, 1100,  -70,  348,  940,  -70,  245,
+ /*   300 */  1102,  -70,  227,  -70,  245,  -70,  529,  701,  -70,  749,
+ /*   310 */   -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  701,  -70,  701,  -70,  245,  938,
+ /*   320 */   -70,  245,  978,  105,  -70,  -70,  978,  105,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   330 */  1048,  -70,  991,  -70,  -70,  184,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   340 */   589,  497,  939,  -70,  497, 1108,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   350 */    45,  233,  -70,  245,  -70, 1089, 1114,  245,  945,  940,
+ /*   360 */   -70, 1115,  245,  955,  940,  -70,  862,  393,  -70, 1092,
+ /*   370 */  1118,  245,  965, 1049,  245, 1102,  -70,  162, 1041,  -70,
+ /*   380 */   -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  951,  423,  305,  692,  245,  985,
+ /*   390 */   -70,  245,  886, 1119,  951,  429,  245,  985,  783,  395,
+ /*   400 */  1053,  245,  985,  -70, 1110,  780, 1147,  862,  438, 1126,
+ /*   410 */   846,  -70,  -70, 1070, 1079,  490,  245,  682,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   420 */  1117,  -70,  -70, 1050,  245,  887, 1085,  245, 1159,  245,
+ /*   430 */   975,  752, 1173, 1055, 1174,  169,  433,  200,  170,  -70,
+ /*   440 */  1068, 1075, 1171, 1180, 1181,  169, 1175, 1133,  245, 1096,
+ /*   450 */   245,  769,  245, 1131,  862,  483, 1191, 1134,  862,  483,
+ /*   460 */  1083,  245, 1182,  245,  981,  -70,  711,  472, 1183,  862,
+ /*   470 */   982,  862,  483, 1197,  483, 1098,  245,  949, 1198,  602,
+ /*   480 */   245, 1200,  245, 1202,  245, 1203,  245, 1204,  478, 1104,
+ /*   490 */   245,  949, 1207, 1133,  245, 1120,  245,  769, 1212, 1103,
+ /*   500 */   245, 1182,  902,  513, 1201,  862, 1000, 1215,  695, 1217,
+ /*   510 */   245,  985,  601,   65, 1219, 1220, 1222, 1223,  245, 1213,
+ /*   520 */  1226, 1205,  675, 1216,  245, 1011, 1228,  629, 1232, 1234,
+ /*   530 */   -70, 1205,  245, 1238,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+};
+#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-142)
+static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */  -107,  342, -142, -117, -142, -142, -142,   72,  442, -142,
+ /*    10 */   394, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  525, -142,
+ /*    20 */   579, -142,  731, -142,  515, -142,    8,  881, -142, -142,
+ /*    30 */    48, -142,  337,  882,  153, -142,  890, -136, -142,  875,
+ /*    40 */  -142, -142,  310, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*    50 */  -142,  883, -142,  870, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  884,
+ /*    60 */   891, -142, -142, -142,  892, -142, -142,  693, -142,  175,
+ /*    70 */  -142, -142,   54, -142,  866,  876, -142,  867,  -41,  885,
+ /*    80 */   888,  889,  893,  895,  877, -142, -141, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*    90 */   186, -142,  849, -142, -142, -142,  852, -142, -142,  189,
+ /*   100 */  -142, -142,  234, -142,  244,  894,  913, -142,  924, -142,
+ /*   110 */  -142,  241,  705, -142, -142,  942, -142,  948, -142, -142,
+ /*   120 */  -142, -142, -142,  241,  716,  241,  732,  241,  734,  241,
+ /*   130 */   735,  241,  737,  241,  747,  241,  750,  241,  753,  241,
+ /*   140 */   755,  241,  758,  241,  763,  241,  764,  241,  765,  241,
+ /*   150 */   766,  241,  768,  241,  774,  241,  776,  241, -142, -142,
+ /*   160 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  779,  241, -142, -142,
+ /*   170 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  781,  241,  782,  241, -142,
+ /*   180 */   950,  609,  866, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  241,  784,
+ /*   190 */   241,  789,  241,  794,  241,  795,  241,  583,  241,  896,
+ /*   200 */   897, -142, -142,  805,  241,  810,  241, -142,  919, -142,
+ /*   210 */  -142, -142,  957, -142, -142,  813,  241,  814,  241,  815,
+ /*   220 */   241, -142, -142,  606, -142, -142,  956,  961, -142, -142,
+ /*   230 */   903,  952, -142,  818,  241, -142,  177, -142,  820,  241,
+ /*   240 */  -142,  477,  915, -142, -142, -142,  969, -142,  970, -142,
+ /*   250 */  -142, -142,  972,  967,  518, -142, -142,  974, -142, -142,
+ /*   260 */   923,  926, -142, -142,  821, -142, -142,  980, -142, -142,
+ /*   270 */   828,  241,   13,  866,  915, -142,  564,  930,  933, -142,
+ /*   280 */   830,  185, -142, -142, -142,  942, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*   290 */   241, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  241,  973, -142,  987,
+ /*   300 */   966,  976,  962, -142,  990, -142, -142,  984, -142, -142,
+ /*   310 */  -142, -142, -142, -142,  986, -142,  989, -142, -138, -142,
+ /*   320 */  -142,  689,  935,  993, -142, -142,  936,  997, -142, -142,
+ /*   330 */   995, -142,  963, -142, -142,  369, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*   340 */   999,  411, -142, -142,  415, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*   350 */   998, 1002, -142, 1006, -142, -142, -142,  491, -142, 1007,
+ /*   360 */  -142, -142,  576, -142, 1009, -142,  833,   -1, -142, -142,
+ /*   370 */  -142,  660, -142, -142, 1008, 1010, 1012,  229, -142, -142,
+ /*   380 */  -142, -142, -142, -142,  567,  866,  595, -142, 1021, 1016,
+ /*   390 */  -142, 1022, 1026, -142,  574,  866, 1023, 1027,  927,  958,
+ /*   400 */  -142,  401, 1030, -142,  937,  934, -142,  838,  241, -142,
+ /*   410 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  826, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*   420 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, 1038, 1035, -142,  536, -142,  697,
+ /*   430 */  -142, 1024, -142, -142, -142,  608,  866, 1014,  829, -142,
+ /*   440 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  647, -142, 1025, 1054, -142,
+ /*   450 */   717, 1018, 1057, -142,  853,  241, -142, -142,  854,  241,
+ /*   460 */  -142, 1064, 1028,  858, -142, -142,  613,  866, -142,  637,
+ /*   470 */  -142,  869,  241, -142,  241, -142, 1076, 1029, -142, -142,
+ /*   480 */   700, -142,  871, -142,  872, -142,  873, -142,  866, -142,
+ /*   490 */   874, 1036, -142, 1046,  879, -142,  878, 1039, -142, -142,
+ /*   500 */   880, 1031,  855,  866, -142,  688, -142, -142, 1086, -142,
+ /*   510 */  1088, 1091, -142,  569, -142, -142, -142, -142, 1099, -142,
+ /*   520 */  -142, 1032, 1090, -142, 1105, 1033, -142, 1093, -142, -142,
+ /*   530 */  -142, 1037, 1107, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+};
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
+ /*     0 */   544,  544,  538,  829,  829,  540,  829,  549,  829,  829,
+ /*    10 */   829,  829,  569,  570,  571,  550,  551,  552,  829,  829,
+ /*    20 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*    30 */   829,  562,  572,  581,  564,  580,  829,  829,  582,  623,
+ /*    40 */   588,  829,  829,  624,  627,  628,  629,  818,  819,  820,
+ /*    50 */   829,  623,  589,  608,  606,  829,  609,  610,  829,  679,
+ /*    60 */   623,  590,  677,  678,  623,  591,  829,  829,  708,  770,
+ /*    70 */   714,  709,  829,  634,  829,  829,  635,  643,  645,  652,
+ /*    80 */   691,  682,  684,  672,  686,  640,  793,  578,  579,  687,
+ /*    90 */   793,  688,  829,  788,  790,  791,  829,  789,  792,  793,
+ /*   100 */   689,  829,  829,  673,  829,  680,  679,  674,  829,  566,
+ /*   110 */   681,  676,  829,  707,  829,  829,  710,  829,  711,  712,
+ /*   120 */   713,  715,  716,  719,  829,  720,  829,  721,  829,  722,
+ /*   130 */   829,  723,  829,  724,  829,  725,  829,  726,  829,  727,
+ /*   140 */   829,  728,  829,  729,  829,  730,  829,  731,  829,  732,
+ /*   150 */   829,  733,  829,  734,  829,  735,  829,  736,  737,  738,
+ /*   160 */   829,  739,  740,  745,  753,  756,  829,  741,  742,  829,
+ /*   170 */   743,  829,  746,  744,  752,  829,  829,  829,  754,  755,
+ /*   180 */   829,  770,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  758,  769,  829,
+ /*   190 */   747,  829,  748,  829,  749,  829,  750,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   200 */   829,  829,  760,  829,  829,  829,  761,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   210 */   816,  829,  829,  829,  817,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   220 */   762,  829,  757,  770,  767,  768,  660,  829,  661,  759,
+ /*   230 */   680,  679,  675,  829,  685,  829,  770,  683,  829,  692,
+ /*   240 */   644,  655,  653,  654,  663,  664,  829,  665,  829,  666,
+ /*   250 */   829,  667,  829,  660,  651,  567,  568,  829,  649,  650,
+ /*   260 */   669,  671,  656,  829,  829,  829,  670,  829,  704,  705,
+ /*   270 */   829,  668,  655,  829,  829,  829,  651,  669,  671,  657,
+ /*   280 */   829,  651,  646,  647,  829,  829,  648,  641,  642,  751,
+ /*   290 */   829,  706,  829,  717,  829,  718,  829,  623,  592,  829,
+ /*   300 */   774,  596,  593,  597,  829,  598,  829,  829,  599,  829,
+ /*   310 */   602,  603,  604,  605,  829,  600,  829,  601,  829,  829,
+ /*   320 */   775,  829,  680,  679,  776,  778,  680,  679,  777,  594,
+ /*   330 */   829,  595,  608,  607,  583,  793,  584,  585,  586,  587,
+ /*   340 */   573,  793,  829,  574,  793,  829,  575,  577,  576,  565,
+ /*   350 */   829,  829,  613,  829,  616,  829,  829,  829,  829,  623,
+ /*   360 */   617,  829,  829,  829,  623,  618,  829,  623,  619,  829,
+ /*   370 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  774,  596,  621,  829,  620,
+ /*   380 */   622,  614,  615,  563,  829,  829,  559,  829,  829,  660,
+ /*   390 */   557,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  660,  799,  829,
+ /*   400 */   829,  829,  660,  662,  804,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   410 */   829,  805,  806,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  796,  797,
+ /*   420 */   829,  798,  558,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   430 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  626,
+ /*   440 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  625,  829,  829,
+ /*   450 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  694,  829,  829,  829,  695,
+ /*   460 */   829,  829,  702,  829,  829,  703,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   470 */   829,  829,  700,  829,  701,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   480 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   490 */   829,  829,  829,  625,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   500 */   829,  702,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   510 */   829,  660,  829,  793,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   520 */   829,  827,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   530 */   826,  827,  829,  829,  541,  543,  539,
+};
+#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]))
+
+/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
+** like the following:
+** 
+**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
+**
+** appears in the grammer, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
+** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
+** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
+** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+*/
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
+    0,  /*          $ => nothing */
+    0,  /* END_OF_FILE => nothing */
+    0,  /*    ILLEGAL => nothing */
+    0,  /*      SPACE => nothing */
+    0,  /* UNCLOSED_STRING => nothing */
+    0,  /*    COMMENT => nothing */
+    0,  /*   FUNCTION => nothing */
+    0,  /*     COLUMN => nothing */
+    0,  /* AGG_FUNCTION => nothing */
+    0,  /*       SEMI => nothing */
+   26,  /*    EXPLAIN => ID */
+   26,  /*      BEGIN => ID */
+    0,  /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
+   26,  /*   DEFERRED => ID */
+   26,  /*  IMMEDIATE => ID */
+   26,  /*  EXCLUSIVE => ID */
+    0,  /*     COMMIT => nothing */
+   26,  /*        END => ID */
+    0,  /*   ROLLBACK => nothing */
+    0,  /*     CREATE => nothing */
+    0,  /*      TABLE => nothing */
+   26,  /*       TEMP => ID */
+    0,  /*         LP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         RP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         AS => nothing */
+    0,  /*      COMMA => nothing */
+    0,  /*         ID => nothing */
+   26,  /*      ABORT => ID */
+   26,  /*      AFTER => ID */
+   26,  /*        ASC => ID */
+   26,  /*     ATTACH => ID */
+   26,  /*     BEFORE => ID */
+   26,  /*    CASCADE => ID */
+   26,  /*   CONFLICT => ID */
+   26,  /*   DATABASE => ID */
+   26,  /*       DESC => ID */
+   26,  /*     DETACH => ID */
+   26,  /*       EACH => ID */
+   26,  /*       FAIL => ID */
+   26,  /*        FOR => ID */
+   26,  /*       GLOB => ID */
+   26,  /*     IGNORE => ID */
+   26,  /*  INITIALLY => ID */
+   26,  /*    INSTEAD => ID */
+   26,  /*       LIKE => ID */
+   26,  /*      MATCH => ID */
+   26,  /*        KEY => ID */
+   26,  /*         OF => ID */
+   26,  /*     OFFSET => ID */
+   26,  /*     PRAGMA => ID */
+   26,  /*      RAISE => ID */
+   26,  /*    REPLACE => ID */
+   26,  /*   RESTRICT => ID */
+   26,  /*        ROW => ID */
+   26,  /*  STATEMENT => ID */
+   26,  /*    TRIGGER => ID */
+   26,  /*     VACUUM => ID */
+   26,  /*       VIEW => ID */
+    0,  /*         OR => nothing */
+    0,  /*        AND => nothing */
+    0,  /*        NOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*         IS => nothing */
+    0,  /*    BETWEEN => nothing */
+    0,  /*         IN => nothing */
+    0,  /*     ISNULL => nothing */
+    0,  /*    NOTNULL => nothing */
+    0,  /*         NE => nothing */
+    0,  /*         EQ => nothing */
+    0,  /*         GT => nothing */
+    0,  /*         LE => nothing */
+    0,  /*         LT => nothing */
+    0,  /*         GE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     BITAND => nothing */
+    0,  /*      BITOR => nothing */
+    0,  /*     LSHIFT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     RSHIFT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       PLUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*      MINUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*       STAR => nothing */
+    0,  /*      SLASH => nothing */
+    0,  /*        REM => nothing */
+    0,  /*     CONCAT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     UMINUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*      UPLUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*     BITNOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     STRING => nothing */
+    0,  /*    JOIN_KW => nothing */
+    0,  /* CONSTRAINT => nothing */
+    0,  /*    DEFAULT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       NULL => nothing */
+    0,  /*    PRIMARY => nothing */
+    0,  /*     UNIQUE => nothing */
+    0,  /*      CHECK => nothing */
+    0,  /* REFERENCES => nothing */
+    0,  /*    COLLATE => nothing */
+    0,  /*         ON => nothing */
+    0,  /*     DELETE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     UPDATE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     INSERT => nothing */
+    0,  /*        SET => nothing */
+    0,  /* DEFERRABLE => nothing */
+    0,  /*    FOREIGN => nothing */
+    0,  /*       DROP => nothing */
+    0,  /*      UNION => nothing */
+    0,  /*        ALL => nothing */
+    0,  /*  INTERSECT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     EXCEPT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     SELECT => nothing */
+    0,  /*   DISTINCT => nothing */
+    0,  /*        DOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       FROM => nothing */
+    0,  /*       JOIN => nothing */
+    0,  /*      USING => nothing */
+    0,  /*      ORDER => nothing */
+    0,  /*         BY => nothing */
+    0,  /*      GROUP => nothing */
+    0,  /*     HAVING => nothing */
+    0,  /*      LIMIT => nothing */
+    0,  /*      WHERE => nothing */
+    0,  /*       INTO => nothing */
+    0,  /*     VALUES => nothing */
+    0,  /*    INTEGER => nothing */
+    0,  /*      FLOAT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       BLOB => nothing */
+    0,  /*   VARIABLE => nothing */
+    0,  /*       CASE => nothing */
+    0,  /*       WHEN => nothing */
+    0,  /*       THEN => nothing */
+    0,  /*       ELSE => nothing */
+    0,  /*      INDEX => nothing */
+};
+#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
+
+/* The following structure represents a single element of the
+** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
+**
+**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
+**
+**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
+**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
+**
+**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
+**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
+**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+*/
+struct yyStackEntry {
+  int stateno;       /* The state-number */
+  int major;         /* The major token value.  This is the code
+                     ** number for the token at this stack level */
+  YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
+                     ** is the value of the token  */
+};
+typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
+
+/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
+** the following structure */
+struct yyParser {
+  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
+  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
+  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
+};
+typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
+static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* 
+** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
+** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
+** by making either argument NULL 
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
+**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
+** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
+**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
+**      turned off.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
+  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
+  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
+  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
+  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
+** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
+static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
+  "$",             "END_OF_FILE",   "ILLEGAL",       "SPACE",       
+  "UNCLOSED_STRING",  "COMMENT",       "FUNCTION",      "COLUMN",      
+  "AGG_FUNCTION",  "SEMI",          "EXPLAIN",       "BEGIN",       
+  "TRANSACTION",   "DEFERRED",      "IMMEDIATE",     "EXCLUSIVE",   
+  "COMMIT",        "END",           "ROLLBACK",      "CREATE",      
+  "TABLE",         "TEMP",          "LP",            "RP",          
+  "AS",            "COMMA",         "ID",            "ABORT",       
+  "AFTER",         "ASC",           "ATTACH",        "BEFORE",      
+  "CASCADE",       "CONFLICT",      "DATABASE",      "DESC",        
+  "DETACH",        "EACH",          "FAIL",          "FOR",         
+  "GLOB",          "IGNORE",        "INITIALLY",     "INSTEAD",     
+  "LIKE",          "MATCH",         "KEY",           "OF",          
+  "OFFSET",        "PRAGMA",        "RAISE",         "REPLACE",     
+  "RESTRICT",      "ROW",           "STATEMENT",     "TRIGGER",     
+  "VACUUM",        "VIEW",          "OR",            "AND",         
+  "NOT",           "IS",            "BETWEEN",       "IN",          
+  "ISNULL",        "NOTNULL",       "NE",            "EQ",          
+  "GT",            "LE",            "LT",            "GE",          
+  "BITAND",        "BITOR",         "LSHIFT",        "RSHIFT",      
+  "PLUS",          "MINUS",         "STAR",          "SLASH",       
+  "REM",           "CONCAT",        "UMINUS",        "UPLUS",       
+  "BITNOT",        "STRING",        "JOIN_KW",       "CONSTRAINT",  
+  "DEFAULT",       "NULL",          "PRIMARY",       "UNIQUE",      
+  "CHECK",         "REFERENCES",    "COLLATE",       "ON",          
+  "DELETE",        "UPDATE",        "INSERT",        "SET",         
+  "DEFERRABLE",    "FOREIGN",       "DROP",          "UNION",       
+  "ALL",           "INTERSECT",     "EXCEPT",        "SELECT",      
+  "DISTINCT",      "DOT",           "FROM",          "JOIN",        
+  "USING",         "ORDER",         "BY",            "GROUP",       
+  "HAVING",        "LIMIT",         "WHERE",         "INTO",        
+  "VALUES",        "INTEGER",       "FLOAT",         "BLOB",        
+  "VARIABLE",      "CASE",          "WHEN",          "THEN",        
+  "ELSE",          "INDEX",         "error",         "input",       
+  "cmdlist",       "ecmd",          "explain",       "cmdx",        
+  "cmd",           "transtype",     "trans_opt",     "nm",          
+  "create_table",  "create_table_args",  "temp",          "dbnm",        
+  "columnlist",    "conslist_opt",  "select",        "column",      
+  "columnid",      "type",          "carglist",      "id",          
+  "ids",           "typename",      "signed",        "plus_num",    
+  "minus_num",     "carg",          "ccons",         "onconf",      
+  "sortorder",     "expr",          "idxlist_opt",   "refargs",     
+  "defer_subclause",  "refarg",        "refact",        "init_deferred_pred_opt",
+  "conslist",      "tcons",         "idxlist",       "defer_subclause_opt",
+  "orconf",        "resolvetype",   "raisetype",     "fullname",    
+  "oneselect",     "multiselect_op",  "distinct",      "selcollist",  
+  "from",          "where_opt",     "groupby_opt",   "having_opt",  
+  "orderby_opt",   "limit_opt",     "sclp",          "as",          
+  "seltablist",    "stl_prefix",    "joinop",        "on_opt",      
+  "using_opt",     "seltablist_paren",  "joinop2",       "inscollist",  
+  "sortlist",      "sortitem",      "collate",       "exprlist",    
+  "setlist",       "insert_cmd",    "inscollist_opt",  "itemlist",    
+  "likeop",        "between_op",    "in_op",         "case_operand",
+  "case_exprlist",  "case_else",     "expritem",      "uniqueflag",  
+  "idxitem",       "plus_opt",      "number",        "trigger_decl",
+  "trigger_cmd_list",  "trigger_time",  "trigger_event",  "foreach_clause",
+  "when_clause",   "trigger_cmd",   "database_kw_opt",  "key_opt",     
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
+*/
+static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
+ /*   0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
+ /*   1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
+ /*   2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
+ /*   3 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
+ /*   4 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
+ /*   5 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
+ /*   6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
+ /*   7 */ "explain ::=",
+ /*   8 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
+ /*   9 */ "trans_opt ::=",
+ /*  10 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
+ /*  11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
+ /*  12 */ "transtype ::=",
+ /*  13 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
+ /*  14 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  15 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
+ /*  16 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
+ /*  17 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
+ /*  18 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
+ /*  19 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
+ /*  20 */ "create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE nm dbnm",
+ /*  21 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
+ /*  22 */ "temp ::=",
+ /*  23 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP",
+ /*  24 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
+ /*  25 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
+ /*  26 */ "columnlist ::= column",
+ /*  27 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
+ /*  28 */ "columnid ::= nm",
+ /*  29 */ "id ::= ID",
+ /*  30 */ "ids ::= ID",
+ /*  31 */ "ids ::= STRING",
+ /*  32 */ "nm ::= ID",
+ /*  33 */ "nm ::= STRING",
+ /*  34 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /*  35 */ "type ::=",
+ /*  36 */ "type ::= typename",
+ /*  37 */ "type ::= typename LP signed RP",
+ /*  38 */ "type ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
+ /*  39 */ "typename ::= ids",
+ /*  40 */ "typename ::= typename ids",
+ /*  41 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
+ /*  42 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
+ /*  43 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg",
+ /*  44 */ "carglist ::=",
+ /*  45 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons",
+ /*  46 */ "carg ::= ccons",
+ /*  47 */ "carg ::= DEFAULT ids",
+ /*  48 */ "carg ::= DEFAULT plus_num",
+ /*  49 */ "carg ::= DEFAULT minus_num",
+ /*  50 */ "carg ::= DEFAULT NULL",
+ /*  51 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
+ /*  52 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
+ /*  53 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf",
+ /*  54 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
+ /*  55 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
+ /*  56 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
+ /*  57 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
+ /*  58 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE id",
+ /*  59 */ "refargs ::=",
+ /*  60 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
+ /*  61 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
+ /*  62 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
+ /*  63 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
+ /*  64 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
+ /*  65 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
+ /*  66 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
+ /*  67 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
+ /*  68 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
+ /*  69 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  70 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  71 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
+ /*  72 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
+ /*  73 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  74 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
+ /*  75 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
+ /*  76 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons",
+ /*  77 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons",
+ /*  78 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
+ /*  79 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /*  80 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /*  81 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /*  82 */ "tcons ::= CHECK expr onconf",
+ /*  83 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
+ /*  84 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
+ /*  85 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
+ /*  86 */ "onconf ::=",
+ /*  87 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
+ /*  88 */ "orconf ::=",
+ /*  89 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
+ /*  90 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
+ /*  91 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
+ /*  92 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
+ /*  93 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE fullname",
+ /*  94 */ "cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW nm dbnm AS select",
+ /*  95 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW fullname",
+ /*  96 */ "cmd ::= select",
+ /*  97 */ "select ::= oneselect",
+ /*  98 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
+ /*  99 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
+ /* 100 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
+ /* 101 */ "multiselect_op ::= INTERSECT",
+ /* 102 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT",
+ /* 103 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
+ /* 104 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
+ /* 105 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
+ /* 106 */ "distinct ::=",
+ /* 107 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
+ /* 108 */ "sclp ::=",
+ /* 109 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
+ /* 110 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
+ /* 111 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
+ /* 112 */ "as ::= AS nm",
+ /* 113 */ "as ::= ids",
+ /* 114 */ "as ::=",
+ /* 115 */ "from ::=",
+ /* 116 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
+ /* 117 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
+ /* 118 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
+ /* 119 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 120 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist_paren RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 121 */ "seltablist_paren ::= select",
+ /* 122 */ "seltablist_paren ::= seltablist",
+ /* 123 */ "dbnm ::=",
+ /* 124 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
+ /* 125 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
+ /* 126 */ "joinop ::= COMMA",
+ /* 127 */ "joinop ::= JOIN",
+ /* 128 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
+ /* 129 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
+ /* 130 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
+ /* 131 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
+ /* 132 */ "on_opt ::=",
+ /* 133 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 134 */ "using_opt ::=",
+ /* 135 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
+ /* 136 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
+ /* 137 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem collate sortorder",
+ /* 138 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem collate sortorder",
+ /* 139 */ "sortitem ::= expr",
+ /* 140 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
+ /* 141 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
+ /* 142 */ "sortorder ::=",
+ /* 143 */ "collate ::=",
+ /* 144 */ "collate ::= COLLATE id",
+ /* 145 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
+ /* 146 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY exprlist",
+ /* 147 */ "having_opt ::=",
+ /* 148 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
+ /* 149 */ "limit_opt ::=",
+ /* 150 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT signed",
+ /* 151 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT signed OFFSET signed",
+ /* 152 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT signed COMMA signed",
+ /* 153 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname where_opt",
+ /* 154 */ "where_opt ::=",
+ /* 155 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
+ /* 156 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 157 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
+ /* 158 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
+ /* 159 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
+ /* 160 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 161 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
+ /* 162 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 163 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 164 */ "itemlist ::= expr",
+ /* 165 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
+ /* 166 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 167 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
+ /* 168 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
+ /* 169 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
+ /* 170 */ "expr ::= NULL",
+ /* 171 */ "expr ::= ID",
+ /* 172 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 173 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 174 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
+ /* 175 */ "expr ::= INTEGER",
+ /* 176 */ "expr ::= FLOAT",
+ /* 177 */ "expr ::= STRING",
+ /* 178 */ "expr ::= BLOB",
+ /* 179 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
+ /* 180 */ "expr ::= ID LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 181 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
+ /* 182 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
+ /* 183 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
+ /* 184 */ "expr ::= expr LT expr",
+ /* 185 */ "expr ::= expr GT expr",
+ /* 186 */ "expr ::= expr LE expr",
+ /* 187 */ "expr ::= expr GE expr",
+ /* 188 */ "expr ::= expr NE expr",
+ /* 189 */ "expr ::= expr EQ expr",
+ /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND expr",
+ /* 191 */ "expr ::= expr BITOR expr",
+ /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr LSHIFT expr",
+ /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr RSHIFT expr",
+ /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS expr",
+ /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr MINUS expr",
+ /* 196 */ "expr ::= expr STAR expr",
+ /* 197 */ "expr ::= expr SLASH expr",
+ /* 198 */ "expr ::= expr REM expr",
+ /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
+ /* 200 */ "likeop ::= LIKE",
+ /* 201 */ "likeop ::= GLOB",
+ /* 202 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE",
+ /* 203 */ "likeop ::= NOT GLOB",
+ /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr",
+ /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL",
+ /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr IS NULL",
+ /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr NOTNULL",
+ /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
+ /* 209 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL",
+ /* 210 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
+ /* 211 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
+ /* 212 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
+ /* 213 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
+ /* 214 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
+ /* 215 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
+ /* 216 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
+ /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
+ /* 218 */ "in_op ::= IN",
+ /* 219 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
+ /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 221 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
+ /* 222 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
+ /* 223 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
+ /* 224 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 225 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 226 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
+ /* 227 */ "case_else ::=",
+ /* 228 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
+ /* 229 */ "case_operand ::=",
+ /* 230 */ "exprlist ::= exprlist COMMA expritem",
+ /* 231 */ "exprlist ::= expritem",
+ /* 232 */ "expritem ::= expr",
+ /* 233 */ "expritem ::=",
+ /* 234 */ "cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX nm dbnm ON fullname LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /* 235 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
+ /* 236 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
+ /* 237 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
+ /* 238 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
+ /* 239 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA idxitem collate sortorder",
+ /* 240 */ "idxlist ::= idxitem collate sortorder",
+ /* 241 */ "idxitem ::= nm",
+ /* 242 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX fullname",
+ /* 243 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
+ /* 244 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
+ /* 245 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nm",
+ /* 246 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON",
+ /* 247 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ plus_num",
+ /* 248 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
+ /* 249 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nm RP",
+ /* 250 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
+ /* 251 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number",
+ /* 252 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number",
+ /* 253 */ "number ::= INTEGER",
+ /* 254 */ "number ::= FLOAT",
+ /* 255 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS",
+ /* 256 */ "plus_opt ::=",
+ /* 257 */ "cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
+ /* 258 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
+ /* 259 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
+ /* 260 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
+ /* 261 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
+ /* 262 */ "trigger_time ::=",
+ /* 263 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE",
+ /* 264 */ "trigger_event ::= INSERT",
+ /* 265 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
+ /* 266 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist",
+ /* 267 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
+ /* 268 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
+ /* 269 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH STATEMENT",
+ /* 270 */ "when_clause ::=",
+ /* 271 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
+ /* 272 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI trigger_cmd_list",
+ /* 273 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::=",
+ /* 274 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 275 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
+ /* 276 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt",
+ /* 278 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
+ /* 279 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
+ /* 280 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
+ /* 281 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
+ /* 282 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
+ /* 283 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
+ /* 284 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER fullname",
+ /* 285 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt ids AS nm key_opt",
+ /* 286 */ "key_opt ::=",
+ /* 287 */ "key_opt ::= KEY ids",
+ /* 288 */ "key_opt ::= KEY BLOB",
+ /* 289 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
+ /* 290 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
+ /* 291 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt nm",
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+/*
+** This function returns the symbolic name associated with a token
+** value.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3ParserTokenName(int tokenType){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( tokenType>0 && tokenType<(sizeof(yyTokenName)/sizeof(yyTokenName[0])) ){
+    return yyTokenName[tokenType];
+  }else{
+    return "Unknown";
+  }
+#else
+  return "";
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new parser.
+** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
+** malloc.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+**
+** Outputs:
+** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
+** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
+*/
+void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
+  yyParser *pParser;
+  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
+  if( pParser ){
+    pParser->yyidx = -1;
+  }
+  return pParser;
+}
+
+/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
+** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
+** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
+** the value.
+*/
+static void yy_destructor(YYCODETYPE yymajor, YYMINORTYPE *yypminor){
+  switch( yymajor ){
+    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
+    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
+    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
+    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
+    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
+    **
+    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
+    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
+    ** inside the C code.
+    */
+    case 146:
+    case 176:
+    case 193:
+#line 303 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3SelectDelete((yypminor->yy107));}
+#line 1236 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 161:
+    case 181:
+    case 183:
+    case 191:
+    case 197:
+    case 210:
+#line 552 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy258));}
+#line 1246 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 162:
+    case 170:
+    case 179:
+    case 182:
+    case 184:
+    case 186:
+    case 196:
+    case 199:
+    case 200:
+    case 203:
+    case 208:
+#line 744 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy210));}
+#line 1261 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 175:
+    case 180:
+    case 188:
+    case 189:
+#line 428 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3SrcListDelete((yypminor->yy259));}
+#line 1269 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 192:
+    case 195:
+    case 202:
+#line 446 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy272));}
+#line 1276 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 216:
+    case 221:
+#line 833 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep((yypminor->yy91));}
+#line 1282 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 218:
+#line 817 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy146).b);}
+#line 1287 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the parser's stack once.
+**
+** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
+** is popped from the stack, then call it.
+**
+** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
+*/
+static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
+  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
+
+  if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
+      yyTracePrompt,
+      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
+  }
+#endif
+  yymajor = yytos->major;
+  yy_destructor( yymajor, &yytos->minor);
+  pParser->yyidx--;
+  return yymajor;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
+** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
+**       obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc.
+** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
+**       from malloc.
+** </ul>
+*/
+void sqlite3ParserFree(
+  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
+  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
+){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  if( pParser==0 ) return;
+  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
+  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_shift_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  int iLookAhead            /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  /* if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return YY_NO_ACTION;  */
+  i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
+  if( i==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
+    return YY_NO_ACTION;
+  }
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+    int iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
+    if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
+           && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
+           yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
+      }
+#endif
+      return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
+    }
+#endif
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_reduce_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  int iLookAhead            /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
+  if( i==YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
+    return YY_NO_ACTION;
+  }
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Perform a shift action.
+*/
+static void yy_shift(
+  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
+  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
+  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer ot the minor token to shift in */
+){
+  yyStackEntry *yytos;
+  yypParser->yyidx++;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
+     sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+     yypParser->yyidx--;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+     if( yyTraceFILE ){
+       fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+     }
+#endif
+     while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+     /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
+     ** stack every overflows */
+     sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
+     return;
+  }
+  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+  yytos->stateno = yyNewState;
+  yytos->major = yyMajor;
+  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
+    int i;
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
+    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* The following table contains information about every rule that
+** is used during the reduce.
+*/
+static const struct {
+  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
+  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
+} yyRuleInfo[] = {
+  { 131, 1 },
+  { 132, 2 },
+  { 132, 1 },
+  { 133, 3 },
+  { 133, 1 },
+  { 135, 1 },
+  { 134, 1 },
+  { 134, 0 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 138, 0 },
+  { 138, 1 },
+  { 138, 2 },
+  { 137, 0 },
+  { 137, 1 },
+  { 137, 1 },
+  { 137, 1 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 140, 5 },
+  { 142, 1 },
+  { 142, 0 },
+  { 141, 4 },
+  { 141, 2 },
+  { 144, 3 },
+  { 144, 1 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 148, 1 },
+  { 151, 1 },
+  { 152, 1 },
+  { 152, 1 },
+  { 139, 1 },
+  { 139, 1 },
+  { 139, 1 },
+  { 149, 0 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 153, 1 },
+  { 153, 2 },
+  { 154, 1 },
+  { 154, 1 },
+  { 150, 2 },
+  { 150, 0 },
+  { 157, 3 },
+  { 157, 1 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 158, 2 },
+  { 158, 3 },
+  { 158, 4 },
+  { 158, 2 },
+  { 158, 5 },
+  { 158, 4 },
+  { 158, 1 },
+  { 158, 2 },
+  { 163, 0 },
+  { 163, 2 },
+  { 165, 2 },
+  { 165, 3 },
+  { 165, 3 },
+  { 165, 3 },
+  { 166, 2 },
+  { 166, 2 },
+  { 166, 1 },
+  { 166, 1 },
+  { 164, 3 },
+  { 164, 2 },
+  { 167, 0 },
+  { 167, 2 },
+  { 167, 2 },
+  { 145, 0 },
+  { 145, 2 },
+  { 168, 3 },
+  { 168, 2 },
+  { 168, 1 },
+  { 169, 2 },
+  { 169, 6 },
+  { 169, 5 },
+  { 169, 3 },
+  { 169, 10 },
+  { 171, 0 },
+  { 171, 1 },
+  { 159, 0 },
+  { 159, 3 },
+  { 172, 0 },
+  { 172, 2 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 136, 7 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 136, 1 },
+  { 146, 1 },
+  { 146, 3 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 177, 2 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 176, 9 },
+  { 178, 1 },
+  { 178, 1 },
+  { 178, 0 },
+  { 186, 2 },
+  { 186, 0 },
+  { 179, 3 },
+  { 179, 2 },
+  { 179, 4 },
+  { 187, 2 },
+  { 187, 1 },
+  { 187, 0 },
+  { 180, 0 },
+  { 180, 2 },
+  { 189, 2 },
+  { 189, 0 },
+  { 188, 6 },
+  { 188, 7 },
+  { 193, 1 },
+  { 193, 1 },
+  { 143, 0 },
+  { 143, 2 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 190, 2 },
+  { 190, 3 },
+  { 190, 4 },
+  { 191, 2 },
+  { 191, 0 },
+  { 192, 4 },
+  { 192, 0 },
+  { 184, 0 },
+  { 184, 3 },
+  { 196, 5 },
+  { 196, 3 },
+  { 197, 1 },
+  { 160, 1 },
+  { 160, 1 },
+  { 160, 0 },
+  { 198, 0 },
+  { 198, 2 },
+  { 182, 0 },
+  { 182, 3 },
+  { 183, 0 },
+  { 183, 2 },
+  { 185, 0 },
+  { 185, 2 },
+  { 185, 4 },
+  { 185, 4 },
+  { 136, 4 },
+  { 181, 0 },
+  { 181, 2 },
+  { 136, 6 },
+  { 200, 5 },
+  { 200, 3 },
+  { 136, 8 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 201, 2 },
+  { 201, 1 },
+  { 203, 3 },
+  { 203, 1 },
+  { 202, 0 },
+  { 202, 3 },
+  { 195, 3 },
+  { 195, 1 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 204, 1 },
+  { 204, 1 },
+  { 204, 2 },
+  { 204, 2 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 205, 1 },
+  { 205, 2 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 206, 1 },
+  { 206, 2 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 208, 5 },
+  { 208, 4 },
+  { 209, 2 },
+  { 209, 0 },
+  { 207, 1 },
+  { 207, 0 },
+  { 199, 3 },
+  { 199, 1 },
+  { 210, 1 },
+  { 210, 0 },
+  { 136, 11 },
+  { 211, 1 },
+  { 211, 0 },
+  { 162, 0 },
+  { 162, 3 },
+  { 170, 5 },
+  { 170, 3 },
+  { 212, 1 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 136, 1 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 136, 6 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 155, 2 },
+  { 156, 2 },
+  { 214, 1 },
+  { 214, 1 },
+  { 213, 1 },
+  { 213, 0 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 215, 10 },
+  { 217, 1 },
+  { 217, 1 },
+  { 217, 2 },
+  { 217, 0 },
+  { 218, 1 },
+  { 218, 1 },
+  { 218, 1 },
+  { 218, 3 },
+  { 219, 0 },
+  { 219, 3 },
+  { 219, 3 },
+  { 220, 0 },
+  { 220, 2 },
+  { 216, 3 },
+  { 216, 0 },
+  { 221, 6 },
+  { 221, 8 },
+  { 221, 5 },
+  { 221, 4 },
+  { 221, 1 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 6 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 136, 6 },
+  { 223, 0 },
+  { 223, 2 },
+  { 223, 2 },
+  { 222, 1 },
+  { 222, 0 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+};
+
+static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
+
+/*
+** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
+** follow the reduce.
+*/
+static void yy_reduce(
+  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
+  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+){
+  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
+  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
+  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
+  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
+  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
+        && yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0]) ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
+      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
+  }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+  switch( yyruleno ){
+  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
+  ** follows:
+  **   case 0:
+  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
+  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
+  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
+  **     break;
+  */
+      case 5:
+#line 86 "parse.y"
+{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
+#line 1794 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 6:
+#line 87 "parse.y"
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
+#line 1799 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 7:
+#line 88 "parse.y"
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
+#line 1804 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 8:
+#line 93 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1809 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 12:
+#line 98 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = TK_DEFERRED;}
+#line 1814 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 13:
+      case 14:
+      case 15:
+      case 99:
+      case 101:
+      case 102:
+#line 99 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = yymsp[0].major;}
+#line 1824 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 16:
+      case 17:
+#line 102 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
+#line 1830 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 18:
+#line 104 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
+#line 1835 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 20:
+#line 109 "parse.y"
+{
+   sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,yymsp[-3].minor.yy284,0);
+}
+#line 1842 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 21:
+      case 72:
+      case 104:
+      case 216:
+      case 219:
+#line 113 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = 1;}
+#line 1851 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 22:
+      case 71:
+      case 73:
+      case 84:
+      case 105:
+      case 106:
+      case 215:
+      case 218:
+#line 114 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = 0;}
+#line 1863 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 23:
+#line 115 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);
+}
+#line 1870 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 24:
+#line 118 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy107);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy107);
+}
+#line 1878 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 28:
+#line 130 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 1883 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 29:
+      case 30:
+      case 31:
+      case 32:
+      case 33:
+      case 34:
+      case 253:
+      case 254:
+#line 136 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+#line 1895 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 36:
+#line 185 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 1900 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 37:
+#line 186 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+#line 1905 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 38:
+#line 188 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+#line 1910 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 39:
+      case 112:
+      case 113:
+      case 124:
+      case 144:
+      case 241:
+      case 251:
+      case 252:
+#line 190 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98 = yymsp[0].minor.yy98;}
+#line 1922 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 40:
+#line 191 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.z; yygotominor.yy98.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy98.n+(yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.z);}
+#line 1927 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 41:
+#line 193 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = atoi(yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z); }
+#line 1932 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 42:
+#line 194 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = -atoi(yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z); }
+#line 1937 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 47:
+      case 48:
+#line 199 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,0);}
+#line 1943 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 49:
+#line 201 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,1);}
+#line 1948 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 52:
+#line 208 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1953 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 53:
+#line 209 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1958 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 54:
+#line 210 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy284,0,0);}
+#line 1963 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 56:
+#line 213 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,yymsp[-1].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1968 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 57:
+#line 214 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1973 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 58:
+#line 215 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy98.n);}
+#line 1978 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 59:
+#line 223 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; }
+#line 1983 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 60:
+#line 224 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy284 & yymsp[0].minor.yy47.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy47.value; }
+#line 1988 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 61:
+#line 226 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy47.value = 0;     yygotominor.yy47.mask = 0x000000; }
+#line 1993 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 62:
+#line 227 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy47.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;     yygotominor.yy47.mask = 0x0000ff; }
+#line 1998 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 63:
+#line 228 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy47.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy284<<8;  yygotominor.yy47.mask = 0x00ff00; }
+#line 2003 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 64:
+#line 229 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy47.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy284<<16; yygotominor.yy47.mask = 0xff0000; }
+#line 2008 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 65:
+#line 231 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_SetNull; }
+#line 2013 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 66:
+#line 232 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_SetDflt; }
+#line 2018 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 67:
+#line 233 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Cascade; }
+#line 2023 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 68:
+#line 234 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Restrict; }
+#line 2028 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 69:
+      case 70:
+      case 85:
+      case 87:
+      case 89:
+      case 90:
+      case 161:
+#line 236 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;}
+#line 2039 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 80:
+#line 253 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2044 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 81:
+#line 255 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy284,0,0);}
+#line 2049 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 83:
+#line 258 "parse.y"
+{
+    sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy210, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy98, yymsp[-2].minor.yy210, yymsp[-1].minor.yy284);
+    sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy284);
+}
+#line 2057 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 86:
+      case 88:
+#line 272 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Default;}
+#line 2063 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 91:
+#line 277 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Ignore;}
+#line 2068 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 92:
+      case 162:
+#line 278 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Replace;}
+#line 2074 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 93:
+#line 282 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 0);
+}
+#line 2081 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 94:
+#line 288 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy98, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98, yymsp[0].minor.yy107, yymsp[-5].minor.yy284);
+}
+#line 2088 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 95:
+#line 291 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 1);
+}
+#line 2095 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 96:
+#line 297 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy107, SRT_Callback, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy107);
+}
+#line 2103 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 97:
+      case 121:
+#line 307 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy107 = yymsp[0].minor.yy107;}
+#line 2109 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 98:
+#line 308 "parse.y"
+{
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy107 ){
+    yymsp[0].minor.yy107->op = yymsp[-1].minor.yy284;
+    yymsp[0].minor.yy107->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy107;
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy107 = yymsp[0].minor.yy107;
+}
+#line 2120 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 100:
+#line 317 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = TK_ALL;}
+#line 2125 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 103:
+#line 321 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy107 = sqlite3SelectNew(yymsp[-6].minor.yy210,yymsp[-5].minor.yy259,yymsp[-4].minor.yy258,yymsp[-3].minor.yy210,yymsp[-2].minor.yy258,yymsp[-1].minor.yy210,yymsp[-7].minor.yy284,yymsp[0].minor.yy404.limit,yymsp[0].minor.yy404.offset);
+}
+#line 2132 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 107:
+      case 238:
+#line 342 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy210;}
+#line 2138 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 108:
+      case 135:
+      case 145:
+      case 237:
+#line 343 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = 0;}
+#line 2146 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 109:
+#line 344 "parse.y"
+{
+   yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy210,yymsp[-1].minor.yy258,yymsp[0].minor.yy98.n?&yymsp[0].minor.yy98:0);
+}
+#line 2153 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 110:
+#line 347 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0), 0);
+}
+#line 2160 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 111:
+#line 350 "parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *pRight = sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0);
+  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-3].minor.yy210, sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0), 0);
+}
+#line 2169 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 114:
+#line 362 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98.n = 0;}
+#line 2174 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 115:
+#line 374 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy259 = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*yygotominor.yy259));}
+#line 2179 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 116:
+#line 375 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[0].minor.yy259;}
+#line 2184 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 117:
+#line 380 "parse.y"
+{
+   yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy259;
+   if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>0 ) yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-1].jointype = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;
+}
+#line 2192 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 118:
+#line 384 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy259 = 0;}
+#line 2197 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 119:
+#line 385 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(yymsp[-5].minor.yy259,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98);
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy98.n ) sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(yygotominor.yy259,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy258 ){
+    if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>1 ){ yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-2].pOn = yymsp[-1].minor.yy258; }
+    else { sqlite3ExprDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy258); }
+  }
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy272 ){
+    if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>1 ){ yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-2].pUsing = yymsp[0].minor.yy272; }
+    else { sqlite3IdListDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy272); }
+  }
+}
+#line 2213 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 120:
+#line 398 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0);
+  yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-1].pSelect = yymsp[-4].minor.yy107;
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy98.n ) sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(yygotominor.yy259,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy258 ){
+    if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>1 ){ yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-2].pOn = yymsp[-1].minor.yy258; }
+    else { sqlite3ExprDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy258); }
+  }
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy272 ){
+    if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>1 ){ yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-2].pUsing = yymsp[0].minor.yy272; }
+    else { sqlite3IdListDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy272); }
+  }
+}
+#line 2230 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 122:
+#line 419 "parse.y"
+{
+   yygotominor.yy107 = sqlite3SelectNew(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy259,0,0,0,0,0,-1,0);
+}
+#line 2237 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 123:
+#line 424 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98.z=0; yygotominor.yy98.n=0;}
+#line 2242 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 125:
+#line 429 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2247 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 126:
+      case 127:
+#line 433 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = JT_INNER; }
+#line 2253 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 128:
+#line 435 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
+#line 2258 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 129:
+#line 436 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,0); }
+#line 2263 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 130:
+#line 438 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98); }
+#line 2268 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 131:
+      case 139:
+      case 148:
+      case 155:
+      case 226:
+      case 228:
+      case 232:
+#line 442 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = yymsp[0].minor.yy258;}
+#line 2279 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 132:
+      case 147:
+      case 154:
+      case 227:
+      case 229:
+      case 233:
+#line 443 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = 0;}
+#line 2289 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 133:
+      case 166:
+#line 447 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy272 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy272;}
+#line 2295 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 134:
+      case 165:
+#line 448 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy272 = 0;}
+#line 2301 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 136:
+      case 146:
+#line 459 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = yymsp[0].minor.yy210;}
+#line 2307 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 137:
+#line 460 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy210,yymsp[-2].minor.yy258,yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n>0?&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98:0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy210 ) yygotominor.yy210->a[yygotominor.yy210->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;
+}
+#line 2315 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 138:
+#line 464 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy258,yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n>0?&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98:0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy210 && yygotominor.yy210->a ) yygotominor.yy210->a[0].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;
+}
+#line 2323 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 140:
+      case 142:
+#line 473 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
+#line 2329 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 141:
+#line 474 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
+#line 2334 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 143:
+#line 476 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98.z = 0; yygotominor.yy98.n = 0;}
+#line 2339 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 149:
+#line 490 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy404.limit = -1; yygotominor.yy404.offset = 0;}
+#line 2344 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 150:
+#line 491 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy404.limit = yymsp[0].minor.yy284; yygotominor.yy404.offset = 0;}
+#line 2349 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 151:
+#line 493 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy404.limit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy284; yygotominor.yy404.offset = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;}
+#line 2354 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 152:
+#line 495 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy404.limit = yymsp[0].minor.yy284; yygotominor.yy404.offset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy284;}
+#line 2359 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 153:
+#line 499 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy259,yymsp[0].minor.yy258);}
+#line 2364 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 156:
+#line 513 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,yymsp[-4].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2369 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 157:
+#line 516 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2374 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 158:
+#line 517 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2379 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 159:
+#line 523 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy272, yymsp[-7].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2384 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 160:
+#line 525 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy107, yymsp[-1].minor.yy272, yymsp[-4].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2389 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 163:
+      case 230:
+#line 535 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,0);}
+#line 2395 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 164:
+      case 231:
+#line 536 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,0);}
+#line 2401 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 167:
+#line 545 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy272 = sqlite3IdListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy272,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2406 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 168:
+#line 546 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy272 = sqlite3IdListAppend(0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2411 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 169:
+#line 554 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy258; sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); }
+#line 2416 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 170:
+      case 175:
+      case 176:
+      case 177:
+      case 178:
+#line 555 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[0].major, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+#line 2425 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 171:
+      case 172:
+#line 556 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+#line 2431 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 173:
+#line 558 "parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy98);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
+}
+#line 2440 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 174:
+#line 563 "parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy98);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  Expr *temp3 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy98);
+  Expr *temp4 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
+}
+#line 2451 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 179:
+#line 574 "parse.y"
+{
+  Token *pToken = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+  Expr *pExpr = yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken);
+  sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, pExpr);
+}
+#line 2460 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 180:
+#line 579 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3ExprFunction(yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2468 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 181:
+#line 583 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3ExprFunction(0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2476 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 182:
+      case 183:
+      case 184:
+      case 185:
+      case 186:
+      case 187:
+      case 188:
+      case 189:
+      case 190:
+      case 191:
+      case 192:
+      case 193:
+      case 194:
+      case 195:
+      case 196:
+      case 197:
+      case 198:
+      case 199:
+#line 587 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);}
+#line 2498 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 200:
+#line 606 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy342.opcode = TK_LIKE; yygotominor.yy342.not = 0;}
+#line 2503 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 201:
+#line 607 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy342.opcode = TK_GLOB; yygotominor.yy342.not = 0;}
+#line 2508 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 202:
+#line 608 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy342.opcode = TK_LIKE; yygotominor.yy342.not = 1;}
+#line 2513 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 203:
+#line 609 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy342.opcode = TK_GLOB; yygotominor.yy342.not = 1;}
+#line 2518 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 204:
+#line 610 "parse.y"
+{
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pList, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->op = yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.opcode;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy258->span, &yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2530 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 205:
+#line 618 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-1].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2538 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 206:
+#line 622 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2546 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 207:
+#line 626 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-1].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2554 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 208:
+#line 630 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2562 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 209:
+#line 634 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-3].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2570 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 210:
+      case 211:
+#line 638 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2579 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 212:
+#line 646 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2587 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 213:
+#line 650 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_UPLUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2595 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 214:
+#line 654 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy107;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2604 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 217:
+#line 662 "parse.y"
+{
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pList = pList;
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy284 ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2616 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 220:
+#line 673 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy210;
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy284 ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2626 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 221:
+#line 679 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy107;
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy284 ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2636 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 222:
+#line 685 "parse.y"
+{
+  SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,-1,0);
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy284 ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy258->span,yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z?&yymsp[0].minor.yy98:&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2647 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 223:
+#line 695 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy258, yymsp[-1].minor.yy258, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy210;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2656 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 224:
+#line 702 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy210, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yygotominor.yy210, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);
+}
+#line 2664 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 225:
+#line 706 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yygotominor.yy210, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);
+}
+#line 2672 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 234:
+#line 731 "parse.y"
+{
+  if( yymsp[-9].minor.yy284!=OE_None ) yymsp[-9].minor.yy284 = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;
+  if( yymsp[-9].minor.yy284==OE_Default) yymsp[-9].minor.yy284 = OE_Abort;
+  sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy98, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy98, yymsp[-4].minor.yy259, yymsp[-2].minor.yy210, yymsp[-9].minor.yy284, &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2681 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 235:
+      case 282:
+#line 738 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Abort;}
+#line 2687 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 236:
+#line 739 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_None;}
+#line 2692 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 239:
+#line 749 "parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *p = 0;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n>0 ){
+    p = sqlite3Expr(TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( p ) p->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.z, yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy210, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2704 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 240:
+#line 757 "parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *p = 0;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n>0 ){
+    p = sqlite3Expr(TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( p ) p->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.z, yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2716 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 242:
+#line 770 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259);}
+#line 2721 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 243:
+      case 244:
+#line 774 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,0);}
+#line 2727 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 245:
+      case 247:
+#line 779 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,0);}
+#line 2733 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 246:
+#line 780 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
+#line 2738 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 248:
+#line 782 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,1);
+}
+#line 2745 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 249:
+#line 785 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,0);}
+#line 2750 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 250:
+#line 786 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,0,0);}
+#line 2755 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 257:
+#line 796 "parse.y"
+{
+  Token all;
+  all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy98.z;
+  all.n = (yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy98.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
+  sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy91, &all);
+}
+#line 2765 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 258:
+#line 805 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy98, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy98, yymsp[-5].minor.yy284, yymsp[-4].minor.yy146.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy146.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy284, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, yymsp[-9].minor.yy284);
+  yygotominor.yy98 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy98.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy98:yymsp[-6].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2773 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 259:
+      case 262:
+#line 811 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_BEFORE; }
+#line 2779 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 260:
+#line 812 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_AFTER;  }
+#line 2784 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 261:
+#line 813 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_INSTEAD;}
+#line 2789 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 263:
+      case 264:
+      case 265:
+#line 818 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy146.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy146.b = 0;}
+#line 2796 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 266:
+#line 821 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy146.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy146.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy272;}
+#line 2801 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 267:
+      case 268:
+#line 824 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_ROW; }
+#line 2807 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 269:
+#line 826 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_STATEMENT; }
+#line 2812 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 270:
+#line 829 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy258 = 0; }
+#line 2817 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 271:
+#line 830 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy258 = yymsp[0].minor.yy258; }
+#line 2822 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 272:
+#line 834 "parse.y"
+{
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy91->pNext = yymsp[0].minor.yy91;
+  yygotominor.yy91 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy91;
+}
+#line 2830 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 273:
+#line 838 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy91 = 0; }
+#line 2835 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 274:
+#line 844 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98, yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, yymsp[-4].minor.yy284); }
+#line 2840 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 275:
+#line 849 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(&yymsp[-5].minor.yy98, yymsp[-4].minor.yy272, yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2845 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 276:
+#line 852 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98, yymsp[-1].minor.yy272, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy107, yymsp[-4].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2850 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 277:
+#line 856 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98, yymsp[0].minor.yy258);}
+#line 2855 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 278:
+#line 859 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(yymsp[0].minor.yy107); }
+#line 2860 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 279:
+#line 862 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); 
+  yygotominor.yy258->iColumn = OE_Ignore;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2869 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 280:
+#line 867 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy98); 
+  yygotominor.yy258->iColumn = yymsp[-3].minor.yy284;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2878 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 281:
+#line 873 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Rollback;}
+#line 2883 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 283:
+#line 875 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Fail;}
+#line 2888 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 284:
+#line 879 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy259);
+}
+#line 2895 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 285:
+#line 884 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3Attach(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy98, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy98, yymsp[0].minor.yy292.type, &yymsp[0].minor.yy292.key);
+}
+#line 2902 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 286:
+#line 888 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy292.type = 0; }
+#line 2907 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 287:
+#line 889 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy292.type=1; yygotominor.yy292.key = yymsp[0].minor.yy98; }
+#line 2912 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 288:
+#line 890 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy292.type=2; yygotominor.yy292.key = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; }
+#line 2917 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 291:
+#line 896 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3Detach(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2924 "parse.c"
+        break;
+  };
+  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
+  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
+  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
+  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yypParser,yygoto);
+  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
+    yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
+  }else if( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ){
+    yy_accept(yypParser);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when the parse fails
+*/
+static void yy_parse_failed(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser fails */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
+*/
+static void yy_syntax_error(
+  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
+#line 23 "parse.y"
+
+  if( pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    if( TOKEN.z[0] ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "incomplete SQL statement");
+    }
+  }
+#line 2976 "parse.c"
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+*/
+static void yy_accept(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser accepts */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
+** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** <li> The major token number.
+** <li> The minor token number.
+** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+void sqlite3Parser(
+  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+){
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
+  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
+  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
+  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
+
+  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
+  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
+    if( yymajor==0 ) return;
+    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
+    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
+  }
+  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
+  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,yymajor);
+    if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
+      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
+      if( yyendofinput && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+        yymajor = 0;
+      }else{
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }
+    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
+      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
+    }else if( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ){
+      int yymx;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      /* A syntax error has occurred.
+      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
+      **
+      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
+      **
+      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+      **    the error symbol.
+      **
+      **  * Set the error count to three.
+      **
+      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
+      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
+      **    shifted successfully.
+      **
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
+      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+        }
+#endif
+        yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }else{
+         while(
+          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
+          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
+          (yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
+        ){
+          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+        }
+        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
+          yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+          YYMINORTYPE u2;
+          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
+          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
+        }
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yyerrorhit = 1;
+#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+      **
+      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+      **
+      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      if( yyendofinput ){
+        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+      }
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      yy_accept(yypParser);
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+    }
+  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/parse.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/parse.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..547319ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/parse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+#define TK_END_OF_FILE                     1
+#define TK_ILLEGAL                         2
+#define TK_SPACE                           3
+#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                 4
+#define TK_COMMENT                         5
+#define TK_FUNCTION                        6
+#define TK_COLUMN                          7
+#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                    8
+#define TK_SEMI                            9
+#define TK_EXPLAIN                        10
+#define TK_BEGIN                          11
+#define TK_TRANSACTION                    12
+#define TK_DEFERRED                       13
+#define TK_IMMEDIATE                      14
+#define TK_EXCLUSIVE                      15
+#define TK_COMMIT                         16
+#define TK_END                            17
+#define TK_ROLLBACK                       18
+#define TK_CREATE                         19
+#define TK_TABLE                          20
+#define TK_TEMP                           21
+#define TK_LP                             22
+#define TK_RP                             23
+#define TK_AS                             24
+#define TK_COMMA                          25
+#define TK_ID                             26
+#define TK_ABORT                          27
+#define TK_AFTER                          28
+#define TK_ASC                            29
+#define TK_ATTACH                         30
+#define TK_BEFORE                         31
+#define TK_CASCADE                        32
+#define TK_CONFLICT                       33
+#define TK_DATABASE                       34
+#define TK_DESC                           35
+#define TK_DETACH                         36
+#define TK_EACH                           37
+#define TK_FAIL                           38
+#define TK_FOR                            39
+#define TK_GLOB                           40
+#define TK_IGNORE                         41
+#define TK_INITIALLY                      42
+#define TK_INSTEAD                        43
+#define TK_LIKE                           44
+#define TK_MATCH                          45
+#define TK_KEY                            46
+#define TK_OF                             47
+#define TK_OFFSET                         48
+#define TK_PRAGMA                         49
+#define TK_RAISE                          50
+#define TK_REPLACE                        51
+#define TK_RESTRICT                       52
+#define TK_ROW                            53
+#define TK_STATEMENT                      54
+#define TK_TRIGGER                        55
+#define TK_VACUUM                         56
+#define TK_VIEW                           57
+#define TK_OR                             58
+#define TK_AND                            59
+#define TK_NOT                            60
+#define TK_IS                             61
+#define TK_BETWEEN                        62
+#define TK_IN                             63
+#define TK_ISNULL                         64
+#define TK_NOTNULL                        65
+#define TK_NE                             66
+#define TK_EQ                             67
+#define TK_GT                             68
+#define TK_LE                             69
+#define TK_LT                             70
+#define TK_GE                             71
+#define TK_BITAND                         72
+#define TK_BITOR                          73
+#define TK_LSHIFT                         74
+#define TK_RSHIFT                         75
+#define TK_PLUS                           76
+#define TK_MINUS                          77
+#define TK_STAR                           78
+#define TK_SLASH                          79
+#define TK_REM                            80
+#define TK_CONCAT                         81
+#define TK_UMINUS                         82
+#define TK_UPLUS                          83
+#define TK_BITNOT                         84
+#define TK_STRING                         85
+#define TK_JOIN_KW                        86
+#define TK_CONSTRAINT                     87
+#define TK_DEFAULT                        88
+#define TK_NULL                           89
+#define TK_PRIMARY                        90
+#define TK_UNIQUE                         91
+#define TK_CHECK                          92
+#define TK_REFERENCES                     93
+#define TK_COLLATE                        94
+#define TK_ON                             95
+#define TK_DELETE                         96
+#define TK_UPDATE                         97
+#define TK_INSERT                         98
+#define TK_SET                            99
+#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     100
+#define TK_FOREIGN                        101
+#define TK_DROP                           102
+#define TK_UNION                          103
+#define TK_ALL                            104
+#define TK_INTERSECT                      105
+#define TK_EXCEPT                         106
+#define TK_SELECT                         107
+#define TK_DISTINCT                       108
+#define TK_DOT                            109
+#define TK_FROM                           110
+#define TK_JOIN                           111
+#define TK_USING                          112
+#define TK_ORDER                          113
+#define TK_BY                             114
+#define TK_GROUP                          115
+#define TK_HAVING                         116
+#define TK_LIMIT                          117
+#define TK_WHERE                          118
+#define TK_INTO                           119
+#define TK_VALUES                         120
+#define TK_INTEGER                        121
+#define TK_FLOAT                          122
+#define TK_BLOB                           123
+#define TK_VARIABLE                       124
+#define TK_CASE                           125
+#define TK_WHEN                           126
+#define TK_THEN                           127
+#define TK_ELSE                           128
+#define TK_INDEX                          129
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pragma.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pragma.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94a21863
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pragma.c
@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+# include "pager.h"
+# include "btree.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
+*/
+static int getBoolean(const u8 *z){
+  static const u8 *azTrue[] = { "yes", "on", "true" };
+  int i;
+  if( z[0]==0 ) return 0;
+  if( sqlite3IsNumber(z, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    return atoi(z);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azTrue)/sizeof(azTrue[0]); i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z,azTrue[i])==0 ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
+** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
+** unrecognized string argument.
+**
+** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
+** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
+** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
+** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
+*/
+static int getSafetyLevel(u8 *z){
+  static const struct {
+    const u8 *zWord;
+    int val;
+  } aKey[] = {
+    { "no",    0 },
+    { "off",   0 },
+    { "false", 0 },
+    { "yes",   1 },
+    { "on",    1 },
+    { "true",  1 },
+    { "full",  2 },
+  };
+  int i;
+  if( z[0]==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3IsNumber(z, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    return atoi(z);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aKey)/sizeof(aKey[0]); i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z,aKey[i].zWord)==0 ) return aKey[i].val;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
+** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
+** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
+*/
+static int getTempStore(const char *z){
+  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
+    return z[0] - '0';
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
+    return 2;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
+** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the TEMP_STORE
+** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
+*/
+static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
+  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_InTrans ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
+        "from within a transaction");
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
+    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  db->temp_store = ts;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to return a single integer value.
+*/
+static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, int value){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, value, 0);
+  if( pParse->explain==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, zLabel, P3_STATIC);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries
+** or changes one of the flags in db->flags.  Return 1 if so and 0 if not.
+** Also, implement the pragma.
+*/
+static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zName;  /* Name of the pragma */
+    int mask;           /* Mask for the db->flags value */
+  } aPragma[] = {
+    { "vdbe_trace",               SQLITE_VdbeTrace     },
+    { "sql_trace",                SQLITE_SqlTrace      },
+    { "vdbe_listing",             SQLITE_VdbeListing   },
+#if 1  /* FIX ME:  Remove the following pragmas */
+    { "full_column_names",        SQLITE_FullColNames  },
+    { "short_column_names",       SQLITE_ShortColNames },
+    { "count_changes",            SQLITE_CountRows     },
+    { "empty_result_callbacks",   SQLITE_NullCallback  },
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aPragma)/sizeof(aPragma[0]); i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, aPragma[i].zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+      Vdbe *v;
+      if( zRight==0 ){
+        v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+        if( v ){
+          returnSingleInt(pParse,
+               aPragma[i].zName, (db->flags&aPragma[i].mask)!=0);
+        }
+      }else if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+        db->flags |= aPragma[i].mask;
+      }else{
+        db->flags &= ~aPragma[i].mask;
+      }
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process a pragma statement.  
+**
+** Pragmas are of this form:
+**
+**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
+**
+** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
+** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
+** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
+**
+** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
+** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
+** id and pId2 is any empty string.
+*/
+void sqlite3Pragma(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
+  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
+  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
+  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
+){
+  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
+  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
+  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
+  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
+  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+
+  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
+  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(pId);
+  if( !zLeft ) return;
+  if( minusFlag ){
+    zRight = sqlite3MPrintf("-%T", pValue);
+  }else{
+    zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(pValue);
+  }
+
+  zDb = ((iDb>0)?pDb->zName:0);
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
+    goto pragma_out;
+  }
+ 
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
+  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
+  ** stored in the database file.
+  **
+  ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the
+  ** database file.  The cache size is actually the absolute value of
+  ** this memory location.  The sign of meta-value 2 determines the
+  ** synchronous setting.  A negative value means synchronous is off
+  ** and a positive value means synchronous is on.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){
+    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
+      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 2,        0},  /* 0 */
+      { OP_AbsValue,    0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Dup,         0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,          0, 6,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},  /* 5 */
+      { OP_Callback,    1, 0,        0},
+    };
+    int addr;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "cache_size", P3_STATIC);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, MAX_PAGES);
+    }else{
+      int size = atoi(zRight);
+      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, size, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, addr+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Negative, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2);
+      pDb->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->cache_size);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
+  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
+  ** the database has not yet been created.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      int size = pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, atoi(zRight), sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pBt));
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The local setting can be different from
+  ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database
+  ** file itself.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets the local
+  ** page cache size value.  It does not change the persistent
+  ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert
+  ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened.
+  ** N should be a positive integer.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->cache_size);
+    }else{
+      int size = atoi(zRight);
+      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+      pDb->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->cache_size);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
+  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
+  **
+  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
+  ** override this setting
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
+    }else{
+      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
+  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
+  ** opened.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
+    }else{
+      if( !db->autoCommit ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
+      }else{
+        pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1;
+        sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+#if 0  /* Used once during development.  No longer needed */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "trigger_overhead_test")==0 ){
+    if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+      sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup = 1;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup = 0;
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){
+    /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code
+    ** there is nothing more to do here */
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
+  **
+  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
+  ** the returned data set are:
+  **
+  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
+  ** name:       Column name
+  ** type:       Column declaration type.
+  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
+  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      int i;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "cid", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "name", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "type", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, "notnull", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, "dflt_value", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, "pk", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
+      for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[i].zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+           pTab->aCol[i].zType ? pTab->aCol[i].zType : "numeric", 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->aCol[i].notNull, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+           pTab->aCol[i].zDflt, P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->aCol[i].isPrimKey, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 6, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pIdx ){
+      int i;
+      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "seqno", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "cid", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "name", P3_STATIC);
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 0);
+        assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pIdx = pTab->pIndex;
+      if( pIdx ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "name", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "unique", P3_STATIC);
+        while(pIdx){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
+          ++i;
+          pIdx = pIdx->pNext;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){
+    FKey *pFK;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
+      if( pFK ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 5);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "id", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "table", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, "from", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, "to", P3_STATIC);
+        while(pFK){
+          int j;
+          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, j, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+                             pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pFK->aCol[j].zCol, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 5, 0);
+          }
+          ++i;
+          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){
+    int i;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "name", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "file", P3_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
+      assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+           sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){
+    extern void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
+    if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+      sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: ");
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 ){
+    int i, j, addr;
+
+    /* Code that initializes the integrity check program.  Set the
+    ** error count 0
+    */
+    static const VdbeOpList initCode[] = {
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_MemStore,    0, 1,        0},
+    };
+
+    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
+    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
+    ** error message
+    */
+    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
+      { OP_MemLoad,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,          0, 0,        0},    /* 2 */
+      { OP_String8,     0, 0,        "ok"},
+      { OP_Callback,    1, 0,        0},
+    };
+
+    /* Initialize the VDBE program */
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "integrity_check", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(initCode), initCode);
+
+    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      HashElem *x;
+      int cnt = 0;
+
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+
+      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
+      */
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[i].tblHash); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 0);
+        cnt++;
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ) goto pragma_out;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 0);
+          cnt++;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( cnt>0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IntegrityCk, cnt, i);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 1);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "ok", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0, addr+6);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+         sqlite3MPrintf("*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
+         P3_DYNAMIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+
+      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
+      */
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[i].tblHash); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        int loopTop;
+
+        if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
+        sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, 1, 1);
+        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, 0);
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          int jmp2;
+          static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = {
+            { OP_MemIncr,     0,  0,  0},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  "rowid "},
+            { OP_Recno,       1,  0,  0},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  " missing from index "},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  0},    /* 4 */
+            { OP_Concat,      2,  0,  0},
+            { OP_Callback,    1,  0,  0},
+          };
+          sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, 1);
+          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0);
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jmp2, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, loopTop, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = {
+             { OP_Integer,      0,  0,  0},
+             { OP_MemStore,     2,  1,  0},
+             { OP_Rewind,       0,  0,  0},  /* 2 */
+             { OP_MemIncr,      2,  0,  0},
+             { OP_Next,         0,  0,  0},  /* 4 */
+             { OP_MemLoad,      1,  0,  0},
+             { OP_MemLoad,      2,  0,  0},
+             { OP_Eq,           0,  0,  0},  /* 7 */
+             { OP_MemIncr,      0,  0,  0},
+             { OP_String8,      0,  0,  "wrong # of entries in index "},
+             { OP_String8,      0,  0,  0},  /* 10 */
+             { OP_Concat,       0,  0,  0},
+             { OP_Callback,     1,  0,  0},
+          };
+          if( pIdx->tnum==0 ) continue;
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, j+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, addr+5);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+4, j+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+4, addr+3);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+7, addr+ArraySize(cntIdx));
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+10, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC);
+        }
+      } 
+    }
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, addr+ArraySize(endCode));
+  }else
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA encoding
+  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
+  **
+  ** In it's first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
+  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
+  **
+  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
+  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
+  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
+  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
+  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
+  ** 
+  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
+  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
+  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
+  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
+  **
+  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
+  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
+  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){
+    static struct EncName {
+      char *zName;
+      u8 enc;
+    } encnames[] = {
+      { "UTF-8",    SQLITE_UTF8        },
+      { "UTF8",     SQLITE_UTF8        },
+      { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
+      { "UTF16le",  SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
+      { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
+      { "UTF16be",  SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
+      { "UTF-16",   0 /* Filled in at run-time */ },
+      { "UTF16",    0 /* Filled in at run-time */ },
+      { 0, 0 }
+    };
+    struct EncName *pEnc;
+    encnames[6].enc = encnames[7].enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
+      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "encoding", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+        if( pEnc->enc==pParse->db->enc ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pEnc->zName, P3_STATIC);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
+      /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
+      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
+      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
+      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
+      */
+      if( !(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_Initialized) ){
+        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
+            pParse->db->enc = pEnc->enc;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( !pEnc->zName ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  /*
+  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){
+    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
+      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
+    };
+    int i;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "database", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "status", P3_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt;
+      Pager *pPager;
+      if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P3_STATIC);
+      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String, 0, 0, "closed", P3_STATIC);
+      }else{
+        int j = sqlite3pager_lockstate(pPager);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String, 0, 0, 
+            (j>=0 && j<=4) ? azLockName[j] : "unknown", P3_STATIC);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  {}
+pragma_out:
+  sqliteFree(zLeft);
+  sqliteFree(zRight);
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/printf.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/printf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43e12863
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/printf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,825 @@
+/*
+** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
+** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
+** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
+** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
+** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
+**
+**************************************************************************
+**
+** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
+** found in the standard C library.  The following enhancements are
+** supported:
+**
+**      +  Additional functions.  The standard set of "printf" functions
+**         includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and
+**         vsprintf.  This module adds the following:
+**
+**           *  snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument
+**                          which is the size of the buffer written to.
+**
+**           *  mprintf --  Similar to sprintf.  Writes output to memory
+**                          obtained from malloc.
+**
+**           *  xprintf --  Calls a function to dispose of output.
+**
+**           *  nprintf --  No output, but returns the number of characters
+**                          that would have been output by printf.
+**
+**           *  A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also
+**              supplied.
+**
+**      +  A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported:
+**
+**           *  The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be
+**              be centered in the appropriately sized field.
+**
+**           *  The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation.
+**
+**           *  The %c field now accepts a precision.  The character output
+**              is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies.
+**
+**           *  The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the
+**              next character of the format string, instead of the next
+**              argument.  For example,  printf("%.78'-")  prints 78 minus
+**              signs, the same as  printf("%.78c",'-').
+**
+**      +  When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is
+**         faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1.
+**
+**      +  All functions are fully reentrant.
+**
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
+** following enumeration.
+*/
+#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
+#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
+#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
+#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
+#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
+#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
+#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
+#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
+#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
+#define etERROR      10 /* Used to indicate no such conversion type */
+/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
+#define etCHARLIT    11 /* Literal characters.  %' */
+#define etSQLESCAPE  12 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
+#define etSQLESCAPE2 13 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
+                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
+#define etTOKEN      14 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
+#define etSRCLIST    15 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
+#define etPOINTER    16 /* The %p conversion */
+
+
+/*
+** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
+*/
+typedef unsigned char etByte;
+
+/*
+** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
+** by an instance of the following structure
+*/
+typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
+  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
+  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
+  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
+  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
+  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
+  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
+} et_info;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for et_info.flags
+*/
+#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
+#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
+
+
+/*
+** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
+** most frequently used conversion types first.
+*/
+static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
+static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
+static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
+  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  's',  0, 0, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
+  {  'z',  0, 2, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
+  {  'q',  0, 0, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
+  {  'Q',  0, 0, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
+  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
+  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
+  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
+  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
+  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
+  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
+  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
+  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
+  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
+  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
+  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
+  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
+  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
+};
+#define etNINFO  (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0]))
+
+/*
+** If NOFLOATINGPOINT is defined, then none of the floating point
+** conversions will work.
+*/
+#ifndef etNOFLOATINGPOINT
+/*
+** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
+** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
+** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
+**
+** Example:
+**     input:     *val = 3.14159
+**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
+**
+** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
+** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
+** always returned.
+*/
+static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
+  int digit;
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
+  if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0';
+  digit = (int)*val;
+  d = digit;
+  digit += '0';
+  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
+  return digit;
+}
+#endif
+
+#define etBUFSIZE 1000  /* Size of the output buffer */
+
+/*
+** The root program.  All variations call this core.
+**
+** INPUTS:
+**   func   This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments
+**            1. A pointer to anything.  Same as the "arg" parameter.
+**            2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output
+**               (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.)
+**            3. An integer number of characters to be output.
+**               (Note: This number might be zero.)
+**
+**   arg    This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the
+**          first argument to "func".  Use it for whatever you like.
+**
+**   fmt    This is the format string, as in the usual print.
+**
+**   ap     This is a pointer to a list of arguments.  Same as in
+**          vfprint.
+**
+** OUTPUTS:
+**          The return value is the total number of characters sent to
+**          the function "func".  Returns -1 on a error.
+**
+** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below
+** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast
+** will run.
+*/
+static int vxprintf(
+  void (*func)(void*,const char*,int),     /* Consumer of text */
+  void *arg,                         /* First argument to the consumer */
+  int useExtended,                   /* Allow extended %-conversions */
+  const char *fmt,                   /* Format string */
+  va_list ap                         /* arguments */
+){
+  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
+  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
+  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
+  int length;                /* Length of the field */
+  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
+  int count;                 /* Total number of characters output */
+  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
+  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
+  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
+  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
+  UINT64_TYPE longvalue;     /* Value for integer types */
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
+  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
+  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
+  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
+  etByte errorflag = 0;      /* True if an error is encountered */
+  etByte xtype;              /* Conversion paradigm */
+  char *zExtra;              /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */
+  static const char spaces[] =
+   "                                                                         ";
+#define etSPACESIZE (sizeof(spaces)-1)
+#ifndef etNOFLOATINGPOINT
+  int  exp;                  /* exponent of real numbers */
+  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
+  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
+  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
+  etByte flag_exp;           /* True to force display of the exponent */
+  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
+#endif
+
+  func(arg,"",0);
+  count = length = 0;
+  bufpt = 0;
+  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
+    if( c!='%' ){
+      int amt;
+      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
+      amt = 1;
+      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++;
+      (*func)(arg,bufpt,amt);
+      count += amt;
+      if( c==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
+      errorflag = 1;
+      (*func)(arg,"%",1);
+      count++;
+      break;
+    }
+    /* Find out what flags are present */
+    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
+     flag_alternateform = flag_zeropad = 0;
+    do{
+      switch( c ){
+        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     c = 0;   break;
+        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        c = 0;   break;
+        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       c = 0;   break;
+        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   c = 0;   break;
+        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         c = 0;   break;
+        default:                                       break;
+      }
+    }while( c==0 && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
+    /* Get the field width */
+    width = 0;
+    if( c=='*' ){
+      width = va_arg(ap,int);
+      if( width<0 ){
+        flag_leftjustify = 1;
+        width = -width;
+      }
+      c = *++fmt;
+    }else{
+      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+        width = width*10 + c - '0';
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }
+    }
+    if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){
+      width = etBUFSIZE-10;
+    }
+    /* Get the precision */
+    if( c=='.' ){
+      precision = 0;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='*' ){
+        precision = va_arg(ap,int);
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+          precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
+          c = *++fmt;
+        }
+      }
+      /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
+      if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 ) precision = etBUFSIZE-40;
+    }else{
+      precision = -1;
+    }
+    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
+    if( c=='l' ){
+      flag_long = 1;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='l' ){
+        flag_longlong = 1;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        flag_longlong = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
+    }
+    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
+    infop = 0;
+    xtype = etERROR;
+    for(idx=0; idx<etNINFO; idx++){
+      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
+        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
+        if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
+          xtype = infop->type;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    zExtra = 0;
+
+    /*
+    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
+    **
+    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
+    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
+    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
+    **                               field width was negative.
+    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
+    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
+    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
+    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
+    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
+    **                               is -1.
+    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
+    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
+    */
+    switch( xtype ){
+      case etPOINTER:
+        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
+        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
+        /* Fall through into the next case */
+      case etRADIX:
+        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
+          i64 v;
+          if( flag_longlong )   v = va_arg(ap,i64);
+          else if( flag_long )  v = va_arg(ap,long int);
+          else                  v = va_arg(ap,int);
+          if( v<0 ){
+            longvalue = -v;
+            prefix = '-';
+          }else{
+            longvalue = v;
+            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
+            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
+            else                       prefix = 0;
+          }
+        }else{
+          if( flag_longlong )   longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
+          else if( flag_long )  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
+          else                  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
+          prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
+        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
+          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
+        }
+        bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
+        {
+          register const char *cset;      /* Use registers for speed */
+          register int base;
+          cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
+          base = infop->base;
+          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
+            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
+            longvalue = longvalue/base;
+          }while( longvalue>0 );
+        }
+        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
+          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
+        }
+        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
+        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
+          const char *pre;
+          char x;
+          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
+          if( *bufpt!=pre[0] ){
+            for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
+          }
+        }
+        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+        break;
+      case etFLOAT:
+      case etEXP:
+      case etGENERIC:
+        realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
+#ifndef etNOFLOATINGPOINT
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
+        if( precision>etBUFSIZE-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE-10;
+        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
+          realvalue = -realvalue;
+          prefix = '-';
+        }else{
+          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
+          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
+          else                         prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( infop->type==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
+        rounder = 0.0;
+#if 0
+        /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used.  Wierd! */
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
+#else
+        /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
+#endif
+        if( infop->type==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
+        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
+        exp = 0;
+        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
+          while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; }
+          while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+          while( realvalue<1e-8 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
+          while( realvalue<1.0 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
+          if( exp>350 || exp<-350 ){
+            bufpt = "NaN";
+            length = 3;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        /*
+        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
+        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
+        */
+        flag_exp = xtype==etEXP;
+        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
+          realvalue += rounder;
+          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
+          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
+          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
+            xtype = etEXP;
+          }else{
+            precision = precision - exp;
+            xtype = etFLOAT;
+          }
+        }else{
+          flag_rtz = 0;
+        }
+        /*
+        ** The "exp+precision" test causes output to be of type etEXP if
+        ** the precision is too large to fit in buf[].
+        */
+        nsd = 0;
+        if( xtype==etFLOAT && exp+precision<etBUFSIZE-30 ){
+          flag_dp = (precision>0 || flag_alternateform);
+          if( prefix ) *(bufpt++) = prefix;         /* Sign */
+          if( exp<0 )  *(bufpt++) = '0';            /* Digits before "." */
+          else for(; exp>=0; exp--) *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          if( flag_dp ) *(bufpt++) = '.';           /* The decimal point */
+          for(exp++; exp<0 && precision>0; precision--, exp++){
+            *(bufpt++) = '0';
+          }
+          while( (precision--)>0 ) *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          *(bufpt--) = 0;                           /* Null terminate */
+          if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){     /* Remove trailing zeros and "." */
+            while( bufpt>=buf && *bufpt=='0' ) *(bufpt--) = 0;
+            if( bufpt>=buf && *bufpt=='.' ) *(bufpt--) = 0;
+          }
+          bufpt++;                            /* point to next free slot */
+        }else{    /* etEXP or etGENERIC */
+          flag_dp = (precision>0 || flag_alternateform);
+          if( prefix ) *(bufpt++) = prefix;   /* Sign */
+          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);  /* First digit */
+          if( flag_dp ) *(bufpt++) = '.';     /* Decimal point */
+          while( (precision--)>0 ) *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          bufpt--;                            /* point to last digit */
+          if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){          /* Remove tail zeros */
+            while( bufpt>=buf && *bufpt=='0' ) *(bufpt--) = 0;
+            if( bufpt>=buf && *bufpt=='.' ) *(bufpt--) = 0;
+          }
+          bufpt++;                            /* point to next free slot */
+          if( exp || flag_exp ){
+            *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
+            if( exp<0 ){ *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; } /* sign of exp */
+            else       { *(bufpt++) = '+'; }
+            if( exp>=100 ){
+              *(bufpt++) = (exp/100)+'0';                /* 100's digit */
+              exp %= 100;
+            }
+            *(bufpt++) = exp/10+'0';                     /* 10's digit */
+            *(bufpt++) = exp%10+'0';                     /* 1's digit */
+          }
+        }
+        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
+        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
+        ** integer conversions. */
+        length = bufpt-buf;
+        bufpt = buf;
+
+        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
+        ** set and we are not left justified */
+        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
+          int i;
+          int nPad = width - length;
+          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
+            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
+          }
+          i = prefix!=0;
+          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
+          length = width;
+        }
+#endif
+        break;
+      case etSIZE:
+        *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = count;
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      case etPERCENT:
+        buf[0] = '%';
+        bufpt = buf;
+        length = 1;
+        break;
+      case etCHARLIT:
+      case etCHARX:
+        c = buf[0] = (xtype==etCHARX ? va_arg(ap,int) : *++fmt);
+        if( precision>=0 ){
+          for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = c;
+          length = precision;
+        }else{
+          length =1;
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        break;
+      case etSTRING:
+      case etDYNSTRING:
+        bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        if( bufpt==0 ){
+          bufpt = "";
+        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
+          zExtra = bufpt;
+        }
+        length = strlen(bufpt);
+        if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision;
+        break;
+      case etSQLESCAPE:
+      case etSQLESCAPE2:
+        {
+          int i, j, n, c, isnull;
+          char *arg = va_arg(ap,char*);
+          isnull = arg==0;
+          if( isnull ) arg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
+          for(i=n=0; (c=arg[i])!=0; i++){
+            if( c=='\'' )  n++;
+          }
+          n += i + 1 + ((!isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2) ? 2 : 0);
+          if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
+            bufpt = zExtra = sqliteMalloc( n );
+            if( bufpt==0 ) return -1;
+          }else{
+            bufpt = buf;
+          }
+          j = 0;
+          if( !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ) bufpt[j++] = '\'';
+          for(i=0; (c=arg[i])!=0; i++){
+            bufpt[j++] = c;
+            if( c=='\'' ) bufpt[j++] = c;
+          }
+          if( !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ) bufpt[j++] = '\'';
+          bufpt[j] = 0;
+          length = j;
+          if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision;
+        }
+        break;
+      case etTOKEN: {
+        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
+        if( pToken && pToken->z ){
+          (*func)(arg, pToken->z, pToken->n);
+        }
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      case etSRCLIST: {
+        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
+        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
+        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
+        if( pItem->zDatabase && pItem->zDatabase[0] ){
+          (*func)(arg, pItem->zDatabase, strlen(pItem->zDatabase));
+          (*func)(arg, ".", 1);
+        }
+        (*func)(arg, pItem->zName, strlen(pItem->zName));
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      case etERROR:
+        buf[0] = '%';
+        buf[1] = c;
+        errorflag = 0;
+        idx = 1+(c!=0);
+        (*func)(arg,"%",idx);
+        count += idx;
+        if( c==0 ) fmt--;
+        break;
+    }/* End switch over the format type */
+    /*
+    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
+    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
+    ** the output.
+    */
+    if( !flag_leftjustify ){
+      register int nspace;
+      nspace = width-length;
+      if( nspace>0 ){
+        count += nspace;
+        while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){
+          (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE);
+          nspace -= etSPACESIZE;
+        }
+        if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace);
+      }
+    }
+    if( length>0 ){
+      (*func)(arg,bufpt,length);
+      count += length;
+    }
+    if( flag_leftjustify ){
+      register int nspace;
+      nspace = width-length;
+      if( nspace>0 ){
+        count += nspace;
+        while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){
+          (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE);
+          nspace -= etSPACESIZE;
+        }
+        if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace);
+      }
+    }
+    if( zExtra ){
+      sqliteFree(zExtra);
+    }
+  }/* End for loop over the format string */
+  return errorflag ? -1 : count;
+} /* End of function */
+
+
+/* This structure is used to store state information about the
+** write to memory that is currently in progress.
+*/
+struct sgMprintf {
+  char *zBase;     /* A base allocation */
+  char *zText;     /* The string collected so far */
+  int  nChar;      /* Length of the string so far */
+  int  nTotal;     /* Output size if unconstrained */
+  int  nAlloc;     /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Function used to realloc memory */
+};
+
+/* 
+** This function implements the callback from vxprintf. 
+**
+** This routine add nNewChar characters of text in zNewText to
+** the sgMprintf structure pointed to by "arg".
+*/
+static void mout(void *arg, const char *zNewText, int nNewChar){
+  struct sgMprintf *pM = (struct sgMprintf*)arg;
+  pM->nTotal += nNewChar;
+  if( pM->nChar + nNewChar + 1 > pM->nAlloc ){
+    if( pM->xRealloc==0 ){
+      nNewChar =  pM->nAlloc - pM->nChar - 1;
+    }else{
+      pM->nAlloc = pM->nChar + nNewChar*2 + 1;
+      if( pM->zText==pM->zBase ){
+        pM->zText = pM->xRealloc(0, pM->nAlloc);
+        if( pM->zText && pM->nChar ){
+          memcpy(pM->zText, pM->zBase, pM->nChar);
+        }
+      }else{
+        pM->zText = pM->xRealloc(pM->zText, pM->nAlloc);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pM->zText ){
+    if( nNewChar>0 ){
+      memcpy(&pM->zText[pM->nChar], zNewText, nNewChar);
+      pM->nChar += nNewChar;
+    }
+    pM->zText[pM->nChar] = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a wrapper around xprintf() that invokes mout() as
+** the consumer.  
+*/
+static char *base_vprintf(
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int),   /* Routine to realloc memory. May be NULL */
+  int useInternal,                /* Use internal %-conversions if true */
+  char *zInitBuf,                 /* Initially write here, before mallocing */
+  int nInitBuf,                   /* Size of zInitBuf[] */
+  const char *zFormat,            /* format string */
+  va_list ap                      /* arguments */
+){
+  struct sgMprintf sM;
+  sM.zBase = sM.zText = zInitBuf;
+  sM.nChar = sM.nTotal = 0;
+  sM.nAlloc = nInitBuf;
+  sM.xRealloc = xRealloc;
+  vxprintf(mout, &sM, useInternal, zFormat, ap);
+  if( xRealloc ){
+    if( sM.zText==sM.zBase ){
+      sM.zText = xRealloc(0, sM.nChar+1);
+      if( sM.zText ){
+        memcpy(sM.zText, sM.zBase, sM.nChar+1);
+      }
+    }else if( sM.nAlloc>sM.nChar+10 ){
+      sM.zText = xRealloc(sM.zText, sM.nChar+1);
+    }
+  }
+  return sM.zText;
+}
+
+/*
+** Realloc that is a real function, not a macro.
+*/
+static void *printf_realloc(void *old, int size){
+  return sqliteRealloc(old,size);
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+char *sqlite3VMPrintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char zBase[1000];
+  return base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+char *sqlite3MPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[1000];
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from malloc().  Do not use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.  This routine is for use by external users.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  char zBuf[200];
+
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  z = base_vprintf((void*(*)(void*,int))realloc, 0, 
+                   zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/* This is the varargs version of sqlite3_mprintf.  
+*/
+char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char zBuf[200];
+  return base_vprintf((void*(*)(void*,int))realloc, 0,
+                      zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
+** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
+** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
+** specified by some locales.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  char *z;
+  va_list ap;
+
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  z = base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, n, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
+** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
+** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
+*/
+void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  extern int getpid(void);
+  va_list ap;
+  char zBuf[500];
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  fprintf(stdout,"%d: %s", getpid(), zBuf);
+  fflush(stdout);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/random.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/random.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de74e291
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/random.c
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
+** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
+**
+** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
+** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+
+/*
+** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG.  The Mutex
+** must be held while executing this routine.
+**
+** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this?
+** Because the OP_NewRecno opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very
+** good source of random numbers.  The lrand48() library function may
+** well be good enough.  But maybe not.  Or maybe lrand48() has some
+** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems.  It is hard
+** to know.  To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48()
+** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based
+** on RC4, which we know works very well.
+*/
+static int randomByte(){
+  unsigned char t;
+
+  /* All threads share a single random number generator.
+  ** This structure is the current state of the generator.
+  */
+  static struct {
+    unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
+    unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
+    unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
+  } prng;
+
+  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
+  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
+  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
+  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
+  **
+  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
+  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
+  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
+  */
+  if( !prng.isInit ){
+    int i;
+    char k[256];
+    prng.j = 0;
+    prng.i = 0;
+    sqlite3OsRandomSeed(k);
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      prng.s[i] = i;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      prng.j += prng.s[i] + k[i];
+      t = prng.s[prng.j];
+      prng.s[prng.j] = prng.s[i];
+      prng.s[i] = t;
+    }
+    prng.isInit = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate and return single random byte
+  */
+  prng.i++;
+  t = prng.s[prng.i];
+  prng.j += t;
+  prng.s[prng.i] = prng.s[prng.j];
+  prng.s[prng.j] = t;
+  t += prng.s[prng.i];
+  return prng.s[t];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return N random bytes.
+*/
+void sqlite3Randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
+  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  while( N-- ){
+    *(zBuf++) = randomByte();
+  }
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/select.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/select.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8bee7897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/select.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2628 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
+** structure.
+*/
+Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
+  ExprList *pEList,     /* which columns to include in the result */
+  SrcList *pSrc,        /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+  Expr *pWhere,         /* the WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy,   /* the GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving,        /* the HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* the ORDER BY clause */
+  int isDistinct,       /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  int nLimit,           /* LIMIT value.  -1 means not used */
+  int nOffset           /* OFFSET value.  0 means no offset */
+){
+  Select *pNew;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
+    sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pGroupBy);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pHaving);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pOrderBy);
+  }else{
+    if( pEList==0 ){
+      pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL,0,0,0), 0);
+    }
+    pNew->pEList = pEList;
+    pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
+    pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
+    pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+    pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
+    pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+    pNew->isDistinct = isDistinct;
+    pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
+    pNew->nLimit = nLimit;
+    pNew->nOffset = nOffset;
+    pNew->iLimit = -1;
+    pNew->iOffset = -1;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the
+** type of join.  Return an integer constant that expresses that type
+** in terms of the following bit values:
+**
+**     JT_INNER
+**     JT_OUTER
+**     JT_NATURAL
+**     JT_LEFT
+**     JT_RIGHT
+**
+** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
+**
+** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
+** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
+*/
+int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
+  int jointype = 0;
+  Token *apAll[3];
+  Token *p;
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zKeyword;
+    u8 nChar;
+    u8 code;
+  } keywords[] = {
+    { "natural", 7, JT_NATURAL },
+    { "left",    4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER },
+    { "right",   5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
+    { "full",    4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
+    { "outer",   5, JT_OUTER },
+    { "inner",   5, JT_INNER },
+    { "cross",   5, JT_INNER },
+  };
+  int i, j;
+  apAll[0] = pA;
+  apAll[1] = pB;
+  apAll[2] = pC;
+  for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
+    p = apAll[i];
+    for(j=0; j<sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]); j++){
+      if( p->n==keywords[j].nChar 
+          && sqlite3StrNICmp(p->z, keywords[j].zKeyword, p->n)==0 ){
+        jointype |= keywords[j].code;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( j>=sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]) ){
+      jointype |= JT_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if(
+     (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
+     (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
+  ){
+    const char *zSp1 = " ";
+    const char *zSp2 = " ";
+    if( pB==0 ){ zSp1++; }
+    if( pC==0 ){ zSp2++; }
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
+       "%T%s%T%s%T", pA, zSp1, pB, zSp2, pC);
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }else if( jointype & JT_RIGHT ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }
+  return jointype;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
+** is not contained in the table.
+*/
+static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of a token to a '\000'-terminated string.
+*/
+static void setToken(Token *p, const char *z){
+  p->z = z;
+  p->n = strlen(z);
+  p->dyn = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Add a term to the WHERE expression in *ppExpr that requires the
+** zCol column to be equal in the two tables pTab1 and pTab2.
+*/
+static void addWhereTerm(
+  const char *zCol,        /* Name of the column */
+  const Table *pTab1,      /* First table */
+  const Table *pTab2,      /* Second table */
+  Expr **ppExpr            /* Add the equality term to this expression */
+){
+  Token dummy;
+  Expr *pE1a, *pE1b, *pE1c;
+  Expr *pE2a, *pE2b, *pE2c;
+  Expr *pE;
+
+  setToken(&dummy, zCol);
+  pE1a = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
+  pE2a = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
+  setToken(&dummy, pTab1->zName);
+  pE1b = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
+  setToken(&dummy, pTab2->zName);
+  pE2b = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
+  pE1c = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pE1b, pE1a, 0);
+  pE2c = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pE2b, pE2a, 0);
+  pE = sqlite3Expr(TK_EQ, pE1c, pE2c, 0);
+  ExprSetProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin);
+  *ppExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(*ppExpr, pE);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
+**
+** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
+** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
+** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
+** of the more general WHERE clause.  These terms are moved over to the
+** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
+** originated in the ON or USING clause.
+*/
+static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p){
+  while( p ){
+    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
+    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft);
+    p = p->pRight;
+  } 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
+** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
+** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
+**
+** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
+** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc.  The right-most
+** table is the last entry.  The join operator is held in the entry to
+** the left.  Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
+** entries 0 and 1.  Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
+** also attached to the left entry.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
+*/
+static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;                  /* All tables in the FROM clause */
+  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
+  struct SrcList_item *pLeft;     /* Left table being joined */
+  struct SrcList_item *pRight;    /* Right table being joined */
+
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
+  pRight = &pLeft[1];
+  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
+    Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
+    Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
+
+    if( pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
+    ** every column that the two tables have in common.
+    */
+    if( pLeft->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
+      if( pLeft->pOn || pLeft->pUsing ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
+           "an ON or USING clause", 0);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(j=0; j<pLeftTab->nCol; j++){
+        char *zName = pLeftTab->aCol[j].zName;
+        if( columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)>=0 ){
+          addWhereTerm(zName, pLeftTab, pRightTab, &p->pWhere);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
+    */
+    if( pLeft->pOn && pLeft->pUsing ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
+        "clauses in the same join");
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
+    ** an AND operator.
+    */
+    if( pLeft->pOn ){
+      setJoinExpr(pLeft->pOn);
+      p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pWhere, pLeft->pOn);
+      pLeft->pOn = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
+    ** in the USING clause.  Example: If the two tables to be joined are 
+    ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
+    ** to the WHERE clause:    A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
+    ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
+    ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
+    */
+    if( pLeft->pUsing ){
+      IdList *pList = pLeft->pUsing;
+      for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
+        char *zName = pList->a[j].zName;
+        if( columnIndex(pLeftTab, zName)<0 || columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)<0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
+            "not present in both tables", zName);
+          return 1;
+        }
+        addWhereTerm(zName, pLeftTab, pRightTab, &p->pWhere);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
+*/
+void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pEList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(p->pSrc);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pGroupBy);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pHaving);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pPrior);
+  sqliteFree(p->zSelect);
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the aggregate information from the parse structure.
+*/
+static void sqliteAggregateInfoReset(Parse *pParse){
+  sqliteFree(pParse->aAgg);
+  pParse->aAgg = 0;
+  pParse->nAgg = 0;
+  pParse->useAgg = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the
+** stack into the sorter.
+*/
+static void pushOntoSorter(Parse *pParse, Vdbe *v, ExprList *pOrderBy){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pOrderBy->nExpr, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SortPut, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add code to implement the OFFSET and LIMIT
+*/
+static void codeLimiter(
+  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
+  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement being coded */
+  int iContinue,    /* Jump here to skip the current record */
+  int iBreak,       /* Jump here to end the loop */
+  int nPop          /* Number of times to pop stack when jumping */
+){
+  if( p->iOffset>=0 ){
+    int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
+    if( nPop>0 ) addr++;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, p->iOffset, addr);
+    if( nPop>0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nPop, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# skip OFFSET records"));
+  }
+  if( p->iLimit>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, p->iLimit, iBreak);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# exit when LIMIT reached"));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
+** of a SELECT.
+**
+** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions
+** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row.  If nColumn>0
+** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the
+** datatypes for each column.
+*/
+static int selectInnerLoop(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,              /* The complete select statement being coded */
+  ExprList *pEList,       /* List of values being extracted */
+  int srcTab,             /* Pull data from this table */
+  int nColumn,            /* Number of columns in the source table */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */
+  int distinct,           /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */
+  int eDest,              /* How to dispose of the results */
+  int iParm,              /* An argument to the disposal method */
+  int iContinue,          /* Jump here to continue with next row */
+  int iBreak,             /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
+  char *aff               /* affinity string if eDest is SRT_Union */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  int hasDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+
+  if( v==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+
+  /* If there was a LIMIT clause on the SELECT statement, then do the check
+  ** to see if this row should be output.
+  */
+  hasDistinct = distinct>=0 && pEList && pEList->nExpr>0;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){
+    codeLimiter(v, p, iContinue, iBreak, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Pull the requested columns.
+  */
+  if( nColumn>0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i);
+    }
+  }else{
+    nColumn = pEList->nExpr;
+    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[i].pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
+  ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
+  ** part of the result.
+  */
+  if( hasDistinct ){
+#if NULL_ALWAYS_DISTINCT
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -pEList->nExpr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+7);
+#endif
+    /* Deliberately leave the affinity string off of the following
+    ** OP_MakeRecord */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pEList->nExpr * -1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Distinct, distinct, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, pEList->nExpr+1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# skip indistinct records"));
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, distinct, 0);
+    if( pOrderBy==0 ){
+      codeLimiter(v, p, iContinue, iBreak, nColumn);
+    }
+  }
+
+  switch( eDest ){
+    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
+    ** table iParm.
+    */
+    case SRT_Union: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, NULL_ALWAYS_DISTINCT);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, iParm, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
+    */
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_TempTable: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, iParm, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, iParm, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
+    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
+    ** the temporary table iParm.
+    */
+    case SRT_Except: {
+      int addr;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, NULL_ALWAYS_DISTINCT);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, iParm, addr+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iParm, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
+    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
+    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
+    */
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      int addr2;
+
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr1+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        char aff = (iParm>>16)&0xFF;
+        aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &aff, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr2, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
+    ** of the scan loop.
+    */
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Send the data to the callback function.
+    */
+    case SRT_Callback:
+    case SRT_Sorter: {
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        assert( eDest==SRT_Callback );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, nColumn, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Invoke a subroutine to handle the results.  The subroutine itself
+    ** is responsible for popping the results off of the stack.
+    */
+    case SRT_Subroutine: {
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
+    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
+    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
+    ** about the actual results of the select.
+    */
+    default: {
+      assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
+** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
+** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
+** routine generates the code needed to do that.
+*/
+static void generateSortTail(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* The parsing context */
+  Select *p,       /* The SELECT statement */
+  Vdbe *v,         /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int nColumn,     /* Number of columns of data */
+  int eDest,       /* Write the sorted results here */
+  int iParm        /* Optional parameter associated with eDest */
+){
+  int end1 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  int end2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  int addr;
+  KeyInfo *pInfo;
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;
+  int nCol, i;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( eDest==SRT_Sorter ) return;
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  nCol = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  pInfo = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pInfo) + nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
+  if( pInfo==0 ) return;
+  pInfo->aSortOrder = (char*)&pInfo->aColl[nCol];
+  pInfo->nField = nCol;
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    /* If a collation sequence was specified explicity, then it
+    ** is stored in pOrderBy->a[i].zName. Otherwise, use the default
+    ** collation type for the expression.
+    */
+    pInfo->aColl[i] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( !pInfo->aColl[i] ){
+      pInfo->aColl[i] = db->pDfltColl;
+    }
+    pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Sort, 0, 0, (char*)pInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SortNext, 0, end1);
+  codeLimiter(v, p, addr, end2, 1);
+  switch( eDest ){
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_TempTable: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, iParm, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, iParm, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, "n", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, end1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Callback:
+    case SRT_Subroutine: {
+      int i;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, p->pEList->nExpr, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, -1-i, i);
+      }
+      if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, nColumn, 0);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 2, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      /* Do nothing */
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end2);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SortReset, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
+** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
+**
+** If the declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from
+** the original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column.
+** 
+** The declaration type for an expression is either TEXT, NUMERIC or ANY.
+** The declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER.
+*/
+static const char *columnType(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pTabList, Expr *pExpr){
+  char const *zType;
+  int j;
+  if( pExpr==0 || pTabList==0 ) return 0;
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      Table *pTab;
+      int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
+      for(j=0; j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable; j++){}
+      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
+      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+      if( iCol<0 ){
+        zType = "INTEGER";
+      }else{
+        zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AS:
+      zType = columnType(pParse, pTabList, pExpr->pLeft); 
+      break;
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      Select *pS = pExpr->pSelect;
+      zType = columnType(pParse, pS->pSrc, pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr); 
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      zType = 0;
+  }
+  
+  return zType;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
+** in the result set.
+*/
+static void generateColumnTypes(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    const char *zType = columnType(pParse, pTabList, p);
+    if( zType==0 ) continue;
+    /* The vdbe must make it's own copy of the column-type, in case the 
+    ** schema is reset before this virtual machine is deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i+pEList->nExpr, zType, strlen(zType));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
+** in the result set.  This information is used to provide the
+** azCol[] values in the callback.
+*/
+static void generateColumnNames(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i, j;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int fullNames, shortNames;
+
+  /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
+  if( pParse->explain ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  if( pParse->colNamesSet || v==0 || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
+  fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
+  shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
+  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p;
+    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( p==0 ) continue;
+    if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
+      char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, zName, strlen(zName));
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && pTabList ){
+      Table *pTab;
+      char *zCol;
+      int iCol = p->iColumn;
+      for(j=0; j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=p->iTable; j++){}
+      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
+      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+      if( iCol<0 ){
+        zCol = "_ROWID_";
+      }else{
+        zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+      }
+      if( !shortNames && !fullNames && p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, p->span.z, p->span.n);
+      }else if( fullNames || (!shortNames && pTabList->nSrc>1) ){
+        char *zName = 0;
+        char *zTab;
+ 
+        zTab = pTabList->a[j].zAlias;
+        if( fullNames || zTab==0 ) zTab = pTab->zName;
+        sqlite3SetString(&zName, zTab, ".", zCol, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, zName, P3_DYNAMIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, zCol, 0);
+      }
+    }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, p->span.z, p->span.n);
+      /* sqlite3VdbeCompressSpace(v, addr); */
+    }else{
+      char zName[30];
+      assert( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || pTabList==0 );
+      sprintf(zName, "column%d", i+1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, zName, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
+*/
+static const char *selectOpName(int id){
+  char *z;
+  switch( id ){
+    case TK_ALL:       z = "UNION ALL";   break;
+    case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT";   break;
+    case TK_EXCEPT:    z = "EXCEPT";      break;
+    default:           z = "UNION";       break;
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration
+*/
+static int fillInColumnList(Parse*, Select*);
+
+/*
+** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
+** the result set of that SELECT.
+*/
+Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, char *zTabName, Select *pSelect){
+  Table *pTab;
+  int i, j;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Column *aCol, *pCol;
+
+  if( fillInColumnList(pParse, pSelect) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTab = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Table) );
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTab->zName = zTabName ? sqliteStrDup(zTabName) : 0;
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  pTab->nCol = pEList->nExpr;
+  assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
+  pTab->aCol = aCol = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(pTab->aCol[0])*pTab->nCol );
+  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    Expr *pR;
+    char *zType;
+    char *zName;
+    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    assert( p->pRight==0 || p->pRight->token.z==0 || p->pRight->token.z[0]!=0 );
+    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
+      zName = sqliteStrDup(zName);
+    }else if( p->op==TK_DOT 
+               && (pR=p->pRight)!=0 && pR->token.z && pR->token.z[0] ){
+      int cnt;
+      zName = sqlite3MPrintf("%T", &pR->token);
+      for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
+          sqliteFree(zName);
+          zName = sqlite3MPrintf("%T_%d", &pR->token, ++cnt);
+          j = -1;
+        }
+      }
+    }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
+      zName = sqlite3MPrintf("%T", &p->span);
+    }else{
+      zName = sqlite3MPrintf("column%d", i+1);
+    }
+    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+    pCol->zName = zName;
+
+    zType = sqliteStrDup(columnType(pParse, pSelect->pSrc ,p));
+    pCol->zType = zType;
+    pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    if( zType ){
+      pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(zType, strlen(zType));
+    }
+    pCol->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
+    if( !pCol->pColl ){
+      pCol->pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+    }
+  }
+  pTab->iPKey = -1;
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** For the given SELECT statement, do three things.
+**
+**    (1)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
+**         defines the set of tables that should be scanned.  For views,
+**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
+**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
+**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
+**         without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
+**         of the view.
+**
+**    (2)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
+**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
+**
+**    (3)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
+**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
+**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
+**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
+**
+** Return 0 on success.  If there are problems, leave an error message
+** in pParse and return non-zero.
+*/
+static int fillInColumnList(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  int i, j, k, rc;
+  SrcList *pTabList;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Table *pTab;
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+
+  if( p==0 || p->pSrc==0 ) return 1;
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+
+  /* Look up every table in the table list.
+  */
+  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+    if( pFrom->pTab ){
+      /* This routine has run before!  No need to continue */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
+      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+      assert( pFrom->pSelect!=0 );
+      if( pFrom->zAlias==0 ){
+        pFrom->zAlias =
+          sqlite3MPrintf("sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pFrom->pSelect);
+      }
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
+        sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pFrom->zAlias, pFrom->pSelect);
+      if( pTab==0 ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      /* The isTransient flag indicates that the Table structure has been
+      ** dynamically allocated and may be freed at any time.  In other words,
+      ** pTab is not pointing to a persistent table structure that defines
+      ** part of the schema. */
+      pTab->isTransient = 1;
+    }else{
+      /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
+        sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase);
+      if( pTab==0 ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      if( pTab->pSelect ){
+        /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
+        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+        /* If pFrom->pSelect!=0 it means we are dealing with a
+        ** view within a view.  The SELECT structure has already been
+        ** copied by the outer view so we can skip the copy step here
+        ** in the inner view.
+        */
+        if( pFrom->pSelect==0 ){
+          pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
+  */
+  if( sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ) return 1;
+
+  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
+  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
+  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
+  ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
+  ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
+  ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
+  **
+  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
+  ** that need expanding.
+  */
+  for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+    Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
+    if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
+    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL
+         && pE->pLeft && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID ) break;
+  }
+  rc = 0;
+  if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
+    /*
+    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
+    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
+    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
+    */
+    struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
+    ExprList *pNew = 0;
+    for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+      Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr;
+      if( pE->op!=TK_ALL &&
+           (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight==0 || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
+        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
+        */
+        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pNew, a[k].pExpr, 0);
+        pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
+        a[k].pExpr = 0;
+        a[k].zName = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
+        ** expanded. */
+        int tableSeen = 0;      /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
+        char *zTName;            /* text of name of TABLE */
+        if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pLeft ){
+          zTName = sqlite3NameFromToken(&pE->pLeft->token);
+        }else{
+          zTName = 0;
+        }
+        for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+          Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+          char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
+          if( zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 ){ 
+            zTabName = pTab->zName;
+          }
+          if( zTName && (zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 || 
+                 sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0) ){
+            continue;
+          }
+          tableSeen = 1;
+          for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+            Expr *pExpr, *pLeft, *pRight;
+            char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
+
+            if( i>0 ){
+              struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1];
+              if( (pLeft->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 &&
+                        columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){
+                /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the 
+                ** table on the right */
+                continue;
+              }
+              if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
+                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
+                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+            pRight = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
+            if( pRight==0 ) break;
+            setToken(&pRight->token, zName);
+            if( zTabName && pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
+              pLeft = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
+              pExpr = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+              if( pExpr==0 ) break;
+              setToken(&pLeft->token, zTabName);
+              setToken(&pExpr->span, sqlite3MPrintf("%s.%s", zTabName, zName));
+              pExpr->span.dyn = 1;
+              pExpr->token.z = 0;
+              pExpr->token.n = 0;
+              pExpr->token.dyn = 0;
+            }else{
+              pExpr = pRight;
+              pExpr->span = pExpr->token;
+            }
+            pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pNew, pExpr, 0);
+          }
+        }
+        if( !tableSeen ){
+          if( zTName ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
+          }
+          rc = 1;
+        }
+        sqliteFree(zTName);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
+    p->pEList = pNew;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine recursively unlinks the Select.pSrc.a[].pTab pointers
+** in a select structure.  It just sets the pointers to NULL.  This
+** routine is recursive in the sense that if the Select.pSrc.a[].pSelect
+** pointer is not NULL, this routine is called recursively on that pointer.
+**
+** This routine is called on the Select structure that defines a
+** VIEW in order to undo any bindings to tables.  This is necessary
+** because those tables might be DROPed by a subsequent SQL command.
+** If the bindings are not removed, then the Select.pSrc->a[].pTab field
+** will be left pointing to a deallocated Table structure after the
+** DROP and a coredump will occur the next time the VIEW is used.
+*/
+void sqlite3SelectUnbind(Select *p){
+  int i;
+  SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  Table *pTab;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    if( (pTab = pItem->pTab)!=0 ){
+      if( pTab->isTransient ){
+        sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
+      }
+      pItem->pTab = 0;
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3SelectUnbind(pItem->pSelect);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine associates entries in an ORDER BY expression list with
+** columns in a result.  For each ORDER BY expression, the opcode of
+** the top-level node is changed to TK_COLUMN and the iColumn value of
+** the top-level node is filled in with column number and the iTable
+** value of the top-level node is filled with iTable parameter.
+**
+** If there are prior SELECT clauses, they are processed first.  A match
+** in an earlier SELECT takes precedence over a later SELECT.
+**
+** Any entry that does not match is flagged as an error.  The number
+** of errors is returned.
+*/
+static int matchOrderbyToColumn(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* A place to leave error messages */
+  Select *pSelect,        /* Match to result columns of this SELECT */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY values to match against columns */
+  int iTable,             /* Insert this value in iTable */
+  int mustComplete        /* If TRUE all ORDER BYs must match */
+){
+  int nErr = 0;
+  int i, j;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+
+  if( pSelect==0 || pOrderBy==0 ) return 1;
+  if( mustComplete ){
+    for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; }
+  }
+  if( fillInColumnList(pParse, pSelect) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
+    if( matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, pSelect->pPrior, pOrderBy, iTable, 0) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+    int iCol = -1;
+    if( pOrderBy->a[i].done ) continue;
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
+      if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+          "ORDER BY position %d should be between 1 and %d",
+          iCol, pEList->nExpr);
+        nErr++;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( !mustComplete ) continue;
+      iCol--;
+    }
+    for(j=0; iCol<0 && j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+      if( pEList->a[j].zName && (pE->op==TK_ID || pE->op==TK_STRING) ){
+        char *zName, *zLabel;
+        zName = pEList->a[j].zName;
+        zLabel = sqlite3NameFromToken(&pE->token);
+        assert( zLabel!=0 );
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, zLabel)==0 ){ 
+          iCol = j;
+        }
+        sqliteFree(zLabel);
+      }
+      if( iCol<0 && sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pEList->a[j].pExpr) ){
+        iCol = j;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iCol>=0 ){
+      pE->op = TK_COLUMN;
+      pE->iColumn = iCol;
+      pE->iTable = iTable;
+      pOrderBy->a[i].done = 1;
+    }
+    if( iCol<0 && mustComplete ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "ORDER BY term number %d does not match any result column", i+1);
+      nErr++;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return nErr;  
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
+** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
+*/
+Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  if( v==0 ){
+    v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db);
+  }
+  return v;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
+** nLimit and nOffset fields.  nLimit and nOffset hold the integers
+** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
+** keywords.  Or that hold -1 and 0 if those keywords are omitted.
+** iLimit and iOffset are the integer memory register numbers for
+** counters used to compute the limit and offset.  If there is no
+** limit and/or offset, then iLimit and iOffset are negative.
+**
+** This routine changes the values if iLimit and iOffset only if
+** a limit or offset is defined by nLimit and nOffset.  iLimit and
+** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values
+** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine.
+** Only if nLimit>=0 or nOffset>0 do the limit registers get
+** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
+** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
+** SELECT statements.
+*/
+static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  /* 
+  ** If the comparison is p->nLimit>0 then "LIMIT 0" shows
+  ** all rows.  It is the same as no limit. If the comparision is
+  ** p->nLimit>=0 then "LIMIT 0" show no rows at all.
+  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
+  ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be.
+  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
+  ** no rows.
+  */
+  if( p->nLimit>=0 ){
+    int iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) return;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -p->nLimit, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 1);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# LIMIT counter"));
+    p->iLimit = iMem;
+  }
+  if( p->nOffset>0 ){
+    int iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) return;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -p->nOffset, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 1);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# OFFSET counter"));
+    p->iOffset = iMem;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE instructions that will open a transient table that
+** will be used for an index or to store keyed results for a compound
+** select.  In other words, open a transient table that needs a
+** KeyInfo structure.  The number of columns in the KeyInfo is determined
+** by the result set of the SELECT statement in the second argument.
+**
+** Specifically, this routine is called to open an index table for
+** DISTINCT, UNION, INTERSECT and EXCEPT select statements (but not 
+** UNION ALL).
+**
+** Make the new table a KeyAsData table if keyAsData is true.
+**
+** The value returned is the address of the OP_OpenTemp instruction.
+*/
+static int openTempIndex(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iTab, int keyAsData){
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  int nColumn;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int addr;
+
+  if( fillInColumnList(pParse, p) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nColumn = p->pEList->nExpr;
+  pKeyInfo = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nColumn*sizeof(CollSeq*) );
+  if( pKeyInfo==0 ) return 0;
+  pKeyInfo->enc = db->enc;
+  pKeyInfo->nField = nColumn;
+  for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+    pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( !pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){
+      pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = db->pDfltColl;
+    }
+  }
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenTemp, iTab, 0, 
+      (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  if( keyAsData ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, iTab, 1);
+  }
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the address "addr" to the set of all OpenTemp opcode addresses
+** that are being accumulated in p->ppOpenTemp.
+*/
+static int multiSelectOpenTempAddr(Select *p, int addr){
+  IdList *pList = *p->ppOpenTemp = sqlite3IdListAppend(*p->ppOpenTemp, 0);
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pList->a[pList->nId-1].idx = addr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
+** the result set for the compound-select statement "p".  Return NULL if
+** the column has no default collating sequence.
+**
+** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
+** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
+*/
+static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
+  CollSeq *pRet;
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
+  }else{
+    pRet = 0;
+  }
+  if( pRet==0 ){
+    pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to process a query that is really the union
+** or intersection of two or more separate queries.
+**
+** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries.  the query on the
+** left is p->pPrior.  The left query could also be a compound query
+** in which case this routine will be called recursively. 
+**
+** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
+** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
+**
+** Example 1:  Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
+**
+** This statement is parsed up as follows:
+**
+**     SELECT c FROM t3
+**      |
+**      `----->  SELECT b FROM t2
+**                |
+**                `------>  SELECT a FROM t1
+**
+** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
+** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
+** pPrior will be the t2 query.  p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
+**
+** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
+** individual selects always group from left to right.
+*/
+static int multiSelect(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  int eDest,            /* \___  Store query results as specified */
+  int iParm,            /* /     by these two parameters.         */
+  char *aff             /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Success code from a subroutine */
+  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+  IdList *pOpenTemp = 0;/* OP_OpenTemp opcodes that need a KeyInfo */
+  int aAddr[5];         /* Addresses of SetNumColumns operators */
+  int nAddr = 0;        /* Number used */
+  int nCol;             /* Number of columns in the result set */
+
+  /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs.  Only
+  ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
+  */
+  if( p==0 || p->pPrior==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+  pPrior = p->pPrior;
+  if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+  if( pPrior->nLimit>=0 || pPrior->nOffset>0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure we have a valid query engine.  If not, create a new one.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* If *p this is the right-most select statement, then initialize
+  ** p->ppOpenTemp to point to pOpenTemp.  If *p is not the right most
+  ** statement then p->ppOpenTemp will have already been initialized
+  ** by a prior call to this same procedure.  Pass along the pOpenTemp
+  ** pointer to pPrior, the next statement to our left.
+  */
+  if( p->ppOpenTemp==0 ){
+    p->ppOpenTemp = &pOpenTemp;
+  }
+  pPrior->ppOpenTemp = p->ppOpenTemp;
+
+  /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_TempTable ){
+    assert( p->pEList );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, iParm, 0);
+    assert( nAddr==0 );
+    aAddr[nAddr++] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iParm, 0);
+    eDest = SRT_Table;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
+  */
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_ALL: {
+      if( p->pOrderBy==0 ){
+        pPrior->nLimit = p->nLimit;
+        pPrior->nOffset = p->nOffset;
+        rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+        if( rc ){
+          goto multi_select_end;
+        }
+        p->pPrior = 0;
+        p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
+        p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
+        p->nLimit = -1;
+        p->nOffset = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+        p->pPrior = pPrior;
+        if( rc ){
+          goto multi_select_end;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      /* For UNION ALL ... ORDER BY fall through to the next case */
+    }
+    case TK_EXCEPT:
+    case TK_UNION: {
+      int unionTab;    /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
+      int op = 0;      /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
+      int priorOp;     /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
+      int nLimit, nOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
+      ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* The ORDER BY clause for the right SELECT */
+      int addr;
+
+      priorOp = p->op==TK_ALL ? SRT_Table : SRT_Union;
+      if( eDest==priorOp && p->pOrderBy==0 && p->nLimit<0 && p->nOffset==0 ){
+        /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
+        ** right.
+        */
+        unionTab = iParm;
+      }else{
+        /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
+        ** intermediate results.
+        */
+        unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
+        if( p->pOrderBy 
+        && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, unionTab, 1) ){
+          rc = 1;
+          goto multi_select_end;
+        }
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, unionTab, 0);
+        if( p->op!=TK_ALL ){
+          rc = multiSelectOpenTempAddr(p, addr);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            goto multi_select_end;
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, unionTab, 1);
+        }
+	assert( nAddr<sizeof(aAddr)/sizeof(aAddr[0]) );
+        aAddr[nAddr++] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, unionTab, 0);
+        assert( p->pEList );
+      }
+
+      /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, priorOp, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT statement
+      */
+      switch( p->op ){
+         case TK_EXCEPT:  op = SRT_Except;   break;
+         case TK_UNION:   op = SRT_Union;    break;
+         case TK_ALL:     op = SRT_Table;    break;
+      }
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+      p->pOrderBy = 0;
+      nLimit = p->nLimit;
+      p->nLimit = -1;
+      nOffset = p->nOffset;
+      p->nOffset = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, op, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+      p->nLimit = nLimit;
+      p->nOffset = nOffset;
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+
+      /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
+      ** it is that we currently need.
+      */      
+      if( eDest!=priorOp || unionTab!=iParm ){
+        int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+        assert( p->pEList );
+        if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+          generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, p->pEList);
+        }
+        iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak);
+        computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p);
+        iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+        rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr,
+                             p->pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, 
+                             iCont, iBreak, 0);
+        if( rc ){
+          rc = 1;
+          goto multi_select_end;
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_INTERSECT: {
+      int tab1, tab2;
+      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+      int nLimit, nOffset;
+      int addr;
+
+      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
+      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
+      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
+      */
+      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
+      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
+      if( p->pOrderBy && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse,p,p->pOrderBy,tab1,1) ){
+        rc = 1;
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, tab1, 0);
+      rc = multiSelectOpenTempAddr(p, addr);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, tab1, 1);
+      assert( nAddr<sizeof(aAddr)/sizeof(aAddr[0]) );
+      aAddr[nAddr++] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, tab1, 0);
+      assert( p->pEList );
+
+      /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, SRT_Union, tab1, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
+      */
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, tab2, 0);
+      rc = multiSelectOpenTempAddr(p, addr);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, tab2, 1);
+      assert( nAddr<sizeof(aAddr)/sizeof(aAddr[0]) );
+      aAddr[nAddr++] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, tab2, 0);
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      nLimit = p->nLimit;
+      p->nLimit = -1;
+      nOffset = p->nOffset;
+      p->nOffset = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, SRT_Union, tab2, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->nLimit = nLimit;
+      p->nOffset = nOffset;
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
+      ** tables.
+      */
+      assert( p->pEList );
+      if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, p->pEList);
+      }
+      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak);
+      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p);
+      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FullKey, tab1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont);
+      rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr,
+                             p->pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, 
+                             iCont, iBreak, 0);
+      if( rc ){
+        rc = 1;
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
+  ** in their result sets.
+  */
+  assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
+  if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
+      " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the number of columns in temporary tables
+  */
+  nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
+  while( nAddr>0 ){
+    nAddr--;
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, aAddr[nAddr], nCol);
+  }
+
+  /* Compute collating sequences used by either the ORDER BY clause or
+  ** by any temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
+  ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.  Invoke the
+  ** ORDER BY processing if there is an ORDER BY clause.
+  **
+  ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
+  ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part.  The right-most
+  ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
+  ** no temp tables are required.
+  */
+  if( p->pOrderBy || (pOpenTemp && pOpenTemp->nId>0) ){
+    int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Collating sequence for the result set */
+
+    assert( p->ppOpenTemp == &pOpenTemp );
+    pKeyInfo = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*sizeof(CollSeq*));
+    if( !pKeyInfo ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto multi_select_end;
+    }
+
+    pKeyInfo->enc = pParse->db->enc;
+    pKeyInfo->nField = nCol;
+
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
+      if( !pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){
+        pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+      }
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; pOpenTemp && i<pOpenTemp->nId; i++){
+      int p3type = (i==0?P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF:P3_KEYINFO);
+      int addr = pOpenTemp->a[i].idx;
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char *)pKeyInfo, p3type);
+    }
+
+    if( p->pOrderBy ){
+      struct ExprList_item *pOrderByTerm = p->pOrderBy->a;
+      for(i=0; i<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pOrderByTerm++){
+        Expr *pExpr = pOrderByTerm->pExpr;
+        char *zName = pOrderByTerm->zName;
+        assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iColumn<nCol );
+        assert( !pExpr->pColl );
+        if( zName ){
+          pExpr->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zName, -1);
+        }else{
+          pExpr->pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[pExpr->iColumn];
+        }
+      }
+      generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, p->pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm);
+    }
+
+    if( !pOpenTemp ){
+      /* This happens for UNION ALL ... ORDER BY */
+      sqliteFree(pKeyInfo);
+    }
+  }
+
+multi_select_end:
+  if( pOpenTemp ){
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(pOpenTemp);
+  }
+  p->ppOpenTemp = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Scan through the expression pExpr.  Replace every reference to
+** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
+** entry in pEList.  (But leave references to the ROWID column 
+** unchanged.)
+**
+** This routine is part of the flattening procedure.  A subquery
+** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
+** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
+** FORM clause entry is iTable.  This routine make the necessary 
+** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
+** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
+*/
+static void substExprList(ExprList*,int,ExprList*);  /* Forward Decl */
+static void substExpr(Expr *pExpr, int iTable, ExprList *pEList){
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
+    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
+      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+    }else{
+      Expr *pNew;
+      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 && pExpr->pList==0 );
+      pNew = pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr;
+      assert( pNew!=0 );
+      pExpr->op = pNew->op;
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 );
+      pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(pNew->pLeft);
+      assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
+      pExpr->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(pNew->pRight);
+      assert( pExpr->pList==0 );
+      pExpr->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(pNew->pList);
+      pExpr->iTable = pNew->iTable;
+      pExpr->iColumn = pNew->iColumn;
+      pExpr->iAgg = pNew->iAgg;
+      sqlite3TokenCopy(&pExpr->token, &pNew->token);
+      sqlite3TokenCopy(&pExpr->span, &pNew->span);
+    }
+  }else{
+    substExpr(pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
+    substExpr(pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
+    substExprList(pExpr->pList, iTable, pEList);
+  }
+}
+static void 
+substExprList(ExprList *pList, int iTable, ExprList *pEList){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    substExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed
+** execution.  It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening
+** occurs.
+**
+** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
+** query:
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
+**
+** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
+** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
+** run the outer query on that temporary table.  This requires two
+** passes over the data.  Furthermore, because the temporary table
+** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
+** optimized.
+**
+** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
+** a single flat select, like this:
+**
+**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
+**
+** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result
+** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
+** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
+** avoided.
+**
+** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
+**
+**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
+**
+**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join, or
+**        the subquery is not itself a join.  (Ticket #306)
+**
+**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (5)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use
+**        aggregates.
+**
+**   (6)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
+**        DISTINCT.
+**
+**   (7)  The subquery has a FROM clause.
+**
+**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
+**        aggregates.
+**
+**  (10)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
+**        use LIMIT.
+**
+**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
+**
+**  (12)  The subquery is not the right term of a LEFT OUTER JOIN or the
+**        subquery has no WHERE clause.  (added by ticket #350)
+**
+** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
+** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
+** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
+**
+** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
+** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
+**
+** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
+** the subquery before this routine runs.
+*/
+static int flattenSubquery(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  Select *p,           /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
+  int iFrom,           /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
+  int isAgg,           /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
+  int subqueryIsAgg    /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
+){
+  Select *pSub;       /* The inner query or "subquery" */
+  SrcList *pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
+  SrcList *pSubSrc;   /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
+  ExprList *pList;    /* The result set of the outer query */
+  int iParent;        /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
+  int i;              /* Loop counter */
+  Expr *pWhere;                    /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSubitem;   /* The subquery */
+
+  /* Check to see if flattening is permitted.  Return 0 if not.
+  */
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
+  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
+  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
+  assert( pSub!=0 );
+  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;
+  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;
+  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
+  assert( pSubSrc );
+  if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0;
+  if( (pSub->isDistinct || pSub->nLimit>=0) &&  (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){
+     return 0;
+  }
+  if( (p->isDistinct || p->nLimit>=0) && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;
+  if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;
+
+  /* Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
+  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
+  ** is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
+  **
+  ** which is not at all the same thing.
+  */
+  if( pSubSrc->nSrc>1 && iFrom>0 && (pSrc->a[iFrom-1].jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Restriction 12:  If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
+  ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
+  ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
+  **
+  ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
+  ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
+  */
+  if( iFrom>0 && (pSrc->a[iFrom-1].jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 
+      && pSub->pWhere!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means flattening is permitted for the
+  ** iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause in the outer query.
+  */
+
+  /* Move all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
+  ** the FROM clause of the outer query.  Before doing this, remember
+  ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
+  ** iParent.  The iParent cursor will never be used.  Subsequent code
+  ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
+  ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
+  ** elements we are now copying in.
+  */
+  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
+  {
+    int nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;
+    int jointype = pSubitem->jointype;
+    Table *pTab = pSubitem->pTab;
+
+    if( pTab && pTab->isTransient ){
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pSubitem->pTab);
+    }
+    sqliteFree(pSubitem->zDatabase);
+    sqliteFree(pSubitem->zName);
+    sqliteFree(pSubitem->zAlias);
+    if( nSubSrc>1 ){
+      int extra = nSubSrc - 1;
+      for(i=1; i<nSubSrc; i++){
+        pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pSrc, 0, 0);
+      }
+      p->pSrc = pSrc;
+      for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i-extra>=iFrom; i--){
+        pSrc->a[i] = pSrc->a[i-extra];
+      }
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
+      pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
+      memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
+    }
+    pSrc->a[iFrom+nSubSrc-1].jointype = jointype;
+  }
+
+  /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for 
+  ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
+  ** 
+  ** Example:
+  **
+  **   SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
+  **   \                     \_____________ subquery __________/          /
+  **    \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
+  **
+  ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
+  ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
+  */
+  substExprList(p->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+  pList = p->pEList;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pExpr;
+    if( pList->a[i].zName==0 && (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)->span.z!=0 ){
+      pList->a[i].zName = sqliteStrNDup(pExpr->span.z, pExpr->span.n);
+    }
+  }
+  if( isAgg ){
+    substExprList(p->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    substExpr(p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+  }
+  if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+    assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
+    p->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
+    pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
+  }else if( p->pOrderBy ){
+    substExprList(p->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+  }
+  if( pSub->pWhere ){
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(pSub->pWhere);
+  }else{
+    pWhere = 0;
+  }
+  if( subqueryIsAgg ){
+    assert( p->pHaving==0 );
+    p->pHaving = p->pWhere;
+    p->pWhere = pWhere;
+    substExpr(p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    p->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pHaving, sqlite3ExprDup(pSub->pHaving));
+    assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
+    p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pSub->pGroupBy);
+  }else{
+    substExpr(p->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pWhere, pWhere);
+  }
+
+  /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
+  ** outer query is distinct. 
+  */
+  p->isDistinct = p->isDistinct || pSub->isDistinct;
+
+  /* Transfer the limit expression from the subquery to the outer
+  ** query.
+  */
+  if( pSub->nLimit>=0 ){
+    if( p->nLimit<0 ){
+      p->nLimit = pSub->nLimit;
+    }else if( p->nLimit+p->nOffset > pSub->nLimit+pSub->nOffset ){
+      p->nLimit = pSub->nLimit + pSub->nOffset - p->nOffset;
+    }
+  }
+  p->nOffset += pSub->nOffset;
+
+  /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
+  ** success.
+  */
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pSub);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze the SELECT statement passed in as an argument to see if it
+** is a simple min() or max() query.  If it is and this query can be
+** satisfied using a single seek to the beginning or end of an index,
+** then generate the code for this SELECT and return 1.  If this is not a 
+** simple min() or max() query, then return 0;
+**
+** A simply min() or max() query looks like this:
+**
+**    SELECT min(a) FROM table;
+**    SELECT max(a) FROM table;
+**
+** The query may have only a single table in its FROM argument.  There
+** can be no GROUP BY or HAVING or WHERE clauses.  The result set must
+** be the min() or max() of a single column of the table.  The column
+** in the min() or max() function must be indexed.
+**
+** The parameters to this routine are the same as for sqlite3Select().
+** See the header comment on that routine for additional information.
+*/
+static int simpleMinMaxQuery(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int eDest, int iParm){
+  Expr *pExpr;
+  int iCol;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int base;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int seekOp;
+  int cont;
+  ExprList *pEList, *pList, eList;
+  struct ExprList_item eListItem;
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  
+
+  /* Check to see if this query is a simple min() or max() query.  Return
+  ** zero if it is  not.
+  */
+  if( p->pGroupBy || p->pHaving || p->pWhere ) return 0;
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
+  pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
+  pList = pExpr->pList;
+  if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->token.n!=3 ) return 0;
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pExpr->token.z,"min",3)==0 ){
+    seekOp = OP_Rewind;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pExpr->token.z,"max",3)==0 ){
+    seekOp = OP_Last;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pExpr = pList->a[0].pExpr;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
+  iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
+  pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+
+  /* If we get to here, it means the query is of the correct form.
+  ** Check to make sure we have an index and make pIdx point to the
+  ** appropriate index.  If the min() or max() is on an INTEGER PRIMARY
+  ** key column, no index is necessary so set pIdx to NULL.  If no
+  ** usable index is found, return 0.
+  */
+  if( iCol<0 ){
+    pIdx = 0;
+  }else{
+    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      assert( pIdx->nColumn>=1 );
+      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol && pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[0]==pColl ) break;
+    }
+    if( pIdx==0 ) return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Identify column types if we will be using the callback.  This
+  ** step is skipped if the output is going to a table or a memory cell.
+  ** The column names have already been generated in the calling function.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_TempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, iParm, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iParm, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Generating code to find the min or the max.  Basically all we have
+  ** to do is find the first or the last entry in the chosen index.  If
+  ** the min() or max() is on the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then find the first
+  ** or last entry in the main table.
+  */
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, pTab->iDb);
+  base = pSrc->a[0].iCursor;
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p);
+  if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, base, pTab);
+  }
+  cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( pIdx==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, base, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->iDb, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, base+1, pIdx->tnum,
+                   (char*)&pIdx->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+    if( seekOp==OP_Rewind ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0);
+      seekOp = OP_MoveGt;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, base+1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRecno, base+1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base+1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
+  }
+  eList.nExpr = 1;
+  memset(&eListItem, 0, sizeof(eListItem));
+  eList.a = &eListItem;
+  eList.a[0].pExpr = pExpr;
+  selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, &eList, 0, 0, 0, -1, eDest, iParm, cont, cont, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, cont);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
+  
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze and ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in a SELECT statement.  Return
+** the number of errors seen.
+**
+** An ORDER BY or GROUP BY is a list of expressions.  If any expression
+** is an integer constant, then that expression is replaced by the
+** corresponding entry in the result set.
+*/
+static int processOrderGroupBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* The FROM clause */
+  ExprList *pEList,     /* The result set */
+  int isAgg,            /* True if aggregate functions are involved */
+  const char *zType     /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    int iCol;
+    Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) && iCol>0 && iCol<=pEList->nExpr ){
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(pE);
+      pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pEList->a[iCol-1].pExpr);
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, pEList, pE, isAgg, 0) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE) ){
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+          "%s BY terms must not be non-integer constants", zType);
+        return 1;
+      }else if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+           "%s BY column number %d out of range - should be "
+           "between 1 and %d", zType, iCol, pEList->nExpr);
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the given SELECT statement.
+**
+** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the
+** value of eDest and iParm.
+**
+**     eDest Value       Result
+**     ------------    -------------------------------------------
+**     SRT_Callback    Invoke the callback for each row of the result.
+**
+**     SRT_Mem         Store first result in memory cell iParm
+**
+**     SRT_Set         Store results as keys of table iParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary table iParm
+**
+**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary table iParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table iParm
+**
+** The table above is incomplete.  Additional eDist value have be added
+** since this comment was written.  See the selectInnerLoop() function for
+** a complete listing of the allowed values of eDest and their meanings.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors.  If any errors are
+** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
+** pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in.  The
+** calling function needs to do that.
+**
+** The pParent, parentTab, and *pParentAgg fields are filled in if this
+** SELECT is a subquery.  This routine may try to combine this SELECT
+** with its parent to form a single flat query.  In so doing, it might
+** change the parent query from a non-aggregate to an aggregate query.
+** For that reason, the pParentAgg flag is passed as a pointer, so it
+** can be changed.
+**
+** Example 1:   The meaning of the pParent parameter.
+**
+**    SELECT * FROM t1 JOIN (SELECT x, count(*) FROM t2) JOIN t3;
+**    \                      \_______ subquery _______/        /
+**     \                                                      /
+**      \____________________ outer query ___________________/
+**
+** This routine is called for the outer query first.   For that call,
+** pParent will be NULL.  During the processing of the outer query, this 
+** routine is called recursively to handle the subquery.  For the recursive
+** call, pParent will point to the outer query.  Because the subquery is
+** the second element in a three-way join, the parentTab parameter will
+** be 1 (the 2nd value of a 0-indexed array.)
+*/
+int sqlite3Select(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  int eDest,             /* How to dispose of the results */
+  int iParm,             /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
+  Select *pParent,       /* Another SELECT for which this is a sub-query */
+  int parentTab,         /* Index in pParent->pSrc of this query */
+  int *pParentAgg,       /* True if pParent uses aggregate functions */
+  char *aff              /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */
+){
+  int i;
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int isAgg = 0;         /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* List of columns to extract. */
+  SrcList *pTabList;     /* List of tables to select from */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause.  May be NULL */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be NULL */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
+  int isDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  int distinct;          /* Table to use for the distinct set */
+  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed || pParse->nErr || p==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
+
+  /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
+  */
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    return multiSelect(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, aff);
+  }
+
+  /* Make local copies of the parameters for this query.
+  */
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pWhere = p->pWhere;
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+  pHaving = p->pHaving;
+  isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
+
+  /* Allocate VDBE cursors for each table in the FROM clause
+  */
+  sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
+
+  /* 
+  ** Do not even attempt to generate any code if we have already seen
+  ** errors before this routine starts.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nErr>0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* Expand any "*" terms in the result set.  (For example the "*" in
+  ** "SELECT * FROM t1")  The fillInColumnlist() routine also does some
+  ** other housekeeping - see the header comment for details.
+  */
+  if( fillInColumnList(pParse, p) ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+  pWhere = p->pWhere;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( pEList==0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
+  ** only a single column may be output.
+  */
+  if( (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) && pEList->nExpr>1 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
+       "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* ORDER BY is ignored for some destinations.
+  */
+  switch( eDest ){
+    case SRT_Union:
+    case SRT_Except:
+    case SRT_Discard:
+      pOrderBy = 0;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* At this point, we should have allocated all the cursors that we
+  ** need to handle subquerys and temporary tables.  
+  **
+  ** Resolve the column names and do a semantics check on all the expressions.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, 0, pEList->a[i].pExpr,
+                                    1, &isAgg) ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, pEList, pWhere, 0, 0) ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+  if( pHaving ){
+    if( pGroupBy==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, pEList,pHaving,1,&isAgg) ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+  }
+  if( processOrderGroupBy(pParse, pOrderBy, pTabList, pEList, isAgg, "ORDER")
+   || processOrderGroupBy(pParse, pGroupBy, pTabList, pEList, isAgg, "GROUP")
+  ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* Identify column names if we will be using them in a callback.  This
+  ** step is skipped if the output is going to some other destination.
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    const char *zSavedAuthContext = 0;
+    int needRestoreContext;
+
+    if( pTabList->a[i].pSelect==0 ) continue;
+    if( pTabList->a[i].zName!=0 ){
+      zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+      pParse->zAuthContext = pTabList->a[i].zName;
+      needRestoreContext = 1;
+    }else{
+      needRestoreContext = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3Select(pParse, pTabList->a[i].pSelect, SRT_TempTable, 
+                 pTabList->a[i].iCursor, p, i, &isAgg, 0);
+    if( needRestoreContext ){
+      pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
+    }
+    pTabList = p->pSrc;
+    pWhere = p->pWhere;
+    if( eDest!=SRT_Union && eDest!=SRT_Except && eDest!=SRT_Discard ){
+      pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+    }
+    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+    pHaving = p->pHaving;
+    isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
+  }
+
+  /* Check for the special case of a min() or max() function by itself
+  ** in the result set.
+  */
+  if( simpleMinMaxQuery(pParse, p, eDest, iParm) ){
+    rc = 0;
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Check to see if this is a subquery that can be "flattened" into its parent.
+  ** If flattening is a possiblity, do so and return immediately.  
+  */
+  if( pParent && pParentAgg &&
+      flattenSubquery(pParse, pParent, parentTab, *pParentAgg, isAgg) ){
+    if( isAgg ) *pParentAgg = 1;
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, resolve any collation sequences
+  ** names that have been explicitly specified.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+      if( pOrderBy->a[i].zName ){
+        pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr->pColl = 
+            sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].zName, -1);
+      }
+    }
+    if( pParse->nErr ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the limiter.
+  */
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p);
+
+  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_TempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, iParm, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iParm, pEList->nExpr);
+  }
+
+  /* Do an analysis of aggregate expressions.
+  */
+  sqliteAggregateInfoReset(pParse);
+  if( isAgg || pGroupBy ){
+    assert( pParse->nAgg==0 );
+    isAgg = 1;
+    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pEList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+        goto select_end;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      for(i=0; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++){
+        if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pGroupBy->a[i].pExpr) ){
+          goto select_end;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( pHaving && sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pHaving) ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+    if( pOrderBy ){
+      for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+        if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr) ){
+          goto select_end;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Reset the aggregator
+  */
+  if( isAgg ){
+    int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggReset, (pGroupBy?0:1), pParse->nAgg);
+    for(i=0; i<pParse->nAgg; i++){
+      FuncDef *pFunc;
+      if( (pFunc = pParse->aAgg[i].pFunc)!=0 && pFunc->xFinalize!=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggInit, 0, i, (char*)pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF);
+      }
+    }
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      int sz = sizeof(KeyInfo) + pGroupBy->nExpr*sizeof(CollSeq*);
+      KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqliteMalloc(sz);
+      if( 0==pKey ){
+        goto select_end;
+      }
+      pKey->enc = pParse->db->enc;
+      pKey->nField = pGroupBy->nExpr;
+      for(i=0; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++){
+        pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pGroupBy->a[i].pExpr);
+        if( !pKey->aColl[i] ){
+          pKey->aColl[i] = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the memory cell to NULL
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_Mem ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Open a temporary table to use for the distinct set.
+  */
+  if( isDistinct ){
+    distinct = pParse->nTab++;
+    openTempIndex(pParse, p, distinct, 0);
+  }else{
+    distinct = -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin the database scan
+  */
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 
+                            pGroupBy ? 0 : &pOrderBy);
+  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* Use the standard inner loop if we are not dealing with
+  ** aggregates
+  */
+  if( !isAgg ){
+    if( selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, eDest,
+                    iParm, pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak, aff) ){
+       goto select_end;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we are dealing with aggregates, then do the special aggregate
+  ** processing.  
+  */
+  else{
+    AggExpr *pAgg;
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      int lbl1;
+      for(i=0; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[i].pExpr);
+      }
+      /* No affinity string is attached to the following OP_MakeRecord 
+      ** because we do not need to do any coercion of datatypes. */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pGroupBy->nExpr, 0);
+      lbl1 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggFocus, 0, lbl1);
+      for(i=0, pAgg=pParse->aAgg; i<pParse->nAgg; i++, pAgg++){
+        if( pAgg->isAgg ) continue;
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pAgg->pExpr);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggSet, 0, i);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl1);
+    }
+    for(i=0, pAgg=pParse->aAgg; i<pParse->nAgg; i++, pAgg++){
+      Expr *pE;
+      int nExpr;
+      FuncDef *pDef;
+      if( !pAgg->isAgg ) continue;
+      assert( pAgg->pFunc!=0 );
+      assert( pAgg->pFunc->xStep!=0 );
+      pDef = pAgg->pFunc;
+      pE = pAgg->pExpr;
+      assert( pE!=0 );
+      assert( pE->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+      nExpr = sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pE->pList);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+      if( pDef->needCollSeq ){
+        CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; !pColl && j<nExpr; j++){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pE->pList->a[j].pExpr);
+        }
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggFunc, 0, nExpr, (char*)pDef, P3_POINTER);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* End the database scan loop.
+  */
+  sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+  /* If we are processing aggregates, we need to set up a second loop
+  ** over all of the aggregate values and process them.
+  */
+  if( isAgg ){
+    int endagg = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    int startagg;
+    startagg = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggNext, 0, endagg);
+    pParse->useAgg = 1;
+    if( pHaving ){
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, startagg, 1);
+    }
+    if( selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, eDest,
+                    iParm, startagg, endagg, aff) ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, startagg);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endagg);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Noop, 0, 0);
+    pParse->useAgg = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
+  ** and send them to the callback one by one.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm);
+  }
+
+  /* If this was a subquery, we have now converted the subquery into a
+  ** temporary table.  So delete the subquery structure from the parent
+  ** to prevent this subquery from being evaluated again and to force the
+  ** the use of the temporary table.
+  */
+  if( pParent ){
+    assert( pParent->pSrc->nSrc>parentTab );
+    assert( pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].pSelect==p );
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(p);
+    pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].pSelect = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* The SELECT was successfully coded.   Set the return code to 0
+  ** to indicate no errors.
+  */
+  rc = 0;
+
+  /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
+  ** successful coding of the SELECT.
+  */
+select_end:
+  sqliteAggregateInfoReset(pParse);
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/shell.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/shell.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bdd13cc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/shell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1786 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code to implement the "sqlite" command line
+** utility for accessing SQLite databases.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__MACOS__)
+# include <signal.h>
+# include <pwd.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __MACOS__
+# include <console.h>
+# include <signal.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <extras.h>
+# include <Files.h>
+# include <Folders.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1
+# include <readline/readline.h>
+# include <readline/history.h>
+#else
+# define readline(p) local_getline(p,stdin)
+# define add_history(X)
+# define read_history(X)
+# define write_history(X)
+# define stifle_history(X)
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure isatty() has a prototype.
+*/
+extern int isatty();
+
+/*
+** The following is the open SQLite database.  We make a pointer
+** to this database a static variable so that it can be accessed
+** by the SIGINT handler to interrupt database processing.
+*/
+static sqlite3 *db = 0;
+
+/*
+** True if an interrupt (Control-C) has been received.
+*/
+static int seenInterrupt = 0;
+
+/*
+** This is the name of our program. It is set in main(), used
+** in a number of other places, mostly for error messages.
+*/
+static char *Argv0;
+
+/*
+** Prompt strings. Initialized in main. Settable with
+**   .prompt main continue
+*/
+static char mainPrompt[20];     /* First line prompt. default: "sqlite> "*/
+static char continuePrompt[20]; /* Continuation prompt. default: "   ...> " */
+
+
+/*
+** Determines if a string is a number of not.
+*/
+static int isNumber(const unsigned char *z, int *realnum){
+  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z++;
+  if( !isdigit(*z) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  z++;
+  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
+  while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    z++;
+    if( !isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    z++;
+    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z++;
+    if( !isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** A global char* and an SQL function to access its current value 
+** from within an SQL statement. This program used to use the 
+** sqlite_exec_printf() API to substitue a string into an SQL statement.
+** The correct way to do this with sqlite3 is to use the bind API, but
+** since the shell is built around the callback paradigm it would be a lot
+** of work. Instead just use this hack, which is quite harmless.
+*/
+static const char *zShellStatic = 0;
+static void shellstaticFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  assert( 0==argc );
+  assert( zShellStatic );
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zShellStatic, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine reads a line of text from FILE in, stores
+** the text in memory obtained from malloc() and returns a pointer
+** to the text.  NULL is returned at end of file, or if malloc()
+** fails.
+**
+** The interface is like "readline" but no command-line editing
+** is done.
+*/
+static char *local_getline(char *zPrompt, FILE *in){
+  char *zLine;
+  int nLine;
+  int n;
+  int eol;
+
+  if( zPrompt && *zPrompt ){
+    printf("%s",zPrompt);
+    fflush(stdout);
+  }
+  nLine = 100;
+  zLine = malloc( nLine );
+  if( zLine==0 ) return 0;
+  n = 0;
+  eol = 0;
+  while( !eol ){
+    if( n+100>nLine ){
+      nLine = nLine*2 + 100;
+      zLine = realloc(zLine, nLine);
+      if( zLine==0 ) return 0;
+    }
+    if( fgets(&zLine[n], nLine - n, in)==0 ){
+      if( n==0 ){
+        free(zLine);
+        return 0;
+      }
+      zLine[n] = 0;
+      eol = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+    while( zLine[n] ){ n++; }
+    if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\n' ){
+      n--;
+      zLine[n] = 0;
+      eol = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  zLine = realloc( zLine, n+1 );
+  return zLine;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a single line of input text.  "isatty" is true if text
+** is coming from a terminal.  In that case, we issue a prompt and
+** attempt to use "readline" for command-line editing.  If "isatty"
+** is false, use "local_getline" instead of "readline" and issue no prompt.
+**
+** zPrior is a string of prior text retrieved.  If not the empty
+** string, then issue a continuation prompt.
+*/
+static char *one_input_line(const char *zPrior, FILE *in){
+  char *zPrompt;
+  char *zResult;
+  if( in!=0 ){
+    return local_getline(0, in);
+  }
+  if( zPrior && zPrior[0] ){
+    zPrompt = continuePrompt;
+  }else{
+    zPrompt = mainPrompt;
+  }
+  zResult = readline(zPrompt);
+  if( zResult ) add_history(zResult);
+  return zResult;
+}
+
+struct previous_mode_data {
+  int valid;        /* Is there legit data in here? */
+  int mode;
+  int showHeader;
+  int colWidth[100];
+};
+/*
+** An pointer to an instance of this structure is passed from
+** the main program to the callback.  This is used to communicate
+** state and mode information.
+*/
+struct callback_data {
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* The database */
+  int echoOn;            /* True to echo input commands */
+  int cnt;               /* Number of records displayed so far */
+  FILE *out;             /* Write results here */
+  int mode;              /* An output mode setting */
+  int showHeader;        /* True to show column names in List or Column mode */
+  char *zDestTable;      /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */
+  char separator[20];    /* Separator character for MODE_List */
+  int colWidth[100];     /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/
+  int actualWidth[100];  /* Actual width of each column */
+  char nullvalue[20];    /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from
+                         ** the database */
+  struct previous_mode_data explainPrev;
+                         /* Holds the mode information just before
+                         ** .explain ON */
+  char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */
+  const char *zDbFilename;    /* name of the database file */
+  char *zKey;                 /* Encryption key */
+};
+
+/*
+** These are the allowed modes.
+*/
+#define MODE_Line     0  /* One column per line.  Blank line between records */
+#define MODE_Column   1  /* One record per line in neat columns */
+#define MODE_List     2  /* One record per line with a separator */
+#define MODE_Semi     3  /* Same as MODE_List but append ";" to each line */
+#define MODE_Html     4  /* Generate an XHTML table */
+#define MODE_Insert   5  /* Generate SQL "insert" statements */
+#define MODE_Tcl      6  /* Generate ANSI-C or TCL quoted elements */
+#define MODE_Csv      7  /* Quote strings, numbers are plain */
+#define MODE_NUM_OF   8  /* The number of modes (not a mode itself) */
+
+char *modeDescr[MODE_NUM_OF] = {
+  "line",
+  "column",
+  "list",
+  "semi",
+  "html",
+  "insert",
+  "tcl",
+  "csv",
+};
+
+/*
+** Number of elements in an array
+*/
+#define ArraySize(X)  (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+
+/*
+** Output the given string as a quoted string using SQL quoting conventions.
+*/
+static void output_quoted_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
+  int i;
+  int nSingle = 0;
+  for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
+    if( z[i]=='\'' ) nSingle++;
+  }
+  if( nSingle==0 ){
+    fprintf(out,"'%s'",z);
+  }else{
+    fprintf(out,"'");
+    while( *z ){
+      for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='\''; i++){}
+      if( i==0 ){
+        fprintf(out,"''");
+        z++;
+      }else if( z[i]=='\'' ){
+        fprintf(out,"%.*s''",i,z);
+        z += i+1;
+      }else{
+        fprintf(out,"%s",z);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    fprintf(out,"'");
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Output the given string as a quoted according to C or TCL quoting rules.
+*/
+static void output_c_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
+  unsigned int c;
+  fputc('"', out);
+  while( (c = *(z++))!=0 ){
+    if( c=='\\' ){
+      fputc(c, out);
+      fputc(c, out);
+    }else if( c=='\t' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('t', out);
+    }else if( c=='\n' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('n', out);
+    }else if( c=='\r' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('r', out);
+    }else if( !isprint(c) ){
+      fprintf(out, "\\%03o", c);
+    }else{
+      fputc(c, out);
+    }
+  }
+  fputc('"', out);
+}
+
+/*
+** Output the given string with characters that are special to
+** HTML escaped.
+*/
+static void output_html_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
+  int i;
+  while( *z ){
+    for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='<' && z[i]!='&'; i++){}
+    if( i>0 ){
+      fprintf(out,"%.*s",i,z);
+    }
+    if( z[i]=='<' ){
+      fprintf(out,"&lt;");
+    }else if( z[i]=='&' ){
+      fprintf(out,"&amp;");
+    }else{
+      break;
+    }
+    z += i + 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Output a single term of CSV.  Actually, p->separator is used for
+** the separator, which may or may not be a comma.  p->nullvalue is
+** the null value.  Strings are quoted using ANSI-C rules.  Numbers
+** appear outside of quotes.
+*/
+static void output_csv(struct callback_data *p, const char *z, int bSep){
+  if( z==0 ){
+    fprintf(p->out,"%s",p->nullvalue);
+  }else if( isNumber(z, 0) ){
+    fprintf(p->out,"%s",z);
+  }else{
+    output_c_string(p->out, z);
+  }
+  if( bSep ){
+    fprintf(p->out, p->separator);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine runs when the user presses Ctrl-C
+*/
+static void interrupt_handler(int NotUsed){
+  seenInterrupt = 1;
+  if( db ) sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine that the SQLite library
+** invokes for each row of a query result.
+*/
+static int callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
+  int i;
+  struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data*)pArg;
+  switch( p->mode ){
+    case MODE_Line: {
+      int w = 5;
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        int len = strlen(azCol[i]);
+        if( len>w ) w = len;
+      }
+      if( p->cnt++>0 ) fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        fprintf(p->out,"%*s = %s\n", w, azCol[i], 
+                azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Column: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          int w, n;
+          if( i<ArraySize(p->colWidth) ){
+             w = p->colWidth[i];
+          }else{
+             w = 0;
+          }
+          if( w<=0 ){
+            w = strlen(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
+            if( w<10 ) w = 10;
+            n = strlen(azArg && azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
+            if( w<n ) w = n;
+          }
+          if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
+            p->actualWidth[i] = w;
+          }
+          if( p->showHeader ){
+            fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n": "  ");
+          }
+        }
+        if( p->showHeader ){
+          for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+            int w;
+            if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
+               w = p->actualWidth[i];
+            }else{
+               w = 10;
+            }
+            fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,"-----------------------------------"
+                   "----------------------------------------------------------",
+                    i==nArg-1 ? "\n": "  ");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        int w;
+        if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
+           w = p->actualWidth[i];
+        }else{
+           w = 10;
+        }
+        fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,
+            azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue, i==nArg-1 ? "\n": "  ");
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Semi:
+    case MODE_List: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          fprintf(p->out,"%s%s",azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n" : p->separator);
+        }
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        char *z = azArg[i];
+        if( z==0 ) z = p->nullvalue;
+        fprintf(p->out, "%s", z);
+        if( i<nArg-1 ){
+          fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
+        }else if( p->mode==MODE_Semi ){
+          fprintf(p->out, ";\n");
+        }else{
+          fprintf(p->out, "\n");
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Html: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        fprintf(p->out,"<TR>");
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          fprintf(p->out,"<TH>%s</TH>",azCol[i]);
+        }
+        fprintf(p->out,"</TR>\n");
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      fprintf(p->out,"<TR>");
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        fprintf(p->out,"<TD>");
+        output_html_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
+        fprintf(p->out,"</TD>\n");
+      }
+      fprintf(p->out,"</TR>\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Tcl: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          output_c_string(p->out,azCol[i]);
+          fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
+        }
+        fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        output_c_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
+        fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
+      }
+      fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Csv: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          output_csv(p, azCol[i], i<nArg-1);
+        }
+        fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        output_csv(p, azArg[i], i<nArg-1);
+      }
+      fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Insert: {
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      fprintf(p->out,"INSERT INTO %s VALUES(",p->zDestTable);
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        char *zSep = i>0 ? ",": "";
+        if( azArg[i]==0 ){
+          fprintf(p->out,"%sNULL",zSep);
+        }else if( isNumber(azArg[i], 0) ){
+          fprintf(p->out,"%s%s",zSep, azArg[i]);
+        }else{
+          if( zSep[0] ) fprintf(p->out,"%s",zSep);
+          output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]);
+        }
+      }
+      fprintf(p->out,");\n");
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the destination table field of the callback_data structure to
+** the name of the table given.  Escape any quote characters in the
+** table name.
+*/
+static void set_table_name(struct callback_data *p, const char *zName){
+  int i, n;
+  int needQuote;
+  char *z;
+
+  if( p->zDestTable ){
+    free(p->zDestTable);
+    p->zDestTable = 0;
+  }
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  needQuote = !isalpha((unsigned char)*zName) && *zName!='_';
+  for(i=n=0; zName[i]; i++, n++){
+    if( !isalnum((unsigned char)zName[i]) && zName[i]!='_' ){
+      needQuote = 1;
+      if( zName[i]=='\'' ) n++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) n += 2;
+  z = p->zDestTable = malloc( n+1 );
+  if( z==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Out of memory!\n");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  n = 0;
+  if( needQuote ) z[n++] = '\'';
+  for(i=0; zName[i]; i++){
+    z[n++] = zName[i];
+    if( zName[i]=='\'' ) z[n++] = '\'';
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) z[n++] = '\'';
+  z[n] = 0;
+}
+
+/* zIn is either a pointer to a NULL-terminated string in memory obtained
+** from malloc(), or a NULL pointer. The string pointed to by zAppend is
+** added to zIn, and the result returned in memory obtained from malloc().
+** zIn, if it was not NULL, is freed.
+**
+** If the third argument, quote, is not '\0', then it is used as a 
+** quote character for zAppend.
+*/
+static char * appendText(char *zIn, char const *zAppend, char quote){
+  int len;
+  int i;
+  int nAppend = strlen(zAppend);
+  int nIn = (zIn?strlen(zIn):0);
+
+  len = nAppend+nIn+1;
+  if( quote ){
+    len += 2;
+    for(i=0; i<nAppend; i++){
+      if( zAppend[i]==quote ) len++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  zIn = (char *)realloc(zIn, len);
+  if( !zIn ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if( quote ){
+    char *zCsr = &zIn[nIn];
+    *zCsr++ = quote;
+    for(i=0; i<nAppend; i++){
+      *zCsr++ = zAppend[i];
+      if( zAppend[i]==quote ) *zCsr++ = quote;
+    }
+    *zCsr++ = quote;
+    *zCsr++ = '\0';
+    assert( (zCsr-zIn)==len );
+  }else{
+    memcpy(&zIn[nIn], zAppend, nAppend);
+    zIn[len-1] = '\0';
+  }
+
+  return zIn;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Execute a query statement that has a single result column.  Print
+** that result column on a line by itself with a semicolon terminator.
+*/
+static int run_table_dump_query(FILE *out, sqlite3 *db, const char *zSelect){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSelect, -1, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pSelect ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect);
+  while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    fprintf(out, "%s;\n", sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, 0));
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect);
+  }
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pSelect);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This is a different callback routine used for dumping the database.
+** Each row received by this callback consists of a table name,
+** the table type ("index" or "table") and SQL to create the table.
+** This routine should print text sufficient to recreate the table.
+*/
+static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
+  int rc;
+  const char *zTable;
+  const char *zType;
+  const char *zSql;
+  struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data *)pArg;
+
+  if( nArg!=3 ) return 1;
+  zTable = azArg[0];
+  zType = azArg[1];
+  zSql = azArg[2];
+  
+  fprintf(p->out, "%s;\n", zSql);
+
+  if( strcmp(zType, "table")==0 ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pTableInfo = 0;
+    char *zSelect = 0;
+    char *zTableInfo = 0;
+    char *zTmp = 0;
+   
+    zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, "PRAGMA table_info(", 0);
+    zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, zTable, '"');
+    zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, ");", 0);
+
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zTableInfo, -1, &pTableInfo, 0);
+    if( zTableInfo ) free(zTableInfo);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pTableInfo ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "SELECT 'INSERT INTO ' || ", 0);
+    zTmp = appendText(zTmp, zTable, '"');
+    if( zTmp ){
+      zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTmp, '\'');
+    }
+    zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " || ' VALUES(' || ", 0);
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo);
+    while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "quote(", 0);
+      zSelect = appendText(zSelect, sqlite3_column_text(pTableInfo, 1), '"');
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+        zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") || ', ' || ", 0);
+      }else{
+        zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") ", 0);
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pTableInfo);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( zSelect ) free(zSelect);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "|| ')' FROM  ", 0);
+    zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTable, '"');
+
+    rc = run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, zSelect);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){
+      zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " ORDER BY rowid DESC", 0);
+      rc = run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, zSelect);
+    }
+    if( zSelect ) free(zSelect);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run zQuery.  Update dump_callback() as the callback routine.
+** If we get a SQLITE_CORRUPT error, rerun the query after appending
+** "ORDER BY rowid DESC" to the end.
+*/
+static int run_schema_dump_query(
+  struct callback_data *p, 
+  const char *zQuery,
+  char **pzErrMsg
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, pzErrMsg);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){
+    char *zQ2;
+    int len = strlen(zQuery);
+    if( pzErrMsg ) sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
+    zQ2 = malloc( len+100 );
+    if( zQ2==0 ) return rc;
+    sprintf(zQ2, "%s ORDER BY rowid DESC", zQuery);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQ2, dump_callback, p, pzErrMsg);
+    free(zQ2);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Text of a help message
+*/
+static char zHelp[] =
+  ".databases             List names and files of attached databases\n"
+  ".dump ?TABLE? ...      Dump the database in an SQL text format\n"
+  ".echo ON|OFF           Turn command echo on or off\n"
+  ".exit                  Exit this program\n"
+  ".explain ON|OFF        Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.\n"
+  ".header(s) ON|OFF      Turn display of headers on or off\n"
+  ".help                  Show this message\n"
+  ".import FILE TABLE     Import data from FILE into TABLE\n"
+  ".indices TABLE         Show names of all indices on TABLE\n"
+  ".mode MODE ?TABLE?     Set output mode where MODE is on of:\n"
+  "                         csv      Comma-separated values\n"
+  "                         column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)\n"
+  "                         html     HTML <table> code\n"
+  "                         insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE\n"
+  "                         line     One value per line\n"
+  "                         list     Values delimited by .separator string\n"
+  "                         tabs     Tab-separated values\n"
+  "                         tcl      TCL list elements\n"
+  ".nullvalue STRING      Print STRING in place of NULL values\n"
+  ".output FILENAME       Send output to FILENAME\n"
+  ".output stdout         Send output to the screen\n"
+  ".prompt MAIN CONTINUE  Replace the standard prompts\n"
+  ".quit                  Exit this program\n"
+  ".read FILENAME         Execute SQL in FILENAME\n"
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  ".rekey OLD NEW NEW     Change the encryption key\n"
+#endif
+  ".schema ?TABLE?        Show the CREATE statements\n"
+  ".separator STRING      Change separator used by output mode and .import\n"
+  ".show                  Show the current values for various settings\n"
+  ".tables ?PATTERN?      List names of tables matching a LIKE pattern\n"
+  ".timeout MS            Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds\n"
+  ".width NUM NUM ...     Set column widths for \"column\" mode\n"
+;
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static void process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in);
+
+/*
+** Make sure the database is open.  If it is not, then open it.  If
+** the database fails to open, print an error message and exit.
+*/
+static void open_db(struct callback_data *p){
+  if( p->db==0 ){
+    sqlite3_open(p->zDbFilename, &p->db);
+    db = p->db;
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+    sqlite3_key(p->db, p->zKey, p->zKey ? strlen(p->zKey) : 0);
+#endif
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, "shellstatic", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
+        shellstaticFunc, 0, 0);
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(db) ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Unable to open database \"%s\": %s\n", 
+          p->zDbFilename, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      exit(1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do C-language style dequoting.
+**
+**    \t    -> tab
+**    \n    -> newline
+**    \r    -> carriage return
+**    \NNN  -> ascii character NNN in octal
+**    \\    -> backslash
+*/
+static void resolve_backslashes(char *z){
+  int i, j, c;
+  for(i=j=0; (c = z[i])!=0; i++, j++){
+    if( c=='\\' ){
+      c = z[++i];
+      if( c=='n' ){
+        c = '\n';
+      }else if( c=='t' ){
+        c = '\t';
+      }else if( c=='r' ){
+        c = '\r';
+      }else if( c>='0' && c<='7' ){
+        c =- '0';
+        if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){
+          i++;
+          c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0';
+          if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){
+            i++;
+            c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0';
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    z[j] = c;
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to
+** process that line.
+**
+** Return 1 to exit and 0 to continue.
+*/
+static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){
+  int i = 1;
+  int nArg = 0;
+  int n, c;
+  int rc = 0;
+  char *azArg[50];
+
+  /* Parse the input line into tokens.
+  */
+  while( zLine[i] && nArg<ArraySize(azArg) ){
+    while( isspace((unsigned char)zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
+    if( zLine[i]==0 ) break;
+    if( zLine[i]=='\'' || zLine[i]=='"' ){
+      int delim = zLine[i++];
+      azArg[nArg++] = &zLine[i];
+      while( zLine[i] && zLine[i]!=delim ){ i++; }
+      if( zLine[i]==delim ){
+        zLine[i++] = 0;
+      }
+      if( delim=='"' ) resolve_backslashes(azArg[nArg-1]);
+    }else{
+      azArg[nArg++] = &zLine[i];
+      while( zLine[i] && !isspace((unsigned char)zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
+      if( zLine[i] ) zLine[i++] = 0;
+      resolve_backslashes(azArg[nArg-1]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process the input line.
+  */
+  if( nArg==0 ) return rc;
+  n = strlen(azArg[0]);
+  c = azArg[0][0];
+  if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 ){
+    struct callback_data data;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p);
+    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
+    data.showHeader = 1;
+    data.mode = MODE_Column;
+    data.colWidth[0] = 3;
+    data.colWidth[1] = 15;
+    data.colWidth[2] = 58;
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list; ", callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='d' && strncmp(azArg[0], "dump", n)==0 ){
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p);
+    fprintf(p->out, "BEGIN TRANSACTION;\n");
+    if( nArg==1 ){
+      run_schema_dump_query(p, 
+        "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type=='table'", 0
+      );
+      run_schema_dump_query(p, 
+        "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type!='table' AND type!='meta'", 0
+      );
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){
+        zShellStatic = azArg[i];
+        run_schema_dump_query(p,
+          "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+          "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type=='table'"
+          "  AND sql NOT NULL", 0);
+        run_schema_dump_query(p,
+          "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+          "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type!='table'"
+          "  AND type!='meta' AND sql NOT NULL", 0);
+        zShellStatic = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }else{
+      fprintf(p->out, "COMMIT;\n");
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "echo", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){
+    int j;
+    char *z = azArg[1];
+    int val = atoi(azArg[1]);
+    for(j=0; z[j]; j++){
+      z[j] = tolower((unsigned char)z[j]);
+    }
+    if( strcmp(z,"on")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"yes")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }
+    p->echoOn = val;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "exit", n)==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 ){
+    int j;
+    static char zOne[] = "1";
+    char *z = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : zOne;
+    int val = atoi(z);
+    for(j=0; z[j]; j++){
+      z[j] = tolower((unsigned char)z[j]);
+    }
+    if( strcmp(z,"on")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"yes")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }
+    if(val == 1) {
+      if(!p->explainPrev.valid) {
+        p->explainPrev.valid = 1;
+        p->explainPrev.mode = p->mode;
+        p->explainPrev.showHeader = p->showHeader;
+        memcpy(p->explainPrev.colWidth,p->colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
+      }
+      /* We could put this code under the !p->explainValid
+      ** condition so that it does not execute if we are already in
+      ** explain mode. However, always executing it allows us an easy
+      ** was to reset to explain mode in case the user previously
+      ** did an .explain followed by a .width, .mode or .header
+      ** command.
+      */
+      p->mode = MODE_Column;
+      p->showHeader = 1;
+      memset(p->colWidth,0,ArraySize(p->colWidth));
+      p->colWidth[0] = 4;
+      p->colWidth[1] = 12;
+      p->colWidth[2] = 10;
+      p->colWidth[3] = 10;
+      p->colWidth[4] = 35;
+    }else if (p->explainPrev.valid) {
+      p->explainPrev.valid = 0;
+      p->mode = p->explainPrev.mode;
+      p->showHeader = p->explainPrev.showHeader;
+      memcpy(p->colWidth,p->explainPrev.colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='h' && (strncmp(azArg[0], "header", n)==0
+                 ||
+                 strncmp(azArg[0], "headers", n)==0 )&& nArg>1 ){
+    int j;
+    char *z = azArg[1];
+    int val = atoi(azArg[1]);
+    for(j=0; z[j]; j++){
+      z[j] = tolower((unsigned char)z[j]);
+    }
+    if( strcmp(z,"on")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"yes")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }
+    p->showHeader = val;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='h' && strncmp(azArg[0], "help", n)==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,zHelp);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "import", n)==0 && nArg>=3 ){
+    char *zTable = azArg[2];    /* Insert data into this table */
+    char *zFile = azArg[1];     /* The file from which to extract data */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;        /* A statement */
+    int rc;                     /* Result code */
+    int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the table */
+    int nByte;                  /* Number of bytes in an SQL string */
+    int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
+    int nSep;                   /* Number of bytes in p->separator[] */
+    char *zSql;                 /* An SQL statement */
+    char *zLine;                /* A single line of input from the file */
+    char **azCol;               /* zLine[] broken up into columns */
+    char *zCommit;              /* How to commit changes */   
+    FILE *in;                   /* The input file */
+    int lineno = 0;             /* Line number of input file */
+
+    nSep = strlen(p->separator);
+    if( nSep==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "non-null separator required for import\n");
+      return 0;
+    }
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", zTable);
+    if( zSql==0 ) return 0;
+    nByte = strlen(zSql);
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, 0, &pStmt, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    if( rc ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      nCol = 0;
+    }else{
+      nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    if( nCol==0 ) return 0;
+    zSql = malloc( nByte + 20 + nCol*2 );
+    if( zSql==0 ) return 0;
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte+20, zSql, "INSERT INTO '%q' VALUES(?", zTable);
+    j = strlen(zSql);
+    for(i=1; i<nCol; i++){
+      zSql[j++] = ',';
+      zSql[j++] = '?';
+    }
+    zSql[j++] = ')';
+    zSql[j] = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, 0, &pStmt, 0);
+    free(zSql);
+    if( rc ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    in = fopen(zFile, "rb");
+    if( in==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "cannot open file: %s\n", zFile);
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    azCol = malloc( sizeof(azCol[0])*(nCol+1) );
+    if( azCol==0 ) return 0;
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0);
+    zCommit = "COMMIT";
+    while( (zLine = local_getline(0, in))!=0 ){
+      char *z;
+      i = 0;
+      lineno++;
+      azCol[0] = zLine;
+      for(i=0, z=zLine; *z && *z!='\n' && *z!='\r'; z++){
+        if( *z==p->separator[0] && strncmp(z, p->separator, nSep)==0 ){
+          *z = 0;
+          i++;
+          if( i<nCol ){
+            azCol[i] = &z[nSep];
+            z += nSep-1;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( i+1!=nCol ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"%s line %d: expected %d columns of data but found %d\n",
+           zFile, lineno, nCol, i+1);
+        zCommit = "ROLLBACK";
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, i+1, azCol[i], -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      }
+      sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      free(zLine);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+        zCommit = "ROLLBACK";
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    free(azCol);
+    fclose(in);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, zCommit, 0, 0, 0);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){
+    struct callback_data data;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p);
+    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
+    data.showHeader = 0;
+    data.mode = MODE_List;
+    zShellStatic = azArg[1];
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db,
+      "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master "
+      "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() "
+      "UNION ALL "
+      "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master "
+      "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() "
+      "ORDER BY 1",
+      callback, &data, &zErrMsg
+    );
+    zShellStatic = 0;
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='m' && strncmp(azArg[0], "mode", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){
+    int n2 = strlen(azArg[1]);
+    if( strncmp(azArg[1],"line",n2)==0
+        ||
+        strncmp(azArg[1],"lines",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Line;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"column",n2)==0
+              ||
+              strncmp(azArg[1],"columns",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Column;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_List;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"html",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Html;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"tcl",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Tcl;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"csv",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Csv;
+      strcpy(p->separator, ",");
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_List;
+      strcpy(p->separator, "\t");
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Insert;
+      if( nArg>=3 ){
+        set_table_name(p, azArg[2]);
+      }else{
+        set_table_name(p, "table");
+      }
+    }else {
+      fprintf(stderr,"mode should be on of: "
+         "column csv html insert line list tabs tcl\n");
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='n' && strncmp(azArg[0], "nullvalue", n)==0 && nArg==2 ) {
+    sprintf(p->nullvalue, "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->nullvalue)-1, azArg[1]);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='o' && strncmp(azArg[0], "output", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){
+    if( p->out!=stdout ){
+      fclose(p->out);
+    }
+    if( strcmp(azArg[1],"stdout")==0 ){
+      p->out = stdout;
+      strcpy(p->outfile,"stdout");
+    }else{
+      p->out = fopen(azArg[1], "wb");
+      if( p->out==0 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"can't write to \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]);
+        p->out = stdout;
+      } else {
+         strcpy(p->outfile,azArg[1]);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='p' && strncmp(azArg[0], "prompt", n)==0 && (nArg==2 || nArg==3)){
+    if( nArg >= 2) {
+      strncpy(mainPrompt,azArg[1],(int)ArraySize(mainPrompt)-1);
+    }
+    if( nArg >= 3) {
+      strncpy(continuePrompt,azArg[2],(int)ArraySize(continuePrompt)-1);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='q' && strncmp(azArg[0], "quit", n)==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='r' && strncmp(azArg[0], "read", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){
+    FILE *alt = fopen(azArg[1], "rb");
+    if( alt==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"can't open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]);
+    }else{
+      process_input(p, alt);
+      fclose(alt);
+    }
+  }else
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( c=='r' && strncmp(azArg[0],"rekey", n)==0 && nArg==4 ){
+    char *zOld = p->zKey;
+    if( zOld==0 ) zOld = "";
+    if( strcmp(azArg[1],zOld) ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"old key is incorrect\n");
+    }else if( strcmp(azArg[2], azArg[3]) ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"2nd copy of new key does not match the 1st\n");
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_free(p->zKey);
+      p->zKey = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", azArg[2]);
+      sqlite3_rekey(p->db, p->zKey, strlen(p->zKey));
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 ){
+    struct callback_data data;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p);
+    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
+    data.showHeader = 0;
+    data.mode = MODE_Semi;
+    if( nArg>1 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; azArg[1][i]; i++) azArg[1][i] = tolower(azArg[1][i]);
+      if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_master")==0 ){
+        char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2];
+        new_argv[0] = "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master (\n"
+                      "  type text,\n"
+                      "  name text,\n"
+                      "  tbl_name text,\n"
+                      "  rootpage integer,\n"
+                      "  sql text\n"
+                      ")";
+        new_argv[1] = 0;
+        new_colv[0] = "sql";
+        new_colv[1] = 0;
+        callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv);
+      }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_temp_master")==0 ){
+        char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2];
+        new_argv[0] = "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master (\n"
+                      "  type text,\n"
+                      "  name text,\n"
+                      "  tbl_name text,\n"
+                      "  rootpage integer,\n"
+                      "  sql text\n"
+                      ")";
+        new_argv[1] = 0;
+        new_colv[0] = "sql";
+        new_colv[1] = 0;
+        callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv);
+      }else{
+        zShellStatic = azArg[1];
+        sqlite3_exec(p->db,
+          "SELECT sql FROM "
+          "  (SELECT * FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
+          "   SELECT * FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
+          "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL "
+          "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name",
+          callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+        zShellStatic = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_exec(p->db,
+         "SELECT sql FROM "
+         "  (SELECT * FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
+         "   SELECT * FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
+         "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL "
+         "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name",
+         callback, &data, &zErrMsg
+      );
+    }
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "separator", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){
+    sprintf(p->separator, "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->separator)-1, azArg[1]);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "show", n)==0){
+    int i;
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","echo", p->echoOn ? "on" : "off");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","explain", p->explainPrev.valid ? "on" :"off");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","headers", p->showHeader ? "on" : "off");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","mode", modeDescr[p->mode]);
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "nullvalue");
+      output_c_string(p->out, p->nullvalue);
+      fprintf(p->out, "\n");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","output",
+                                 strlen(p->outfile) ? p->outfile : "stdout");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "separator");
+      output_c_string(p->out, p->separator);
+      fprintf(p->out, "\n");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ","width");
+    for (i=0;i<(int)ArraySize(p->colWidth) && p->colWidth[i] != 0;i++) {
+      fprintf(p->out,"%d ",p->colWidth[i]);
+    }
+    fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='t' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "tables", n)==0 ){
+    char **azResult;
+    int nRow, rc;
+    char *zErrMsg;
+    open_db(p);
+    if( nArg==1 ){
+      rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db,
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE type IN ('table','view') "
+        "UNION ALL "
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master "
+        "WHERE type IN ('table','view') "
+        "ORDER BY 1",
+        &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg
+      );
+    }else{
+      zShellStatic = azArg[1];
+      rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db,
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE '%'||shellstatic()||'%' "
+        "UNION ALL "
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master "
+        "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE '%'||shellstatic()||'%' "
+        "ORDER BY 1",
+        &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg
+      );
+      zShellStatic = 0;
+    }
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int len, maxlen = 0;
+      int i, j;
+      int nPrintCol, nPrintRow;
+      for(i=1; i<=nRow; i++){
+        if( azResult[i]==0 ) continue;
+        len = strlen(azResult[i]);
+        if( len>maxlen ) maxlen = len;
+      }
+      nPrintCol = 80/(maxlen+2);
+      if( nPrintCol<1 ) nPrintCol = 1;
+      nPrintRow = (nRow + nPrintCol - 1)/nPrintCol;
+      for(i=0; i<nPrintRow; i++){
+        for(j=i+1; j<=nRow; j+=nPrintRow){
+          char *zSp = j<=nPrintRow ? "" : "  ";
+          printf("%s%-*s", zSp, maxlen, azResult[j] ? azResult[j] : "");
+        }
+        printf("\n");
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free_table(azResult);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='t' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timeout", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){
+    open_db(p);
+    sqlite3_busy_timeout(p->db, atoi(azArg[1]));
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='w' && strncmp(azArg[0], "width", n)==0 ){
+    int j;
+    for(j=1; j<nArg && j<ArraySize(p->colWidth); j++){
+      p->colWidth[j-1] = atoi(azArg[j]);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  {
+    fprintf(stderr, "unknown command or invalid arguments: "
+      " \"%s\". Enter \".help\" for help\n", azArg[0]);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the last non-whitespace character in z[] is a semicolon.
+** z[] is N characters long.
+*/
+static int _ends_with_semicolon(const char *z, int N){
+  while( N>0 && isspace((unsigned char)z[N-1]) ){ N--; }
+  return N>0 && z[N-1]==';';
+}
+
+/*
+** Test to see if a line consists entirely of whitespace.
+*/
+static int _all_whitespace(const char *z){
+  for(; *z; z++){
+    if( isspace(*(unsigned char*)z) ) continue;
+    if( *z=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){
+      z += 2;
+      while( *z && (*z!='*' || z[1]!='/') ){ z++; }
+      if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+      z++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( *z=='-' && z[1]=='-' ){
+      z += 2;
+      while( *z && *z!='\n' ){ z++; }
+      if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+      continue;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the line typed in is an SQL command terminator other
+** than a semi-colon.  The SQL Server style "go" command is understood
+** as is the Oracle "/".
+*/
+static int _is_command_terminator(const char *zLine){
+  while( isspace(*(unsigned char*)zLine) ){ zLine++; };
+  if( zLine[0]=='/' && _all_whitespace(&zLine[1]) ) return 1;  /* Oracle */
+  if( tolower(zLine[0])=='g' && tolower(zLine[1])=='o'
+         && _all_whitespace(&zLine[2]) ){
+    return 1;  /* SQL Server */
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read input from *in and process it.  If *in==0 then input
+** is interactive - the user is typing it it.  Otherwise, input
+** is coming from a file or device.  A prompt is issued and history
+** is saved only if input is interactive.  An interrupt signal will
+** cause this routine to exit immediately, unless input is interactive.
+*/
+static void process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in){
+  char *zLine;
+  char *zSql = 0;
+  int nSql = 0;
+  char *zErrMsg;
+  int rc;
+  while( fflush(p->out), (zLine = one_input_line(zSql, in))!=0 ){
+    if( seenInterrupt ){
+      if( in!=0 ) break;
+      seenInterrupt = 0;
+    }
+    if( p->echoOn ) printf("%s\n", zLine);
+    if( (zSql==0 || zSql[0]==0) && _all_whitespace(zLine) ) continue;
+    if( zLine && zLine[0]=='.' && nSql==0 ){
+      int rc = do_meta_command(zLine, p);
+      free(zLine);
+      if( rc ) break;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( _is_command_terminator(zLine) ){
+      strcpy(zLine,";");
+    }
+    if( zSql==0 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; zLine[i] && isspace((unsigned char)zLine[i]); i++){}
+      if( zLine[i]!=0 ){
+        nSql = strlen(zLine);
+        zSql = malloc( nSql+1 );
+        strcpy(zSql, zLine);
+      }
+    }else{
+      int len = strlen(zLine);
+      zSql = realloc( zSql, nSql + len + 2 );
+      if( zSql==0 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory!\n", Argv0);
+        exit(1);
+      }
+      strcpy(&zSql[nSql++], "\n");
+      strcpy(&zSql[nSql], zLine);
+      nSql += len;
+    }
+    free(zLine);
+    if( zSql && _ends_with_semicolon(zSql, nSql) && sqlite3_complete(zSql) ){
+      p->cnt = 0;
+      open_db(p);
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, callback, p, &zErrMsg);
+      if( rc || zErrMsg ){
+        if( in!=0 && !p->echoOn ) printf("%s\n",zSql);
+        if( zErrMsg!=0 ){
+          printf("SQL error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+          sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+          zErrMsg = 0;
+        }else{
+          printf("SQL error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+        }
+      }
+      free(zSql);
+      zSql = 0;
+      nSql = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( zSql ){
+    if( !_all_whitespace(zSql) ) printf("Incomplete SQL: %s\n", zSql);
+    free(zSql);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pathname which is the user's home directory.  A
+** 0 return indicates an error of some kind.  Space to hold the
+** resulting string is obtained from malloc().  The calling
+** function should free the result.
+*/
+static char *find_home_dir(void){
+  char *home_dir = NULL;
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__MACOS__)
+  struct passwd *pwent;
+  uid_t uid = getuid();
+  if( (pwent=getpwuid(uid)) != NULL) {
+    home_dir = pwent->pw_dir;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __MACOS__
+  char home_path[_MAX_PATH+1];
+  home_dir = getcwd(home_path, _MAX_PATH);
+#endif
+
+  if (!home_dir) {
+    home_dir = getenv("HOME");
+    if (!home_dir) {
+      home_dir = getenv("HOMEPATH"); /* Windows? */
+    }
+  }
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
+  if (!home_dir) {
+    home_dir = "c:";
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( home_dir ){
+    char *z = malloc( strlen(home_dir)+1 );
+    if( z ) strcpy(z, home_dir);
+    home_dir = z;
+  }
+
+  return home_dir;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read input from the file given by sqliterc_override.  Or if that
+** parameter is NULL, take input from ~/.sqliterc
+*/
+static void process_sqliterc(
+  struct callback_data *p,        /* Configuration data */
+  const char *sqliterc_override   /* Name of config file. NULL to use default */
+){
+  char *home_dir = NULL;
+  const char *sqliterc = sqliterc_override;
+  char *zBuf;
+  FILE *in = NULL;
+
+  if (sqliterc == NULL) {
+    home_dir = find_home_dir();
+    if( home_dir==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"%s: cannot locate your home directory!\n", Argv0);
+      return;
+    }
+    zBuf = malloc(strlen(home_dir) + 15);
+    if( zBuf==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory!\n", Argv0);
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    sprintf(zBuf,"%s/.sqliterc",home_dir);
+    free(home_dir);
+    sqliterc = (const char*)zBuf;
+  }
+  in = fopen(sqliterc,"rb");
+  if( in ){
+    if( isatty(fileno(stdout)) ){
+      printf("Loading resources from %s\n",sqliterc);
+    }
+    process_input(p,in);
+    fclose(in);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Show available command line options
+*/
+static const char zOptions[] = 
+  "   -init filename       read/process named file\n"
+  "   -echo                print commands before execution\n"
+  "   -[no]header          turn headers on or off\n"
+  "   -column              set output mode to 'column'\n"
+  "   -html                set output mode to HTML\n"
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  "   -key KEY             encryption key\n"
+#endif                 
+  "   -line                set output mode to 'line'\n"
+  "   -list                set output mode to 'list'\n"
+  "   -separator 'x'       set output field separator (|)\n"
+  "   -nullvalue 'text'    set text string for NULL values\n"
+  "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
+  "   -help                show this text, also show dot-commands\n"
+;
+static void usage(int showDetail){
+  fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME [SQL]\n", Argv0);
+  if( showDetail ){
+    fprintf(stderr, "Options are:\n%s", zOptions);
+  }else{
+    fprintf(stderr, "Use the -help option for additional information\n");
+  }
+  exit(1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the state information in data
+*/
+void main_init(struct callback_data *data) {
+  memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data));
+  data->mode = MODE_List;
+  strcpy(data->separator,"|");
+  data->showHeader = 0;
+  strcpy(mainPrompt,"sqlite> ");
+  strcpy(continuePrompt,"   ...> ");
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv){
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  struct callback_data data;
+  const char *zInitFile = 0;
+  char *zFirstCmd = 0;
+  int i;
+
+#ifdef __MACOS__
+  argc = ccommand(&argv);
+#endif
+
+  Argv0 = argv[0];
+  main_init(&data);
+
+  /* Make sure we have a valid signal handler early, before anything
+  ** else is done.
+  */
+#ifdef SIGINT
+  signal(SIGINT, interrupt_handler);
+#endif
+
+  /* Do an initial pass through the command-line argument to locate
+  ** the name of the database file, the name of the initialization file,
+  ** and the first command to execute.
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<argc-1; i++){
+    if( argv[i][0]!='-' ) break;
+    if( strcmp(argv[i],"-separator")==0 || strcmp(argv[i],"-nullvalue")==0 ){
+      i++;
+    }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-init")==0 ){
+      i++;
+      zInitFile = argv[i];
+    }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-key")==0 ){
+      i++;
+      data.zKey = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",argv[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  if( i<argc ){
+    data.zDbFilename = argv[i++];
+  }else{
+    data.zDbFilename = ":memory:";
+  }
+  if( i<argc ){
+    zFirstCmd = argv[i++];
+  }
+  data.out = stdout;
+
+  /* Go ahead and open the database file if it already exists.  If the
+  ** file does not exist, delay opening it.  This prevents empty database
+  ** files from being created if a user mistypes the database name argument
+  ** to the sqlite command-line tool.
+  */
+  if( access(data.zDbFilename, 0)==0 ){
+    open_db(&data);
+  }
+
+  /* Process the initialization file if there is one.  If no -init option
+  ** is given on the command line, look for a file named ~/.sqliterc and
+  ** try to process it.
+  */
+  process_sqliterc(&data,zInitFile);
+
+  /* Make a second pass through the command-line argument and set
+  ** options.  This second pass is delayed until after the initialization
+  ** file is processed so that the command-line arguments will override
+  ** settings in the initialization file.
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<argc && argv[i][0]=='-'; i++){
+    char *z = argv[i];
+    if( strcmp(z,"-init")==0 || strcmp(z,"-key")==0 ){
+      i++;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-html")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Html;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-list")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_List;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-line")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Line;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-column")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Column;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-separator")==0 ){
+      i++;
+      sprintf(data.separator,"%.*s",(int)sizeof(data.separator)-1,argv[i]);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-nullvalue")==0 ){
+      i++;
+      sprintf(data.nullvalue,"%.*s",(int)sizeof(data.nullvalue)-1,argv[i]);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-header")==0 ){
+      data.showHeader = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-noheader")==0 ){
+      data.showHeader = 0;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-echo")==0 ){
+      data.echoOn = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-version")==0 ){
+      printf("%s\n", sqlite3_libversion());
+      return 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-help")==0 ){
+      usage(1);
+    }else{
+      fprintf(stderr,"%s: unknown option: %s\n", Argv0, z);
+      fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( zFirstCmd ){
+    /* Run just the command that follows the database name
+    */
+    if( zFirstCmd[0]=='.' ){
+      do_meta_command(zFirstCmd, &data);
+      exit(0);
+    }else{
+      int rc;
+      open_db(&data);
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(data.db, zFirstCmd, callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+      if( rc!=0 && zErrMsg!=0 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"SQL error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+        exit(1);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Run commands received from standard input
+    */
+    if( isatty(fileno(stdout)) && isatty(fileno(stdin)) ){
+      char *zHome;
+      char *zHistory = 0;
+      printf(
+        "SQLite version %s\n"
+        "Enter \".help\" for instructions\n",
+        sqlite3_libversion()
+      );
+      zHome = find_home_dir();
+      if( zHome && (zHistory = malloc(strlen(zHome)+20))!=0 ){
+        sprintf(zHistory,"%s/.sqlite_history", zHome);
+      }
+      if( zHistory ) read_history(zHistory);
+      process_input(&data, 0);
+      if( zHistory ){
+        stifle_history(100);
+        write_history(zHistory);
+      }
+    }else{
+      process_input(&data, stdin);
+    }
+  }
+  set_table_name(&data, 0);
+  if( db ) sqlite3_close(db);
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/sqlite3.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/sqlite3.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6b99049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/sqlite3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1166 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
+** presents to client programs.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
+#define _SQLITE3_H_
+#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The version of the SQLite library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION
+#else
+# define SQLITE_VERSION         "3.0.8"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The version string is also compiled into the library so that a program
+** can check to make sure that the lib*.a file and the *.h file are from
+** the same version.  The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer
+** to the sqlite3_version variable - useful in DLLs which cannot access
+** global variables.
+*/
+extern const char sqlite3_version[];
+const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
+
+/*
+** Each open sqlite database is represented by an instance of the
+** following opaque structure.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
+
+
+/*
+** Some compilers do not support the "long long" datatype.  So we have
+** to do a typedef that for 64-bit integers that depends on what compiler
+** is being used.
+*/
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
+#else
+  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** A function to close the database.
+**
+** Call this function with a pointer to a structure that was previously
+** returned from sqlite3_open() and the corresponding database will by closed.
+**
+** All SQL statements prepared using sqlite3_prepare() or
+** sqlite3_prepare16() must be deallocated using sqlite3_finalize() before
+** this routine is called. Otherwise, SQLITE_BUSY is returned and the
+** database connection remains open.
+*/
+int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);
+
+/*
+** The type for a callback function.
+*/
+typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
+
+/*
+** A function to executes one or more statements of SQL.
+**
+** If one or more of the SQL statements are queries, then
+** the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter is
+** invoked once for each row of the query result.  This callback
+** should normally return 0.  If the callback returns a non-zero
+** value then the query is aborted, all subsequent SQL statements
+** are skipped and the sqlite3_exec() function returns the SQLITE_ABORT.
+**
+** The 4th parameter is an arbitrary pointer that is passed
+** to the callback function as its first parameter.
+**
+** The 2nd parameter to the callback function is the number of
+** columns in the query result.  The 3rd parameter to the callback
+** is an array of strings holding the values for each column.
+** The 4th parameter to the callback is an array of strings holding
+** the names of each column.
+**
+** The callback function may be NULL, even for queries.  A NULL
+** callback is not an error.  It just means that no callback
+** will be invoked.
+**
+** If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating the SQL (but
+** not while executing the callback) then an appropriate error
+** message is written into memory obtained from malloc() and
+** *errmsg is made to point to that message.  The calling function
+** is responsible for freeing the memory that holds the error
+** message.   Use sqlite3_free() for this.  If errmsg==NULL,
+** then no error message is ever written.
+**
+** The return value is is SQLITE_OK if there are no errors and
+** some other return code if there is an error.  The particular
+** return value depends on the type of error. 
+**
+** If the query could not be executed because a database file is
+** locked or busy, then this function returns SQLITE_BUSY.  (This
+** behavior can be modified somewhat using the sqlite3_busy_handler()
+** and sqlite3_busy_timeout() functions below.)
+*/
+int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3*,                     /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,              /* SQL to be executed */
+  sqlite3_callback,             /* Callback function */
+  void *,                       /* 1st argument to callback function */
+  char **errmsg                 /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** Return values for sqlite3_exec() and sqlite3_step()
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
+#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* An internal logic error in SQLite */
+#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
+#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
+#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
+#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
+#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
+#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* (Internal Only) Table or record not found */
+#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
+#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
+#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
+#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* Too much data for one row of a table */
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to contraint violation */
+#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
+#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
+#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
+#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
+#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
+#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
+#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
+#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
+
+/*
+** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique integer key.  (The key is
+** the value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column if there is such a column,
+** otherwise the key is generated at random.  The unique key is always
+** available as the ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ column.)  The following routine
+** returns the integer key of the most recent insert in the database.
+**
+** This function is similar to the mysql_insert_id() function from MySQL.
+*/
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
+** (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent called sqlite3_exec().
+**
+** All changes are counted, even if they were later undone by a
+** ROLLBACK or ABORT.  Except, changes associated with creating and
+** dropping tables are not counted.
+**
+** If a callback invokes sqlite3_exec() recursively, then the changes
+** in the inner, recursive call are counted together with the changes
+** in the outer call.
+**
+** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
+** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
+** through and deleting individual elements form the table.)  Because of
+** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be
+** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the
+** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
+** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
+*/
+int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** This function returns the number of database rows that have been
+** modified by INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statements since the database handle
+** was opened. This includes UPDATE, INSERT and DELETE statements executed
+** as part of trigger programs. All changes are counted as soon as the
+** statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle is
+** passed to sqlite3_reset() or sqlite_finalise()).
+**
+** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
+** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
+** through and deleting individual elements form the table.)  Because of
+** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be
+** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the
+** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
+** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
+*/
+int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/* This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
+** return at its earliest opportunity.  This routine is typically
+** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
+** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
+** immediately.
+*/
+void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
+
+
+/* These functions return true if the given input string comprises
+** one or more complete SQL statements. For the sqlite3_complete() call,
+** the parameter must be a nul-terminated UTF-8 string. For
+** sqlite3_complete16(), a nul-terminated machine byte order UTF-16 string
+** is required.
+**
+** The algorithm is simple.  If the last token other than spaces
+** and comments is a semicolon, then return true.  otherwise return
+** false.
+*/
+int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
+int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
+
+/*
+** This routine identifies a callback function that is invoked
+** whenever an attempt is made to open a database table that is
+** currently locked by another process or thread.  If the busy callback
+** is NULL, then sqlite3_exec() returns SQLITE_BUSY immediately if
+** it finds a locked table.  If the busy callback is not NULL, then
+** sqlite3_exec() invokes the callback with three arguments.  The
+** second argument is the name of the locked table and the third
+** argument is the number of times the table has been busy.  If the
+** busy callback returns 0, then sqlite3_exec() immediately returns
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  If the callback returns non-zero, then sqlite3_exec()
+** tries to open the table again and the cycle repeats.
+**
+** The default busy callback is NULL.
+**
+** Sqlite is re-entrant, so the busy handler may start a new query. 
+** (It is not clear why anyone would every want to do this, but it
+** is allowed, in theory.)  But the busy handler may not close the
+** database.  Closing the database from a busy handler will delete 
+** data structures out from under the executing query and will 
+** probably result in a coredump.
+*/
+int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
+
+/*
+** This routine sets a busy handler that sleeps for a while when a
+** table is locked.  The handler will sleep multiple times until 
+** at least "ms" milleseconds of sleeping have been done.  After
+** "ms" milleseconds of sleeping, the handler returns 0 which
+** causes sqlite3_exec() to return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
+** turns off all busy handlers.
+*/
+int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
+
+/*
+** This next routine is really just a wrapper around sqlite3_exec().
+** Instead of invoking a user-supplied callback for each row of the
+** result, this routine remembers each row of the result in memory
+** obtained from malloc(), then returns all of the result after the
+** query has finished. 
+**
+** As an example, suppose the query result where this table:
+**
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+**
+** If the 3rd argument were &azResult then after the function returns
+** azResult will contain the following data:
+**
+**        azResult[0] = "Name";
+**        azResult[1] = "Age";
+**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult[3] = "43";
+**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult[5] = "28";
+**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult[7] = "21";
+**
+** Notice that there is an extra row of data containing the column
+** headers.  But the *nrow return value is still 3.  *ncolumn is
+** set to 2.  In general, the number of values inserted into azResult
+** will be ((*nrow) + 1)*(*ncolumn).
+**
+** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should 
+** pass the result data pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to 
+** release the memory that was malloc-ed.  Because of the way the 
+** malloc() happens, the calling function must not try to call 
+** malloc() directly.  Only sqlite3_free_table() is able to release 
+** the memory properly and safely.
+**
+** The return value of this routine is the same as from sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3*,               /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,       /* SQL to be executed */
+  char ***resultp,       /* Result written to a char *[]  that this points to */
+  int *nrow,             /* Number of result rows written here */
+  int *ncolumn,          /* Number of result columns written here */
+  char **errmsg          /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** Call this routine to free the memory that sqlite3_get_table() allocated.
+*/
+void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
+
+/*
+** The following routines are variants of the "sprintf()" from the
+** standard C library.  The resulting string is written into memory
+** obtained from malloc() so that there is never a possiblity of buffer
+** overflow.  These routines also implement some additional formatting
+** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
+**
+** The strings returned by these routines should be freed by calling
+** sqlite3_free().
+**
+** All of the usual printf formatting options apply.  In addition, there
+** is a "%q" option.  %q works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
+** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
+** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.  By doubling each '\''
+** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
+** the string.
+**
+** For example, so some string variable contains text as follows:
+**
+**      char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+**
+** We can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
+**
+**      sqlite3_exec_printf(db, "INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')",
+**          callback1, 0, 0, zText);
+**
+** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
+** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+**
+** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
+** would have looked like this:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+**
+** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you
+** should always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string 
+** literal.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
+char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
+void sqlite3_free(char *z);
+char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+/*
+** This routine registers a callback with the SQLite library.  The
+** callback is invoked (at compile-time, not at run-time) for each
+** attempt to access a column of a table in the database.  The callback
+** returns SQLITE_OK if access is allowed, SQLITE_DENY if the entire
+** SQL statement should be aborted with an error and SQLITE_IGNORE
+** if the column should be treated as a NULL value.
+*/
+int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3*,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pUserData
+);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The second parameter to the access authorization function above will
+** be one of the values below.  These values signify what kind of operation
+** is to be authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
+** function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of the following
+** codes is used as the second parameter.  The 5th parameter is the name
+** of the database ("main", "temp", etc.) if applicable.  The 6th parameter
+** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
+** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from 
+** input SQL code.
+**
+**                                          Arg-3           Arg-4
+*/
+#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* Table Name      File Name       */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
+#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
+
+
+/*
+** The return value of the authorization function should be one of the
+** following constants:
+*/
+/* #define SQLITE_OK  0   // Allow access (This is actually defined above) */
+#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
+#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
+
+/*
+** Register a function that is called at every invocation of sqlite3_exec()
+** or sqlite3_prepare().  This function can be used (for example) to generate
+** a log file of all SQL executed against a database.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+
+/*
+** This routine configures a callback function - the progress callback - that
+** is invoked periodically during long running calls to sqlite3_exec(),
+** sqlite3_step() and sqlite3_get_table(). An example use for this API is to keep
+** a GUI updated during a large query.
+**
+** The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual machine opcodes,
+** where N is the second argument to this function. The progress callback
+** itself is identified by the third argument to this function. The fourth
+** argument to this function is a void pointer passed to the progress callback
+** function each time it is invoked.
+**
+** If a call to sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_step() or sqlite3_get_table() results 
+** in less than N opcodes being executed, then the progress callback is not
+** invoked.
+** 
+** To remove the progress callback altogether, pass NULL as the third
+** argument to this function.
+**
+** If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then the current 
+** query is immediately terminated and any database changes rolled back. If the
+** query was part of a larger transaction, then the transaction is not rolled
+** back and remains active. The sqlite3_exec() call returns SQLITE_ABORT. 
+**
+******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
+*/
+void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** Register a callback function to be invoked whenever a new transaction
+** is committed.  The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** callback.  If the callback function returns non-zero, then the commit
+** is converted into a rollback.
+**
+** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned.
+** Otherwise NULL is returned.
+**
+** Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
+**
+******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
+*/
+void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** Open the sqlite database file "filename".  The "filename" is UTF-8
+** encoded for sqlite3_open() and UTF-16 encoded in the native byte order
+** for sqlite3_open16().  An sqlite3* handle is returned in *ppDb, even
+** if an error occurs. If the database is opened (or created) successfully,
+** then SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an error code is returned. The
+** sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_errmsg16()  routines can be used to obtain
+** an English language description of the error.
+**
+** If the database file does not exist, then a new database is created.
+** The encoding for the database is UTF-8 if sqlite3_open() is called and
+** UTF-16 if sqlite3_open16 is used.
+**
+** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources associated
+** with the sqlite3* handle should be released by passing it to
+** sqlite3_close() when it is no longer required.
+*/
+int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+
+/*
+** Return the error code for the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated
+** with sqlite3 handle 'db'. SQLITE_OK is returned if the most recent 
+** API call was successful.
+**
+** Calls to many sqlite3_* functions set the error code and string returned
+** by sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16()
+** (overwriting the previous values). Note that calls to sqlite3_errcode(),
+** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() themselves do not affect the
+** results of future invocations.
+**
+** Assuming no other intervening sqlite3_* API calls are made, the error
+** code returned by this function is associated with the same error as
+** the strings  returned by sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a UTF-8 encoded string describing in english the
+** error condition for the most recent sqlite3_* API call. The returned
+** string is always terminated by an 0x00 byte.
+**
+** The string "not an error" is returned when the most recent API call was
+** successful.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a UTF-16 native byte order encoded string describing
+** in english the error condition for the most recent sqlite3_* API call.
+** The returned string is always terminated by a pair of 0x00 bytes.
+**
+** The string "not an error" is returned when the most recent API call was
+** successful.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following opaque structure is used to represent
+** a compiled SQL statment.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
+
+/*
+** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
+** program using one of the following routines. The only difference between
+** them is that the second argument, specifying the SQL statement to
+** compile, is assumed to be encoded in UTF-8 for the sqlite3_prepare()
+** function and UTF-16 for sqlite3_prepare16().
+**
+** The first parameter "db" is an SQLite database handle. The second
+** parameter "zSql" is the statement to be compiled, encoded as either
+** UTF-8 or UTF-16 (see above). If the next parameter, "nBytes", is less
+** than zero, then zSql is read up to the first nul terminator.  If
+** "nBytes" is not less than zero, then it is the length of the string zSql
+** in bytes (not characters).
+**
+** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the first
+** SQL statement in zSql.  This routine only compiles the first statement
+** in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains uncompiled.
+**
+** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled SQL statement that can be
+** executed using sqlite3_step().  Or if there is an error, *ppStmt may be
+** set to NULL.  If the input text contained no SQL (if the input is and
+** empty string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
+**
+** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.  Otherwise an error code is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nBytes,             /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nBytes,             /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+
+/*
+** Pointers to the following two opaque structures are used to communicate
+** with the implementations of user-defined functions.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
+typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
+
+/*
+** In the SQL strings input to sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare16(),
+** one or more literals can be replace by a wildcard "?" or ":N:" where
+** N is an integer.  These value of these wildcard literals can be set
+** using the routines listed below.
+**
+** In every case, the first parameter is a pointer to the sqlite3_stmt
+** structure returned from sqlite3_prepare().  The second parameter is the
+** index of the wildcard.  The first "?" has an index of 1.  ":N:" wildcards
+** use the index N.
+**
+** The fifth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
+** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** text after SQLite has finished with it.  If the fifth argument is the
+** special value SQLITE_STATIC, then the library assumes that the information
+** is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.  If the
+** fifth argument has the value SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then SQLite makes its
+** own private copy of the data.
+**
+** The sqlite3_bind_* routine must be called before sqlite3_step() after
+** an sqlite3_prepare() or sqlite3_reset().  Unbound wildcards are interpreted
+** as NULL.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
+int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
+int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite_int64);
+int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** Return the number of wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.  This
+** routine was added to support DBD::SQLite.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the i-th parameter.  Ordinary wildcards "?" are
+** nameless and a NULL is returned.  For wildcards of the form :N or
+** $vvvv the complete text of the wildcard is returned.
+** NULL is returned if the index is out of range.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+
+/*
+** Return the index of a parameter with the given name.  The name
+** must match exactly.  If no parameter with the given name is found,
+** return 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
+
+/*
+** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the compiled
+** SQL statement. This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL statement
+** that does not return data (for example an UPDATE).
+*/
+int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a compiled SQL statement. This function returns
+** the column heading for the Nth column of that statement, where N is the
+** second function parameter.  The string returned is UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_column_name() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_column_name16().
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a compiled SQL statement. If this statement
+** is a SELECT statement, the Nth column of the returned result set 
+** of the SELECT is a table column then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is not at table
+** column, then a NULL pointer is returned. The returned string is always
+** UTF-8 encoded. For example, in the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
+**
+** And the following statement compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, 0 FROM t1;
+**
+** Then this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second
+** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column
+** (i==0).
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *, int i);
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a compiled SQL statement. If this statement
+** is a SELECT statement, the Nth column of the returned result set 
+** of the SELECT is a table column then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is not at table
+** column, then a NULL pointer is returned. The returned string is always
+** UTF-16 encoded. For example, in the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 INTEGER);
+**
+** And the following statement compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, 0 FROM t1;
+**
+** Then this routine would return the string "INTEGER" for the second
+** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column
+** (i==0).
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/* 
+** After an SQL query has been compiled with a call to either
+** sqlite3_prepare() or sqlite3_prepare16(), then this function must be
+** called one or more times to execute the statement.
+**
+** The return value will be either SQLITE_BUSY, SQLITE_DONE, 
+** SQLITE_ROW, SQLITE_ERROR, or SQLITE_MISUSE.
+**
+** SQLITE_BUSY means that the database engine attempted to open
+** a locked database and there is no busy callback registered.
+** Call sqlite3_step() again to retry the open.
+**
+** SQLITE_DONE means that the statement has finished executing
+** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
+** machine.
+**
+** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then 
+** SQLITE_ROW is returned each time a new row of data is ready
+** for processing by the caller. The values may be accessed using
+** the sqlite3_column_*() functions described below. sqlite3_step()
+** is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
+** 
+** SQLITE_ERROR means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
+** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
+** the VM. More information may be found by calling sqlite3_errmsg().
+**
+** SQLITE_MISUSE means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
+** Perhaps it was called on a virtual machine that had already been
+** finalized or on one that had previously returned SQLITE_ERROR or
+** SQLITE_DONE.  Or it could be the case the the same database connection
+** is being used simulataneously by two or more threads.
+*/
+int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** Return the number of values in the current row of the result set.
+**
+** After a call to sqlite3_step() that returns SQLITE_ROW, this routine
+** will return the same value as the sqlite3_column_count() function.
+** After sqlite3_step() has returned an SQLITE_DONE, SQLITE_BUSY or
+** error code, or before sqlite3_step() has been called on a 
+** compiled SQL statement, this routine returns zero.
+*/
+int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** Values are stored in the database in one of the following fundamental
+** types.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
+#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
+/* #define SQLITE_TEXT  3  // See below */
+#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
+#define SQLITE_NULL     5
+
+/*
+** SQLite version 2 defines SQLITE_TEXT differently.  To allow both
+** version 2 and version 3 to be included, undefine them both if a
+** conflict is seen.  Define SQLITE3_TEXT to be the version 3 value.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
+# undef SQLITE_TEXT
+#else
+# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
+#endif
+#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
+
+/*
+** The next group of routines returns information about the information
+** in a single column of the current result row of a query.  In every
+** case the first parameter is a pointer to the SQL statement that is being
+** executed (the sqlite_stmt* that was returned from sqlite3_prepare()) and
+** the second argument is the index of the column for which information 
+** should be returned.  iCol is zero-indexed.  The left-most column as an
+** index of 0.
+**
+** If the SQL statement is not currently point to a valid row, or if the
+** the colulmn index is out of range, the result is undefined.
+**
+** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  For
+** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
+** is requested, sprintf() is used internally to do the conversion
+** automatically.  The following table details the conversions that
+** are applied:
+**
+**    Internal Type    Requested Type     Conversion
+**    -------------    --------------    --------------------------
+**       NULL             INTEGER         Result is 0
+**       NULL             FLOAT           Result is 0.0
+**       NULL             TEXT            Result is an empty string
+**       NULL             BLOB            Result is a zero-length BLOB
+**       INTEGER          FLOAT           Convert from integer to float
+**       INTEGER          TEXT            ASCII rendering of the integer
+**       INTEGER          BLOB            Same as for INTEGER->TEXT
+**       FLOAT            INTEGER         Convert from float to integer
+**       FLOAT            TEXT            ASCII rendering of the float
+**       FLOAT            BLOB            Same as FLOAT->TEXT
+**       TEXT             INTEGER         Use atoi()
+**       TEXT             FLOAT           Use atof()
+**       TEXT             BLOB            No change
+**       BLOB             INTEGER         Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
+**       BLOB             FLOAT           Convert to TEXT then use atof()
+**       BLOB             TEXT            Add a \000 terminator if needed
+**
+** The following access routines are provided:
+**
+** _type()     Return the datatype of the result.  This is one of
+**             SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_FLOAT, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_BLOB,
+**             or SQLITE_NULL.
+** _blob()     Return the value of a BLOB.
+** _bytes()    Return the number of bytes in a BLOB value or the number
+**             of bytes in a TEXT value represented as UTF-8.  The \000
+**             terminator is included in the byte count for TEXT values.
+** _bytes16()  Return the number of bytes in a BLOB value or the number
+**             of bytes in a TEXT value represented as UTF-16.  The \u0000
+**             terminator is included in the byte count for TEXT values.
+** _double()   Return a FLOAT value.
+** _int()      Return an INTEGER value in the host computer's native
+**             integer representation.  This might be either a 32- or 64-bit
+**             integer depending on the host.
+** _int64()    Return an INTEGER value as a 64-bit signed integer.
+** _text()     Return the value as UTF-8 text.
+** _text16()   Return the value as UTF-16 text.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a compiled
+** SQL statement obtained by a previous call to sqlite3_prepare()
+** or sqlite3_prepare16(). If the statement was executed successfully, or
+** not executed at all, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If execution of the
+** statement failed then an error code is returned. 
+**
+** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the
+** virtual machine.  If the virtual machine has not completed execution
+** when this routine is called, that is like encountering an error or
+** an interrupt.  (See sqlite3_interrupt().)  Incomplete updates may be
+** rolled back and transactions cancelled,  depending on the circumstances,
+** and the result code returned will be SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a compiled SQL
+** statement obtained by a previous call to sqlite3_prepare() or
+** sqlite3_prepare16() back to it's initial state, ready to be re-executed.
+** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
+** the sqlite3_bind_*() API retain their values.
+*/
+int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** The following two functions are used to add user functions or aggregates
+** implemented in C to the SQL langauge interpreted by SQLite. The
+** difference only between the two is that the second parameter, the
+** name of the (scalar) function or aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_create_function16().
+**
+** The first argument is the database handle that the new function or
+** aggregate is to be added to. If a single program uses more than one
+** database handle internally, then user functions or aggregates must 
+** be added individually to each database handle with which they will be
+** used.
+**
+** The third parameter is the number of arguments that the function or
+** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the function or
+** aggregate may take any number of arguments.
+**
+** The fourth parameter is one of SQLITE_UTF* values defined below,
+** indicating the encoding that the function is most likely to handle
+** values in.  This does not change the behaviour of the programming
+** interface. However, if two versions of the same function are registered
+** with different encoding values, SQLite invokes the version likely to
+** minimize conversions between text encodings.
+**
+** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
+** pointers to user implemented C functions that implement the user
+** function or aggregate. A scalar function requires an implementation of
+** the xFunc callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep
+** and xFinal parameters. An aggregate function requires an implementation
+** of xStep and xFinal, but NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an
+** existing user function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function
+** callback. Specifying an inconstent set of callback values, such as an
+** xFunc and an xFinal, or an xStep but no xFinal, SQLITE_ERROR is
+** returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void*,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3*,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void*,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+
+/*
+** The next routine returns the number of calls to xStep for a particular
+** aggregate function instance.  The current call to xStep counts so this
+** routine always returns at least 1.
+*/
+int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** The next group of routines returns information about parameters to
+** a user-defined function.  Function implementations use these routines
+** to access their parameters.  These routines are the same as the
+** sqlite3_column_* routines except that these routines take a single
+** sqlite3_value* pointer instead of an sqlite3_stmt* and an integer
+** column number.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
+int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
+int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
+double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
+int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
+const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
+int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** Aggregate functions use the following routine to allocate
+** a structure for storing their state.  The first time this routine
+** is called for a particular aggregate, a new structure of size nBytes
+** is allocated, zeroed, and returned.  On subsequent calls (for the
+** same aggregate instance) the same buffer is returned.  The implementation
+** of the aggregate can use the returned buffer to accumulate data.
+**
+** The buffer allocated is freed automatically by SQLite.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
+
+/*
+** The pUserData parameter to the sqlite3_create_function() and
+** sqlite3_create_aggregate() routines used to register user functions
+** is available to the implementation of the function using this
+** call.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** The following two functions may be used by scalar user functions to
+** associate meta-data with argument values. If the same value is passed to
+** multiple invocations of the user-function during query execution, under
+** some circumstances the associated meta-data may be preserved. This may
+** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
+** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
+** meta-data associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
+** pattern.
+**
+** Calling sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a pointer to the meta data
+** associated with the Nth argument value to the current user function
+** call, where N is the second parameter. If no meta-data has been set for
+** that value, then a NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() is used to associate meta data with a user
+** function argument. The third parameter is a pointer to the meta data
+** to be associated with the Nth user function argument value. The fourth
+** parameter specifies a 'delete function' that will be called on the meta
+** data pointer to release it when it is no longer required. If the delete
+** function pointer is NULL, it is not invoked.
+**
+** In practice, meta-data is preserved between function calls for
+** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
+** values and SQL variables.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int);
+void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int, void*, void (*)(void*));
+
+
+/*
+** These are special value for the destructor that is passed in as the
+** final argument to routines like sqlite3_result_blob().  If the destructor
+** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
+** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  The 
+** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
+** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
+** the content before returning.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((void(*)(void *))0)
+#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((void(*)(void *))-1)
+
+/*
+** User-defined functions invoke the following routines in order to
+** set their return value.
+*/
+void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
+void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
+void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
+void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
+void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite_int64);
+void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
+void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** These are the allowed values for the eTextRep argument to
+** sqlite3_create_collation and sqlite3_create_function.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_UTF8    1
+#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2
+#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3
+#define SQLITE_UTF16   4    /* Use native byte order */
+#define SQLITE_ANY     5    /* sqlite3_create_function only */
+
+/*
+** These two functions are used to add new collation sequences to the
+** sqlite3 handle specified as the first argument. 
+**
+** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
+** for sqlite3_create_collation() and a UTF-16 string for
+** sqlite3_create_collation16(). In both cases the name is passed as the
+** second function argument.
+**
+** The third argument must be one of the constants SQLITE_UTF8,
+** SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE, indicating that the user-supplied
+** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
+** UTF-16 little-endian or UTF-16 big-endian respectively.
+**
+** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
+** argument. If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
+** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore). Each time the user
+** supplied function is invoked, it is passed a copy of the void* passed as
+** the fourth argument to sqlite3_create_collation() or
+** sqlite3_create_collation16() as its first parameter.
+**
+** The remaining arguments to the user-supplied routine are two strings,
+** each represented by a [length, data] pair and encoded in the encoding
+** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was
+** registered. The user routine should return negative, zero or positive if
+** the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second
+** string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void*,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void*,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
+** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
+** database handle to be called whenever an undefined collation sequence is
+** required.
+**
+** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
+** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
+** encoded in UTF-8. If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, the names
+** are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. A call to either
+** function replaces any existing callback.
+**
+** When the user-function is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
+** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
+** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database
+** handle. The third argument is one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or
+** SQLITE_UTF16LE, indicating the most desirable form of the collation
+** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the
+** required collation sequence.
+**
+** The collation sequence is returned to SQLite by a collation-needed
+** callback using the sqlite3_create_collation() or
+** sqlite3_create_collation16() APIs, described above.
+*/
+int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*, 
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+);
+int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*,
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
+** called right after sqlite3_open().
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+int sqlite3_key(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
+** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
+** database is decrypted.
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+int sqlite3_rekey(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable is made to point to a constant
+** string which is the name of a directory, then all temporary files
+** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory.  If this variable
+** is NULL pointer, then SQLite does a search for an appropriate temporary
+** file directory.
+**
+** This variable should only be changed when there are no open databases.
+** Once sqlite3_open() has been called, this variable should not be changed
+** until all database connections are closed.
+*/
+extern const char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/sqliteInt.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/sqliteInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b4fa474b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/sqliteInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1419 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
+#define _SQLITEINT_H_
+
+/*
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
+** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
+** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
+**
+** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
+** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
+** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
+** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
+** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
+** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** Similar is true for MacOS.  LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "parse.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
+** table and for temporary tables.
+*/
+#define MAX_PAGES   2000
+#define TEMP_PAGES   500
+
+/*
+** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered
+** distinct for the SELECT DISTINCT statement and for UNION or EXCEPT
+** compound queries.  No other SQL database engine (among those tested) 
+** works this way except for OCELOT.  But the SQL92 spec implies that
+** this is how things should work.
+**
+** If the following macro is set to 0, then NULLs are indistinct for
+** SELECT DISTINCT and for UNION.
+*/
+#define NULL_ALWAYS_DISTINCT 0
+
+/*
+** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered
+** distinct when determining whether or not two entries are the same
+** in a UNIQUE index.  This is the way PostgreSQL, Oracle, DB2, MySQL,
+** OCELOT, and Firebird all work.  The SQL92 spec explicitly says this
+** is the way things are suppose to work.
+**
+** If the following macro is set to 0, the NULLs are indistinct for
+** a UNIQUE index.  In this mode, you can only have a single NULL entry
+** for a column declared UNIQUE.  This is the way Informix and SQL Server
+** work.
+*/
+#define NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE 1
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be at least 2
+** in order to support the main database file (0) and the file used to
+** hold temporary tables (1).  And it must be less than 32 because
+** we use a bitmask of databases with a u32 in places (for example
+** the Parse.cookieMask field).
+*/
+#define MAX_ATTACHED 10
+
+/*
+** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
+
+/*
+** When building SQLite for embedded systems where memory is scarce,
+** you can define one or more of the following macros to omit extra
+** features of the library and thus keep the size of the library to
+** a minimum.
+*/
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION  1 */
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_INMEMORYDB     1 */
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM         1 */
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 */
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK 1 */
+
+/*
+** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
+** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
+** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
+**
+**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
+*/
+#ifndef UINT64_TYPE
+# if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#   define UINT64_TYPE unsigned __int64
+# else
+#   define UINT64_TYPE unsigned long long int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
+# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
+# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_TYPE
+# define INT16_TYPE short int
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
+# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
+#endif
+#ifndef INT8_TYPE
+# define INT8_TYPE signed char
+#endif
+#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
+#endif
+#ifndef INTPTR_TYPE
+# if SQLITE_PTR_SZ==4
+#   define INTPTR_TYPE int
+# else
+#   define INTPTR_TYPE sqlite_int64
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINTPTR_TYPE
+# if SQLITE_PTR_SZ==4
+#   define UINTPTR_TYPE unsigned int
+# else
+#   define UINTPTR_TYPE sqlite_uint64
+# endif
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
+typedef UINT64_TYPE u64;           /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
+typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT8_TYPE i8;             /* 1-byte signed integer */
+typedef INTPTR_TYPE ptr;           /* Big enough to hold a pointer */
+typedef UINTPTR_TYPE uptr;         /* Big enough to hold a pointer */
+
+/*
+** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
+** evaluated at runtime.
+*/
+extern const int sqlite3one;
+#define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
+#define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
+** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
+**
+** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
+** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
+** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
+** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
+*/
+typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
+struct BusyHandler {
+  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
+  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
+};
+
+/*
+** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and 
+** "BusyHandler typedefs.
+*/
+#include "vdbe.h"
+#include "btree.h"
+
+/*
+** This macro casts a pointer to an integer.  Useful for doing
+** pointer arithmetic.
+*/
+#define Addr(X)  ((uptr)X)
+
+/*
+** If memory allocation problems are found, recompile with
+**
+**      -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
+**
+** to enable some sanity checking on malloc() and free().  To
+** check for memory leaks, recompile with
+**
+**      -DSQLITE_DEBUG=2
+**
+** and a line of text will be written to standard error for
+** each malloc() and free().  This output can be analyzed
+** by an AWK script to determine if there are any leaks.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define sqliteMalloc(X)    sqlite3Malloc_(X,1,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteMallocRaw(X) sqlite3Malloc_(X,0,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteFree(X)      sqlite3Free_(X,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteRealloc(X,Y) sqlite3Realloc_(X,Y,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteStrDup(X)    sqlite3StrDup_(X,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteStrNDup(X,Y) sqlite3StrNDup_(X,Y,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#else
+# define sqliteFree          sqlite3FreeX
+# define sqliteMalloc        sqlite3Malloc
+# define sqliteMallocRaw     sqlite3MallocRaw
+# define sqliteRealloc       sqlite3Realloc
+# define sqliteStrDup        sqlite3StrDup
+# define sqliteStrNDup       sqlite3StrNDup
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This variable gets set if malloc() ever fails.  After it gets set,
+** the SQLite library shuts down permanently.
+*/
+extern int sqlite3_malloc_failed;
+
+/*
+** The following global variables are used for testing and debugging
+** only.  They only work if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+extern int sqlite3_nMalloc;       /* Number of sqliteMalloc() calls */
+extern int sqlite3_nFree;         /* Number of sqliteFree() calls */
+extern int sqlite3_iMallocFail;   /* Fail sqliteMalloc() after this many calls */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
+** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
+** user tables and indices.
+*/
+#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
+#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"
+
+/*
+** The root-page of the master database table.
+*/
+#define MASTER_ROOT       1
+
+/*
+** The name of the schema table.
+*/
+#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  (x==1?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
+
+/*
+** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
+** an array.
+*/
+#define ArraySize(X)    (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+
+/*
+** Forward references to structures
+*/
+typedef struct Column Column;
+typedef struct Table Table;
+typedef struct Index Index;
+typedef struct Instruction Instruction;
+typedef struct Expr Expr;
+typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
+typedef struct Parse Parse;
+typedef struct Token Token;
+typedef struct IdList IdList;
+typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
+typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
+typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
+typedef struct Select Select;
+typedef struct AggExpr AggExpr;
+typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
+typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
+typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
+typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack;
+typedef struct FKey FKey;
+typedef struct Db Db;
+typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
+typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
+typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
+typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
+
+/*
+** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
+** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
+** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
+** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
+** databases may be attached.
+*/
+struct Db {
+  char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
+  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
+  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
+  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
+  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
+  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
+  Hash aFKey;          /* Foreign keys indexed by to-table */
+  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this database */
+  u8 inTrans;          /* 0: not writable.  1: Transaction.  2: Checkpoint */
+  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at synching data to disk */
+  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
+  void *pAux;          /* Auxiliary data.  Usually NULL */
+  void (*xFreeAux)(void*);  /* Routine to free pAux */
+};
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
+** Db.flags field.
+*/
+#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].flags&(P))==(P))
+#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].flags&(P))!=0)
+#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].flags|=(P)
+#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].flags&=~(P)
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the DB.flags field.
+**
+** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
+** read into internal hash tables.
+**
+** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
+** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
+** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
+*/
+#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
+#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
+
+#define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
+
+/*
+** Each database is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an
+** insert statement.  Inserts on views do not affect its value.  Each
+** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside
+** triggers as usual.  The previous value will be restored once the trigger
+** exits.  Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no
+** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1.
+**
+** The sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no
+** context.  It is reset at start of sqlite3_exec.
+** The sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last
+** insert, update, or delete statement.  It remains constant throughout the
+** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts.  It keeps a
+** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes
+** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger.  Changes to views do not
+** affect the value of lsChange.
+** The sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since
+** the last statement) and is used to update sqlite_lsChange.
+**
+** The member variables sqlite.errCode, sqlite.zErrMsg and sqlite.zErrMsg16
+** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The
+** internal function sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables
+** consistently.
+*/
+struct sqlite3 {
+  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
+  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
+  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
+  int flags;                    /* Miscellanous flags. See below */
+  u8 file_format;               /* What file format version is this database? */
+  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
+  int nTable;                   /* Number of tables in the database */
+  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
+  void *pCommitArg;             /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */   
+  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);/* Invoked at every commit. */
+  Hash aFunc;                   /* All functions that can be in SQL exprs */
+  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
+  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
+  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
+  i64 priorNewRowid;            /* Last randomly generated ROWID */
+  int magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
+  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
+  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
+  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
+    int iDb;                    /* When back is being initialized */
+    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
+    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
+  } init;
+  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
+  int activeVdbeCnt;            /* Number of vdbes currently executing */
+  void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);     /* Trace function */
+  void *pTraceArg;                       /* Argument to the trace function */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
+                                /* Access authorization function */
+  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
+  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
+  int nProgressOps;             /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
+#endif
+
+  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
+  u8 enc;                       /* Text encoding for this database. */
+  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
+  void *pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_value *pValue;        /* Value used for transient conversions */
+  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
+
+  char *zErrMsg;                /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
+  char *zErrMsg16;              /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
+};
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite.flags and or Db.flags fields.
+**
+** On sqlite.flags, the SQLITE_InTrans value means that we have
+** executed a BEGIN.  On Db.flags, SQLITE_InTrans means a statement
+** transaction is active on that particular database file.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000001  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
+#define SQLITE_Initialized    0x00000002  /* True after initialization */
+#define SQLITE_Interrupt      0x00000004  /* Cancel current operation */
+#define SQLITE_InTrans        0x00000008  /* True if in a transaction */
+#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000010  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
+#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000020  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
+#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
+#define SQLITE_CountRows      0x00000080  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
+                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
+                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
+#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
+                                          /*   result set is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00000200  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00000400  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
+** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
+** than being distinct from one another.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
+
+/*
+** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure.  A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
+** hash table.  When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
+** points to a linked list of these structures.
+*/
+struct FuncDef {
+  char *zName;         /* SQL name of the function */
+  int nArg;            /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
+  u8 iPrefEnc;         /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */
+  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
+  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
+  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finializer */
+  u8 needCollSeq;      /* True if sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
+};
+
+/*
+** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
+** of this structure.
+*/
+struct Column {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
+  char *zDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
+  char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
+  CollSeq *pColl;  /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
+  u8 notNull;      /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */
+  u8 isPrimKey;    /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */
+  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
+};
+
+/*
+** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
+** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
+**
+** There may two seperate implementations of the collation function, one
+** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that
+** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine
+** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects
+** the version that will require the least expensive encoding
+** transalations, if any.
+**
+** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in
+** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp.
+** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function,
+** xCmp16.
+**
+** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the
+** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
+** collating sequence may not be read or written.
+*/
+struct CollSeq {
+  char *zName;         /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
+  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
+  void *pUser;         /* First argument to xCmp() */
+  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
+};
+
+/*
+** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
+#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */
+
+/*
+** Column affinity types.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'i'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'n'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     't'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'o'
+
+
+/*
+** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
+** following structure.
+**
+** Table.zName is the name of the table.  The case of the original
+** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
+** comparisons.
+**
+** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table.  Table.aCol is a
+** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
+**
+** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
+** the column that is that key.   Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative.  Note
+** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
+** be set.  An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
+** the table.  If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
+** is generated for each row of the table.  Table.hasPrimKey is true if
+** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
+**
+** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
+** database file.  If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
+** in sqlite.aDb[].  0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
+** holds temporary tables and indices.  If Table.isTransient
+** is true, then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
+** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed.  In this case Table.tnum 
+** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
+** page number.  Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
+** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause 
+** of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct Table {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of the table */
+  int nCol;        /* Number of columns in this table */
+  Column *aCol;    /* Information about each column */
+  int iPKey;       /* If not less then 0, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
+  Index *pIndex;   /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
+  int tnum;        /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
+  Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
+  u8 readOnly;     /* True if this table should not be written by the user */
+  u8 iDb;          /* Index into sqlite.aDb[] of the backend for this table */
+  u8 isTransient;  /* True if automatically deleted when VDBE finishes */
+  u8 hasPrimKey;   /* True if there exists a primary key */
+  u8 keyConf;      /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
+  Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of SQL triggers on this table */
+  FKey *pFKey;       /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
+  char *zColAff;     /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
+** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
+** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
+** Consider this example:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
+**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
+**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
+**     );
+**
+** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
+**
+** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
+** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
+** the from-table is created.  The existance of the to-table is not checked
+** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table.
+**
+** The sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure
+** given the name of a to-table.  For each to-table, all foreign keys
+** associated with that table are on a linked list using the FKey.pNextTo
+** field.
+*/
+struct FKey {
+  Table *pFrom;     /* The table that constains the REFERENCES clause */
+  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
+  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to */
+  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */
+  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
+  struct sColMap {  /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
+    int iFrom;         /* Index of column in pFrom */
+    char *zCol;        /* Name of column in zTo.  If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */
+  } *aCol;          /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
+  u8 isDeferred;    /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
+  u8 updateConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */
+  u8 deleteConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */
+  u8 insertConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */
+};
+
+/*
+** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a contraint
+** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
+** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
+** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
+** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
+** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
+** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
+** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
+** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
+** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
+** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
+** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
+** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
+**
+** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
+** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
+** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
+** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
+** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
+** foreign key.
+** 
+** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
+** of action to take.
+*/
+#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
+#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
+#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
+#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
+#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
+#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
+
+#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
+#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
+#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
+#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */
+
+#define OE_Default  99  /* Do whatever the default action is */
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
+** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
+** comparison of the two index keys.
+**
+** If the KeyInfo.incrKey value is true and the comparison would
+** otherwise be equal, then return a result as if the second key larger.
+*/
+struct KeyInfo {
+  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */
+  u8 incrKey;         /* Increase 2nd key by epsilon before comparison */
+  int nField;         /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
+  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */
+  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+**
+** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
+** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
+** we have the following table and index:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
+**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
+**
+** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
+** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
+** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
+** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the 
+** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
+** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
+** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
+**
+** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
+** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
+** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
+** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution 
+** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
+** element.
+*/
+struct Index {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of this index */
+  int nColumn;     /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */
+  int *aiColumn;   /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
+  Table *pTable;   /* The SQL table being indexed */
+  int tnum;        /* Page containing root of this index in database file */
+  u8 onError;      /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  u8 autoIndex;    /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */
+  u8 iDb;          /* Index in sqlite.aDb[] of where this index is stored */
+  char *zColAff;   /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+  Index *pNext;    /* The next index associated with the same table */
+  KeyInfo keyInfo; /* Info on how to order keys.  MUST BE LAST */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
+** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
+**
+** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
+** may contain random values.  Do not make any assuptions about Token.dyn
+** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
+*/
+struct Token {
+  const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
+  unsigned dyn  : 1;      /* True for malloced memory, false for static */
+  unsigned n    : 31;     /* Number of characters in this token */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
+** of this structure.
+**
+** Expr.op is the opcode.  The integer parser token codes are reused
+** as opcodes here.  For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
+** code representing the ">=" operator.  This same integer code is reused
+** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
+** tree.
+**
+** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are subexpressions.  Expr.pList is a list
+** of argument if the expression is a function.
+**
+** Expr.token is the operator token for this node.  For some expressions
+** that have subexpressions, Expr.token can be the complete text that gave
+** rise to the Expr.  In the latter case, the token is marked as being
+** a compound token.
+**
+** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
+** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
+** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
+** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
+** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
+** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
+** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
+**
+** If the expression is a function, the Expr.iTable is an integer code
+** representing which function.  If the expression is an unbound variable
+** marker (a question mark character '?' in the original SQL) then the
+** Expr.iTable holds the index number for that variable.
+**
+** The Expr.pSelect field points to a SELECT statement.  The SELECT might
+** be the right operand of an IN operator.  Or, if a scalar SELECT appears
+** in an expression the opcode is TK_SELECT and Expr.pSelect is the only
+** operand.
+*/
+struct Expr {
+  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
+  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
+  u8 iDb;                /* Database referenced by this expression */
+  u8 flags;              /* Various flags.  See below */
+  CollSeq *pColl;        /* The collation type of the column or 0 */
+  Expr *pLeft, *pRight;  /* Left and right subnodes */
+  ExprList *pList;       /* A list of expressions used as function arguments
+                         ** or in "<expr> IN (<expr-list)" */
+  Token token;           /* An operand token */
+  Token span;            /* Complete text of the expression */
+  int iTable, iColumn;   /* When op==TK_COLUMN, then this expr node means the
+                         ** iColumn-th field of the iTable-th table. */
+  int iAgg;              /* When op==TK_COLUMN and pParse->useAgg==TRUE, pull
+                         ** result from the iAgg-th element of the aggregator */
+  Select *pSelect;       /* When the expression is a sub-select.  Also the
+                         ** right side of "<expr> IN (<select>)" */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define EP_FromJoin     0x0001  /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
+** Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
+#define ExprHasAnyProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
+#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
+#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)
+
+/*
+** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
+** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
+** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
+** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
+** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
+** field is not used.
+*/
+struct ExprList {
+  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
+  int nAlloc;            /* Number of entries allocated below */
+  struct ExprList_item {
+    Expr *pExpr;           /* The list of expressions */
+    char *zName;           /* Token associated with this expression */
+    u8 sortOrder;          /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
+    u8 isAgg;              /* True if this is an aggregate like count(*) */
+    u8 done;               /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
+  } *a;                  /* One entry for each expression */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
+** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
+**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
+**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
+**
+** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
+** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
+**
+**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
+**
+** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
+*/
+struct IdList {
+  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
+  int nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated for a[] below */
+  struct IdList_item {
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
+    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
+  } *a;
+};
+
+/*
+** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
+** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
+** the SrcList.a[] array.
+**
+** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
+** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
+** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
+** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
+** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
+*/
+struct SrcList {
+  i16 nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
+  i16 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
+  struct SrcList_item {
+    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
+    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
+    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
+    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
+    int jointype;     /* Type of join between this table and the next */
+    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
+    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
+    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
+  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
+};
+
+/*
+** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
+*/
+#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
+#define JT_NATURAL   0x0002    /* True for a "natural" join */
+#define JT_LEFT      0x0004    /* Left outer join */
+#define JT_RIGHT     0x0008    /* Right outer join */
+#define JT_OUTER     0x0010    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
+#define JT_ERROR     0x0020    /* unknown or unsupported join type */
+
+/*
+** For each nested loop in a WHERE clause implementation, the WhereInfo
+** structure contains a single instance of this structure.  This structure
+** is intended to be private the the where.c module and should not be
+** access or modified by other modules.
+*/
+struct WhereLevel {
+  int iMem;            /* Memory cell used by this level */
+  Index *pIdx;         /* Index used */
+  int iCur;            /* Cursor number used for this index */
+  int score;           /* How well this indexed scored */
+  int brk;             /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int cont;            /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
+  int op, p1, p2;      /* Opcode used to terminate the loop */
+  int iLeftJoin;       /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
+  int top;             /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
+  int inOp, inP1, inP2;/* Opcode used to implement an IN operator */
+  int bRev;            /* Do the scan in the reverse direction */
+};
+
+/*
+** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
+** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
+** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
+** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
+** into the second half to give some continuity.
+*/
+struct WhereInfo {
+  Parse *pParse;
+  SrcList *pTabList;   /* List of tables in the join */
+  int iContinue;       /* Jump here to continue with next record */
+  int iBreak;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int nLevel;          /* Number of nested loop */
+  WhereLevel a[1];     /* Information about each nest loop in the WHERE */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure contains all information
+** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
+**
+** The zSelect field is used when the Select structure must be persistent.
+** Normally, the expression tree points to tokens in the original input
+** string that encodes the select.  But if the Select structure must live
+** longer than its input string (for example when it is used to describe
+** a VIEW) we have to make a copy of the input string so that the nodes
+** of the expression tree will have something to point to.  zSelect is used
+** to hold that copy.
+**
+** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
+** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
+** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
+** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
+** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
+*/
+struct Select {
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
+  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
+  u8 isDistinct;         /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
+  int nLimit, nOffset;   /* LIMIT and OFFSET values.  -1 means not used */
+  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
+  char *zSelect;         /* Complete text of the SELECT command */
+  IdList **ppOpenTemp;   /* OP_OpenTemp addresses used by multi-selects */
+};
+
+/*
+** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.
+*/
+#define SRT_Callback     1  /* Invoke a callback with each row of result */
+#define SRT_Mem          2  /* Store result in a memory cell */
+#define SRT_Set          3  /* Store result as unique keys in a table */
+#define SRT_Union        5  /* Store result as keys in a table */
+#define SRT_Except       6  /* Remove result from a UNION table */
+#define SRT_Table        7  /* Store result as data with a unique key */
+#define SRT_TempTable    8  /* Store result in a trasient table */
+#define SRT_Discard      9  /* Do not save the results anywhere */
+#define SRT_Sorter      10  /* Store results in the sorter */
+#define SRT_Subroutine  11  /* Call a subroutine to handle results */
+
+/*
+** When a SELECT uses aggregate functions (like "count(*)" or "avg(f1)")
+** we have to do some additional analysis of expressions.  An instance
+** of the following structure holds information about a single subexpression
+** somewhere in the SELECT statement.  An array of these structures holds
+** all the information we need to generate code for aggregate
+** expressions.
+**
+** Note that when analyzing a SELECT containing aggregates, both
+** non-aggregate field variables and aggregate functions are stored
+** in the AggExpr array of the Parser structure.
+**
+** The pExpr field points to an expression that is part of either the
+** field list, the GROUP BY clause, the HAVING clause or the ORDER BY
+** clause.  The expression will be freed when those clauses are cleaned
+** up.  Do not try to delete the expression attached to AggExpr.pExpr.
+**
+** If AggExpr.pExpr==0, that means the expression is "count(*)".
+*/
+struct AggExpr {
+  int isAgg;        /* if TRUE contains an aggregate function */
+  Expr *pExpr;      /* The expression */
+  FuncDef *pFunc;   /* Information about the aggregate function */
+};
+
+/*
+** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
+** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
+** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
+*/
+struct Parse {
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
+  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
+  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
+  Token sErrToken;     /* The token at which the error occurred */
+  Token sNameToken;    /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
+  Token sLastToken;    /* The last token parsed */
+  const char *zSql;    /* All SQL text */
+  const char *zTail;   /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
+  Table *pNewTable;    /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
+  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
+  u8 explain;          /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
+  u8 nameClash;        /* A permanent table name clashes with temp table name */
+  u8 useAgg;           /* If true, extract field values from the aggregator
+                       ** while generating expressions.  Normally false */
+  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
+  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
+  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
+  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
+  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
+  int nAgg;            /* Number of aggregate expressions */
+  int nVar;            /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
+  int nVarExpr;        /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */
+  int nVarExprAlloc;   /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */
+  Expr **apVarExpr;    /* Pointers to :aaa and $aaaa wildcard expressions */
+  AggExpr *aAgg;       /* An array of aggregate expressions */
+  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
+  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
+  TriggerStack *trigStack;  /* Trigger actions being coded */
+  u32 cookieMask;      /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
+  int cookieValue[MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
+  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
+  u32 writeMask;       /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
+** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
+*/
+struct AuthContext {
+  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
+  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
+};
+
+/*
+** Bitfield flags for P2 value in OP_PutIntKey and OP_Delete
+*/
+#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE   1    /* Set to update db->nChange */
+#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 2    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
+
+/*
+ * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
+ * struct Trigger. 
+ *
+ * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
+ * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
+ *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
+ * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
+ *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
+ *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
+ *    struct Table.
+ *
+ * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
+ * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
+ */
+struct Trigger {
+  char *name;             /* The name of the trigger                        */
+  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
+  u8 iDb;                 /* Database containing this trigger               */
+  u8 iTabDb;              /* Database containing Trigger.table              */
+  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
+  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER */
+  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expresion (may be NULL) */
+  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
+                             the <column-list> is stored here */
+  int foreach;            /* One of TK_ROW or TK_STATEMENT */
+  Token nameToken;        /* Token containing zName. Use during parsing only */
+
+  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
+  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
+ * that is a part of a trigger-program. 
+ *
+ * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
+ * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the 
+ * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
+ * the first step of the trigger-program.
+ * 
+ * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
+ * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the 
+ * value of "op" as follows:
+ *
+ * (op == TK_INSERT)
+ * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
+ * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
+ *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
+ * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to insert into.
+ * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
+ *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
+ * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... 
+ *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
+ *              inserted into.
+ *
+ * (op == TK_DELETE)
+ * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to delete from.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * 
+ * (op == TK_UPDATE)
+ * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to update rows of.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
+ *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
+ *              argument.
+ * 
+ */
+struct TriggerStep {
+  int op;              /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
+  int orconf;          /* OE_Rollback etc. */
+  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
+
+  Select *pSelect;     /* Valid for SELECT and sometimes 
+			  INSERT steps (when pExprList == 0) */
+  Token target;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT steps */
+  Expr *pWhere;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE steps */
+  ExprList *pExprList; /* Valid for UPDATE statements and sometimes 
+			   INSERT steps (when pSelect == 0)         */
+  IdList *pIdList;     /* Valid for INSERT statements only */
+
+  TriggerStep * pNext; /* Next in the link-list */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An instance of struct TriggerStack stores information required during code
+ * generation of a single trigger program. While the trigger program is being
+ * coded, its associated TriggerStack instance is pointed to by the
+ * "pTriggerStack" member of the Parse structure.
+ *
+ * The pTab member points to the table that triggers are being coded on. The 
+ * newIdx member contains the index of the vdbe cursor that points at the temp
+ * table that stores the new.* references. If new.* references are not valid
+ * for the trigger being coded (for example an ON DELETE trigger), then newIdx
+ * is set to -1. The oldIdx member is analogous to newIdx, for old.* references.
+ *
+ * The ON CONFLICT policy to be used for the trigger program steps is stored 
+ * as the orconf member. If this is OE_Default, then the ON CONFLICT clause 
+ * specified for individual triggers steps is used.
+ *
+ * struct TriggerStack has a "pNext" member, to allow linked lists to be
+ * constructed. When coding nested triggers (triggers fired by other triggers)
+ * each nested trigger stores its parent trigger's TriggerStack as the "pNext" 
+ * pointer. Once the nested trigger has been coded, the pNext value is restored
+ * to the pTriggerStack member of the Parse stucture and coding of the parent
+ * trigger continues.
+ *
+ * Before a nested trigger is coded, the linked list pointed to by the 
+ * pTriggerStack is scanned to ensure that the trigger is not about to be coded
+ * recursively. If this condition is detected, the nested trigger is not coded.
+ */
+struct TriggerStack {
+  Table *pTab;         /* Table that triggers are currently being coded on */
+  int newIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "new" temp table */
+  int oldIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "old" temp table */
+  int orconf;          /* Current orconf policy */
+  int ignoreJump;      /* where to jump to for a RAISE(IGNORE) */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* The trigger currently being coded */
+  TriggerStack *pNext; /* Next trigger down on the trigger stack */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
+** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
+** explicit.  
+*/
+typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
+struct DbFixer {
+  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
+  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
+  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
+  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
+};
+
+/*
+** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
+** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
+  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
+} InitData;
+
+
+/*
+ * This global flag is set for performance testing of triggers. When it is set
+ * SQLite will perform the overhead of building new and old trigger references 
+ * even when no triggers exist
+ */
+extern int sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup;
+
+/*
+** Internal function prototypes
+*/
+int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
+int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+int sqlite3HashNoCase(const char *, int);
+int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8);
+int sqlite3Compare(const char *, const char *);
+int sqlite3SortCompare(const char *, const char *);
+void sqlite3RealToSortable(double r, char *);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  void *sqlite3Malloc_(int,int,char*,int);
+  void sqlite3Free_(void*,char*,int);
+  void *sqlite3Realloc_(void*,int,char*,int);
+  char *sqlite3StrDup_(const char*,char*,int);
+  char *sqlite3StrNDup_(const char*, int,char*,int);
+  void sqlite3CheckMemory(void*,int);
+#else
+  void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
+  void *sqlite3MallocRaw(int);
+  void sqlite3Free(void*);
+  void *sqlite3Realloc(void*,int);
+  char *sqlite3StrDup(const char*);
+  char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char*, int);
+# define sqlite3CheckMemory(a,b)
+#endif
+void sqlite3FreeX(void*);
+char *sqlite3MPrintf(const char*, ...);
+char *sqlite3VMPrintf(const char*, va_list);
+void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
+void *sqlite3TextToPtr(const char*);
+void sqlite3SetString(char **, const char *, ...);
+void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+void sqlite3Dequote(char*);
+int sqlite3KeywordCode(const char*, int);
+int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
+void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
+Expr *sqlite3Expr(int, Expr*, Expr*, Token*);
+Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Expr*, Expr*);
+void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr*,Token*,Token*);
+Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(ExprList*, Token*);
+void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
+void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr*);
+ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(ExprList*,Expr*,Token*);
+void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList*);
+int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
+int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
+void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
+void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3*, int);
+void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
+void sqlite3RollbackInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
+Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,char*,Select*);
+void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Vdbe *v, int);
+void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int,int);
+void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
+void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
+void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int);
+void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*,Token*);
+void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Token*,int);
+void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, const char*, int);
+void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Select*);
+void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int);
+int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
+void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
+IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(IdList*, Token*);
+int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
+SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
+void sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(SrcList*, Token*);
+void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
+void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList*);
+void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList*);
+void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
+                        Token*);
+void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*);
+void sqlite3AddKeyType(Vdbe*, ExprList*);
+void sqlite3AddIdxKeyType(Vdbe*, Index*);
+int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, int, int, Select*, int, int*, char *aff);
+Select *sqlite3SelectNew(ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
+                        int,int,int);
+void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select*);
+void sqlite3SelectUnbind(Select*);
+Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
+int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
+void sqlite3OpenTableForReading(Vdbe*, int iCur, Table*);
+void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
+void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, int, ExprList**);
+void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
+void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*);
+int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*);
+void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,const char*, const char*);
+Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*, Token*);
+int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
+char *sqlite3NameFromToken(Token*);
+int sqlite3ExprCheck(Parse*, Expr*, int, int*);
+int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*);
+int sqliteFuncId(Token*);
+int sqlite3ExprResolveIds(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*);
+int sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(Parse*,SrcList*,ExprList*,Expr*,int,int*);
+int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(Parse*, Expr*);
+Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
+void sqlite3Randomness(int, void*);
+void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
+void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
+void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
+void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
+int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
+int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
+int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
+void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, Table*, int, int);
+void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, Table*, int, char*);
+void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Vdbe*, Index*, int);
+void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,char*,int,int,int,int);
+void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, char*, int, int, int);
+void sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
+void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
+Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(Expr*);
+void sqlite3TokenCopy(Token*, Token*);
+ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(ExprList*);
+SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(SrcList*);
+IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(IdList*);
+Select *sqlite3SelectDup(Select*);
+FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
+void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3*);
+int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3*);
+int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*);
+int sqlite3SafetyCheck(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, int);
+void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
+                         int,Expr*,int);
+void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
+void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*);
+void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*, int);
+int sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse* , Trigger* , int , int , int, ExprList*);
+int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, int, int, 
+                         int, int);
+void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
+void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep*);
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(Select*);
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(Token*, IdList*, ExprList*, Select*, int);
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Token*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Token*, Expr*);
+void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger*);
+int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
+void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
+void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,SrcList*);
+  int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+  void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
+  void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c)
+# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
+#endif
+void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Token*, Token*, int, Token*);
+void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Token*);
+int sqlite3BtreeFactory(const sqlite3 *db, const char *zFilename,
+                       int omitJournal, int nCache, Btree **ppBtree);
+int sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
+int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
+int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
+int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
+int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
+int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
+double sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, const char **);
+char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*,...);
+int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
+int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *);
+int sqlite3utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
+int sqlite3utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
+int sqlite3ReadUtf8(const unsigned char *);
+int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *, u64);
+int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
+int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
+int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
+char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *, int);
+void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
+void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
+char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
+int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
+char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
+int sqlite3atoi64(const char*, i64*);
+void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
+void *sqlite3HexToBlob(const char *z);
+int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
+const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
+int sqlite3ReadUniChar(const char *zStr, int *pOffset, u8 *pEnc, int fold);
+int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
+CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char *,int,int);
+CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName);
+CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
+int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
+int sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(Parse *, Index *);
+int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
+void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
+void sqlite3utf16Substr(sqlite3_context *,int,sqlite3_value **);
+
+const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
+sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew();
+sqlite3_value *sqlite3GetTransientValue(sqlite3*db);
+extern const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/table.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/table.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d4ef2c8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/table.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
+** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
+** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
+**
+** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
+** if they are not used.
+*/
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
+** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
+*/
+typedef struct TabResult {
+  char **azResult;
+  char *zErrMsg;
+  int nResult;
+  int nAlloc;
+  int nRow;
+  int nColumn;
+  int nData;
+  int rc;
+} TabResult;
+
+/*
+** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
+** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
+** memory as necessary.
+*/
+static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
+  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;
+  int need;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+
+  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
+  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
+    need = nCol*2;
+  }else{
+    need = nCol;
+  }
+  if( p->nData + need >= p->nAlloc ){
+    char **azNew;
+    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need + 1;
+    azNew = realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
+    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+    p->azResult = azNew;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
+  ** the names of all columns.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 ){
+    p->nColumn = nCol;
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( colv[i]==0 ){
+        z = 0;
+      }else{
+        z = malloc( strlen(colv[i])+1 );
+        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+        strcpy(z, colv[i]);
+      }
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+  }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg,
+       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries",
+       (char*)0);
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy over the row data
+  */
+  if( argv!=0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( argv[i]==0 ){
+        z = 0;
+      }else{
+        z = malloc( strlen(argv[i])+1 );
+        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+        strcpy(z, argv[i]);
+      }
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+    p->nRow++;
+  }
+  return 0;
+
+malloc_failed:
+  p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
+** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
+** at the conclusion of the call.
+**
+** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
+** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
+** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
+** the calling procedure is finished using it.
+*/
+int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
+  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
+  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  TabResult res;
+  if( pazResult==0 ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; }
+  *pazResult = 0;
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
+  res.zErrMsg = 0;
+  res.nResult = 0;
+  res.nRow = 0;
+  res.nColumn = 0;
+  res.nData = 1;
+  res.nAlloc = 20;
+  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  res.azResult = malloc( sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
+  if( res.azResult==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  res.azResult[0] = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
+  if( res.azResult ){
+    res.azResult[0] = (char*)res.nData;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    if( res.zErrMsg ){
+      if( pzErrMsg ){
+        free(*pzErrMsg);
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
+      }
+      sqliteFree(res.zErrMsg);
+    }
+    db->errCode = res.rc;
+    return res.rc;
+  }
+  sqliteFree(res.zErrMsg);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
+    char **azNew;
+    azNew = realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*(res.nData+1) );
+    if( azNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    res.nAlloc = res.nData+1;
+    res.azResult = azNew;
+  }
+  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
+*/
+void sqlite3_free_table(
+  char **azResult            /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
+){
+  if( azResult ){
+    int i, n;
+    azResult--;
+    if( azResult==0 ) return;
+    n = (int)azResult[0];
+    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) free(azResult[i]); }
+    free(azResult);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/tokenize.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/tokenize.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..061e5b9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/tokenize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
+** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
+** parser for analysis.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*
+** This function looks up an identifier to determine if it is a
+** keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
+** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
+**
+** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
+** mkkeywordhash.c, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
+** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program was manually cut and pasted
+** into this file.  When the set of keywords for SQLite changes, you
+** must modify the mkkeywordhash.c program (to add or remove keywords from
+** the data tables) then rerun that program to regenerate this function.
+*/
+int sqlite3KeywordCode(const char *z, int n){
+  static const char zText[519] =
+    "ABORTAFTERALLANDASCATTACHBEFOREBEGINBETWEENBYCASCADECASECHECK"
+    "COLLATECOMMITCONFLICTCONSTRAINTCREATECROSSDATABASEDEFAULTDEFERRABLE"
+    "DEFERREDDELETEDESCDETACHDISTINCTDROPEACHELSEENDEXCEPTEXCLUSIVE"
+    "EXPLAINFAILFOREIGNFROMFULLGLOBGROUPHAVINGIGNOREIMMEDIATEINDEX"
+    "INITIALLYINNERINSERTINSTEADINTERSECTINTOISNULLJOINKEYLEFTLIKE"
+    "LIMITMATCHNATURALNOTNULLNULLOFFSETONORDEROUTERPRAGMAPRIMARYRAISE"
+    "REFERENCESREPLACERESTRICTRIGHTROLLBACKROWSELECTSETSTATEMENTTABLE"
+    "TEMPORARYTHENTRANSACTIONTRIGGERUNIONUNIQUEUPDATEUSINGVACUUMVALUES"
+    "VIEWWHENWHERE";
+  static const unsigned char aHash[154] = {
+       0,  75,  82,   0,   0,  97,  80,   0,  83,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   6,   0,  95,   4,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,  96,  86,   8,   0,  26,  13,   7,  19,  15,   0,   0,  32,
+      25,   0,  21,  31,  41,   0,   0,   0,  34,  27,   0,   0,  30,
+       0,   0,   0,   9,   0,  10,   0,   0,   0,   0,  51,   0,  44,
+      43,   0,  45,  40,   0,  29,  39,  35,   0,   0,  20,   0,  59,
+       0,  16,   0,  17,   0,  18,   0,  55,  42,  72,   0,  33,   0,
+       0,  61,  66,  56,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  54,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,  74,  50,  76,  64,  52,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      68,  84,   0,  47,   0,  58,  60,  92,   0,   0,  48,   0,  93,
+       0,  63,  71,  98,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  67,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,  87,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  90,  88,   0,  94,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aNext[98] = {
+       0,   0,   0,   0,   2,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,  12,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  11,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,  14,   3,  24,   0,   0,   0,   1,  22,   0,   0,
+      36,  23,  28,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   5,   0,
+       0,  49,  37,   0,   0,   0,  38,   0,  53,   0,  57,  62,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  70,  46,   0,  65,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      69,  73,   0,  77,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  81,  85,   0,
+      91,  79,  78,   0,   0,  89,   0,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aLen[98] = {
+       5,   5,   3,   3,   2,   3,   6,   6,   5,   7,   2,   7,   4,
+       5,   7,   6,   8,  10,   6,   5,   8,   7,  10,   8,   6,   4,
+       6,   8,   4,   4,   4,   3,   6,   9,   7,   4,   3,   7,   4,
+       4,   4,   5,   6,   6,   9,   2,   5,   9,   5,   6,   7,   9,
+       4,   2,   6,   4,   3,   4,   4,   5,   5,   7,   3,   7,   4,
+       2,   6,   2,   2,   5,   5,   6,   7,   5,  10,   7,   8,   5,
+       8,   3,   6,   3,   9,   5,   4,   9,   4,  11,   7,   5,   6,
+       6,   5,   6,   6,   4,   4,   5,
+  };
+  static const unsigned short int aOffset[98] = {
+       0,   5,  10,  13,  16,  16,  19,  25,  31,  36,  43,  45,  52,
+      56,  61,  68,  74,  82,  92,  98, 103, 111, 118, 128, 136, 142,
+     146, 152, 160, 164, 168, 172, 175, 181, 190, 197, 201, 201, 208,
+     212, 216, 220, 225, 231, 237, 246, 246, 251, 260, 265, 271, 278,
+     287, 291, 291, 297, 301, 304, 308, 312, 317, 322, 329, 329, 336,
+     340, 340, 346, 348, 348, 353, 358, 364, 371, 376, 386, 393, 401,
+     406, 414, 417, 423, 426, 435, 440, 440, 449, 453, 464, 471, 476,
+     482, 488, 493, 499, 505, 509, 513,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aCode[98] = {
+    TK_ABORT,      TK_AFTER,      TK_ALL,        TK_AND,        TK_AS,         
+    TK_ASC,        TK_ATTACH,     TK_BEFORE,     TK_BEGIN,      TK_BETWEEN,    
+    TK_BY,         TK_CASCADE,    TK_CASE,       TK_CHECK,      TK_COLLATE,    
+    TK_COMMIT,     TK_CONFLICT,   TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_CREATE,     TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_DATABASE,   TK_DEFAULT,    TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_DEFERRED,   TK_DELETE,     
+    TK_DESC,       TK_DETACH,     TK_DISTINCT,   TK_DROP,       TK_EACH,       
+    TK_ELSE,       TK_END,        TK_EXCEPT,     TK_EXCLUSIVE,  TK_EXPLAIN,    
+    TK_FAIL,       TK_FOR,        TK_FOREIGN,    TK_FROM,       TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_GLOB,       TK_GROUP,      TK_HAVING,     TK_IGNORE,     TK_IMMEDIATE,  
+    TK_IN,         TK_INDEX,      TK_INITIALLY,  TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_INSERT,     
+    TK_INSTEAD,    TK_INTERSECT,  TK_INTO,       TK_IS,         TK_ISNULL,     
+    TK_JOIN,       TK_KEY,        TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_LIKE,       TK_LIMIT,      
+    TK_MATCH,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_NOT,        TK_NOTNULL,    TK_NULL,       
+    TK_OF,         TK_OFFSET,     TK_ON,         TK_OR,         TK_ORDER,      
+    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_PRAGMA,     TK_PRIMARY,    TK_RAISE,      TK_REFERENCES, 
+    TK_REPLACE,    TK_RESTRICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_ROLLBACK,   TK_ROW,        
+    TK_SELECT,     TK_SET,        TK_STATEMENT,  TK_TABLE,      TK_TEMP,       
+    TK_TEMP,       TK_THEN,       TK_TRANSACTION,TK_TRIGGER,    TK_UNION,      
+    TK_UNIQUE,     TK_UPDATE,     TK_USING,      TK_VACUUM,     TK_VALUES,     
+    TK_VIEW,       TK_WHEN,       TK_WHERE,      
+  };
+  int h, i;
+  if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
+  h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[((unsigned char*)z)[0]]*5 + 
+      sqlite3UpperToLower[((unsigned char*)z)[n-1]]*3 +
+      n) % 154;
+  for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
+    if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+      return aCode[i];
+    }
+  }
+  return TK_ID;
+}
+
+/*
+** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier and
+** X&0x80==0 then isIdChar[X] will be 1.  If X&0x80==0x80 then
+** X is always an identifier character.  (Hence all UTF-8
+** characters can be part of an identifier).  isIdChar[X] will
+** be 0 for every character in the lower 128 ASCII characters
+** that cannot be used as part of an identifier.
+**
+** In this implementation, an identifier can be a string of
+** alphabetic characters, digits, and "_" plus any character
+** with the high-order bit set.  The latter rule means that
+** any sequence of UTF-8 characters or characters taken from
+** an extended ISO8859 character set can form an identifier.
+*/
+static const char isIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x2f && isIdChar[c-0x30]))
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
+** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+*/
+static int sqliteGetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
+  int i, c;
+  switch( *z ){
+    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
+      for(i=1; isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '-': {
+      if( z[1]=='-' ){
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
+        *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
+        return i;
+      }
+      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '(': {
+      *tokenType = TK_LP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ')': {
+      *tokenType = TK_RP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ';': {
+      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '+': {
+      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '*': {
+      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '/': {
+      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
+        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      if( c ) i++;
+      *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '%': {
+      *tokenType = TK_REM;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '=': {
+      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
+      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
+    }
+    case '<': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='<' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_LT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case '>': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_GE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_GT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case '!': {
+      if( z[1]!='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case '|': {
+      if( z[1]!='|' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
+        return 1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case ',': {
+      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '&': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '~': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '\'': case '"': {
+      int delim = z[0];
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( c==delim ){
+          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( c ) i++;
+      *tokenType = TK_STRING;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '.': {
+      *tokenType = TK_DOT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
+      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
+      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      if( z[i]=='.' && isdigit(z[i+1]) ){
+        i += 2;
+        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
+           ( isdigit(z[i+1]) 
+            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && isdigit(z[i+2]))
+           )
+      ){
+        i += 2;
+        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '[': {
+      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      *tokenType = TK_ID;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '?': {
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      return i;
+    }
+    case ':': {
+      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = i>1 ? TK_VARIABLE : TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '$': {
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      if( z[1]=='{' ){
+        int nBrace = 1;
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && nBrace; i++){
+          if( c=='{' ){
+            nBrace++;
+          }else if( c=='}' ){
+            nBrace--;
+          }
+        }
+        if( c==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+      }else{
+        int n = 0;
+        for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+          if( isalnum(c) || c=='_' ){
+            n++;
+          }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
+            do{
+              i++;
+            }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !isspace(c) && c!=')' );
+            if( c==')' ){
+              i++;
+            }else{
+              *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+            }
+            break;
+          }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+      }
+      return i;
+    } 
+    case 'x': case 'X': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='\'' || c=='"' ){
+        int delim = c;
+        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+          if( c==delim ){
+            if( i%2 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+            break;
+          }
+          if( !isxdigit(c) ){
+            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+            return i;
+          }
+        }
+        if( c ) i++;
+        return i;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
+    }
+    default: {
+      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = sqlite3KeywordCode((char*)z, i);
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
+** passed in.  An SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
+** and pzErrMsg!=NULL then an error message might be written into 
+** memory obtained from malloc() and *pzErrMsg made to point to that
+** error message.  Or maybe not.
+*/
+int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int nErr = 0;
+  int i;
+  void *pEngine;
+  int tokenType;
+  int lastTokenParsed = -1;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  extern void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(int));
+  extern void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
+  extern int sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
+
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  i = 0;
+  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(int))malloc);
+  if( pEngine==0 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 );
+  assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 );
+  pParse->zTail = pParse->zSql = zSql;
+  while( sqlite3_malloc_failed==0 && zSql[i]!=0 ){
+    assert( i>=0 );
+    pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
+    assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
+    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqliteGetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i], &tokenType);
+    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
+    switch( tokenType ){
+      case TK_SPACE:
+      case TK_COMMENT: {
+        if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Interrupt)!=0 ){
+          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+          sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "interrupt", (char*)0);
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
+        if( pzErrMsg ){
+          sqliteFree(*pzErrMsg);
+          *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf("unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
+                          &pParse->sLastToken);
+        }
+        nErr++;
+        goto abort_parse;
+      }
+      case TK_SEMI: {
+        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+        /* Fall thru into the default case */
+      }
+      default: {
+        sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
+        if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+abort_parse:
+  if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
+      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+    }
+    sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+  }
+  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, free);
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc),
+                    (char*)0);
+  }
+  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+    if( pzErrMsg && *pzErrMsg==0 ){
+      *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
+    }else{
+      sqliteFree(pParse->zErrMsg);
+    }
+    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+    if( !nErr ) nErr++;
+  }
+  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
+    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pParse->pNewTable);
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pParse->pNewTrigger);
+  sqliteFree(pParse->apVarExpr);
+  if( nErr>0 && (pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK || pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return nErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
+** comments on that procedure for additional information.
+*/
+#define tkEXPLAIN 0
+#define tkCREATE  1
+#define tkTEMP    2
+#define tkTRIGGER 3
+#define tkEND     4
+#define tkSEMI    5
+#define tkWS      6
+#define tkOTHER   7
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
+**
+** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
+** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
+** must end with ";END;".
+**
+** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states:
+**
+**   (0) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
+**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
+**                 in any other state.
+**
+**   (1) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
+**                 a statement.
+**
+**   (2) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
+**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
+**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
+**
+**   (3) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
+**                 semicolon.
+**
+**   (4) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
+**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
+**
+**   (5) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
+**                 the end of a trigger definition.
+**
+**   (6) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
+**                 of a trigger difinition.
+**
+** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
+** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
+**
+**   (0) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
+**   (1) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
+**   (2) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
+**   (3) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
+**   (4) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
+**   (5) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
+**   (6) tkWS        Whitespace
+**   (7) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
+**
+** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
+*/
+int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
+  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
+  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */
+
+  /* The following matrix defines the transition from one state to another
+  ** according to what token is seen.  trans[state][token] returns the
+  ** next state.
+  */
+  static const u8 trans[7][8] = {
+                     /* Token:                                                */
+     /* State:       **  EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
+     /* 0   START: */ {       1,      2,    3,       3,   3,    0,  0,     3, },
+     /* 1 EXPLAIN: */ {       3,      2,    3,       3,   3,    0,  1,     3, },
+     /* 2  CREATE: */ {       3,      3,    2,       4,   3,    0,  2,     3, },
+     /* 3  NORMAL: */ {       3,      3,    3,       3,   3,    0,  3,     3, },
+     /* 4 TRIGGER: */ {       4,      4,    4,       4,   4,    5,  4,     4, },
+     /* 5    SEMI: */ {       4,      4,    4,       4,   6,    5,  5,     4, },
+     /* 6     END: */ {       4,      4,    4,       4,   4,    0,  6,     4, },
+  };
+
+  while( *zSql ){
+    switch( *zSql ){
+      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
+        token = tkSEMI;
+        break;
+      }
+      case ' ':
+      case '\r':
+      case '\t':
+      case '\n':
+      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
+        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        zSql += 2;
+        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
+        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
+        zSql++;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
+        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '[': {   /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '"':     /* single- and double-quoted strings */
+      case '\'': {
+        int c = *zSql;
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        int c;
+        if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
+          /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
+          int nId;
+          for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
+          switch( *zSql ){
+            case 'c': case 'C': {
+              if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
+                token = tkCREATE;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 't': case 'T': {
+              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkTRIGGER;
+              }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 'e':  case 'E': {
+              if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
+                token = tkEND;
+              }else if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkEXPLAIN;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            default: {
+              token = tkOTHER;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          zSql += nId-1;
+        }else{
+          /* Operators and special symbols */
+          token = tkOTHER;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    state = trans[state][token];
+    zSql++;
+  }
+  return state==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
+** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
+** UTF-8.
+*/
+int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  char const *zSql8;
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
+  }
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/trigger.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/trigger.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbb526f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/trigger.c
@@ -0,0 +1,804 @@
+/*
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
+  while( pTriggerStep ){
+    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
+    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+
+    if( pTmp->target.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTmp->target.z);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pTmp->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pTmp->pExprList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pTmp->pSelect);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(pTmp->pIdList);
+
+    sqliteFree(pTmp);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
+** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
+** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
+** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
+** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
+** construction process.
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
+  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
+  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
+  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
+  int foreach,        /* One of TK_ROW or TK_STATEMENT */
+  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
+  int isTemp          /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  Table *pTab;
+  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
+  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
+  DbFixer sFix;
+
+  if( isTemp ){
+    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
+    if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    iDb = 1;
+    pName = pName1;
+  }else{
+    /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
+  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
+  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
+  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
+  */
+  if( !pTableName || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->iDb==1 ){
+    iDb = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && 
+      sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( !pTab ){
+    /* The table does not exist. */
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
+  ** specified name exists */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].trigHash), zName,pName->n+1) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
+  if( (iDb!=1 && sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->zName, MASTER_NAME)==0) || 
+      (iDb==1 && sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->zName, TEMP_MASTER_NAME)==0) 
+  ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
+  ** of triggers.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
+        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
+        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
+    if( pTab->iDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(pTab->iDb),0,zDb)){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
+  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
+  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
+  ** elsewhere.
+  */
+  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
+    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
+  }
+
+  /* Build the Trigger object */
+  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Trigger));
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTrigger->name = zName;
+  zName = 0;
+  pTrigger->table = sqliteStrDup(pTableName->a[0].zName);
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTrigger->iDb = iDb;
+  pTrigger->iTabDb = pTab->iDb;
+  pTrigger->op = op;
+  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm;
+  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(pWhen);
+  pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(pColumns);
+  pTrigger->foreach = foreach;
+  sqlite3TokenCopy(&pTrigger->nameToken,pName);
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
+
+trigger_cleanup:
+  sqliteFree(zName);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTableName);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumns);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhen);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
+** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
+*/
+void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
+  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
+){
+  Trigger *nt = 0;          /* The trigger whose construction is finishing up */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database */
+  DbFixer sFix;
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  nt = pParse->pNewTrigger;
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
+  nt->step_list = pStepList;
+  while( pStepList ){
+    pStepList->pTrig = nt;
+    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, nt->iDb, "trigger", &nt->nameToken) 
+          && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, nt->step_list) ){
+    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* if we are not initializing, and this trigger is not on a TEMP table, 
+  ** build the sqlite_master entry
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    static const VdbeOpList insertTrig[] = {
+      { OP_NewRecno,   0, 0,  0          },
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  "trigger"  },
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 2: trigger name */
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 3: table name */
+      { OP_Integer,    0, 0,  0          },
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  "CREATE TRIGGER "},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 6: SQL */
+      { OP_Concat,     0, 0,  0          }, 
+      { OP_MakeRecord, 5, 0,  "tttit"    },
+      { OP_PutIntKey,  0, 0,  0          },
+    };
+    int addr;
+    Vdbe *v;
+
+    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, nt->iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, nt->iDb);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(insertTrig), insertTrig);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+2, nt->name, 0); 
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+3, nt->table, 0); 
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+6, pAll->z, pAll->n);
+    if( nt->iDb!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, nt->iDb);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, nt->iDb, 0, 
+       sqlite3MPrintf("type='trigger' AND name='%q'", nt->name), P3_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[nt->iDb].trigHash, 
+                     nt->name, strlen(nt->name)+1, nt);
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, nt->table, db->aDb[nt->iTabDb].zName);
+    assert( pTab!=0 );
+    nt->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
+    pTab->pTrigger = nt;
+    nt = 0;
+  }
+
+triggerfinish_cleanup:
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(nt);
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pParse->pNewTrigger);
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pStepList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of all components of the given trigger step.  This has
+** the effect of copying all Expr.token.z values into memory obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc().  As initially created, the Expr.token.z values
+** all point to the input string that was fed to the parser.  But that
+** string is ephemeral - it will go away as soon as the sqlite3_exec()
+** call that started the parser exits.  This routine makes a persistent
+** copy of all the Expr.token.z strings so that the TriggerStep structure
+** will be valid even after the sqlite3_exec() call returns.
+*/
+static void sqlitePersistTriggerStep(TriggerStep *p){
+  if( p->target.z ){
+    p->target.z = sqliteStrNDup(p->target.z, p->target.n);
+    p->target.dyn = 1;
+  }
+  if( p->pSelect ){
+    Select *pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pSelect);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect);
+    p->pSelect = pNew;
+  }
+  if( p->pWhere ){
+    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere);
+    p->pWhere = pNew;
+  }
+  if( p->pExprList ){
+    ExprList *pNew = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pExprList);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pExprList);
+    p->pExprList = pNew;
+  }
+  if( p->pIdList ){
+    IdList *pNew = sqlite3IdListDup(p->pIdList);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(p->pIdList);
+    p->pIdList = pNew;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
+** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
+** body of a TRIGGER.  
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(Select *pSelect){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
+  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
+** to the new trigger step.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
+** body of a trigger.
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
+  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
+  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
+  ExprList *pEList,   /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */
+  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
+  int orconf          /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0);
+  assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0);
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_INSERT;
+  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
+  pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
+  pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
+  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
+  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
+  int orconf           /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
+  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
+  pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
+  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Token *pTableName, Expr *pWhere){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_DELETE;
+  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
+  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pTrigger->step_list);
+  sqliteFree(pTrigger->name);
+  sqliteFree(pTrigger->table);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pTrigger->pWhen);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(pTrigger->pColumns);
+  if( pTrigger->nameToken.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTrigger->nameToken.z);
+  sqliteFree(pTrigger);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
+**
+** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
+** the trigger by name.  The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
+** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
+** instead of the trigger name.
+**/
+void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName){
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
+  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
+  nName = strlen(zName);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
+    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].trigHash), zName, nName+1);
+    if( pTrigger ) break;
+  }
+  if( !pTrigger ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger, 0);
+
+drop_trigger_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
+** is set on.
+*/
+static Table *tableOfTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
+  return sqlite3FindTable(db,pTrigger->table,db->aDb[pTrigger->iTabDb].zName);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger.  If nested is false,
+** then also generate code to remove the trigger from the SQLITE_MASTER
+** table.
+*/
+void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger, int nested){
+  Table   *pTable;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  iDb = pTrigger->iDb;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  pTable = tableOfTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+  assert(pTable);
+  assert( pTable->iDb==iDb || iDb==1 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->name, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
+      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
+  */
+  if( pTable!=0 && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    int base;
+    static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9),  0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 1,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(8),  0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        "trigger"},
+      { OP_Column,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(8),  0},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
+    };
+
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, base+1, pTrigger->name, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, pTrigger->name, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  int nName = strlen(zName);
+  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(&(db->aDb[iDb].trigHash), zName, nName+1, 0);
+  if( pTrigger ){
+    Table *pTable = tableOfTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+    assert( pTable!=0 );
+    if( pTable->pTrigger == pTrigger ){
+      pTable->pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+    }else{
+      Trigger *cc = pTable->pTrigger;
+      while( cc ){ 
+        if( cc->pNext == pTrigger ){
+          cc->pNext = cc->pNext->pNext;
+          break;
+        }
+        cc = cc->pNext;
+      }
+      assert(cc);
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
+** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>.  If any of the entries
+** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
+** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
+** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
+** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
+** if there is no match.
+*/
+static int checkColumnOverLap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
+  int e;
+  if( !pIdList || !pEList ) return 1;
+  for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
+    if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0; 
+}
+
+/* A global variable that is TRUE if we should always set up temp tables for
+ * for triggers, even if there are no triggers to code. This is used to test 
+ * how much overhead the triggers algorithm is causing.
+ *
+ * This flag can be set or cleared using the "trigger_overhead_test" pragma.
+ * The pragma is not documented since it is not really part of the interface
+ * to SQLite, just the test procedure.
+*/
+int sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup = 0;
+
+/*
+ * Returns true if a trigger matching op, tr_tm and foreach that is NOT already
+ * on the Parse objects trigger-stack (to prevent recursive trigger firing) is
+ * found in the list specified as pTrigger.
+ */
+int sqlite3TriggersExist(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Used to check for recursive triggers */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,      /* A list of triggers associated with a table */
+  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
+  int tr_tm,              /* one of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER */
+  int foreach,            /* one of TK_ROW or TK_STATEMENT */
+  ExprList *pChanges      /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
+){
+  Trigger * pTriggerCursor;
+
+  if( sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  pTriggerCursor = pTrigger;
+  while( pTriggerCursor ){
+    if( pTriggerCursor->op == op && 
+	pTriggerCursor->tr_tm == tr_tm && 
+	pTriggerCursor->foreach == foreach &&
+	checkColumnOverLap(pTriggerCursor->pColumns, pChanges) ){
+      TriggerStack * ss;
+      ss = pParse->trigStack;
+      while( ss && ss->pTrigger != pTrigger ){
+	ss = ss->pNext;
+      }
+      if( !ss )return 1;
+    }
+    pTriggerCursor = pTriggerCursor->pNext;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
+** to that SrcList.
+**
+** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
+** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
+** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
+** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
+** wants.
+*/
+static SrcList *targetSrcList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
+){
+  Token sDb;           /* Dummy database name token */
+  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
+  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */
+
+  iDb = pStep->pTrig->iDb;
+  if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
+    assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
+    sDb.z = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    sDb.n = strlen(sDb.z);
+    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0, &sDb, &pStep->target);
+  } else {
+    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0, &pStep->target, 0);
+  }
+  return pSrc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code for zero or more statements inside the body of a
+** trigger.  
+*/
+static int codeTriggerProgram(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
+  int orconfin              /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
+){
+  TriggerStep * pTriggerStep = pStepList;
+  int orconf;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+
+  assert( pTriggerStep!=0 );
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# begin trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
+  while( pTriggerStep ){
+    orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default)?pTriggerStep->orconf:orconfin;
+    pParse->trigStack->orconf = orconf;
+    switch( pTriggerStep->op ){
+      case TK_SELECT: {
+	Select * ss = sqlite3SelectDup(pTriggerStep->pSelect);		  
+	assert(ss);
+	assert(ss->pSrc);
+	sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, SRT_Discard, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+	sqlite3SelectDelete(ss);
+	break;
+      }
+      case TK_UPDATE: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc,
+		sqlite3ExprListDup(pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
+		sqlite3ExprDup(pTriggerStep->pWhere), orconf);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_INSERT: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3Insert(pParse, pSrc,
+          sqlite3ExprListDup(pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
+          sqlite3SelectDup(pTriggerStep->pSelect), 
+          sqlite3IdListDup(pTriggerStep->pIdList), orconf);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_DELETE: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
+        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
+        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, pSrc, sqlite3ExprDup(pTriggerStep->pWhere));
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      default:
+        assert(0);
+    } 
+    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# end trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called to code FOR EACH ROW triggers.
+**
+** When the code that this function generates is executed, the following 
+** must be true:
+**
+** 1. No cursors may be open in the main database.  (But newIdx and oldIdx
+**    can be indices of cursors in temporary tables.  See below.)
+**
+** 2. If the triggers being coded are ON INSERT or ON UPDATE triggers, then
+**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index newIdx) must be open and pointing at
+**    a row containing values to be substituted for new.* expressions in the
+**    trigger program(s).
+**
+** 3. If the triggers being coded are ON DELETE or ON UPDATE triggers, then
+**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index oldIdx) must be open and pointing at
+**    a row containing values to be substituted for old.* expressions in the
+**    trigger program(s).
+**
+*/
+int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+  int tr_tm,           /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int newIdx,          /* The indice of the "new" row to access */
+  int oldIdx,          /* The indice of the "old" row to access */
+  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  TriggerStack *pStack;
+  TriggerStack trigStackEntry;
+
+  assert(op == TK_UPDATE || op == TK_INSERT || op == TK_DELETE);
+  assert(tr_tm == TK_BEFORE || tr_tm == TK_AFTER );
+
+  assert(newIdx != -1 || oldIdx != -1);
+
+  pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger;
+  while( pTrigger ){
+    int fire_this = 0;
+
+    /* determine whether we should code this trigger */
+    if( pTrigger->op == op && pTrigger->tr_tm == tr_tm && 
+        pTrigger->foreach == TK_ROW ){
+      fire_this = 1;
+      for(pStack=pParse->trigStack; pStack; pStack=pStack->pNext){
+        if( pStack->pTrigger==pTrigger ){
+	  fire_this = 0;
+	}
+      }
+      if( op == TK_UPDATE && pTrigger->pColumns &&
+          !checkColumnOverLap(pTrigger->pColumns, pChanges) ){
+        fire_this = 0;
+      }
+    }
+ 
+    if( fire_this ){
+      int endTrigger;
+      SrcList dummyTablist;
+      Expr * whenExpr;
+      AuthContext sContext;
+
+      dummyTablist.nSrc = 0;
+
+      /* Push an entry on to the trigger stack */
+      trigStackEntry.pTrigger = pTrigger;
+      trigStackEntry.newIdx = newIdx;
+      trigStackEntry.oldIdx = oldIdx;
+      trigStackEntry.pTab = pTab;
+      trigStackEntry.pNext = pParse->trigStack;
+      trigStackEntry.ignoreJump = ignoreJump;
+      pParse->trigStack = &trigStackEntry;
+      sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTrigger->name);
+
+      /* code the WHEN clause */
+      endTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse->pVdbe);
+      whenExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pTrigger->pWhen);
+      if( sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, &dummyTablist, 0, whenExpr) ){
+        pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, whenExpr, endTrigger, 1);
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr);
+
+      codeTriggerProgram(pParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); 
+
+      /* Pop the entry off the trigger stack */
+      pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
+      sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, endTrigger);
+    }
+    pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/update.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/update.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08c7987c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/update.c
@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle UPDATE statements.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Process an UPDATE statement.
+**
+**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
+**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
+*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
+*/
+void sqlite3Update(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
+  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
+  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
+  int addr = 0;          /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
+  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
+  int nIdxTotal;         /* Total number of indices */
+  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
+  Index **apIdx = 0;     /* An array of indices that need updating too */
+  char *aIdxUsed = 0;    /* aIdxUsed[i]==1 if the i-th index is used */
+  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
+                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
+                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
+  int chngRecno;         /* True if the record number is being changed */
+  Expr *pRecnoExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
+  int openAll = 0;       /* True if all indices need to be opened */
+  int isView;            /* Trying to update a view */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
+
+  int before_triggers;         /* True if there are any BEFORE triggers */
+  int after_triggers;          /* True if there are any AFTER triggers */
+  int row_triggers_exist = 0;  /* True if any row triggers exist */
+
+  int newIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "new" temp table       */
+  int oldIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "old" temp table       */
+
+  sContext.pParse = 0;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto update_cleanup;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  before_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, 
+            TK_UPDATE, TK_BEFORE, TK_ROW, pChanges);
+  after_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, 
+            TK_UPDATE, TK_AFTER, TK_ROW, pChanges);
+  row_triggers_exist = before_triggers || after_triggers;
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, before_triggers) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( isView ){
+    if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+  aXRef = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
+  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
+
+  /* If there are FOR EACH ROW triggers, allocate cursors for the
+  ** special OLD and NEW tables
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
+  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
+  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
+  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
+  */
+  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
+  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
+  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
+  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
+  ** that column.
+  */
+  chngRecno = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, 0,
+             pChanges->a[i].pExpr, 0, 0) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+          chngRecno = 1;
+          pRecnoExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+        }
+        aXRef[j] = i;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
+        chngRecno = 1;
+        pRecnoExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    {
+      int rc;
+      rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
+                           pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+        aXRef[j] = -1;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate memory for the array apIdx[] and fill it with pointers to every
+  ** index that needs to be updated.  Indices only need updating if their
+  ** key includes one of the columns named in pChanges or if the record
+  ** number of the original table entry is changing.
+  */
+  for(nIdx=nIdxTotal=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdxTotal++){
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      i = 0;
+    }else {
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ) nIdx++;
+  }
+  if( nIdxTotal>0 ){
+    apIdx = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(Index*) * nIdx + nIdxTotal );
+    if( apIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+    aIdxUsed = (char*)&apIdx[nIdx];
+  }
+  for(nIdx=j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      i = 0;
+    }else{
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ){
+      if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ) goto update_cleanup;
+      apIdx[nIdx++] = pIdx;
+      aIdxUsed[j] = 1;
+    }else{
+      aIdxUsed[j] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
+  ** WHERE clause.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, 0, pWhere, 0, 0) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, pTab->iDb);
+
+  /* If we are trying to update a view, construct that view into
+  ** a temporary table.
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    Select *pView;
+    pView = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
+    sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_TempTable, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pView);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin the database scan
+  */
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 1, 0);
+  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+
+  /* Remember the index of every item to be updated.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListWrite, 0, 0);
+
+  /* End the database scan loop.
+  */
+  sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    /* Create pseudo-tables for NEW and OLD
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol);
+
+    /* The top of the update loop for when there are triggers.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRewind, 0, 0);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+
+    /* Open a cursor and make it point to the record that is
+    ** being updated.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, iCur, pTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+
+    /* Generate the OLD table
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, oldIdx, 0);
+
+    /* Generate the NEW table
+    */
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRecnoExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ /* TODO: Factor out this loop as common code */
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+        continue;
+      }
+      j = aXRef[i];
+      if( j<0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+    }
+    if( pParse->nErr ) goto update_cleanup;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, newIdx, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Fire the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers
+    */
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TK_BEFORE, pTab, 
+          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !isView ){
+    /* 
+    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
+    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
+    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
+    ** to be deleting some records.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur, pTab->tnum);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol);
+    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
+      openAll = 1;
+    }else{
+      openAll = 0;
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
+          openAll = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+      if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->iDb, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum,
+                       (char*)&pIdx->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+        assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Loop over every record that needs updating.  We have to load
+    ** the old data for each record to be updated because some columns
+    ** might not change and we will need to copy the old value.
+    ** Also, the old data is needed to delete the old index entires.
+    ** So make the cursor point at the old record.
+    */
+    if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRewind, 0, 0);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr);
+
+    /* If the record number will change, push the record number as it
+    ** will be after the update. (The old record number is currently
+    ** on top of the stack.)
+    */
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRecnoExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Compute new data for this record.  
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+        continue;
+      }
+      j = aXRef[i];
+      if( j<0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Do constraint checks
+    */
+    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed, chngRecno, 1,
+                                   onError, addr);
+
+    /* Delete the old indices for the current record.
+    */
+    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed);
+
+    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.
+    */
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Create the new index entries and the new record.
+    */
+    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed, chngRecno, 1, -1);
+  }
+
+  /* Increment the row counter 
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* If there are triggers, close all the cursors after each iteration
+  ** through the loop.  The fire the after triggers.
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    if( !isView ){
+      for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+        if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] )
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TK_AFTER, pTab, 
+          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
+  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListReset, 0, 0);
+
+  /* Close all tables if there were no FOR EACH ROW triggers */
+  if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+      if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, newIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, oldIdx, 0);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows that were changed.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "rows updated", P3_STATIC);
+  }
+
+update_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqliteFree(apIdx);
+  sqliteFree(aXRef);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pChanges);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/utf.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/utf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..58b1a972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/utf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+/*
+** 2004 April 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
+** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
+**
+** $Id$
+**
+** Notes on UTF-8:
+**
+**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
+**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
+**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
+**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
+**
+**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
+**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
+**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
+**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
+**
+**
+** Handling of malformed strings:
+**
+** SQLite accepts and processes malformed strings without an error wherever
+** possible. However this is not possible when converting between UTF-8 and
+** UTF-16.
+**
+** When converting malformed UTF-8 strings to UTF-16, one instance of the
+** replacement character U+FFFD for each byte that cannot be interpeted as
+** part of a valid unicode character.
+**
+** When converting malformed UTF-16 strings to UTF-8, one instance of the
+** replacement character U+FFFD for each pair of bytes that cannot be
+** interpeted as part of a valid unicode character.
+**
+** This file contains the following public routines:
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate() - Translate the encoding used by a Mem* string.
+** sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom() - Handle byte-order-marks in UTF16 Mem* strings.
+** sqlite3utf16ByteLen()     - Calculate byte-length of a void* UTF16 string.
+** sqlite3utf8CharLen()      - Calculate char-length of a char* UTF8 string.
+** sqlite3utf8LikeCompare()  - Do a LIKE match given two UTF8 char* strings.
+**
+*/
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/*
+** This table maps from the first byte of a UTF-8 character to the number
+** of trailing bytes expected. A value '255' indicates that the table key
+** is not a legal first byte for a UTF-8 character.
+*/
+static const u8 xtra_utf8_bytes[256]  = {
+/* 0xxxxxxx */
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+
+/* 10wwwwww */
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+
+/* 110yyyyy */
+1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,     1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,     1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+
+/* 1110zzzz */
+2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,     2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+
+/* 11110yyy */
+3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,     255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+};
+
+/*
+** This table maps from the number of trailing bytes in a UTF-8 character
+** to an integer constant that is effectively calculated for each character
+** read by a naive implementation of a UTF-8 character reader. The code
+** in the READ_UTF8 macro explains things best.
+*/
+static const int xtra_utf8_bits[4] =  {
+0,
+12416,          /* (0xC0 << 6) + (0x80) */
+925824,         /* (0xE0 << 12) + (0x80 << 6) + (0x80) */
+63447168        /* (0xF0 << 18) + (0x80 << 12) + (0x80 << 6) + 0x80 */
+};
+
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, c) { \
+  int xtra;                                            \
+  c = *(zIn)++;                                        \
+  xtra = xtra_utf8_bytes[c];                           \
+  switch( xtra ){                                      \
+    case 255: c = (int)0xFFFD; break;                  \
+    case 3: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
+    case 2: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
+    case 1: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
+    c -= xtra_utf8_bits[xtra];                         \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+int sqlite3ReadUtf8(const unsigned char *z){
+  int c;
+  READ_UTF8(z, c);
+  return c;
+}
+
+#define SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                               \
+  zIn += (xtra_utf8_bytes[*(u8 *)zIn] + 1);            \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0xFF);                                \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + ((c>>6)&0x1F);                    \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + ((c>>12)&0x0F);                   \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + ((c>>18) & 0x07);                 \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>12) & 0x3F);                 \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+  }else{                                                        \
+    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+  }                                                             \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
+    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }else{                                                        \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }                                                             \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){                                         \
+  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
+  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<=0xE000 ){                                       \
+    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
+    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){                                         \
+  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
+  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<=0xE000 ){                                       \
+    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
+    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define SKIP_UTF16BE(zIn){                                            \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn+1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn += 4;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn += 2;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+#define SKIP_UTF16LE(zIn){                                            \
+  zIn++;                                                              \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn-1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn += 3;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn += 1;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define RSKIP_UTF16LE(zIn){                                            \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn-1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn -= 4;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn -= 2;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+#define RSKIP_UTF16BE(zIn){                                            \
+  zIn--;                                                              \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn+1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn -= 3;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn -= 1;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+/*
+** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
+** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
+*/ 
+/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
+
+/*
+** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
+** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
+** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
+  unsigned char zShort[NBFS]; /* Temporary short output buffer */
+  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
+  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
+  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
+  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
+  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
+  int c;
+
+  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+
+#ifdef TRANSLATE_TRACE
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf, 100);
+    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
+  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
+  ** differently from the others.
+  */
+  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    u8 temp;
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    zIn = pMem->z;
+    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+    while( zIn<zTerm ){
+      temp = *zIn;
+      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
+      zIn++;
+      *zIn++ = temp;
+    }
+    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+    goto translate_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
+  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
+    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 3-byte UTF-8 character (i.e.
+    ** code-point 0xFFFC). A single byte is required for the output string
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = (pMem->n/2) * 3 + 1;
+  }else{
+    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
+    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
+    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
+  ** byte past the end.
+  **
+  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer. This may be space
+  ** obtained from malloc(), or Mem.zShort, if it large enough and not in
+  ** use, or the zShort array on the stack (see above).
+  */
+  zIn = pMem->z;
+  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+  if( len>NBFS ){
+    zOut = sqliteMallocRaw(len);
+    if( !zOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    zOut = zShort;
+  }
+  z = zOut;
+
+  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = z - zOut;
+    *z++ = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = z - zOut;
+  }
+  *z = 0;
+  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
+  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+  if( zOut==zShort ){
+    memcpy(pMem->zShort, zOut, len);
+    zOut = pMem->zShort;
+    pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Short);
+  }else{
+    pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn);
+  }
+  pMem->z = zOut;
+
+translate_out:
+#ifdef TRANSLATE_TRACE
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf, 100);
+    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
+** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
+** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
+** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
+**
+** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
+** changed by this function.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 bom = 0;
+
+  if( pMem->n<0 || pMem->n>1 ){
+    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
+    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
+    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+    }
+    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( bom ){
+    /* This function is called as soon as a string is stored in a Mem*,
+    ** from within sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(). At that point it is not possible
+    ** for the string to be stored in Mem.zShort, or for it to be stored
+    ** in dynamic memory with no destructor.
+    */
+    assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Short) );
+    assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) || pMem->xDel );
+    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+      void (*xDel)(void*) = pMem->xDel;
+      char *z = pMem->z;
+      pMem->z = 0;
+      pMem->xDel = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      xDel(z);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, 
+          SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
+** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
+** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
+** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
+** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
+*/
+int sqlite3utf8CharLen(const char *z, int nByte){
+  int r = 0;
+  const char *zTerm;
+  if( nByte>=0 ){
+    zTerm = &z[nByte];
+  }else{
+    zTerm = (const char *)(-1);
+  }
+  assert( z<=zTerm );
+  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
+    SKIP_UTF8(z);
+    r++;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string. If nChar is less than zero,
+** return the number of bytes up to (but not including), the first pair
+** of consecutive 0x00 bytes in pZ. If nChar is not less than zero,
+** then return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
+** in pZ (or up until the first pair of 0x00 bytes, whichever comes first).
+*/
+int sqlite3utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
+  int c = 1;
+  char const *z = zIn;
+  int n = 0;
+  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
+      READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
+      READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  return (z-(char const *)zIn)-((c==0)?2:0);
+}
+
+/*
+** UTF-16 implementation of the substr()
+*/
+void sqlite3utf16Substr(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int y, z;
+  unsigned char const *zStr;
+  unsigned char const *zStrEnd;
+  unsigned char const *zStart;
+  unsigned char const *zEnd;
+  int i;
+
+  zStr = (unsigned char const *)sqlite3_value_text16(argv[0]);
+  zStrEnd = &zStr[sqlite3_value_bytes16(argv[0])];
+  y = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  z = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+
+  if( y>0 ){
+    y = y-1;
+    zStart = zStr;
+    if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
+      for(i=0; i<y && zStart<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16BE(zStart);
+    }else{
+      for(i=0; i<y && zStart<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16LE(zStart);
+    }
+  }else{
+    zStart = zStrEnd;
+    if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
+      for(i=y; i<0 && zStart>zStr; i++) RSKIP_UTF16BE(zStart);
+    }else{
+      for(i=y; i<0 && zStart>zStr; i++) RSKIP_UTF16LE(zStart);
+    }
+    for(; i<0; i++) z -= 1;
+  }
+
+  zEnd = zStart;
+  if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
+    for(i=0; i<z && zEnd<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16BE(zEnd);
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<z && zEnd<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16LE(zEnd);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_text16(context, zStart, zEnd-zStart, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
+** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
+** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
+*/
+void sqlite3utfSelfTest(){
+  int i;
+  unsigned char zBuf[20];
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int n;
+  int c;
+
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF8(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/util.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..74ec8979
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,962 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
+**
+** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
+** strings, and stuff like that.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>2 && defined(__GLIBC__)
+#include <execinfo.h>
+void print_stack_trace(){
+  void *bt[30];
+  int i;
+  int n = backtrace(bt, 30);
+
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("STACK: ");
+  for(i=0; i<n;i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%p ", bt[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+}
+#else
+#define print_stack_trace()
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If malloc() ever fails, this global variable gets set to 1.
+** This causes the library to abort and never again function.
+*/
+int sqlite3_malloc_failed = 0;
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, then use versions of malloc() and
+** free() that track memory usage and check for buffer overruns.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+
+/*
+** For keeping track of the number of mallocs and frees.   This
+** is used to check for memory leaks.
+*/
+int sqlite3_nMalloc;         /* Number of sqliteMalloc() calls */
+int sqlite3_nFree;           /* Number of sqliteFree() calls */
+int sqlite3_iMallocFail;     /* Fail sqliteMalloc() after this many calls */
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+static int memcnt = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Number of 32-bit guard words
+*/
+#define N_GUARD 1
+
+/*
+** Allocate new memory and set it to zero.  Return NULL if
+** no memory is available.
+*/
+void *sqlite3Malloc_(int n, int bZero, char *zFile, int line){
+  void *p;
+  int *pi;
+  int i, k;
+  if( sqlite3_iMallocFail>=0 ){
+    sqlite3_iMallocFail--;
+    if( sqlite3_iMallocFail==0 ){
+      sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+      fprintf(stderr,"**** failed to allocate %d bytes at %s:%d\n",
+              n, zFile,line);
+#endif
+      sqlite3_iMallocFail--;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( n==0 ) return 0;
+  k = (n+sizeof(int)-1)/sizeof(int);
+  pi = malloc( (N_GUARD*2+1+k)*sizeof(int));
+  if( pi==0 ){
+    sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_nMalloc++;
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++) pi[i] = 0xdead1122;
+  pi[N_GUARD] = n;
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++) pi[k+1+N_GUARD+i] = 0xdead3344;
+  p = &pi[N_GUARD+1];
+  memset(p, bZero==0, n);
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+  print_stack_trace();
+  fprintf(stderr,"%06d malloc %d bytes at 0x%x from %s:%d\n",
+      ++memcnt, n, (int)p, zFile,line);
+#endif
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the given pointer was obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+** and is able to hold at least N bytes.  Raise an exception if this
+** is not the case.
+**
+** This routine is used for testing purposes only.
+*/
+void sqlite3CheckMemory(void *p, int N){
+  int *pi = p;
+  int n, i, k;
+  pi -= N_GUARD+1;
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+    assert( pi[i]==0xdead1122 );
+  }
+  n = pi[N_GUARD];
+  assert( N>=0 && N<n );
+  k = (n+sizeof(int)-1)/sizeof(int);
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+    assert( pi[k+N_GUARD+1+i]==0xdead3344 );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory previously obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+*/
+void sqlite3Free_(void *p, char *zFile, int line){
+  if( p ){
+    int *pi, i, k, n;
+    pi = p;
+    pi -= N_GUARD+1;
+    sqlite3_nFree++;
+    for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+      if( pi[i]!=0xdead1122 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"Low-end memory corruption at 0x%x\n", (int)p);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    n = pi[N_GUARD];
+    k = (n+sizeof(int)-1)/sizeof(int);
+    for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+      if( pi[k+N_GUARD+1+i]!=0xdead3344 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"High-end memory corruption at 0x%x\n", (int)p);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    memset(pi, 0xff, (k+N_GUARD*2+1)*sizeof(int));
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+    fprintf(stderr,"%06d free %d bytes at 0x%x from %s:%d\n",
+         ++memcnt, n, (int)p, zFile,line);
+#endif
+    free(pi);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize a prior allocation.  If p==0, then this routine
+** works just like sqliteMalloc().  If n==0, then this routine
+** works just like sqliteFree().
+*/
+void *sqlite3Realloc_(void *oldP, int n, char *zFile, int line){
+  int *oldPi, *pi, i, k, oldN, oldK;
+  void *p;
+  if( oldP==0 ){
+    return sqlite3Malloc_(n,1,zFile,line);
+  }
+  if( n==0 ){
+    sqlite3Free_(oldP,zFile,line);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  oldPi = oldP;
+  oldPi -= N_GUARD+1;
+  if( oldPi[0]!=0xdead1122 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Low-end memory corruption in realloc at 0x%x\n", (int)oldP);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  oldN = oldPi[N_GUARD];
+  oldK = (oldN+sizeof(int)-1)/sizeof(int);
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+    if( oldPi[oldK+N_GUARD+1+i]!=0xdead3344 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"High-end memory corruption in realloc at 0x%x\n",
+              (int)oldP);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  k = (n + sizeof(int) - 1)/sizeof(int);
+  pi = malloc( (k+N_GUARD*2+1)*sizeof(int) );
+  if( pi==0 ){
+    sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++) pi[i] = 0xdead1122;
+  pi[N_GUARD] = n;
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++) pi[k+N_GUARD+1+i] = 0xdead3344;
+  p = &pi[N_GUARD+1];
+  memcpy(p, oldP, n>oldN ? oldN : n);
+  if( n>oldN ){
+    memset(&((char*)p)[oldN], 0x55, n-oldN);
+  }
+  memset(oldPi, 0xab, (oldK+N_GUARD+2)*sizeof(int));
+  free(oldPi);
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+  print_stack_trace();
+  fprintf(stderr,"%06d realloc %d to %d bytes at 0x%x to 0x%x at %s:%d\n",
+    ++memcnt, oldN, n, (int)oldP, (int)p, zFile, line);
+#endif
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+*/
+char *sqlite3StrDup_(const char *z, char *zFile, int line){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  zNew = sqlite3Malloc_(strlen(z)+1, 0, zFile, line);
+  if( zNew ) strcpy(zNew, z);
+  return zNew;
+}
+char *sqlite3StrNDup_(const char *z, int n, char *zFile, int line){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  zNew = sqlite3Malloc_(n+1, 0, zFile, line);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+    zNew[n] = 0;
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** A version of sqliteFree that is always a function, not a macro.
+*/
+void sqlite3FreeX(void *p){
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** The following versions of malloc() and free() are for use in a
+** normal build.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+
+/*
+** Allocate new memory and set it to zero.  Return NULL if
+** no memory is available.  See also sqliteMallocRaw().
+*/
+void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  if( (p = malloc(n))==0 ){
+    if( n>0 ) sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+  }else{
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate new memory but do not set it to zero.  Return NULL if
+** no memory is available.  See also sqliteMalloc().
+*/
+void *sqlite3MallocRaw(int n){
+  void *p;
+  if( (p = malloc(n))==0 ){
+    if( n>0 ) sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory previously obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+*/
+void sqlite3FreeX(void *p){
+  if( p ){
+    free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize a prior allocation.  If p==0, then this routine
+** works just like sqliteMalloc().  If n==0, then this routine
+** works just like sqliteFree().
+*/
+void *sqlite3Realloc(void *p, int n){
+  void *p2;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    return sqliteMalloc(n);
+  }
+  if( n==0 ){
+    sqliteFree(p);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  p2 = realloc(p, n);
+  if( p2==0 ){
+    sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+  }
+  return p2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+*/
+char *sqlite3StrDup(const char *z){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  zNew = sqliteMallocRaw(strlen(z)+1);
+  if( zNew ) strcpy(zNew, z);
+  return zNew;
+}
+char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char *z, int n){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  zNew = sqliteMallocRaw(n+1);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+    zNew[n] = 0;
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+
+/*
+** Create a string from the 2nd and subsequent arguments (up to the
+** first NULL argument), store the string in memory obtained from
+** sqliteMalloc() and make the pointer indicated by the 1st argument
+** point to that string.  The 1st argument must either be NULL or 
+** point to memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+*/
+void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, const char *zFirst, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int nByte;
+  const char *z;
+  char *zResult;
+
+  if( pz==0 ) return;
+  nByte = strlen(zFirst) + 1;
+  va_start(ap, zFirst);
+  while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){
+    nByte += strlen(z);
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqliteFree(*pz);
+  *pz = zResult = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
+  if( zResult==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  strcpy(zResult, zFirst);
+  zResult += strlen(zResult);
+  va_start(ap, zFirst);
+  while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){
+    strcpy(zResult, z);
+    zResult += strlen(zResult);
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+  fprintf(stderr,"string at 0x%x is %s\n", (int)*pz, *pz);
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
+** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
+**
+** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
+** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
+** format characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
+** encoded in UTF-8.
+**
+** To clear the most recent error for slqite handle "db", sqlite3Error
+** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
+** to NULL.
+*/
+void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew())) ){
+    db->errCode = err_code;
+    if( zFormat ){
+      char *z;
+      va_list ap;
+      va_start(ap, zFormat);
+      z = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
+      va_end(ap);
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3FreeX);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
+** The following formatting characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
+** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
+** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
+** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
+** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
+** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
+*/
+void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  pParse->nErr++;
+  sqliteFree(pParse->zErrMsg);
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
+** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
+** "a-b-c".
+*/
+void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
+  int quote;
+  int i, j;
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  quote = z[0];
+  switch( quote ){
+    case '\'':  break;
+    case '"':   break;
+    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;
+    default:    return;
+  }
+  for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
+    if( z[i]==quote ){
+      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
+        z[j++] = quote;
+        i++;
+      }else{
+        z[j++] = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      z[j++] = z[i];
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
+** lower-case character. 
+*/
+const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
+     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
+     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
+    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
+    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
+    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
+    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
+    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
+    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
+    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
+    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
+    252,253,254,255
+};
+#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
+
+/*
+** This function computes a hash on the name of a keyword.
+** Case is not significant.
+*/
+int sqlite3HashNoCase(const char *z, int n){
+  int h = 0;
+  if( n<=0 ) n = strlen(z);
+  while( n > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
+    n--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
+** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
+*/
+int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string.  Return FALSE if the
+** string contains any character which is not part of a number. If
+** the string is numeric and contains the '.' character, set *realnum
+** to TRUE (otherwise FALSE).
+**
+** An empty string is considered non-numeric.
+*/
+int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
+  int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
+  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
+  if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  z += incr;
+  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
+  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    z += incr;
+    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    z += incr;
+    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
+    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number.
+** Convert this string to a double.
+**
+** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number.  If it
+** is not, the result is undefined.
+**
+** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because
+** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead
+** of "." depending on how locale is set.  But that would cause problems
+** for SQL.  So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale.
+*/
+double sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, const char **pzEnd){
+  int sign = 1;
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE v1 = 0.0;
+  if( *z=='-' ){
+    sign = -1;
+    z++;
+  }else if( *z=='+' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+    v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
+    z++;
+  }
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE divisor = 1.0;
+    z++;
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+      v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
+      divisor *= 10.0;
+      z++;
+    }
+    v1 /= divisor;
+  }
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    int esign = 1;
+    int eval = 0;
+    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
+    z++;
+    if( *z=='-' ){
+      esign = -1;
+      z++;
+    }else if( *z=='+' ){
+      z++;
+    }
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+      eval = eval*10 + *z - '0';
+      z++;
+    }
+    while( eval>=64 ){ scale *= 1.0e+64; eval -= 64; }
+    while( eval>=16 ){ scale *= 1.0e+16; eval -= 16; }
+    while( eval>=4 ){ scale *= 1.0e+4; eval -= 4; }
+    while( eval>=1 ){ scale *= 1.0e+1; eval -= 1; }
+    if( esign<0 ){
+      v1 /= scale;
+    }else{
+      v1 *= scale;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pzEnd ) *pzEnd = z;
+  return sign<0 ? -v1 : v1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if zNum is a 64-bit signed integer and write
+** the value of the integer into *pNum.  If zNum is not an integer
+** or is an integer that is too large to be expressed with 64 bits,
+** then return false.  If n>0 and the integer is string is not
+** exactly n bytes long, return false.
+**
+** When this routine was originally written it dealt with only
+** 32-bit numbers.  At that time, it was much faster than the
+** atoi() library routine in RedHat 7.2.
+*/
+int sqlite3atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){
+  i64 v = 0;
+  int neg;
+  int i, c;
+  if( *zNum=='-' ){
+    neg = 1;
+    zNum++;
+  }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
+    neg = 0;
+    zNum++;
+  }else{
+    neg = 0;
+  }
+  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){
+    v = v*10 + c - '0';
+  }
+  *pNum = neg ? -v : v;
+  return c==0 && i>0 && 
+      (i<19 || (i==19 && memcmp(zNum,"9223372036854775807",19)<=0));
+}
+
+/*
+** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
+** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
+** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
+** 32-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
+**
+** This routine returns FALSE for the string -2147483648 even that
+** that number will in fact fit in a 32-bit integer.  But positive
+** 2147483648 will not fit in 32 bits.  So it seems safer to return
+** false.
+*/
+static int sqlite3FitsIn32Bits(const char *zNum){
+  int i, c;
+  if( *zNum=='-' || *zNum=='+' ) zNum++;
+  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
+  return i<10 || (i==10 && memcmp(zNum,"2147483647",10)<=0);
+}
+
+/*
+** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
+** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
+*/
+int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
+  if( sqlite3FitsIn32Bits(zNum) ){
+    *pValue = atoi(zNum);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
+** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
+** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
+** 64-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
+**
+** This routine returns FALSE for the string -9223372036854775808 even that
+** that number will, in theory fit in a 64-bit integer.  Positive
+** 9223373036854775808 will not fit in 64 bits.  So it seems safer to return
+** false.
+*/
+int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *zNum){
+  int i, c;
+  if( *zNum=='-' || *zNum=='+' ) zNum++;
+  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
+  return i<19 || (i==19 && memcmp(zNum,"9223372036854775807",19)<=0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Change the sqlite.magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY.
+** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
+** when this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine is a attempt to detect if two threads use the
+** same sqlite* pointer at the same time.  There is a race 
+** condition so it is possible that the error is not detected.
+** But usually the problem will be seen.  The result will be an
+** error which can be used to debug the application that is
+** using SQLite incorrectly.
+**
+** Ticket #202:  If db->magic is not a valid open value, take care not
+** to modify the db structure at all.  It could be that db is a stale
+** pointer.  In other words, it could be that there has been a prior
+** call to sqlite3_close(db) and db has been deallocated.  And we do
+** not want to write into deallocated memory.
+*/
+int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+    return 0;
+  }else if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN.
+** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY
+** when this routine is called.
+*/
+int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+    return 0;
+  }else if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
+** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
+** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
+** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
+** TRUE it means that the db pointer is invalid and should not be
+** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
+** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
+*/
+int sqlite3SafetyCheck(sqlite3 *db){
+  int magic;
+  if( db==0 ) return 1;
+  magic = db->magic;
+  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED &&
+         magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
+         magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
+**
+**  7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** 28 bits - BBBA
+** 35 bits - BBBBA
+** 42 bits - BBBBBA
+** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
+** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
+** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
+*/
+
+/*
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
+** of bytes written is returned.
+**
+** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
+** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
+** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
+** 8 bits and is the last byte.
+*/
+int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
+  int i, j, n;
+  u8 buf[10];
+  if( v & 0xff00000000000000 ){
+    p[8] = v;
+    v >>= 8;
+    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
+      p[i] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
+      v >>= 7;
+    }
+    return 9;
+  }    
+  n = 0;
+  do{
+    buf[n++] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 );
+  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
+  assert( n<=9 );
+  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
+    p[i] = buf[j];
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
+  u32 x;
+  u64 x64;
+  int n;
+  unsigned char c;
+  if( ((c = p[0]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = c;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  x = c & 0x7f;
+  if( ((c = p[1]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = (x<<7) | c;
+    return 2;
+  }
+  x = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
+  if( ((c = p[2]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = (x<<7) | c;
+    return 3;
+  }
+  x = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
+  if( ((c = p[3]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = (x<<7) | c;
+    return 4;
+  }
+  x64 = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
+  n = 4;
+  do{
+    c = p[n++];
+    if( n==9 ){
+      x64 = (x64<<8) | c;
+      break;
+    }
+    x64 = (x64<<7) | (c&0x7f);
+  }while( (c & 0x80)!=0 );
+  *v = x64;
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
+  u32 x;
+  int n;
+  unsigned char c;
+  if( ((c = p[0]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = c;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  x = c & 0x7f;
+  if( ((c = p[1]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = (x<<7) | c;
+    return 2;
+  }
+  x = (x<<7) | (c & 0x7f);
+  n = 2;
+  do{
+    x = (x<<7) | ((c = p[n++])&0x7f);
+  }while( (c & 0x80)!=0 && n<9 );
+  *v = x;
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
+** 64-bit integer.
+*/
+int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
+  int i = 0;
+  do{
+    i++;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 && i<9 );
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
+*/
+static int hexToInt(int h){
+  if( h>='0' && h<='9' ){
+    return h - '0';
+  }else if( h>='a' && h<='f' ){
+    return h - 'a' + 10;
+  }else if( h>='A' && h<='F' ){
+    return h - 'A' + 10;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
+** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
+** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
+** the calling routine.
+*/
+void *sqlite3HexToBlob(const char *z){
+  char *zBlob;
+  int i;
+  int n = strlen(z);
+  if( n%2 ) return 0;
+
+  zBlob = (char *)sqliteMalloc(n/2);
+  for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
+    zBlob[i/2] = (hexToInt(z[i])<<4) | hexToInt(z[i+1]);
+  }
+  return zBlob;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** Convert text generated by the "%p" conversion format back into
+** a pointer.
+*/
+void *sqlite3TextToPtr(const char *z){
+  void *p;
+  u64 v;
+  u32 v2;
+  if( z[0]=='0' && z[1]=='x' ){
+    z += 2;
+  }
+  v = 0;
+  while( *z ){
+    v = (v<<4) + hexToInt(*z);
+    z++;
+  }
+  if( sizeof(p)==sizeof(v) ){
+    p = *(void**)&v;
+  }else{
+    assert( sizeof(p)==sizeof(v2) );
+    v2 = (u32)v;
+    p = *(void**)&v2;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vacuum.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vacuum.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..371a8557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vacuum.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
+**
+** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
+** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) || SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Generate a random name of 20 character in length.
+*/
+static void randomName(unsigned char *zBuf){
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i;
+  sqlite3Randomness(20, zBuf);
+  for(i=0; i<20; i++){
+    zBuf[i] = zChars[ zBuf[i]%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
+*/
+static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
+    return sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  }
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) );
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
+** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
+*/
+static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    rc = execSql(db, sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
+** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
+** in PostgreSQL.
+**
+** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call
+** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables.  But beginning
+** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has
+** become a no-op.
+*/
+void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse, Token *pTableName){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
+*/
+int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) || SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+  const char *zFilename;  /* full pathname of the database file */
+  int nFilename;          /* number of characters  in zFilename[] */
+  char *zTemp = 0;        /* a temporary file in same directory as zFilename */
+  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
+  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
+  Btree *pTemp;
+  char *zSql = 0;
+
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction", 
+       (char*)0);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the full pathname of the database file and create a
+  ** temporary filename in the same directory as the original file.
+  */
+  pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
+  zFilename = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pMain);
+  assert( zFilename );
+  if( zFilename[0]=='\0' ){
+    /* The in-memory database. Do nothing. Return directly to avoid causing
+    ** an error trying to DETACH the vacuum_db (which never got attached)
+    ** in the exit-handler.
+    */
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  nFilename = strlen(zFilename);
+  zTemp = sqliteMalloc( nFilename+100 );
+  if( zTemp==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+  strcpy(zTemp, zFilename);
+  i = 0;
+  do {
+    zTemp[nFilename] = '-';
+    randomName((unsigned char*)&zTemp[nFilename+1]);
+  } while( i<10 && sqlite3OsFileExists(zTemp) );
+
+  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
+  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
+  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
+  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
+  ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
+  **
+  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
+  */
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf("ATTACH '%q' AS vacuum_db;", zTemp);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+  rc = execSql(db, zSql);
+  sqliteFree(zSql);
+  zSql = 0;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  assert( strcmp(db->aDb[db->nDb-1].zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
+  pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain),
+     sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain));
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp)==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) );
+  execSql(db, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
+
+  /* Begin a transaction */
+  rc = execSql(db, "BEGIN;");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
+  ** in the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' "
+      "UNION ALL "
+      "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "
+      "UNION ALL "
+      "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"
+      "UNION ALL "
+      "SELECT 'CREATE VIEW vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,13,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='view'"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
+  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM xxx;" to copy
+  ** the contents to the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
+      "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';'"
+      "FROM sqlite_master "
+      "WHERE type = 'table';"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Copy the triggers from the main database to the temporary database.
+  ** This was deferred before in case the triggers interfered with copying
+  ** the data. It's possible the indices should be deferred until this
+  ** point also.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'CREATE TRIGGER  vacuum_db.' || substr(sql, 16, 1000000) "
+      "FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='trigger'"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+
+  /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a
+  ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database.
+  ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a
+  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level
+  ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was
+  ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the
+  ** temporary database never needs to be committed.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ){
+    u32 meta;
+
+    assert( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+    /* Copy Btree meta values 3 and 4. These correspond to SQL layer meta 
+    ** values 2 and 3, the default values of a couple of pragmas.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, 3, &meta);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, 3, meta);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, 4, &meta);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, 4, meta);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pMain);
+  }
+
+end_of_vacuum:
+  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
+  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
+  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
+  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
+  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
+  ** is closed by the DETACH.
+  */
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = execSql(db, "DETACH vacuum_db;");
+  }else{
+    execSql(db, "DETACH vacuum_db;");
+  }
+  if( zTemp ){
+    sqlite3OsDelete(zTemp);
+    sqliteFree(zTemp);
+  }
+  if( zSql ) sqliteFree( zSql );
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbe.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbe.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..58f8c731
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbe.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4450 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** The code in this file implements execution method of the 
+** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE).  A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
+** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
+** VDBE instances.  This file is solely interested in executing
+** the VDBE program.
+**
+** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
+** to a VDBE.
+**
+** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
+** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement.  VDBE programs are 
+** similar in form to assembly language.  The program consists of
+** a linear sequence of operations.  Each operation has an opcode 
+** and 3 operands.  Operands P1 and P2 are integers.  Operand P3 
+** is a null-terminated string.   The P2 operand must be non-negative.
+** Opcodes will typically ignore one or more operands.  Many opcodes
+** ignore all three operands.
+**
+** Computation results are stored on a stack.  Each entry on the
+** stack is either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
+** number, or the SQL "NULL" value.  An inplicit conversion from one
+** type to the other occurs as necessary.
+** 
+** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
+** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
+** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
+** a program instruction by instruction.
+**
+** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
+** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
+** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
+** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
+** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
+** moves, either by the OP_MoveXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
+** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
+** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
+
+/*
+** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
+** each instruction in the VDBE.  When reaches zero, the SQLITE_Interrupt
+** of the db.flags field is set in order to simulate and interrupt.
+**
+** This facility is used for testing purposes only.  It does not function
+** in an ordinary build.
+*/
+int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
+
+/*
+** Release the memory associated with the given stack level.  This
+** leaves the Mem.flags field in an inconsistent state.
+*/
+#define Release(P) if((P)->flags&MEM_Dyn){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(P); }
+
+/*
+** Convert the given stack entity into a string if it isn't one
+** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+#define Stringify(P, enc) \
+   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
+     { goto no_mem; }
+
+/*
+** Convert the given stack entity into a string that has been obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc().  This is different from Stringify() above in that
+** Stringify() will use the NBFS bytes of static string space if the string
+** will fit but this routine always mallocs for space.
+** Return non-zero if we run out of memory.
+*/
+#define Dynamicify(P,enc) sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(P)
+
+
+/*
+** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
+** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
+** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the stack entry
+** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the stack
+** entry knowing it.
+**
+** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
+** string that the stack entry itself controls.  In other words, it
+** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
+*/
+#define Deephemeralize(P) \
+   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
+       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
+
+/*
+** Convert the given stack entity into a integer if it isn't one
+** already.
+**
+** Any prior string or real representation is invalidated.  
+** NULLs are converted into 0.
+*/
+#define Integerify(P) sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(P)
+
+/*
+** Convert P so that it has type MEM_Real.
+**
+** Any prior string or integer representation is invalidated.
+** NULLs are converted into 0.0.
+*/
+#define Realify(P) sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(P)
+
+/*
+** Argument pMem points at a memory cell that will be passed to a
+** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
+** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for
+** stack variables.  This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type
+** variables used by the sqlite3_value_*() routines.
+*/
+#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A)
+static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  if( flags & MEM_Null ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+  }else{
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new aggregate element and make it the element that
+** has focus.
+**
+** Return 0 on success and 1 if memory is exhausted.
+*/
+static int AggInsert(Agg *p, char *zKey, int nKey){
+  AggElem *pElem;
+  int i;
+  int rc;
+  pElem = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(AggElem) + nKey +
+                        (p->nMem-1)*sizeof(pElem->aMem[0]) );
+  if( pElem==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pElem->zKey = (char*)&pElem->aMem[p->nMem];
+  memcpy(pElem->zKey, zKey, nKey);
+  pElem->nKey = nKey;
+
+  if( p->pCsr ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(p->pCsr, zKey, nKey, &pElem, sizeof(AggElem*));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqliteFree(pElem);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; i<p->nMem; i++){
+    pElem->aMem[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  p->pCurrent = pElem;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the stack N times.
+*/
+static void popStack(Mem **ppTos, int N){
+  Mem *pTos = *ppTos;
+  while( N>0 ){
+    N--;
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+  }
+  *ppTos = pTos;
+}
+
+/*
+** The parameters are pointers to the head of two sorted lists
+** of Sorter structures.  Merge these two lists together and return
+** a single sorted list.  This routine forms the core of the merge-sort
+** algorithm.
+**
+** In the case of a tie, left sorts in front of right.
+*/
+static Sorter *Merge(Sorter *pLeft, Sorter *pRight, KeyInfo *pKeyInfo){
+  Sorter sHead;
+  Sorter *pTail;
+  pTail = &sHead;
+  pTail->pNext = 0;
+  while( pLeft && pRight ){
+    int c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pKeyInfo, pLeft->nKey, pLeft->zKey,
+                                     pRight->nKey, pRight->zKey);
+    if( c<=0 ){
+      pTail->pNext = pLeft;
+      pLeft = pLeft->pNext;
+    }else{
+      pTail->pNext = pRight;
+      pRight = pRight->pNext;
+    }
+    pTail = pTail->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pLeft ){
+    pTail->pNext = pLeft;
+  }else if( pRight ){
+    pTail->pNext = pRight;
+  }
+  return sHead.pNext;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate cursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
+** if we run out of memory.
+*/
+static Cursor *allocateCursor(Vdbe *p, int iCur){
+  Cursor *pCx;
+  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
+  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->apCsr[iCur]);
+  }
+  p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Cursor) );
+  return pCx;
+}
+
+/*
+** Apply any conversion required by the supplied column affinity to
+** memory cell pRec. affinity may be one of:
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
+**
+*/
+static void applyAffinity(Mem *pRec, char affinity, u8 enc){
+  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+    /* do nothing */
+  }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
+    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
+    ** representation.
+    */
+    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
+    }
+    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
+  }else{
+    if( 0==(pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+      /* pRec does not have a valid integer or real representation. 
+      ** Attempt a conversion if pRec has a string representation and
+      ** it looks like a number.
+      */
+      int realnum;
+      sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pRec);
+      if( pRec->flags&MEM_Str && sqlite3IsNumber(pRec->z, &realnum, enc) ){
+        if( realnum ){
+          Realify(pRec);
+        }else{
+          Integerify(pRec);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ){
+      /* For INTEGER affinity, try to convert a real value to an int */
+      if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Real) && !(pRec->flags&MEM_Int) ){
+        pRec->i = pRec->r;
+        if( ((double)pRec->i)==pRec->r ){
+          pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
+** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf, int nBuf){
+  char *zCsr = zBuf;
+  int f = pMem->flags;
+
+  static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
+
+  if( f&MEM_Blob ){
+    int i;
+    char c;
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      c = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      c = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      c = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      c = 's';
+    }
+
+    zCsr += sprintf(zCsr, "%c", c);
+    zCsr += sprintf(zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
+    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+      zCsr += sprintf(zCsr, "%02X ", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+      char z = pMem->z[i];
+      if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
+      else *zCsr++ = z;
+    }
+
+    zCsr += sprintf(zCsr, "]");
+    *zCsr = '\0';
+  }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
+    int j, k;
+    zBuf[0] = ' ';
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      zBuf[1] = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      zBuf[1] = 's';
+    }
+    k = 2;
+    k += sprintf(&zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
+    zBuf[k++] = '[';
+    for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
+      u8 c = pMem->z[j];
+      if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
+        zBuf[k++] = c;
+      }else{
+        zBuf[k++] = '.';
+      }
+    }
+    zBuf[k++] = ']';
+    k += sprintf(&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
+    zBuf[k++] = 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
+  unsigned long long int x;
+  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
+          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
+          :"=A" (x));
+  return x;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
+** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called.  If it has been, then
+** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
+**
+** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
+** implement a loop.  This test used to be on every single instruction,
+** but that meant we more testing that we needed.  By only testing the
+** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
+*/
+#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
+   if( db->flags & SQLITE_Interrupt ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+
+
+/*
+** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
+** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
+** and the error message pointer.
+**
+** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
+** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
+** SQLITE_ROW.
+**
+** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
+** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
+** return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
+** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
+** immediately.  There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
+** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
+** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
+** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeExec(
+  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
+){
+  int pc;                    /* The program counter */
+  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
+  Mem *pTos;                 /* Top entry in the operand stack */
+  char zBuf[100];            /* Space to sprintf() an integer */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  unsigned long long start;  /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
+  int origPc;                /* Program counter at start of opcode */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
+#endif
+
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( p->explain==0 );
+  pTos = p->pTos;
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto no_mem;
+  if( p->popStack ){
+    popStack(&pTos, p->popStack);
+    p->popStack = 0;
+  }
+  p->resOnStack = 0;
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
+    assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
+    assert( pTos<=&p->aStack[pc] );
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    origPc = pc;
+    start = hwtime();
+#endif
+    pOp = &p->aOp[pc];
+
+    /* Only allow tracing if NDEBUG is not defined.
+    */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if( p->trace ){
+      if( pc==0 ){
+        printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n");
+        sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp);
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    if( p->trace==0 && pc==0 && sqlite3OsFileExists("vdbe_sqltrace") ){
+      sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+    }
+#endif
+      
+
+    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
+    ** if we have a special test build.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
+      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
+      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
+        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+    /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
+    ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
+    ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
+    ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
+    ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
+    */
+    if( db->xProgress ){
+      if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){
+        if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+          continue; /* skip to the next iteration of the for loop */
+        }
+        nProgressOps = 0;
+      }
+      nProgressOps++;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
+** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
+** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
+** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
+** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
+** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
+** we transition back to normal indentation.
+**
+** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
+** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
+** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
+** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
+** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
+** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
+** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
+** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
+**
+** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
+** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
+** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
+** file.
+**
+** SUMMARY:
+**
+**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
+**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
+**
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 *
+**
+** An unconditional jump to address P2.
+** The next instruction executed will be 
+** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
+** the program.
+*/
+case OP_Goto: {
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Gosub * P2 *
+**
+** Push the current address plus 1 onto the return address stack
+** and then jump to address P2.
+**
+** The return address stack is of limited depth.  If too many
+** OP_Gosub operations occur without intervening OP_Returns, then
+** the return address stack will fill up and processing will abort
+** with a fatal error.
+*/
+case OP_Gosub: {
+  assert( p->returnDepth<sizeof(p->returnStack)/sizeof(p->returnStack[0]) );
+  p->returnStack[p->returnDepth++] = pc+1;
+  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Return * * *
+**
+** Jump immediately to the next instruction after the last unreturned
+** OP_Gosub.  If an OP_Return has occurred for all OP_Gosubs, then
+** processing aborts with a fatal error.
+*/
+case OP_Return: {
+  assert( p->returnDepth>0 );
+  p->returnDepth--;
+  pc = p->returnStack[p->returnDepth] - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 *
+**
+** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, Lists, Sorts, etc are closed
+** automatically.
+**
+** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
+** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
+** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
+** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
+** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
+** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
+** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. 
+**
+** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
+** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
+** is the same as executing Halt.
+*/
+case OP_Halt: {
+  p->pTos = pTos;
+  p->rc = pOp->p1;
+  p->pc = pc;
+  p->errorAction = pOp->p2;
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, pOp->p3, (char*)0);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = rc;
+  }
+  return p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Integer P1 * P3
+**
+** The integer value P1 is pushed onto the stack.  If P3 is not zero
+** then it is assumed to be a string representation of the same integer.
+** If P1 is zero and P3 is not zero, then the value is derived from P3.
+*/
+case OP_Integer: {
+  pTos++;
+  if( pOp->p3==0 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pTos->i = pOp->p1;
+  }else{
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+    pTos->z = pOp->p3;
+    pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z);
+    pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    pTos->i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos);
+    pTos->flags |= MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Real * * P3
+**
+** The string value P3 is converted to a real and pushed on to the stack.
+*/
+case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT */
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+  pTos->z = pOp->p3;
+  pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z);
+  pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  pTos->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pTos);
+  pTos->flags |= MEM_Real;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: String8 * * P3
+**
+** P3 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed
+** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.
+*/
+case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING */
+  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
+
+  if( db->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && pOp->p3 ){
+    pTos++;
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pTos, pOp->p3, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc) ) goto no_mem;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(pTos) ) goto no_mem;
+    pTos->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn);
+    pTos->flags |= MEM_Static;
+    if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+    }
+    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
+    pOp->p3 = pTos->z;
+    break;
+  }
+  /* Otherwise fall through to the next case, OP_String */
+}
+  
+/* Opcode: String * * P3
+**
+** The string value P3 is pushed onto the stack.  If P3==0 then a
+** NULL is pushed onto the stack. P3 is assumed to be a nul terminated
+** string encoded with the database native encoding.
+*/
+case OP_String: {
+  pTos++;
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+    pTos->z = pOp->p3;
+    if( db->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+      pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z);
+    }else{
+      pTos->n  = sqlite3utf16ByteLen(pTos->z, -1);
+    }
+    pTos->enc = db->enc;
+  }else{
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: HexBlob * * P3
+**
+** P3 is an UTF-8 SQL hex encoding of a blob. The blob is pushed onto the
+** vdbe stack.
+**
+** The first time this instruction executes, in transforms itself into a
+** 'Blob' opcode with a binary blob as P3.
+*/
+case OP_HexBlob: {            /* same as TK_BLOB */
+  pOp->opcode = OP_Blob;
+  pOp->p1 = strlen(pOp->p3)/2;
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    char *zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(pOp->p3);
+    if( !zBlob ) goto no_mem;
+    if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+    }
+    pOp->p3 = zBlob;
+    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
+  }else{
+    if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+    }
+    pOp->p3type = P3_STATIC;
+    pOp->p3 = "";
+  }
+
+  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_Blob. */
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Blob P1 * P3
+**
+** P3 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Push this
+** value onto the stack. This instruction is not coded directly
+** by the compiler. Instead, the compiler layer specifies
+** an OP_HexBlob opcode, with the hex string representation of
+** the blob as P3. This opcode is transformed to an OP_Blob
+** before execution (within the sqlite3_prepare() function).
+*/
+case OP_Blob: {
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pTos, pOp->p3, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Variable P1 * *
+**
+** Push the value of variable P1 onto the stack.  A variable is
+** an unknown in the original SQL string as handed to sqlite3_compile().
+** Any occurance of the '?' character in the original SQL is considered
+** a variable.  Variables in the SQL string are number from left to
+** right beginning with 1.  The values of variables are set using the
+** sqlite3_bind() API.
+*/
+case OP_Variable: {
+  int j = pOp->p1 - 1;
+  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nVar );
+
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &p->aVar[j], MEM_Static);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Pop P1 * *
+**
+** P1 elements are popped off of the top of stack and discarded.
+*/
+case OP_Pop: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  popStack(&pTos, pOp->p1);
+  assert( pTos>=&p->aStack[-1] );
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Dup P1 P2 *
+**
+** A copy of the P1-th element of the stack 
+** is made and pushed onto the top of the stack.
+** The top of the stack is element 0.  So the
+** instruction "Dup 0 0 0" will make a copy of the
+** top of the stack.
+**
+** If the content of the P1-th element is a dynamically
+** allocated string, then a new copy of that string
+** is made if P2==0.  If P2!=0, then just a pointer
+** to the string is copied.
+**
+** Also see the Pull instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Dup: {
+  Mem *pFrom = &pTos[-pOp->p1];
+  assert( pFrom<=pTos && pFrom>=p->aStack );
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, pFrom, MEM_Ephem);
+  if( pOp->p2 ){
+    Deephemeralize(pTos);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Pull P1 * *
+**
+** The P1-th element is removed from its current location on 
+** the stack and pushed back on top of the stack.  The
+** top of the stack is element 0, so "Pull 0 0 0" is
+** a no-op.  "Pull 1 0 0" swaps the top two elements of
+** the stack.
+**
+** See also the Dup instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Pull: {
+  Mem *pFrom = &pTos[-pOp->p1];
+  int i;
+  Mem ts;
+
+  ts = *pFrom;
+  Deephemeralize(pTos);
+  for(i=0; i<pOp->p1; i++, pFrom++){
+    Deephemeralize(&pFrom[1]);
+    assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_Ephem)==0 );
+    *pFrom = pFrom[1];
+    if( pFrom->flags & MEM_Short ){
+      assert( pFrom->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+      assert( pFrom->z==pFrom[1].zShort );
+      pFrom->z = pFrom->zShort;
+    }
+  }
+  *pTos = ts;
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Short ){
+    assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+    assert( pTos->z==pTos[-pOp->p1].zShort );
+    pTos->z = pTos->zShort;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Push P1 * *
+**
+** Overwrite the value of the P1-th element down on the
+** stack (P1==0 is the top of the stack) with the value
+** of the top of the stack.  Then pop the top of the stack.
+*/
+case OP_Push: {
+  Mem *pTo = &pTos[-pOp->p1];
+
+  assert( pTo>=p->aStack );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTo, pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Callback P1 * *
+**
+** Pop P1 values off the stack and form them into an array.  Then
+** invoke the callback function using the newly formed array as the
+** 3rd parameter.
+*/
+case OP_Callback: {
+  int i;
+  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p1 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<pOp->p1; i++){
+    Mem *pVal = &pTos[0-i];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal);
+    storeTypeInfo(pVal, db->enc);
+  }
+
+  p->resOnStack = 1;
+  p->nCallback++;
+  p->popStack = pOp->p1;
+  p->pc = pc + 1;
+  p->pTos = pTos;
+  return SQLITE_ROW;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 *
+**
+** Look at the first P1+2 elements of the stack.  Append them all 
+** together with the lowest element first.  The original P1+2 elements
+** are popped from the stack if P2==0 and retained if P2==1.  If
+** any element of the stack is NULL, then the result is NULL.
+**
+** When P1==1, this routine makes a copy of the top stack element
+** into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+*/
+case OP_Concat: {           /* same as TK_CONCAT */
+  char *zNew;
+  int nByte;
+  int nField;
+  int i, j;
+  Mem *pTerm;
+
+  /* Loop through the stack elements to see how long the result will be. */
+  nField = pOp->p1 + 2;
+  pTerm = &pTos[1-nField];
+  nByte = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nField; i++, pTerm++){
+    assert( pOp->p2==0 || (pTerm->flags&MEM_Str) );
+    if( pTerm->flags&MEM_Null ){
+      nByte = -1;
+      break;
+    }
+    Stringify(pTerm, db->enc);
+    nByte += pTerm->n;
+  }
+
+  if( nByte<0 ){
+    /* If nByte is less than zero, then there is a NULL value on the stack.
+    ** In this case just pop the values off the stack (if required) and
+    ** push on a NULL.
+    */
+    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+      popStack(&pTos, nField);
+    }
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else{
+    /* Otherwise malloc() space for the result and concatenate all the
+    ** stack values.
+    */
+    zNew = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte+2 );
+    if( zNew==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    j = 0;
+    pTerm = &pTos[1-nField];
+    for(i=j=0; i<nField; i++, pTerm++){
+      int n = pTerm->n;
+      assert( pTerm->flags & MEM_Str );
+      memcpy(&zNew[j], pTerm->z, n);
+      j += n;
+    }
+    zNew[j] = 0;
+    zNew[j+1] = 0;
+    assert( j==nByte );
+
+    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+      popStack(&pTos, nField);
+    }
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->n = j;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+    pTos->xDel = 0;
+    pTos->enc = db->enc;
+    pTos->z = zNew;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Add * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, add them together,
+** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the addition.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Multiply * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, multiply them together,
+** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the multiplication.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Subtract * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, subtract the
+** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the
+** next on stack)
+** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the subtraction.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Divide * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, divide the
+** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the
+** next on stack)
+** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the division.  Division by zero returns NULL.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Remainder * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, divide the
+** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the
+** next on stack)
+** and push the remainder after division onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the division.  Division by zero returns NULL.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS */
+case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS */
+case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR */
+case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH */
+case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM */
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  if( ((pTos->flags | pNos->flags) & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else if( (pTos->flags & pNos->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
+    i64 a, b;
+    a = pTos->i;
+    b = pNos->i;
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:         b += a;       break;
+      case OP_Subtract:    b -= a;       break;
+      case OP_Multiply:    b *= a;       break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        if( a==0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
+        b /= a;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        if( a==0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
+        b %= a;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos->i = b;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }else{
+    double a, b;
+    a = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pTos);
+    b = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pNos);
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:         b += a;       break;
+      case OP_Subtract:    b -= a;       break;
+      case OP_Multiply:    b *= a;       break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        if( a==0.0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
+        b /= a;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        int ia = (int)a;
+        int ib = (int)b;
+        if( ia==0.0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
+        b = ib % ia;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos->r = b;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Real;
+  }
+  break;
+
+divide_by_zero:
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P3
+**
+** P3 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
+** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
+** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
+** built-in functions.
+**
+** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
+** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
+** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
+*/
+case OP_CollSeq: {
+  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_COLLSEQ );
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Invoke a user function (P3 is a pointer to a Function structure that
+** defines the function) with P1 arguments taken from the stack.  Pop all
+** arguments from the stack and push back the result.
+**
+** P2 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
+** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
+** argument was constant then bit 0 of P2 is set. This is used to determine
+** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
+** invocation of this opcode.
+**
+** See also: AggFunc
+*/
+case OP_Function: {
+  int i;
+  Mem *pArg;
+  sqlite3_context ctx;
+  sqlite3_value **apVal;
+  int n = pOp->p1;
+
+  n = pOp->p1;
+  apVal = p->apArg;
+  assert( apVal || n==0 );
+
+  pArg = &pTos[1-n];
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
+    apVal[i] = pArg;
+    storeTypeInfo(pArg, db->enc);
+  }
+
+  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_FUNCDEF || pOp->p3type==P3_VDBEFUNC );
+  if( pOp->p3type==P3_FUNCDEF ){
+    ctx.pFunc = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
+    ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0;
+  }else{
+    ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p3;
+    ctx.pFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc;
+  }
+
+  ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+  ctx.s.z = 0;
+  ctx.s.xDel = 0;
+  ctx.isError = 0;
+  ctx.isStep = 0;
+  if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
+    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p3type==P3_COLLSEQ );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    ctx.pColl = (CollSeq *)pOp[-1].p3;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal);
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto no_mem;
+  popStack(&pTos, n);
+
+  /* If any auxilary data functions have been called by this user function,
+  ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
+  */
+  if( ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p2);
+    pOp->p3 = (char *)ctx.pVdbeFunc;
+    pOp->p3type = P3_VDBEFUNC;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy the result of the function to the top of the stack */
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, db->enc);
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = 0;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTos, &ctx.s);
+
+  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
+  if( ctx.isError ){
+    if( !(pTos->flags&MEM_Str) ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "user function error", (char*)0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(pTos), (char*)0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc);
+    }
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: BitAnd * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
+** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the bit-wise AND of the
+** two elements.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: BitOr * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
+** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the bit-wise OR of the
+** two elements.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftLeft * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
+** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the second element shifted
+** left by N bits where N is the top element on the stack.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftRight * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
+** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the second element shifted
+** right by N bits where N is the top element on the stack.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND */
+case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR */
+case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT */
+case OP_ShiftRight: {           /* same as TK_RSHIFT */
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  int a, b;
+
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  if( (pTos->flags | pNos->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+    popStack(&pTos, 2);
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    break;
+  }
+  a = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pNos);
+  b = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos);
+  switch( pOp->opcode ){
+    case OP_BitAnd:      a &= b;     break;
+    case OP_BitOr:       a |= b;     break;
+    case OP_ShiftLeft:   a <<= b;    break;
+    case OP_ShiftRight:  a >>= b;    break;
+    default:   /* CANT HAPPEN */     break;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos->i = a;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 * *
+** 
+** Add the value P1 to whatever is on top of the stack.  The result
+** is always an integer.
+**
+** To force the top of the stack to be an integer, just add 0.
+*/
+case OP_AddImm: {
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  pTos->i += pOp->p1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ForceInt P1 P2 *
+**
+** Convert the top of the stack into an integer.  If the current top of
+** the stack is not numeric (meaning that is is a NULL or a string that
+** does not look like an integer or floating point number) then pop the
+** stack and jump to P2.  If the top of the stack is numeric then
+** convert it into the least integer that is greater than or equal to its
+** current value if P1==0, or to the least integer that is strictly
+** greater than its current value if P1==1.
+*/
+case OP_ForceInt: {
+  int v;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  applyAffinity(pTos, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, db->enc);
+  if( (pTos->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    break;
+  }
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    v = pTos->i + (pOp->p1!=0);
+  }else{
+    Realify(pTos);
+    v = (int)pTos->r;
+    if( pTos->r>(double)v ) v++;
+    if( pOp->p1 && pTos->r==(double)v ) v++;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos->i = v;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 *
+** 
+** Force the top of the stack to be an integer.  If the top of the
+** stack is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
+** with out data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
+** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
+**
+** If the top of the stack is not an integer and P2 is not zero and
+** P1 is 1, then the stack is popped.  In all other cases, the depth
+** of the stack is unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_MustBeInt: {
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  applyAffinity(pTos, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, db->enc);
+  if( (pTos->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }else{
+      if( pOp->p1 ) popStack(&pTos, 1);
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  If they are equal, then
+** jump to instruction P2.  Otherwise, continue to the next instruction.
+**
+** The least significant byte of P1 may be either 0x00 or 0x01. If either
+** operand is NULL (and thus if the result is unknown) then take the jump
+** only if the least significant byte of P1 is 0x01.
+**
+** The second least significant byte of P1 must be an affinity character -
+** 'n', 't', 'i' or 'o' - or 0x00. An attempt is made to coerce both values
+** according to the affinity before the comparison is made. If the byte is
+** 0x00, then numeric affinity is used.
+**
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, 
+** the values are compared. If both values are blobs, or both are text,
+** then memcmp() is used to determine the results of the comparison. If
+** both values are numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the
+** two values are of different types, then they are inequal.
+**
+** If P2 is zero, do not jump.  Instead, push an integer 1 onto the
+** stack if the jump would have been taken, or a 0 if not.  Push a
+** NULL if either operand was NULL.
+**
+** If P3 is not NULL it is a pointer to a collating sequence (a CollSeq
+** structure) that defines how to compare text.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the operands from the stack are not equal.  See the Eq opcode for
+** additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the 2nd element down on the stack is less than the top of the stack.
+** See the Eq opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the 2nd element down on the stack is less than or equal to the
+** top of the stack.  See the Eq opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the 2nd element down on the stack is greater than the top of the stack.
+** See the Eq opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the 2nd element down on the stack is greater than or equal to the
+** top of the stack.  See the Eq opcode for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ */
+case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE */
+case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT */
+case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE */
+case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT */
+case OP_Ge: {             /* same as TK_GE */
+  Mem *pNos;
+  int flags;
+  int res;
+  char affinity;
+
+  pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  flags = pTos->flags|pNos->flags;
+
+  /* If either value is a NULL P2 is not zero, take the jump if the least
+  ** significant byte of P1 is true. If P2 is zero, then push a NULL onto
+  ** the stack.
+  */
+  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+    popStack(&pTos, 2);
+    if( pOp->p2 ){
+      if( (pOp->p1&0xFF) ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+    }else{
+      pTos++;
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  affinity = (pOp->p1>>8)&0xFF;
+  if( affinity ){
+    applyAffinity(pNos, affinity, db->enc);
+    applyAffinity(pTos, affinity, db->enc);
+  }
+
+  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_COLLSEQ || pOp->p3==0 );
+  res = sqlite3MemCompare(pNos, pTos, (CollSeq*)pOp->p3);
+  switch( pOp->opcode ){
+    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
+    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
+    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
+    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
+    case OP_Gt:    res = res>0;      break;
+    default:       res = res>=0;     break;
+  }
+
+  popStack(&pTos, 2);
+  if( pOp->p2 ){
+    if( res ){
+      pc = pOp->p2-1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pTos->i = res;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: And * * *
+**
+** Pop two values off the stack.  Take the logical AND of the
+** two values and push the resulting boolean value back onto the
+** stack. 
+*/
+/* Opcode: Or * * *
+**
+** Pop two values off the stack.  Take the logical OR of the
+** two values and push the resulting boolean value back onto the
+** stack. 
+*/
+case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND */
+case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR */
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  int v1, v2;    /* 0==TRUE, 1==FALSE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    v1 = 2;
+  }else{
+    Integerify(pTos);
+    v1 = pTos->i==0;
+  }
+  if( pNos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    v2 = 2;
+  }else{
+    Integerify(pNos);
+    v2 = pNos->i==0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
+    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
+    v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
+  }else{
+    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
+    v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
+  }
+  popStack(&pTos, 2);
+  pTos++;
+  if( v1==2 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else{
+    pTos->i = v1==0;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Negative * * *
+**
+** Treat the top of the stack as a numeric quantity.  Replace it
+** with its additive inverse.  If the top of the stack is NULL
+** its value is unchanged.
+*/
+/* Opcode: AbsValue * * *
+**
+** Treat the top of the stack as a numeric quantity.  Replace it
+** with its absolute value. If the top of the stack is NULL
+** its value is unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_Negative:              /* same as TK_UMINUS */
+case OP_AbsValue: {
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->r<0.0 ){
+      pTos->r = -pTos->r;
+    }
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Real;
+  }else if( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->i<0 ){
+      pTos->i = -pTos->i;
+    }
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }else if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    /* Do nothing */
+  }else{
+    Realify(pTos);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->r<0.0 ){
+      pTos->r = -pTos->r;
+    }
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Real;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Not * * *
+**
+** Interpret the top of the stack as a boolean value.  Replace it
+** with its complement.  If the top of the stack is NULL its value
+** is unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT */
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos->i = !pTos->i;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: BitNot * * *
+**
+** Interpret the top of the stack as an value.  Replace it
+** with its ones-complement.  If the top of the stack is NULL its
+** value is unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT */
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos->i = ~pTos->i;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Noop * * *
+**
+** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
+** destination.
+*/
+case OP_Noop: {
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: If P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop a single boolean from the stack.  If the boolean popped is
+** true, then jump to p2.  Otherwise continue to the next instruction.
+** An integer is false if zero and true otherwise.  A string is
+** false if it has zero length and true otherwise.
+**
+** If the value popped of the stack is NULL, then take the jump if P1
+** is true and fall through if P1 is false.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop a single boolean from the stack.  If the boolean popped is
+** false, then jump to p2.  Otherwise continue to the next instruction.
+** An integer is false if zero and true otherwise.  A string is
+** false if it has zero length and true otherwise.
+**
+** If the value popped of the stack is NULL, then take the jump if P1
+** is true and fall through if P1 is false.
+*/
+case OP_If:
+case OP_IfNot: {
+  int c;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    c = pOp->p1;
+  }else{
+    c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  if( c ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 *
+**
+** If any of the top abs(P1) values on the stack are NULL, then jump
+** to P2.  Pop the stack P1 times if P1>0.   If P1<0 leave the stack
+** unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL */
+  int i, cnt;
+  Mem *pTerm;
+  cnt = pOp->p1;
+  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = -cnt;
+  pTerm = &pTos[1-cnt];
+  assert( pTerm>=p->aStack );
+  for(i=0; i<cnt; i++, pTerm++){
+    if( pTerm->flags & MEM_Null ){
+      pc = pOp->p2-1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pOp->p1>0 ) popStack(&pTos, cnt);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the top P1 values on the stack are all not NULL.  Pop the
+** stack if P1 times if P1 is greater than zero.  If P1 is less than
+** zero then leave the stack unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL */
+  int i, cnt;
+  cnt = pOp->p1;
+  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = -cnt;
+  assert( &pTos[1-cnt] >= p->aStack );
+  for(i=0; i<cnt && (pTos[1+i-cnt].flags & MEM_Null)==0; i++){}
+  if( i>=cnt ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  if( pOp->p1>0 ) popStack(&pTos, cnt);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SetNumColumns P1 P2 *
+**
+** Before the OP_Column opcode can be executed on a cursor, this
+** opcode must be called to set the number of fields in the table.
+**
+** This opcode sets the number of columns for cursor P1 to P2.
+*/
+case OP_SetNumColumns: {
+  assert( (pOp->p1)<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
+  p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->nField = pOp->p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxColumn P1 * *
+**
+** P1 is a cursor opened on an index. Push the first field from the
+** current index key onto the stack.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 *
+**
+** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
+** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
+** information about the format of the data.) Push onto the stack the value
+** of the P2-th column contained in the data.
+**
+** If the KeyAsData opcode has previously executed on this cursor, then the
+** field might be extracted from the key rather than the data.
+**
+** If P1 is negative, then the record is stored on the stack rather than in
+** a table.  For P1==-1, the top of the stack is used.  For P1==-2, the
+** next on the stack is used.  And so forth.  The value pushed is always
+** just a pointer into the record which is stored further down on the
+** stack.  The column value is not copied. The number of columns in the
+** record is stored on the stack just above the record itself.
+*/
+case OP_IdxColumn:
+case OP_Column: {
+  u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
+  int p1 = pOp->p1;  /* P1 value of the opcode */
+  int p2 = pOp->p2;  /* column number to retrieve */
+  Cursor *pC = 0;    /* The VDBE cursor */
+  char *zRec;        /* Pointer to complete record-data */
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
+  u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
+  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
+  u32 nField;        /* number of fields in the record */
+  u32 szHdr;         /* Number of bytes in the record header */
+  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
+  int offset = 0;    /* Offset into the data */
+  int idx;           /* Index into the header */
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  char *zData;       /* Part of the record being decoded */
+  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
+
+  sMem.flags = 0;
+  assert( p1<p->nCursor );
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+
+  /* This block sets the variable payloadSize to be the total number of
+  ** bytes in the record.
+  **
+  ** zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
+  ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables and
+  ** when we are decoded a record from the stack.  If the record is stored
+  ** in a cursor, the complete record text might be available in the 
+  ** pC->aRow cache.  Or it might not be.  If the data is unavailable,
+  ** zRec is set to NULL.
+  **
+  ** We also compute the number of columns in the record.  For cursors,
+  ** the number of columns is stored in the Cursor.nField element.  For
+  ** records on the stack, the next entry down on the stack is an integer
+  ** which is the number of records.
+  */
+  assert( p1<0 || p->apCsr[p1]!=0 );
+  if( p1<0 ){
+    /* Take the record off of the stack */
+    Mem *pRec = &pTos[p1];
+    Mem *pCnt = &pRec[-1];
+    assert( pRec>=p->aStack );
+    assert( pRec->flags & MEM_Blob );
+    payloadSize = pRec->n;
+    zRec = pRec->z;
+    assert( pCnt>=p->aStack );
+    assert( pCnt->flags & MEM_Int );
+    nField = pCnt->i;
+    pCrsr = 0;
+  }else if( (pC = p->apCsr[p1])->pCursor!=0 ){
+    /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */
+    sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    zRec = 0;
+    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      payloadSize = 0;
+    }else if( pC->cacheValid ){
+      payloadSize = pC->payloadSize;
+      zRec = pC->aRow;
+    }else if( pC->keyAsData ){
+      i64 payloadSize64;
+      sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64);
+      payloadSize = payloadSize64;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &payloadSize);
+    }
+    nField = pC->nField;
+  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+    /* The record is the sole entry of a pseudo-table */
+    payloadSize = pC->nData;
+    zRec = pC->pData;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    assert( payloadSize==0 || zRec!=0 );
+    nField = pC->nField;
+    pCrsr = 0;
+  }else{
+    zRec = 0;
+    payloadSize = 0;
+    pCrsr = 0;
+    nField = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If payloadSize is 0, then just push a NULL onto the stack. */
+  if( payloadSize==0 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  assert( p2<nField );
+
+  /* Read and parse the table header.  Store the results of the parse
+  ** into the record header cache fields of the cursor.
+  */
+  if( pC && pC->cacheValid ){
+    aType = pC->aType;
+    aOffset = pC->aOffset;
+  }else{
+    int avail;    /* Number of bytes of available data */
+    if( pC && pC->aType ){
+      aType = pC->aType;
+    }else{
+      aType = sqliteMallocRaw( 2*nField*sizeof(aType) );
+    }
+    aOffset = &aType[nField];
+    if( aType==0 ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+
+    /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */
+    if( zRec ){
+      zData = zRec;
+    }else{
+      if( pC->keyAsData ){
+        zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+      }else{
+        zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+      }
+      /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload,
+      ** save the payload in the pC->aRow cache.  That will save us from
+      ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of
+      ** the record.
+      */
+      if( avail>=payloadSize ){
+        zRec = pC->aRow = zData;
+      }else{
+        pC->aRow = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    idx = sqlite3GetVarint32(zData, &szHdr);
+
+
+    /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire
+    ** record header in most cases.  But they will fail to get the complete
+    ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page
+    ** in the B-Tree.  When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to
+    ** acquire the complete header text.
+    */
+    if( !zRec && avail<szHdr ){
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, szHdr, pC->keyAsData, &sMem);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      zData = sMem.z;
+    }
+
+    /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the aType[] and aOffset[]
+    ** arrays.  aType[i] will contain the type integer for the i-th
+    ** column and aOffset[i] will contain the offset from the beginning
+    ** of the record to the start of the data for the i-th column
+    */
+    offset = szHdr;
+    i = 0;
+    while( idx<szHdr && i<nField && offset<=payloadSize ){
+      aOffset[i] = offset;
+      idx += sqlite3GetVarint32(&zData[idx], &aType[i]);
+      offset += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[i]);
+      i++;
+    }
+    Release(&sMem);
+    sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
+
+    /* The header should end at the start of data and the data should
+    ** end at last byte of the record. If this is not the case then
+    ** we are dealing with a malformed record.
+    */
+    if( idx!=szHdr || offset!=payloadSize ){
+      sqliteFree(aType);
+      if( pC ) pC->aType = 0;
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Remember all aType and aColumn information if we have a cursor
+    ** to remember it in. */
+    if( pC ){
+      pC->payloadSize = payloadSize;
+      pC->aType = aType;
+      pC->aOffset = aOffset;
+      pC->cacheValid = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get the column information.
+  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  if( zRec ){
+    zData = &zRec[aOffset[p2]];
+  }else{
+    len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[p2]);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, pC->keyAsData, &sMem);
+    zData = sMem.z;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zData, aType[p2], pTos);
+  pTos->enc = db->enc;
+
+  /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
+  ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
+  ** dynamically allocated space over to the pTos structure rather.
+  ** This prevents a memory copy.
+  */
+  if( (sMem.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){
+    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Ephem );
+    assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+    assert( pTos->z==sMem.z );
+    assert( sMem.flags & MEM_Term );
+    pTos->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem;
+    pTos->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+  }
+
+  /* pTos->z might be pointing to sMem.zShort[].  Fix that so that we
+  ** can abandon sMem */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTos);
+
+  /* Release the aType[] memory if we are not dealing with cursor */
+  if( !pC ){
+    sqliteFree(aType);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode MakeRecord P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Convert the top abs(P1) entries of the stack into a single entry
+** suitable for use as a data record in a database table or as a key
+** in an index.  The details of the format are irrelavant as long as
+** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later and as long as the
+** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare function will correctly compare two encoded
+** records.  Refer to source code comments for the details of the record
+** format.
+**
+** The original stack entries are popped from the stack if P1>0 but
+** remain on the stack if P1<0.
+**
+** The P2 argument is divided into two 16-bit words before it is processed.
+** If the hi-word is non-zero, then an extra integer is read from the stack
+** and appended to the record as a varint.  If the low-word of P2 is not
+** zero and one or more of the entries are NULL, then jump to the value of
+** the low-word of P2.  This feature can be used to skip a uniqueness test
+** on indices.
+**
+** P3 may be a string that is P1 characters long.  The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** field of the index key (i.e. the first character of P3 corresponds to the
+** lowest element on the stack).
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'n'            NUMERIC
+**  'i'            INTEGER
+**  't'            TEXT
+**  'o'            NONE
+**
+** If P3 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
+*/
+case OP_MakeRecord: {
+  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
+  ** like this:
+  **
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  **
+  ** Data(0) is taken from the lowest element of the stack and data(N-1) is
+  ** the top of the stack.
+  **
+  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
+  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
+  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
+  ** of the record to data0.
+  */
+  unsigned char *zNewRecord;
+  unsigned char *zCsr;
+  Mem *pRec;
+  Mem *pRowid = 0;
+  int nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
+  int nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
+  int nByte = 0;         /* Space required for this record */
+  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
+  int containsNull = 0;  /* True if any of the data fields are NULL */
+  char zTemp[NBFS];      /* Space to hold small records */
+  Mem *pData0;
+
+  int leaveOnStack;      /* If true, leave the entries on the stack */
+  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
+  int jumpIfNull;        /* Jump here if non-zero and any entries are NULL. */
+  int addRowid;          /* True to append a rowid column at the end */
+  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
+
+  leaveOnStack = ((pOp->p1<0)?1:0);
+  nField = pOp->p1 * (leaveOnStack?-1:1);
+  jumpIfNull = (pOp->p2 & 0x00FFFFFF);
+  addRowid = ((pOp->p2>>24) & 0x0000FFFF)?1:0;
+  zAffinity = pOp->p3;
+
+  pData0 = &pTos[1-nField];
+  assert( pData0>=p->aStack );
+  containsNull = 0;
+
+  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
+  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
+  */
+  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){
+    if( zAffinity ){
+      applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], db->enc);
+    }
+    if( pRec->flags&MEM_Null ){
+      containsNull = 1;
+    }
+    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec);
+    nData += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+  }
+
+  /* If we have to append a varint rowid to this record, set 'rowid'
+  ** to the value of the rowid and increase nByte by the amount of space
+  ** required to store it and the 0x00 seperator byte.
+  */
+  if( addRowid ){
+    pRowid = &pTos[0-nField];
+    assert( pRowid>=p->aStack );
+    Integerify(pRowid);
+    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRowid);
+    nData += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+  }
+
+  /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
+  nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
+  nByte = nHdr+nData;
+
+  /* Allocate space for the new record. */
+  if( nByte>sizeof(zTemp) ){
+    zNewRecord = sqliteMallocRaw(nByte);
+    if( !zNewRecord ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+  }else{
+    zNewRecord = zTemp;
+  }
+
+  /* Write the record */
+  zCsr = zNewRecord;
+  zCsr += sqlite3PutVarint(zCsr, nHdr);
+  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){
+    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec);
+    zCsr += sqlite3PutVarint(zCsr, serial_type);      /* serial type */
+  }
+  if( addRowid ){
+    zCsr += sqlite3PutVarint(zCsr, sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRowid));
+  }
+  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){
+    zCsr += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(zCsr, pRec);  /* serial data */
+  }
+  if( addRowid ){
+    zCsr += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(zCsr, pRowid);
+  }
+
+  /* If zCsr has not been advanced exactly nByte bytes, then one
+  ** of the sqlite3PutVarint() or sqlite3VdbeSerialPut() calls above
+  ** failed. This indicates a corrupted memory cell or code bug.
+  */
+  if( zCsr!=(zNewRecord+nByte) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+
+  /* Pop entries off the stack if required. Push the new record on. */
+  if( !leaveOnStack ){
+    popStack(&pTos, nField+addRowid);
+  }
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->n = nByte;
+  if( nByte<=sizeof(zTemp) ){
+    assert( zNewRecord==(unsigned char *)zTemp );
+    pTos->z = pTos->zShort;
+    memcpy(pTos->zShort, zTemp, nByte);
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
+  }else{
+    assert( zNewRecord!=(unsigned char *)zTemp );
+    pTos->z = zNewRecord;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
+    pTos->xDel = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If a NULL was encountered and jumpIfNull is non-zero, take the jump. */
+  if( jumpIfNull && containsNull ){
+    pc = jumpIfNull - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Statement P1 * *
+**
+** Begin an individual statement transaction which is part of a larger
+** BEGIN..COMMIT transaction.  This is needed so that the statement
+** can be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
+** entire transaction.  The statement transaction will automatically
+** commit when the VDBE halts.
+**
+** The statement is begun on the database file with index P1.  The main
+** database file has an index of 0 and the file used for temporary tables
+** has an index of 1.
+*/
+case OP_Statement: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  if( i>=0 && i<db->nDb && (pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt) && !(db->autoCommit) ){
+    assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
+    if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(pBt) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 *
+**
+** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
+** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
+** VMs (apart from this one), then the COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement fails.
+**
+** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
+*/
+case OP_AutoCommit: {
+  u8 i = pOp->p1;
+  u8 rollback = pOp->p2;
+
+  assert( i==1 || i==0 );
+  assert( i==1 || rollback==0 );
+
+  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
+
+  if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 && i && !db->autoCommit ){
+    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT or ROLLBACK, other VMs are
+    ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
+    ** that the other VMs must complete first. 
+    */
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "cannot ", rollback?"rollback":"commit", 
+        " transaction - SQL statements in progress", 0);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else if( i!=db->autoCommit ){
+    db->autoCommit = i;
+    if( pOp->p2 ){
+      assert( i==1 );
+      sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+    }else if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      p->pTos = pTos;
+      p->pc = pc;
+      db->autoCommit = 1-i;
+      p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg,
+        (!i)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
+        (rollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
+                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"), 0);
+         
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 *
+**
+** Begin a transaction.  The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback
+** opcode is encountered.  Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the
+** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered.
+**
+** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
+** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
+** file used for temporary tables.
+**
+** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started.  A RESERVED lock is
+** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started.  No
+** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
+** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
+** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
+** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
+** on the file.
+**
+** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
+*/
+case OP_Transaction: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
+  pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+
+  if( pBt ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      p->pc = pc;
+      p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      p->pTos = pTos;
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY */ ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 *
+**
+** Read cookie number P2 from database P1 and push it onto the stack.
+** P2==0 is the schema version.  P2==1 is the database format.
+** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
+**
+** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
+** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
+** executing this instruction.
+*/
+case OP_ReadCookie: {
+  int iMeta;
+  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt!=0 );
+  /* The indexing of meta values at the schema layer is off by one from
+  ** the indexing in the btree layer.  The btree considers meta[0] to
+  ** be the number of free pages in the database (a read-only value)
+  ** and meta[1] to be the schema cookie.  The schema layer considers
+  ** meta[1] to be the schema cookie.  So we have to shift the index
+  ** by one in the following statement.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt, 1 + pOp->p2, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->i = iMeta;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 *
+**
+** Write the top of the stack into cookie number P2 of database P1.
+** P2==0 is the schema version.  P2==1 is the database format.
+** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
+**
+** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
+*/
+case OP_SetCookie: {
+  Db *pDb;
+  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, 1+pOp->p2, (int)pTos->i);
+  if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
+    pDb->schema_cookie = pTos->i;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 *
+**
+** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
+** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2.  
+** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
+** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
+** for auxiliary databases.
+**
+** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
+** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
+** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
+**
+** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
+** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
+** invoked.
+*/
+case OP_VerifyCookie: {
+  int iMeta;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  if( pBt ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    iMeta = 0;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "database schema has changed", (char*)0);
+    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
+** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by an 
+** integer from the top of the stack.  0 means the main database and
+** 1 means the database used for temporary tables.  Give the new 
+** cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1 values need not be contiguous
+** but all P1 values should be small integers.  It is an error for
+** P1 to be negative.
+**
+** If P2==0 then take the root page number from the next of the stack.
+**
+** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
+** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
+** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
+** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
+** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
+** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
+** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
+** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
+**
+** The P3 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
+** content and collating sequence of indices.  P3 is NULL for cursors
+** that are not pointing to indices.
+**
+** See also OpenWrite.
+*/
+/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
+** page is P2.  If P2==0 then take the root page number from the stack.
+**
+** The P3 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
+** content and collating sequence of indices.  P3 is NULL for cursors
+** that are not pointing to indices.
+**
+** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
+** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
+** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
+**
+** See also OpenRead.
+*/
+case OP_OpenRead:
+case OP_OpenWrite: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  int p2 = pOp->p2;
+  int wrFlag;
+  Btree *pX;
+  int iDb;
+  Cursor *pCur;
+  
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  iDb = pTos->i;
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos--;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  pX = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+  assert( pX!=0 );
+  wrFlag = pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite;
+  if( p2<=0 ){
+    assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+    Integerify(pTos);
+    p2 = pTos->i;
+    assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+    pTos--;
+    if( p2<2 ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "root page number less than 2", (char*)0);
+      rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( i>=0 );
+  pCur = allocateCursor(p, i);
+  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCur->nullRow = 1;
+  if( pX==0 ) break;
+  /* We always provide a key comparison function.  If the table being
+  ** opened is of type INTKEY, the comparision function will be ignored. */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag,
+           sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare, pOp->p3,
+           &pCur->pCursor);
+  pCur->pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
+  if( pCur->pKeyInfo ){
+    pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->pKeyInfo->incrKey;
+    pCur->pKeyInfo->enc = p->db->enc;
+  }else{
+    pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->bogusIncrKey;
+  }
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_BUSY: {
+      p->pc = pc;
+      p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      p->pTos = &pTos[1 + (pOp->p2<=0)]; /* Operands must remain on stack */
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_OK: {
+      int flags = sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur->pCursor);
+      pCur->intKey = (flags & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0;
+      pCur->zeroData = (flags & BTREE_ZERODATA)!=0;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY: {
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenTemp P1 * P3
+**
+** Open a new cursor to a transient table.
+** The transient cursor is always opened read/write even if 
+** the main database is read-only.  The transient table is deleted
+** automatically when the cursor is closed.
+**
+** The cursor points to a BTree table if P3==0 and to a BTree index
+** if P3 is not 0.  If P3 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
+** that defines the format of keys in the index.
+**
+** This opcode is used for tables that exist for the duration of a single
+** SQL statement only.  Tables created using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE
+** are opened using OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite.  "Temporary" in the
+** context of this opcode means for the duration of a single SQL statement
+** whereas "Temporary" in the context of CREATE TABLE means for the duration
+** of the connection to the database.  Same word; different meanings.
+*/
+case OP_OpenTemp: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pCx;
+  assert( i>=0 );
+  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i);
+  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, TEMP_PAGES, &pCx->pBt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
+    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before
+    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
+    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table).
+    */
+    if( pOp->p3 ){
+      int pgno;
+      assert( pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA); 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare,
+            pOp->p3, &pCx->pCursor);
+        pCx->pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
+        pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = p->db->enc;
+        pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->pKeyInfo->incrKey;
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, 0, &pCx->pCursor);
+      pCx->intKey = 1;
+      pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 * *
+**
+** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
+** row of data.  Any attempt to write a second row of data causes the
+** first row to be deleted.  All data is deleted when the cursor is
+** closed.
+**
+** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is useful for holding the
+** NEW or OLD tables in a trigger.
+*/
+case OP_OpenPseudo: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pCx;
+  assert( i>=0 );
+  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i);
+  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  pCx->pseudoTable = 1;
+  pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Close P1 * *
+**
+** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
+** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_Close: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  if( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->apCsr[i]);
+    p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MoveGe P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
+** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater
+** than or equal to the key that was popped ffrom the stack.
+** If there are no records greater than or equal to the key and P2 
+** is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGt, MoveLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: MoveGt P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
+** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater
+** than the key from the stack.
+** If there are no records greater than the key and P2 is not zero,
+** then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGe, MoveLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: MoveLt P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
+** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less
+** than the key from the stack.
+** If there are no records less than the key and P2 is not zero,
+** then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: MoveLe P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
+** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less than
+** or equal to the key that was popped from the stack.
+** If there are no records less than or eqal to the key and P2 is not zero,
+** then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLt
+*/
+case OP_MoveLt:
+case OP_MoveLe:
+case OP_MoveGe:
+case OP_MoveGt: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+    int res, oc;
+    oc = pOp->opcode;
+    pC->nullRow = 0;
+    *pC->pIncrKey = oc==OP_MoveGt || oc==OP_MoveLe;
+    if( pC->intKey ){
+      i64 iKey;
+      assert( !pOp->p3 );
+      Integerify(pTos);
+      iKey = intToKey(pTos->i);
+      if( pOp->p2==0 && pOp->opcode==OP_MoveGe ){
+        pC->movetoTarget = iKey;
+        pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
+        assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+        pTos--;
+        break;
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, &res);
+      pC->lastRecno = pTos->i;
+      pC->recnoIsValid = res==0;
+    }else{
+      Stringify(pTos, db->enc);
+      sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, pTos->z, pTos->n, &res);
+      pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+    }
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    *pC->pIncrKey = 0;
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+    if( oc==OP_MoveGe || oc==OP_MoveGt ){
+      if( res<0 ){
+        sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res);
+        pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+      }else{
+        res = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( oc==OP_MoveLt || oc==OP_MoveLe );
+      if( res>=0 ){
+        sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res);
+        pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
+        ** see if this is the case.
+        */
+        res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
+      }
+    }
+    if( res ){
+      if( pOp->p2>0 ){
+        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      }else{
+        pC->nullRow = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Distinct P1 P2 *
+**
+** Use the top of the stack as a string key.  If a record with that key does
+** not exist in the table of cursor P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
+** does already exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing
+** at the record if it exists. The key is not popped from the stack.
+**
+** This operation is similar to NotFound except that this operation
+** does not pop the key from the stack.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists
+*/
+/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 *
+**
+** Use the top of the stack as a string key.  If a record with that key
+** does exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
+** does not exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing
+** to the record if it exists.  The key is popped from the stack.
+**
+** See also: Distinct, NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists
+*/
+/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 *
+**
+** Use the top of the stack as a string key.  If a record with that key
+** does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
+** does exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing to the
+** record if it exists.  The key is popped from the stack.
+**
+** The difference between this operation and Distinct is that
+** Distinct does not pop the key from the stack.
+**
+** See also: Distinct, Found, MoveTo, NotExists, IsUnique
+*/
+case OP_Distinct:
+case OP_NotFound:
+case OP_Found: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  int alreadyExists = 0;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
+    int res, rx;
+    assert( pC->intKey==0 );
+    Stringify(pTos, db->enc);
+    rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, pTos->z, pTos->n, &res);
+    alreadyExists = rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
+    if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode!=OP_Distinct ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 *
+**
+** The top of the stack is an integer record number.  Call this
+** record number R.  The next on the stack is an index key created
+** using MakeIdxKey.  Call it K.  This instruction pops R from the
+** stack but it leaves K unchanged.
+**
+** P1 is an index.  So it has no data and its key consists of a
+** record generated by OP_MakeIdxKey.  This key contains one or more
+** fields followed by a ROWID field.
+** 
+** This instruction asks if there is an entry in P1 where the
+** fields matches K but the rowid is different from R.
+** If there is no such entry, then there is an immediate
+** jump to P2.  If any entry does exist where the index string
+** matches K but the record number is not R, then the record
+** number for that entry is pushed onto the stack and control
+** falls through to the next instruction.
+**
+** See also: Distinct, NotFound, NotExists, Found
+*/
+case OP_IsUnique: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  Cursor *pCx;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  i64 R;
+
+  /* Pop the value R off the top of the stack
+  */
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  R = pTos->i;
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos--;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<=p->nCursor );
+  pCx = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pCx!=0 );
+  pCrsr = pCx->pCursor;
+  if( pCrsr!=0 ){
+    int res, rc;
+    i64 v;         /* The record number on the P1 entry that matches K */
+    char *zKey;    /* The value of K */
+    int nKey;      /* Number of bytes in K */
+    int len;       /* Number of bytes in K without the rowid at the end */
+    int szRowid;   /* Size of the rowid column at the end of zKey */
+
+    /* Make sure K is a string and make zKey point to K
+    */
+    Stringify(pNos, db->enc);
+    zKey = pNos->z;
+    nKey = pNos->n;
+
+    szRowid = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(nKey, zKey);
+    len = nKey-szRowid;
+
+    /* Search for an entry in P1 where all but the last four bytes match K.
+    ** If there is no such entry, jump immediately to P2.
+    */
+    assert( pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    pCx->cacheValid = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, zKey, len, &res);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( res<0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res);
+      if( res ){
+        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pCx, len, zKey, &res); 
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( res>0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* At this point, pCrsr is pointing to an entry in P1 where all but
+    ** the final entry (the rowid) matches K.  Check to see if the
+    ** final rowid column is different from R.  If it equals R then jump
+    ** immediately to P2.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &v);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    if( v==R ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* The final varint of the key is different from R.  Push it onto
+    ** the stack.  (The record number of an entry that violates a UNIQUE
+    ** constraint.)
+    */
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->i = v;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 *
+**
+** Use the top of the stack as a integer key.  If a record with that key
+** does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
+** does exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing to the
+** record if it exists.  The integer key is popped from the stack.
+**
+** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
+** operation assumes the key is an integer and NotFound assumes it
+** is a string.
+**
+** See also: Distinct, Found, MoveTo, NotFound, IsUnique
+*/
+case OP_NotExists: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int res, rx;
+    u64 iKey;
+    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Int );
+    assert( p->apCsr[i]->intKey );
+    iKey = intToKey(pTos->i);
+    rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, 0, iKey, &res);
+    pC->lastRecno = pTos->i;
+    pC->recnoIsValid = res==0;
+    pC->nullRow = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    if( rx!=SQLITE_OK || res!=0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NewRecno P1 * *
+**
+** Get a new integer record number used as the key to a table.
+** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
+** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is pushed 
+** onto the stack.
+*/
+case OP_NewRecno: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  i64 v = 0;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor==0 ){
+    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
+  }else{
+    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
+    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
+    **
+    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
+    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
+    ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
+    ** probabilistic algorithm
+    **
+    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
+    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
+    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
+    ** and try again, up to 1000 times.
+    **
+    ** For a table with less than 2 billion entries, the probability
+    ** of not finding a unused rowid is about 1.0e-300.  This is a 
+    ** non-zero probability, but it is still vanishingly small and should
+    ** never cause a problem.  You are much, much more likely to have a
+    ** hardware failure than for this algorithm to fail.
+    **
+    ** The analysis in the previous paragraph assumes that you have a good
+    ** source of random numbers.  Is a library function like lrand48()
+    ** good enough?  Maybe. Maybe not. It's hard to know whether there
+    ** might be subtle bugs is some implementations of lrand48() that
+    ** could cause problems. To avoid uncertainty, SQLite uses its own 
+    ** random number generator based on the RC4 algorithm.
+    **
+    ** To promote locality of reference for repetitive inserts, the
+    ** first few attempts at chosing a random rowid pick values just a little
+    ** larger than the previous rowid.  This has been shown experimentally
+    ** to double the speed of the COPY operation.
+    */
+    int res, rx=SQLITE_OK, cnt;
+    i64 x;
+    cnt = 0;
+    assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0 );
+    assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_ZERODATA)==0 );
+    if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      if( pC->nextRowidValid ){
+        v = pC->nextRowid;
+      }else{
+        rx = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
+        if( res ){
+          v = 1;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
+          v = keyToInt(v);
+          if( v==0x7fffffffffffffff ){
+            pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
+          }else{
+            v++;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( v<0x7fffffffffffffff ){
+        pC->nextRowidValid = 1;
+        pC->nextRowid = v+1;
+      }else{
+        pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      v = db->priorNewRowid;
+      cnt = 0;
+      do{
+        if( v==0 || cnt>2 ){
+          sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
+          if( cnt<5 ) v &= 0xffffff;
+        }else{
+          unsigned char r;
+          sqlite3Randomness(1, &r);
+          v += r + 1;
+        }
+        if( v==0 ) continue;
+        x = intToKey(v);
+        rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)x, &res);
+        cnt++;
+      }while( cnt<1000 && rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 );
+      db->priorNewRowid = v;
+      if( rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+    }
+    pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->i = v;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: PutIntKey P1 P2 *
+**
+** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
+** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
+** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value on the top of the
+** stack.  The key is the next value down on the stack.  The key must
+** be an integer.  The stack is popped twice by this instruction.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P2 is set,
+** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
+** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it's unmodified).
+*/
+/* Opcode: PutStrKey P1 * *
+**
+** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
+** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
+** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value on the top of the
+** stack.  The key is the next value down on the stack.  The key must
+** be a string.  The stack is popped twice by this instruction.
+**
+** P1 may not be a pseudo-table opened using the OpenPseudo opcode.
+*/
+case OP_PutIntKey:
+case OP_PutStrKey: {
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( ((pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 || pC->pseudoTable) ){
+    char *zKey;
+    i64 nKey; 
+    i64 iKey;
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_PutStrKey ){
+      Stringify(pNos, db->enc);
+      nKey = pNos->n;
+      zKey = pNos->z;
+    }else{
+      assert( pNos->flags & MEM_Int );
+
+      /* If the table is an INTKEY table, set nKey to the value of
+      ** the integer key, and zKey to NULL. Otherwise, set nKey to
+      ** sizeof(i64) and point zKey at iKey. iKey contains the integer
+      ** key in the on-disk byte order.
+      */
+      iKey = intToKey(pNos->i);
+      if( pC->intKey ){
+        nKey = intToKey(pNos->i);
+        zKey = 0;
+      }else{
+        nKey = sizeof(i64);
+        zKey = (char*)&iKey;
+      }
+
+      if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+      if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = pNos->i;
+      if( pC->nextRowidValid && pTos->i>=pC->nextRowid ){
+        pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+      pTos->z = 0;
+      pTos->n = 0;
+    }else{
+      assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
+    }
+    if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+      /* PutStrKey does not work for pseudo-tables.
+      ** The following assert makes sure we are not trying to use
+      ** PutStrKey on a pseudo-table
+      */
+      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_PutIntKey );
+      sqliteFree(pC->pData);
+      pC->iKey = iKey;
+      pC->nData = pTos->n;
+      if( pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+        pC->pData = pTos->z;
+        pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+      }else{
+        pC->pData = sqliteMallocRaw( pC->nData+2 );
+        if( !pC->pData ) goto no_mem;
+        memcpy(pC->pData, pTos->z, pC->nData);
+        pC->pData[pC->nData] = 0;
+        pC->pData[pC->nData+1] = 0;
+      }
+      pC->nullRow = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, zKey, nKey, pTos->z, pTos->n);
+    }
+    pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  popStack(&pTos, 2);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 *
+**
+** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
+**
+** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
+** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
+** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
+** a record from within an Next loop.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).
+**
+** If P1 is a pseudo-table, then this instruction is a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_Delete: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor);
+    pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * *
+**
+** This opcode resets the VMs internal change counter to 0. If P1 is true,
+** then the value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
+** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes())
+** before it is reset. This is used by trigger programs.
+*/
+case OP_ResetCount: {
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+  }
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: KeyAsData P1 P2 *
+**
+** Turn the key-as-data mode for cursor P1 either on (if P2==1) or
+** off (if P2==0).  In key-as-data mode, the OP_Column opcode pulls
+** data off of the key rather than the data.  This is used for
+** processing compound selects.
+*/
+case OP_KeyAsData: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pC->keyAsData = pOp->p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowData P1 * *
+**
+** Push onto the stack the complete row data for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.  It is just copied
+** onto the stack exactly as it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL is pushed
+** onto the stack.
+*/
+/* Opcode: RowKey P1 * *
+**
+** Push onto the stack the complete row key for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the key.  It is just copied
+** onto the stack exactly as it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL is pushed
+** onto the stack.
+*/
+case OP_RowKey:
+case OP_RowData: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  u32 n;
+
+  pTos++;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( pC->nullRow ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+    BtCursor *pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+    sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+      break;
+    }else if( pC->keyAsData || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey ){
+      i64 n64;
+      assert( !pC->intKey );
+      sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64);
+      n = n64;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
+    }
+    pTos->n = n;
+    if( n<=NBFS ){
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
+      pTos->z = pTos->zShort;
+    }else{
+      char *z = sqliteMallocRaw( n );
+      if( z==0 ) goto no_mem;
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
+      pTos->xDel = 0;
+      pTos->z = z;
+    }
+    if( pC->keyAsData || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey ){
+      sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pTos->z);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pTos->z);
+    }
+  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+    pTos->n = pC->nData;
+    pTos->z = pC->pData;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
+  }else{
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Recno P1 * *
+**
+** Push onto the stack an integer which is the first 4 bytes of the
+** the key to the current entry in a sequential scan of the database
+** file P1.  The sequential scan should have been started using the 
+** Next opcode.
+*/
+case OP_Recno: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  i64 v;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+  pTos++;
+  if( pC->recnoIsValid ){
+    v = pC->lastRecno;
+  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+    v = keyToInt(pC->iKey);
+  }else if( pC->nullRow || pC->pCursor==0 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    break;
+  }else{
+    assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
+    v = keyToInt(v);
+  }
+  pTos->i = v;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: FullKey P1 * *
+**
+** Extract the complete key from the record that cursor P1 is currently
+** pointing to and push the key onto the stack as a string.
+**
+** Compare this opcode to Recno.  The Recno opcode extracts the first
+** 4 bytes of the key and pushes those bytes onto the stack as an
+** integer.  This instruction pushes the entire key as a string.
+**
+** This opcode may not be used on a pseudo-table.
+*/
+case OP_FullKey: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]->keyAsData );
+  assert( !p->apCsr[i]->pseudoTable );
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    i64 amt;
+    char *z;
+
+    sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    assert( pC->intKey==0 );
+    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &amt);
+    if( amt<=0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    if( amt>NBFS ){
+      z = sqliteMallocRaw( amt );
+      if( z==0 ) goto no_mem;
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
+      pTos->xDel = 0;
+    }else{
+      z = pTos->zShort;
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, amt, z);
+    pTos->z = z;
+    pTos->n = amt;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * *
+**
+** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
+** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always push 
+** a NULL onto the stack.
+*/
+case OP_NullRow: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pC->nullRow = 1;
+  pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 *
+**
+** The next use of the Recno or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Last: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int res;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
+    pC->nullRow = res;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pC->nullRow = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 *
+**
+** The next use of the Recno or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Rewind: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
+    pC->atFirst = res==0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }else{
+    res = 1;
+  }
+  pC->nullRow = res;
+  if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 *
+**
+** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** See also: Prev
+*/
+/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 *
+**
+** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+*/
+case OP_Prev:
+case OP_Next: {
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int res;
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      res = 1;
+    }else{
+      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+      rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res) :
+                                  sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCrsr, &res);
+      pC->nullRow = res;
+      pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    }
+    if( res==0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      sqlite3_search_count++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pC->nullRow = 1;
+  }
+  pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxPut P1 P2 P3
+**
+** The top of the stack holds a SQL index key made using the
+** MakeIdxKey instruction.  This opcode writes that key into the
+** index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
+**
+** If P2==1, then the key must be unique.  If the key is not unique,
+** the program aborts with a SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error and the database
+** is rolled back.  If P3 is not null, then it becomes part of the
+** error message returned with the SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+*/
+case OP_IdxPut: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int nKey = pTos->n;
+    const char *zKey = pTos->z;
+    if( pOp->p2 ){
+      int res;
+      int len;
+   
+      /* 'len' is the length of the key minus the rowid at the end */
+      len = nKey - sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(nKey, zKey);
+
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, zKey, len, &res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+      while( res!=0 && !sqlite3BtreeEof(pCrsr) ){
+        int c;
+        if( sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, len, zKey, &c)==SQLITE_OK && c==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+          if( pOp->p3 && pOp->p3[0] ){
+            sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, pOp->p3, (char*)0);
+          }
+          goto abort_due_to_error;
+        }
+        if( res<0 ){
+          sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res);
+          res = +1;
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pC->intKey==0 );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0);
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 * *
+**
+** The top of the stack is an index key built using the MakeIdxKey opcode.
+** This opcode removes that entry from the index.
+*/
+case OP_IdxDelete: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int rx, res;
+    rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, pTos->z, pTos->n, &res);
+    if( rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr);
+    }
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxRecno P1 * *
+**
+** Push onto the stack an integer which is the varint located at the
+** end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  These integer should be
+** the record number of the table entry to which this index entry points.
+**
+** See also: Recno, MakeIdxKey.
+*/
+case OP_IdxRecno: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    i64 rowid;
+
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    assert( pC->intKey==0 );
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &rowid);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+      pTos->i = rowid;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 *
+**
+** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID.  Compare
+** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to.
+** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** The top of the stack might have fewer columns that P1.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than the top of the stack
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+** In either case, the stack is popped once.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3
+**
+** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID.  Compare
+** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to.
+** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the top of the stack
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+** In either case, the stack is popped once.
+**
+** If P3 is the "+" string (or any other non-NULL string) then the
+** index taken from the top of the stack is temporarily increased by
+** an epsilon prior to the comparison.  This make the opcode work
+** like IdxGT except that if the key from the stack is a prefix of
+** the key in the cursor, the result is false whereas it would be
+** true with IdxGT.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3
+**
+** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID.  Compare
+** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to.
+** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is less than  the top of the stack
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+** In either case, the stack is popped once.
+**
+** If P3 is the "+" string (or any other non-NULL string) then the
+** index taken from the top of the stack is temporarily increased by
+** an epsilon prior to the comparison.  This makes the opcode work
+** like IdxLE.
+*/
+case OP_IdxLT:
+case OP_IdxGT:
+case OP_IdxGE: {
+  int i= pOp->p1;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int res, rc;
+ 
+    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );  /* Created using OP_Make*Key */
+    Stringify(pTos, db->enc);
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    *pC->pIncrKey = pOp->p3!=0;
+    assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->opcode!=OP_IdxGT );
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, pTos->n, pTos->z, &res);
+    *pC->pIncrKey = 0;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      break;
+    }
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
+      res = -res;
+    }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE ){
+      res++;
+    }
+    if( res>0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
+    }
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxIsNull P1 P2 *
+**
+** The top of the stack contains an index entry such as might be generated
+** by the MakeIdxKey opcode.  This routine looks at the first P1 fields of
+** that key.  If any of the first P1 fields are NULL, then a jump is made
+** to address P2.  Otherwise we fall straight through.
+**
+** The index entry is always popped from the stack.
+*/
+case OP_IdxIsNull: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  int k, n;
+  const char *z;
+  u32 serial_type;
+
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  z = pTos->z;
+  n = pTos->n;
+  k = sqlite3GetVarint32(z, &serial_type);
+  for(; k<n && i>0; i--){
+    k += sqlite3GetVarint32(&z[k], &serial_type);
+    if( serial_type==0 ){   /* Serial type 0 is a NULL */
+      pc = pOp->p2-1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 *
+**
+** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
+** file is given by P1.
+**
+** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
+** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** See also: Clear
+*/
+case OP_Destroy: {
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 *
+**
+** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
+** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
+** remove the table or index from the database file.
+**
+** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
+** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** See also: Destroy
+*/
+case OP_Clear: {
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 * *
+**
+** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P2==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P2==1.  Push the page number
+** for the root page of the new table onto the stack.
+**
+** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
+** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
+** has an arbitrary key but no data.
+**
+** See also: CreateIndex
+*/
+/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 * *
+**
+** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P2==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P2==1.  Push the page number of the
+** root page of the new index onto the stack.
+**
+** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_CreateIndex:
+case OP_CreateTable: {
+  int pgno;
+  int flags;
+  Db *pDb;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
+    /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
+    flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY;
+  }else{
+    flags = BTREE_ZERODATA;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
+  pTos++;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTos->i = pgno;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }else{
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * P3
+**
+** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
+** that match the WHERE clause P3.
+**
+** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
+** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a reentrant opcode.
+*/
+case OP_ParseSchema: {
+  char *zSql;
+  int iDb = pOp->p1;
+  const char *zMaster;
+  InitData initData;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( !DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ) break;
+  zMaster = iDb==1 ? TEMP_MASTER_NAME : MASTER_NAME;
+  initData.db = db;
+  initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(
+     "SELECT name, rootpage, sql, %d FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s",
+     pOp->p1, db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p3);
+  if( zSql==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+  db->init.busy = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+  db->init.busy = 0;
+  sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+  sqliteFree(zSql);
+  break;  
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * P3
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the table named P3 in database P1.  This is called after a table
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTable: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * P3
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the index named P3 in database P1.  This is called after an index
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropIndex: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * P3
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the trigger named P3 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTrigger: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: IntegrityCk * P2 *
+**
+** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Push onto the
+** stack the text of an error message describing any problems.
+** If there are no errors, push a "ok" onto the stack.
+**
+** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
+** values on the stack.  This opcode pulls as many integers as it
+** can off of the stack and uses those numbers as the root pages.
+**
+** If P2 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
+** file, not the main database file.
+**
+** This opcode is used for testing purposes only.
+*/
+case OP_IntegrityCk: {
+  int nRoot;
+  int *aRoot;
+  int j;
+  char *z;
+
+  for(nRoot=0; &pTos[-nRoot]>=p->aStack; nRoot++){
+    if( (pTos[-nRoot].flags & MEM_Int)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  assert( nRoot>0 );
+  aRoot = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(int*)*(nRoot+1) );
+  if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
+    Mem *pMem = &pTos[-j];
+    aRoot[j] = pMem->i;
+  }
+  aRoot[j] = 0;
+  popStack(&pTos, nRoot);
+  pTos++;
+  z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, aRoot, nRoot);
+  if( z==0 || z[0]==0 ){
+    if( z ) sqliteFree(z);
+    pTos->z = "ok";
+    pTos->n = 2;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Static | MEM_Term;
+  }else{
+    pTos->z = z;
+    pTos->n = strlen(z);
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Dyn | MEM_Term;
+    pTos->xDel = 0;
+  }
+  pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc);
+  sqliteFree(aRoot);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ListWrite * * *
+**
+** Write the integer on the top of the stack
+** into the temporary storage list.
+*/
+case OP_ListWrite: {
+  Keylist *pKeylist;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  pKeylist = p->pList;
+  if( pKeylist==0 || pKeylist->nUsed>=pKeylist->nKey ){
+    pKeylist = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(Keylist)+999*sizeof(pKeylist->aKey[0]) );
+    if( pKeylist==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    pKeylist->nKey = 1000;
+    pKeylist->nRead = 0;
+    pKeylist->nUsed = 0;
+    pKeylist->pNext = p->pList;
+    p->pList = pKeylist;
+  }
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  pKeylist->aKey[pKeylist->nUsed++] = pTos->i;
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ListRewind * * *
+**
+** Rewind the temporary buffer back to the beginning.
+*/
+case OP_ListRewind: {
+  /* What this opcode codes, really, is reverse the order of the
+  ** linked list of Keylist structures so that they are read out
+  ** in the same order that they were read in. */
+  Keylist *pRev, *pTop;
+  pRev = 0;
+  while( p->pList ){
+    pTop = p->pList;
+    p->pList = pTop->pNext;
+    pTop->pNext = pRev;
+    pRev = pTop;
+  }
+  p->pList = pRev;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ListRead * P2 *
+**
+** Attempt to read an integer from the temporary storage buffer
+** and push it onto the stack.  If the storage buffer is empty, 
+** push nothing but instead jump to P2.
+*/
+case OP_ListRead: {
+  Keylist *pKeylist;
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  pKeylist = p->pList;
+  if( pKeylist!=0 ){
+    assert( pKeylist->nRead>=0 );
+    assert( pKeylist->nRead<pKeylist->nUsed );
+    assert( pKeylist->nRead<pKeylist->nKey );
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->i = pKeylist->aKey[pKeylist->nRead++];
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+    if( pKeylist->nRead>=pKeylist->nUsed ){
+      p->pList = pKeylist->pNext;
+      sqliteFree(pKeylist);
+    }
+  }else{
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ListReset * * *
+**
+** Reset the temporary storage buffer so that it holds nothing.
+*/
+case OP_ListReset: {
+  if( p->pList ){
+    sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(p->pList);
+    p->pList = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ContextPush * * * 
+**
+** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop
+** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change
+** count, and the current statement change count.
+*/
+case OP_ContextPush: {
+  int i = p->contextStackTop++;
+  Context *pContext;
+
+  assert( i>=0 );
+  /* FIX ME: This should be allocated as part of the vdbe at compile-time */
+  if( i>=p->contextStackDepth ){
+    p->contextStackDepth = i+1;
+    p->contextStack = sqliteRealloc(p->contextStack, sizeof(Context)*(i+1));
+    if( p->contextStack==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
+  pContext = &p->contextStack[i];
+  pContext->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+  pContext->nChange = p->nChange;
+  pContext->pList = p->pList;
+  p->pList = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ContextPop * * * 
+**
+** Restore the Vdbe context to the state it was in when contextPush was last
+** executed. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement
+** change count, and the current statement change count.
+*/
+case OP_ContextPop: {
+  Context *pContext = &p->contextStack[--p->contextStackTop];
+  assert( p->contextStackTop>=0 );
+  db->lastRowid = pContext->lastRowid;
+  p->nChange = pContext->nChange;
+  sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(p->pList);
+  p->pList = pContext->pList;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SortPut * * *
+**
+** The TOS is the key and the NOS is the data.  Pop both from the stack
+** and put them on the sorter.  The key and data should have been
+** made using SortMakeKey and SortMakeRec, respectively.
+*/
+case OP_SortPut: {
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  Sorter *pSorter;
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  if( Dynamicify(pTos, db->enc) ) goto no_mem;
+  pSorter = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(Sorter) );
+  if( pSorter==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pSorter->pNext = p->pSort;
+  p->pSort = pSorter;
+  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn );
+  pSorter->nKey = pTos->n;
+  pSorter->zKey = pTos->z;
+  pSorter->data.flags = MEM_Null;
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pSorter->data, pNos);
+  pTos -= 2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Sort * * P3
+**
+** Sort all elements on the sorter.  The algorithm is a
+** mergesort.  The P3 argument is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure
+** that describes the keys to be sorted.
+*/
+case OP_Sort: {
+  int i;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
+  Sorter *pElem;
+  Sorter *apSorter[NSORT];
+  pKeyInfo->enc = p->db->enc;
+  for(i=0; i<NSORT; i++){
+    apSorter[i] = 0;
+  }
+  while( p->pSort ){
+    pElem = p->pSort;
+    p->pSort = pElem->pNext;
+    pElem->pNext = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<NSORT-1; i++){
+      if( apSorter[i]==0 ){
+        apSorter[i] = pElem;
+        break;
+      }else{
+        pElem = Merge(apSorter[i], pElem, pKeyInfo);
+        apSorter[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i>=NSORT-1 ){
+      apSorter[NSORT-1] = Merge(apSorter[NSORT-1],pElem, pKeyInfo);
+    }
+  }
+  pElem = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<NSORT; i++){
+    pElem = Merge(apSorter[i], pElem, pKeyInfo);
+  }
+  p->pSort = pElem;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SortNext * P2 *
+**
+** Push the data for the topmost element in the sorter onto the
+** stack, then remove the element from the sorter.  If the sorter
+** is empty, push nothing on the stack and instead jump immediately 
+** to instruction P2.
+*/
+case OP_SortNext: {
+  Sorter *pSorter = p->pSort;
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  if( pSorter!=0 ){
+    p->pSort = pSorter->pNext;
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTos, &pSorter->data);
+    sqliteFree(pSorter->zKey);
+    sqliteFree(pSorter);
+  }else{
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SortReset * * *
+**
+** Remove any elements that remain on the sorter.
+*/
+case OP_SortReset: {
+  sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(p);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MemStore P1 P2 *
+**
+** Write the top of the stack into memory location P1.
+** P1 should be a small integer since space is allocated
+** for all memory locations between 0 and P1 inclusive.
+**
+** After the data is stored in the memory location, the
+** stack is popped once if P2 is 1.  If P2 is zero, then
+** the original data remains on the stack.
+*/
+case OP_MemStore: {
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nMem );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&p->aMem[pOp->p1], pTos);
+  pTos--;
+
+  /* If P2 is 0 then fall thru to the next opcode, OP_MemLoad, that will
+  ** restore the top of the stack to its original value.
+  */
+  if( pOp->p2 ){
+    break;
+  }
+}
+/* Opcode: MemLoad P1 * *
+**
+** Push a copy of the value in memory location P1 onto the stack.
+**
+** If the value is a string, then the value pushed is a pointer to
+** the string that is stored in the memory location.  If the memory
+** location is subsequently changed (using OP_MemStore) then the
+** value pushed onto the stack will change too.
+*/
+case OP_MemLoad: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nMem );
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &p->aMem[i], MEM_Ephem);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MemIncr P1 P2 *
+**
+** Increment the integer valued memory cell P1 by 1.  If P2 is not zero
+** and the result after the increment is greater than zero, then jump
+** to P2.
+**
+** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
+** an integer.
+*/
+case OP_MemIncr: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Mem *pMem;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nMem );
+  pMem = &p->aMem[i];
+  assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Int );
+  pMem->i++;
+  if( pOp->p2>0 && pMem->i>0 ){
+     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggReset P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Reset the aggregator so that it no longer contains any data.
+** Future aggregator elements will contain P2 values each and be sorted
+** using the KeyInfo structure pointed to by P3.
+**
+** If P1 is non-zero, then only a single aggregator row is available (i.e.
+** there is no GROUP BY expression). In this case it is illegal to invoke
+** OP_AggFocus.
+*/
+case OP_AggReset: {
+  assert( !pOp->p3 || pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO );
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeAggReset(0, &p->agg, (KeyInfo *)pOp->p3);
+    p->agg.nMem = pOp->p2;    /* Agg.nMem is used by AggInsert() */
+    rc = AggInsert(&p->agg, 0, 0);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeAggReset(db, &p->agg, (KeyInfo *)pOp->p3);
+    p->agg.nMem = pOp->p2;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  p->agg.apFunc = sqliteMalloc( p->agg.nMem*sizeof(p->agg.apFunc[0]) );
+  if( p->agg.apFunc==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggInit * P2 P3
+**
+** Initialize the function parameters for an aggregate function.
+** The aggregate will operate out of aggregate column P2.
+** P3 is a pointer to the FuncDef structure for the function.
+*/
+case OP_AggInit: {
+  int i = pOp->p2;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->agg.nMem );
+  p->agg.apFunc[i] = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggFunc * P2 P3
+**
+** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
+** function has P2 arguments.  P3 is a pointer to the FuncDef
+** structure that specifies the function.
+**
+** The top of the stack must be an integer which is the index of
+** the aggregate column that corresponds to this aggregate function.
+** Ideally, this index would be another parameter, but there are
+** no free parameters left.  The integer is popped from the stack.
+*/
+case OP_AggFunc: {
+  int n = pOp->p2;
+  int i;
+  Mem *pMem, *pRec;
+  sqlite3_context ctx;
+  sqlite3_value **apVal;
+
+  assert( n>=0 );
+  assert( pTos->flags==MEM_Int );
+  pRec = &pTos[-n];
+  assert( pRec>=p->aStack );
+
+  apVal = p->apArg;
+  assert( apVal || n==0 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pRec++){
+    apVal[i] = pRec;
+    storeTypeInfo(pRec, db->enc);
+  }
+  i = pTos->i;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->agg.nMem );
+  ctx.pFunc = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
+  pMem = &p->agg.pCurrent->aMem[i];
+  ctx.s.z = pMem->zShort;  /* Space used for small aggregate contexts */
+  ctx.pAgg = pMem->z;
+  ctx.cnt = ++pMem->i;
+  ctx.isError = 0;
+  ctx.isStep = 1;
+  ctx.pColl = 0;
+  if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
+    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p3type==P3_COLLSEQ );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    ctx.pColl = (CollSeq *)pOp[-1].p3;
+  }
+  (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal);
+  pMem->z = ctx.pAgg;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_AggCtx;
+  popStack(&pTos, n+1);
+  if( ctx.isError ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggFocus * P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use that as an aggregator key.  If
+** an aggregator with that same key already exists, then make the
+** aggregator the current aggregator and jump to P2.  If no aggregator
+** with the given key exists, create one and make it current but
+** do not jump.
+**
+** The order of aggregator opcodes is important.  The order is:
+** AggReset AggFocus AggNext.  In other words, you must execute
+** AggReset first, then zero or more AggFocus operations, then
+** zero or more AggNext operations.  You must not execute an AggFocus
+** in between an AggNext and an AggReset.
+*/
+case OP_AggFocus: {
+  char *zKey;
+  int nKey;
+  int res;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  Stringify(pTos, db->enc);
+  zKey = pTos->z;
+  nKey = pTos->n;
+  assert( p->agg.pBtree );
+  assert( p->agg.pCsr );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->agg.pCsr, zKey, nKey, &res);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  if( res==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeData(p->agg.pCsr, 0, sizeof(AggElem*),
+        (char *)&p->agg.pCurrent);
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    rc = AggInsert(&p->agg, zKey, nKey);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break; 
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggSet * P2 *
+**
+** Move the top of the stack into the P2-th field of the current
+** aggregate.  String values are duplicated into new memory.
+*/
+case OP_AggSet: {
+  AggElem *pFocus;
+  int i = pOp->p2;
+  pFocus = p->agg.pCurrent;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pFocus==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->agg.nMem );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pFocus->aMem[i], pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggGet * P2 *
+**
+** Push a new entry onto the stack which is a copy of the P2-th field
+** of the current aggregate.  Strings are not duplicated so
+** string values will be ephemeral.
+*/
+case OP_AggGet: {
+  AggElem *pFocus;
+  int i = pOp->p2;
+  pFocus = p->agg.pCurrent;
+  if( pFocus==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->agg.nMem );
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &pFocus->aMem[i], MEM_Ephem);
+  if( pTos->flags&MEM_Str ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggNext * P2 *
+**
+** Make the next aggregate value the current aggregate.  The prior
+** aggregate is deleted.  If all aggregate values have been consumed,
+** jump to P2.
+**
+** The order of aggregator opcodes is important.  The order is:
+** AggReset AggFocus AggNext.  In other words, you must execute
+** AggReset first, then zero or more AggFocus operations, then
+** zero or more AggNext operations.  You must not execute an AggFocus
+** in between an AggNext and an AggReset.
+*/
+case OP_AggNext: {
+  int res;
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  if( p->agg.searching==0 ){
+    p->agg.searching = 1;
+    if( p->agg.pCsr ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(p->agg.pCsr, &res);
+    }else{
+      res = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( p->agg.pCsr ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->agg.pCsr, &res);
+    }else{
+      res = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  if( res!=0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    sqlite3_context ctx;
+    Mem *aMem;
+
+    if( p->agg.pCsr ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(p->agg.pCsr, 0, sizeof(AggElem*),
+          (char *)&p->agg.pCurrent);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    aMem = p->agg.pCurrent->aMem;
+    for(i=0; i<p->agg.nMem; i++){
+      FuncDef *pFunc = p->agg.apFunc[i];
+      Mem *pMem = &aMem[i];
+      if( pFunc==0 || pFunc->xFinalize==0 ) continue;
+      ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+      ctx.s.z = pMem->zShort;
+      ctx.pAgg = (void*)pMem->z;
+      ctx.cnt = pMem->i;
+      ctx.isStep = 0;
+      ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
+      pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx);
+      pMem->z = ctx.pAgg;
+      if( pMem->z && pMem->z!=pMem->zShort ){
+        sqliteFree( pMem->z );
+      }
+      *pMem = ctx.s;
+      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Short ){
+        pMem->z = pMem->zShort;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Vacuum * * *
+**
+** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
+** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
+** a transaction.
+*/
+case OP_Vacuum: {
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; 
+  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* An other opcode is illegal...
+*/
+default: {
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",pOp->opcode);
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "unknown opcode ", zBuf, (char*)0);
+  rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+  break;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
+** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
+** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
+** restored.
+*****************************************************************************/
+    }
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    {
+      long long elapse = hwtime() - start;
+      pOp->cycles += elapse;
+      pOp->cnt++;
+#if 0
+        fprintf(stdout, "%10lld ", elapse);
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &p->aOp[origPc]);
+#endif
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
+    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
+    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
+    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
+    */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    /* Sanity checking on the top element of the stack */
+    if( pTos>=p->aStack ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(pTos, db->enc);
+    }
+    if( pc<-1 || pc>=p->nOp ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "jump destination out of range", (char*)0);
+      rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+    }
+    if( p->trace && pTos>=p->aStack ){
+      int i;
+      fprintf(p->trace, "Stack:");
+      for(i=0; i>-5 && &pTos[i]>=p->aStack; i--){
+        if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
+          fprintf(p->trace, " NULL");
+        }else if( (pTos[i].flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
+          fprintf(p->trace, " si:%lld", pTos[i].i);
+        }else if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Int ){
+          fprintf(p->trace, " i:%lld", pTos[i].i);
+        }else if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Real ){
+          fprintf(p->trace, " r:%g", pTos[i].r);
+        }else{
+          char zBuf[100];
+          sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(&pTos[i], zBuf, 100);
+          fprintf(p->trace, " ");
+          fprintf(p->trace, "%s", zBuf);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace," rc=%d",rc);
+      fprintf(p->trace,"\n");
+    }
+#endif
+  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished.
+  */
+vdbe_halt:
+  if( rc ){
+    p->rc = rc;
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  p->pTos = pTos;
+  return rc;
+
+  /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.  It's hard to get a malloc()
+  ** to fail on a modern VM computer, so this code is untested.
+  */
+no_mem:
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0);
+  rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  goto vdbe_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here for an SQLITE_MISUSE error.
+  */
+abort_due_to_misuse:
+  rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  /* Fall thru into abort_due_to_error */
+
+  /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error.  The "rc" variable
+  ** should hold the error number.
+  */
+abort_due_to_error:
+  if( p->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+  }
+  goto vdbe_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
+  ** flag.
+  */
+abort_due_to_interrupt:
+  assert( db->flags & SQLITE_Interrupt );
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+  }
+  p->rc = rc;
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+  goto vdbe_halt;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbe.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbe.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..490417a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbe.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
+**
+** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
+** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
+** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/*
+** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
+** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
+** of this structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
+
+/*
+** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
+** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
+** as an instance of the following structure:
+*/
+struct VdbeOp {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  int p1;             /* First operand */
+  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  char *p3;           /* Third parameter */
+  int p3type;         /* P3_STATIC, P3_DYNAMIC or P3_POINTER */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  int cnt;            /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
+  long long cycles;   /* Total time spend executing this instruction */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
+
+/*
+** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
+** it takes up less space.
+*/
+struct VdbeOpList {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
+  short int p2;       /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  char *p3;           /* Third parameter */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p3type
+*/
+#define P3_NOTUSED    0   /* The P3 parameter is not used */
+#define P3_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
+#define P3_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
+#define P3_POINTER  (-3)  /* P3 is a pointer to some structure or object */
+#define P3_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P3 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
+#define P3_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P3 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
+#define P3_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P3 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
+#define P3_VDBEFUNC (-7)  /* P3 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */
+
+/* When adding a P3 argument using P3_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
+** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
+** argument is P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used.  It still
+** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
+** from a single sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
+** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
+*/
+#define P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-7)
+
+/*
+** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
+** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
+** the macro again restores the address.
+*/
+#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))
+
+/*
+** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
+** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
+*/
+#include "opcodes.h"
+
+/*
+** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
+** for a description of what each of these routines does.
+*/
+Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3VdbeCreateCallback(Vdbe*, int*);
+int sqlite3VdbeAddOp(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,const char *zP3,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1);
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2);
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP1, int N);
+void sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(Vdbe*, int addr);
+int sqlite3VdbeFindOp(Vdbe*, int, int, int);
+VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
+int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
+void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
+void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
+void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
+int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
+void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
+int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
+int sqliteVdbeSetVariables(Vdbe*,int,const char**);
+void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, const char *, int);
+void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
+#else
+# define VdbeComment(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeInt.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a929cb95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for information that is private to the
+** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
+** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
+** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
+** this header information was factored out.
+*/
+
+/*
+** intToKey() and keyToInt() used to transform the rowid.  But with
+** the latest versions of the design they are no-ops.
+*/
+#define keyToInt(X)   (X)
+#define intToKey(X)   (X)
+
+/*
+** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the following
+** array of string constants which are the names of all VDBE opcodes.  This
+** array is defined in a separate source code file named opcode.c which is
+** automatically generated by the makefile.
+*/
+extern char *sqlite3OpcodeNames[];
+
+/*
+** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
+** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
+** of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
+
+/*
+** Boolean values
+*/
+typedef unsigned char Bool;
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
+** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
+** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
+** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
+** is currently pointing to.
+** 
+** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+**
+** If the Cursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
+** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of
+** a row trigger.  The data for the row is stored in Cursor.pData and
+** the rowid is in Cursor.iKey.
+*/
+struct Cursor {
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
+  i64 lastRecno;        /* Last recno from a Next or NextIdx operation */
+  i64 nextRowid;        /* Next rowid returned by OP_NewRowid */
+  Bool zeroed;          /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
+  Bool recnoIsValid;    /* True if lastRecno is valid */
+  Bool keyAsData;       /* The OP_Column command works on key instead of data */
+  Bool atFirst;         /* True if pointing to first entry */
+  Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
+  Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
+  Bool nextRowidValid;  /* True if the nextRowid field is valid */
+  Bool pseudoTable;     /* This is a NEW or OLD pseudo-tables of a trigger */
+  Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
+  Bool intKey;          /* True if the table requires integer keys */
+  Bool zeroData;        /* True if table contains keys only - no data */
+  u8 bogusIncrKey;      /* Something for pIncrKey to point to if pKeyInfo==0 */
+  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
+  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
+  int nData;            /* Number of bytes in pData */
+  char *pData;          /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
+  i64 iKey;             /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
+  u8 *pIncrKey;         /* Pointer to pKeyInfo->incrKey */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
+  int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
+
+  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
+  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheValid is true.
+  ** zRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
+  ** be NULL. */
+  Bool cacheValid;      /* True if the cache is valid */
+  int payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
+  u32 *aType;           /* Type values for all entries in the record */
+  u32 *aOffset;         /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
+  u8 *aRow;             /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
+};
+typedef struct Cursor Cursor;
+
+/*
+** Number of bytes of string storage space available to each stack
+** layer without having to malloc.  NBFS is short for Number of Bytes
+** For Strings.
+*/
+#define NBFS 32
+
+/*
+** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
+** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
+** integer etc.) of the same value.  A value (and therefore Mem structure)
+** has the following properties:
+**
+** Each value has a manifest type. The manifest type of the value stored
+** in a Mem struct is returned by the MemType(Mem*) macro. The type is
+** one of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_REAL, SQLITE_TEXT or
+** SQLITE_BLOB.
+*/
+struct Mem {
+  i64 i;              /* Integer value */
+  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, including '\0' */
+  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
+  u8  type;           /* One of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, etc. */
+  u8  enc;            /* TEXT_Utf8, TEXT_Utf16le, or TEXT_Utf16be */
+  double r;           /* Real value */
+  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
+  void (*xDel)(void *);  /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
+  char zShort[NBFS];  /* Space for short strings */
+};
+typedef struct Mem Mem;
+
+/*
+** A sorter builds a list of elements to be sorted.  Each element of
+** the list is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Sorter Sorter;
+struct Sorter {
+  int nKey;           /* Number of bytes in the key */
+  char *zKey;         /* The key by which we will sort */
+  Mem data;
+  Sorter *pNext;      /* Next in the list */
+};
+
+/* 
+** Number of buckets used for merge-sort.  
+*/
+#define NSORT 30
+
+/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
+** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
+**
+** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
+** No other flags may be set in this case.
+**
+** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
+** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
+** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
+** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
+** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
+**
+** Multiple of these values can appear in Mem.flags.  But only one
+** at a time can appear in Mem.type.
+*/
+#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
+#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
+#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
+#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
+#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
+
+/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
+** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
+** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
+** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
+*/
+#define MEM_Term      0x0020   /* String rep is nul terminated */
+#define MEM_Dyn       0x0040   /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
+#define MEM_Static    0x0080   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
+#define MEM_Ephem     0x0100   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
+#define MEM_Short     0x0200   /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort */
+
+/* The following MEM_ value appears only in AggElem.aMem.s.flag fields.
+** It indicates that the corresponding AggElem.aMem.z points to a
+** aggregate function context that needs to be finalized.
+*/
+#define MEM_AggCtx    0x0400  /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
+
+
+/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
+** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
+** of the function.  This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
+** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs.  The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data
+** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function.  This
+** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular
+** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple
+** invocations.
+*/
+struct VdbeFunc {
+  FuncDef *pFunc;               /* The definition of the function */
+  int nAux;                     /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */
+  struct AuxData {
+    void *pAux;                   /* Aux data for the i-th argument */
+    void (*xDelete)(void *);      /* Destructor for the aux data */
+  } apAux[1];                   /* One slot for each function argument */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;
+
+/*
+** The "context" argument for a installable function.  A pointer to an
+** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
+** implement the SQL functions.
+**
+** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
+** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
+** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
+** structure are known.
+**
+** This structure is defined inside of vdbe.c because it uses substructures
+** (Mem) which are only defined there.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_context {
+  FuncDef *pFunc;   /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;  /* Auxilary data, if created. */
+  Mem s;            /* The return value is stored here */
+  void *pAgg;       /* Aggregate context */
+  u8 isError;       /* Set to true for an error */
+  u8 isStep;        /* Current in the step function */
+  int cnt;          /* Number of times that the step function has been called */
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+};
+
+/*
+** An Agg structure describes an Aggregator.  Each Agg consists of
+** zero or more Aggregator elements (AggElem).  Each AggElem contains
+** a key and one or more values.  The values are used in processing
+** aggregate functions in a SELECT.  The key is used to implement
+** the GROUP BY clause of a select.
+*/
+typedef struct Agg Agg;
+typedef struct AggElem AggElem;
+struct Agg {
+  int nMem;            /* Number of values stored in each AggElem */
+  AggElem *pCurrent;   /* The AggElem currently in focus */
+  FuncDef **apFunc;    /* Information about aggregate functions */
+  Btree *pBtree;       /* The tmp. btree used to group elements, if required. */
+  BtCursor *pCsr;      /* Read/write cursor to the table in pBtree */
+  int nTab;            /* Root page of the table in pBtree */
+  u8 searching;        /* True between the first AggNext and AggReset */
+};
+struct AggElem {
+  char *zKey;          /* The key to this AggElem */
+  int nKey;            /* Number of bytes in the key, including '\0' at end */
+  Mem aMem[1];         /* The values for this AggElem */
+};
+
+/*
+** A Set structure is used for quick testing to see if a value
+** is part of a small set.  Sets are used to implement code like
+** this:
+**            x.y IN ('hi','hoo','hum')
+*/
+typedef struct Set Set;
+struct Set {
+  Hash hash;             /* A set is just a hash table */
+  HashElem *prev;        /* Previously accessed hash elemen */
+};
+
+/*
+** A Keylist is a bunch of keys into a table.  The keylist can
+** grow without bound.  The keylist stores the ROWIDs of database
+** records that need to be deleted or updated.
+*/
+typedef struct Keylist Keylist;
+struct Keylist {
+  int nKey;         /* Number of slots in aKey[] */
+  int nUsed;        /* Next unwritten slot in aKey[] */
+  int nRead;        /* Next unread slot in aKey[] */
+  Keylist *pNext;   /* Next block of keys */
+  i64 aKey[1];      /* One or more keys.  Extra space allocated as needed */
+};
+
+/*
+** A Context stores the last insert rowid, the last statement change count,
+** and the current statement change count (i.e. changes since last statement).
+** The current keylist is also stored in the context.
+** Elements of Context structure type make up the ContextStack, which is
+** updated by the ContextPush and ContextPop opcodes (used by triggers).
+** The context is pushed before executing a trigger a popped when the
+** trigger finishes.
+*/
+typedef struct Context Context;
+struct Context {
+  int lastRowid;    /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
+  int nChange;      /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
+  Keylist *pList;   /* Records that will participate in a DELETE or UPDATE */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
+** state of the virtual machine.
+**
+** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_compile()
+** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
+*/
+struct Vdbe {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The whole database */
+  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
+  FILE *trace;        /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
+  int nOp;            /* Number of instructions in the program */
+  int nOpAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
+  Op *aOp;            /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
+  int nLabel;         /* Number of labels used */
+  int nLabelAlloc;    /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
+  int *aLabel;        /* Space to hold the labels */
+  Mem *aStack;        /* The operand stack, except string values */
+  Mem *pTos;          /* Top entry in the operand stack */
+  Mem **apArg;        /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
+  Mem *aColName;      /* Column names to return */
+  int nCursor;        /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
+  Cursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
+  Sorter *pSort;      /* A linked list of objects to be sorted */
+  int nVar;           /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
+  Mem *aVar;          /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
+  char **azVar;       /* Name of variables */
+  int okVar;          /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
+  int magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
+  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
+  Agg agg;                /* Aggregate information */
+  int nCallback;          /* Number of callbacks invoked so far */
+  Keylist *pList;         /* A list of ROWIDs */
+  int contextStackTop;    /* Index of top element in the context stack */
+  int contextStackDepth;  /* The size of the "context" stack */
+  Context *contextStack;  /* Stack used by opcodes ContextPush & ContextPop*/
+  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
+  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
+  unsigned uniqueCnt;     /* Used by OP_MakeRecord when P2!=0 */
+  int errorAction;        /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
+  int inTempTrans;        /* True if temp database is transactioned */
+  int returnStack[100];   /* Return address stack for OP_Gosub & OP_Return */
+  int returnDepth;        /* Next unused element in returnStack[] */
+  int nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
+  char **azResColumn;     /* Values for one row of result */ 
+  int popStack;           /* Pop the stack this much on entry to VdbeExec() */
+  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
+  u8 resOnStack;          /* True if there are result values on the stack */
+  u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
+  u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
+  u8 aborted;             /* True if ROLLBACK in another VM causes an abort */
+  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
+*/
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x519c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0xb606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
+
+/*
+** Function prototypes
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Cursor*);
+void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeAggReset(sqlite3*, Agg *, KeyInfo *);
+void sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(Keylist*);
+void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor*);
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
+#endif
+void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
+u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
+void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);
+
+int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(Cursor*, int , const unsigned char*, int*);
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *, i64 *);
+int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
+int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(void*,int,const void*,int, const void*);
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(int,const u8*);
+int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
+i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
+double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem*, u8);
+#endif
+int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf, int nBuf);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeapi.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeapi.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6047f6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeapi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
+** VDBE.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_value_  *******************************
+** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
+** structure.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
+    return p->z;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+  }
+}
+int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return (const char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
+}
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
+}
+int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  return pVal->type;
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
+** the function result.
+*/
+void sqlite3_result_blob(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( n>0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, 0, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
+  pCtx->isError = 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
+  pCtx->isError = 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_text(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const char *z, 
+  int n,
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_text16(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_text16be(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_text16le(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
+** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
+*/
+int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( p==0 || p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( p->aborted ){
+    return SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }
+  db = p->db;
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( p->pc<0 ){
+    /* Invoke the trace callback if there is one
+    */
+    if( (db = p->db)->xTrace && !db->init.busy ){
+      assert( p->nOp>0 );
+      assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==OP_Noop );
+      assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3!=0 );
+      assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3type==P3_DYNAMIC );
+      sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+      db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3);
+      if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+        p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+        return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Print a copy of SQL as it is executed if the SQL_TRACE pragma is turned
+    ** on in debugging mode.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3);
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+    db->activeVdbeCnt++;
+    p->pc = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->explain ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, p->zErrMsg);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc );
+  return p->pFunc->pUserData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
+** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
+** same context that was returned on prior calls.
+**
+** This routine is defined here in vdbe.c because it depends on knowing
+** the internals of the sqlite3_context structure which is only defined in
+** this source file.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+  if( p->pAgg==0 ){
+    if( nByte<=NBFS ){
+      p->pAgg = (void*)p->s.z;
+      memset(p->pAgg, 0, nByte);
+    }else{
+      p->pAgg = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
+    }
+  }
+  return p->pAgg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
+** the user-function defined by pCtx.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+  if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
+** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
+** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
+*/
+void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int iArg, 
+  void *pAux, 
+  void (*xDelete)(void*)
+){
+  struct AuxData *pAuxData;
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
+  if( iArg<0 ) return;
+
+  pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+  if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
+    int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
+    pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc = sqliteRealloc(pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
+    if( !pVdbeFunc ) return;
+    memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[pVdbeFunc->nAux], 0, 
+             sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-pVdbeFunc->nAux));
+    pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
+    pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
+  }
+
+  pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
+  if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
+    pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
+  }
+  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
+  pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been 
+** called.
+**
+** This routine is defined here in vdbe.c because it depends on knowing
+** the internals of the sqlite3_context structure which is only defined in
+** this source file.
+*/
+int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+  return p->cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
+*/
+int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
+** currently executing statement pStmt.
+*/
+int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( pVm==0 || !pVm->resOnStack ) return 0;
+  return pVm->nResColumn;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
+** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
+** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
+** of NULL.
+*/
+static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  int vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt);
+  if( i>=vals || i<0 ){
+    static Mem nullMem;
+    if( nullMem.flags==0 ){ nullMem.flags = MEM_Null; }
+    sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+    return &nullMem;
+  }
+  return &pVm->pTos[(1-vals)+i];
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_column_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
+** in the result set.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
+** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
+** If useType is 1, then use the second set of N elements (the datatype
+** names) instead of the first set.
+*/
+static const void *columnName(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+  int N,
+  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
+  int useType
+){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  int n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+
+  if( p==0 || N>=n || N<0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( useType ){
+    N += n;
+  }
+  return xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
+** statement pStmt.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the 'i'th column of the result set of SQL statement
+** pStmt, encoded as UTF-16.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt, encoded as UTF-8.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt, encoded as UTF-16.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, 1);
+}
+
+/******************************* sqlite3_bind_  ***************************
+** 
+** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
+*/
+/*
+** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the 
+** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
+** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
+** value in any case.
+*/
+static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
+  Mem *pVar;
+  if( p==0 || p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+    return SQLITE_RANGE;
+  }
+  i--;
+  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
+  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
+  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Bind a text or BLOB value.
+*/
+static int bindText(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*),
+  int encoding
+){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  Mem *pVar;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc || zData==0 ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, p->db->enc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_blob(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
+  return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt* p, int i){
+  return vdbeUnbind((Vdbe *)p, i);
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_text( 
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const char *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_text16(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
+** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.  
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names
+** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already
+** exist.
+*/
+static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){
+  if( !p->okVar ){
+    int j;
+    Op *pOp;
+    for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; j<p->nOp; j++, pOp++){
+      if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){
+        assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
+        p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p3;
+      }
+    }
+    p->okVar = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
+** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
+**
+** The result is always UTF-8.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  createVarMap(p);
+  return p->azVar[i-1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
+** with that name.  If there is no variable with the given name,
+** return 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  createVarMap(p); 
+  for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
+    const char *z = p->azVar[i];
+    if( z && strcmp(z,zName)==0 ){
+      return i+1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeaux.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeaux.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fa9751da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeaux.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1806 @@
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
+** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)  Prior
+** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
+** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+
+/*
+** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
+** set the sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
+** as they are added to the instruction stream.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+int sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Create a new virtual database engine.
+*/
+Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  p = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Vdbe) );
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  p->db = db;
+  if( db->pVdbe ){
+    db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
+  }
+  p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
+  p->pPrev = 0;
+  db->pVdbe = p;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn tracing on or off
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){
+  p->trace = trace;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it contains at least N
+** elements.
+*/
+static void resizeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int N){
+  if( p->nOpAlloc<N ){
+    int oldSize = p->nOpAlloc;
+    p->nOpAlloc = N+100;
+    p->aOp = sqliteRealloc(p->aOp, p->nOpAlloc*sizeof(Op));
+    if( p->aOp ){
+      memset(&p->aOp[oldSize], 0, (p->nOpAlloc-oldSize)*sizeof(Op));
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
+** VDBE.  Return the address of the new instruction.
+**
+** Parameters:
+**
+**    p               Pointer to the VDBE
+**
+**    op              The opcode for this instruction
+**
+**    p1, p2          First two of the three possible operands.
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
+** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP3() function to change the value of the P3
+** operand.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeAddOp(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
+  int i;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+
+  i = p->nOp;
+  p->nOp++;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  resizeOpArray(p, i+1);
+  if( p->aOp==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+  pOp->opcode = op;
+  pOp->p1 = p1;
+  pOp->p2 = p2;
+  pOp->p3 = 0;
+  pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+#endif
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p3 value.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, const char *zP3,int p3type){
+  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(p, op, p1, p2);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(p, addr, zP3, p3type);
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
+** coded.  The symbolic label is really just a negative number.  The
+** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation.  Later, when
+** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
+** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
+** the label into the resolved address.
+**
+** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
+** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
+** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
+**
+** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  i = p->nLabel++;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){
+    p->nLabelAlloc = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 10;
+    p->aLabel = sqliteRealloc( p->aLabel, p->nLabelAlloc*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
+  }
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[i] = -1;
+  }
+  return -1-i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
+** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
+** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){
+  int j = -1-x;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative.
+** Each such value is a label.  Resolve the label by setting the P2
+** value to its correct non-zero value.
+**
+** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
+*/
+static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  Op *pOp;
+  int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
+  if( aLabel==0 ) return;
+  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
+    if( pOp->p2>=0 ) continue;
+    assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
+    pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
+  }
+  sqliteFree(p->aLabel);
+  p->aLabel = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  return p->nOp;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
+** address of the first operation added.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
+  int addr;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  resizeOpArray(p, p->nOp + nOp);
+  if( p->aOp==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  addr = p->nOp;
+  if( nOp>0 ){
+    int i;
+    VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
+    for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
+      int p2 = pIn->p2;
+      VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
+      pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
+      pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
+      pOut->p2 = p2<0 ? addr + ADDR(p2) : p2;
+      pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
+      pOut->p3type = pIn->p3 ? P3_STATIC : P3_NOTUSED;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace ){
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    p->nOp += nOp;
+  }
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+  assert( val>=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+**
+** If n>=0 then the P3 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
+** the string is made into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP3 up to and including the
+** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP3.
+**
+** If n==P3_STATIC  it means that zP3 is a pointer to a constant static
+** string and we can just copy the pointer.  n==P3_POINTER means zP3 is
+** a pointer to some object other than a string.  n==P3_COLLSEQ and
+** n==P3_KEYINFO mean that zP3 is a pointer to a CollSeq or KeyInfo
+** structure.  A copy is made of KeyInfo structures into memory obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc.
+**
+** If addr<0 then change P3 on the most recently inserted instruction.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP3, int n){
+  Op *pOp;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p==0 || p->aOp==0 ) return;
+  if( addr<0 || addr>=p->nOp ){
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+    if( addr<0 ) return;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+  if( pOp->p3 && pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+    sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+    pOp->p3 = 0;
+  }
+  if( zP3==0 ){
+    pOp->p3 = 0;
+    pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED;
+  }else if( n==P3_KEYINFO ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+    int nField, nByte;
+    nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP3)->nField;
+    nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]);
+    pKeyInfo = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
+    pOp->p3 = (char*)pKeyInfo;
+    if( pKeyInfo ){
+      memcpy(pKeyInfo, zP3, nByte);
+      pOp->p3type = P3_KEYINFO;
+    }else{
+      pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED;
+    }
+  }else if( n==P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
+    pOp->p3 = (char*)zP3;
+    pOp->p3type = P3_KEYINFO;
+  }else if( n<0 ){
+    pOp->p3 = (char*)zP3;
+    pOp->p3type = n;
+  }else{
+    if( n==0 ) n = strlen(zP3);
+    pOp->p3 = sqliteStrNDup(zP3, n);
+    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Replace the P3 field of the most recently coded instruction with
+** comment text.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3==0 );
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(p, -1, sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap), P3_DYNAMIC);
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the P3 operand to the specified instruction appears
+** to be a quoted string token, then this procedure removes 
+** the quotes.
+**
+** The quoting operator can be either a grave ascent (ASCII 0x27)
+** or a double quote character (ASCII 0x22).  Two quotes in a row
+** resolve to be a single actual quote character within the string.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  Op *pOp;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p->aOp==0 ) return;
+  if( addr<0 || addr>=p->nOp ){
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+    if( addr<0 ) return;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+  if( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->p3[0]==0 ) return;
+  if( pOp->p3type==P3_STATIC ){
+    pOp->p3 = sqliteStrDup(pOp->p3);
+    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
+  }
+  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC );
+  sqlite3Dequote(pOp->p3);
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the current program starting at instruction addr for the given
+** opcode and P2 value.  Return the address plus 1 if found and 0 if not
+** found.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeFindOp(Vdbe *p, int addr, int op, int p2){
+  int i;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  for(i=addr; i<p->nOp; i++){
+    if( p->aOp[i].opcode==op && p->aOp[i].p2==p2 ) return i+1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the opcode for a given address.
+*/
+VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp );
+  return &p->aOp[addr];
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a string that describes the P3 parameter for an opcode.
+** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
+*/
+static char *displayP3(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
+  char *zP3;
+  assert( nTemp>=20 );
+  switch( pOp->p3type ){
+    case P3_POINTER: {
+      sprintf(zTemp, "ptr(%#x)", (int)pOp->p3);
+      zP3 = zTemp;
+      break;
+    }
+    case P3_KEYINFO: {
+      int i, j;
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
+      sprintf(zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
+      i = strlen(zTemp);
+      for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
+        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
+        if( pColl ){
+          int n = strlen(pColl->zName);
+          if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
+            strcpy(&zTemp[i],",...");
+            break;
+          }
+          zTemp[i++] = ',';
+          if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
+            zTemp[i++] = '-';
+          }
+          strcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName);
+          i += n;
+        }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){
+          strcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil");
+          i += 4;
+        }
+      }
+      zTemp[i++] = ')';
+      zTemp[i] = 0;
+      assert( i<nTemp );
+      zP3 = zTemp;
+      break;
+    }
+    case P3_COLLSEQ: {
+      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq*)pOp->p3;
+      sprintf(zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
+      zP3 = zTemp;
+      break;
+    }
+    case P3_FUNCDEF: {
+      FuncDef *pDef = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
+      char zNum[30];
+      sprintf(zTemp, "%.*s", nTemp, pDef->zName);
+      sprintf(zNum,"(%d)", pDef->nArg);
+      if( strlen(zTemp)+strlen(zNum)+1<=nTemp ){
+        strcat(zTemp, zNum);
+      }
+      zP3 = zTemp;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      zP3 = pOp->p3;
+      if( zP3==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_Noop ){
+        zP3 = "";
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return zP3;
+}
+
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Print a single opcode.  This routine is used for debugging only.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
+  char *zP3;
+  char zPtr[50];
+  static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %s\n";
+  if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
+  zP3 = displayP3(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
+  fprintf(pOut, zFormat1,
+      pc, sqlite3OpcodeNames[pOp->opcode], pOp->p1, pOp->p2, zP3);
+  fflush(pOut);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Release an array of N Mem elements
+*/
+static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
+  if( p ){
+    while( N-->0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p++);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
+**
+** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
+** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
+** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeList(
+  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( p->explain );
+
+  /* Even though this opcode does not put dynamic strings onto the
+  ** the stack, they may become dynamic if the user calls
+  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
+  */
+  if( p->pTos==&p->aStack[4] ){
+    releaseMemArray(p->aStack, 5);
+  }
+  p->resOnStack = 0;
+
+  i = p->pc++;
+  if( i>=p->nOp ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else if( db->flags & SQLITE_Interrupt ){
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Interrupt;
+    if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+    }else{
+      p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+    }
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc), (char*)0);
+  }else{
+    Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+    Mem *pMem = p->aStack;
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem->i = i;                                /* Program counter */
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+    pMem->z = sqlite3OpcodeNames[pOp->opcode];  /* Opcode */
+    pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+    pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Short|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;   /* P3 */
+    pMem->z = displayP3(pOp, pMem->zShort, sizeof(pMem->zShort));
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+    pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+
+    p->nResColumn = 5;
+    p->pTos = pMem;
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    p->resOnStack = 1;
+    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  int nOp = p->nOp;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+  if( nOp<1 ) return;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[nOp-1];
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop && pOp->p3!=0 ){
+    const char *z = pOp->p3;
+    while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
+    printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare a virtual machine for execution.  This involves things such
+** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
+** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
+**
+** This is the only way to move a VDBE from VDBE_MAGIC_INIT to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_RUN.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
+  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
+  int nVar,                      /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */
+  int nMem,                      /* Number of memory cells to allocate */
+  int nCursor,                   /* Number of cursors to allocate */
+  int isExplain                  /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */
+){
+  int n;
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+
+  /* There should be at least one opcode.
+  */
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+
+  /* No instruction ever pushes more than a single element onto the
+  ** stack.  And the stack never grows on successive executions of the
+  ** same loop.  So the total number of instructions is an upper bound
+  ** on the maximum stack depth required.
+  **
+  ** Allocation all the stack space we will ever need.
+  */
+  if( p->aStack==0 ){
+    resolveP2Values(p);
+    assert( nVar>=0 );
+    n = isExplain ? 10 : p->nOp;
+    p->aStack = sqliteMalloc(
+        n*sizeof(p->aStack[0])         /* aStack */
+      + n*sizeof(Mem*)                 /* apArg */
+      + nVar*sizeof(Mem)               /* aVar */
+      + nVar*sizeof(char*)             /* azVar */
+      + nMem*sizeof(Mem)               /* aMem */
+      + nCursor*sizeof(Cursor*)        /* apCsr */
+    );
+    if( !sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+      p->aMem = &p->aStack[n];
+      p->nMem = nMem;
+      p->aVar = &p->aMem[nMem];
+      p->nVar = nVar;
+      p->okVar = 0;
+      p->apArg = (Mem**)&p->aVar[nVar];
+      p->azVar = (char**)&p->apArg[n];
+      p->apCsr = (Cursor**)&p->azVar[nVar];
+      p->nCursor = nCursor;
+      for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
+        p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+      }
+      for(n=0; n<nMem; n++){
+        p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( (p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0
+    || sqlite3OsFileExists("vdbe_explain")
+  ){
+    int i;
+    printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
+    sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3OsFileExists("vdbe_trace") ){
+    p->trace = stdout;
+  }
+#endif
+  p->pTos = &p->aStack[-1];
+  p->pc = -1;
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  p->uniqueCnt = 0;
+  p->returnDepth = 0;
+  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+  p->popStack =  0;
+  p->explain |= isExplain;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+  p->nChange = 0;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  {
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+      p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
+      p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Remove any elements that remain on the sorter for the VDBE given.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(Vdbe *p){
+  while( p->pSort ){
+    Sorter *pSorter = p->pSort;
+    p->pSort = pSorter->pNext;
+    sqliteFree(pSorter->zKey);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&pSorter->data);
+    sqliteFree(pSorter);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all resources allociated with AggElem pElem, an element of
+** aggregate pAgg.
+*/
+void freeAggElem(AggElem *pElem, Agg *pAgg){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pAgg->nMem; i++){
+    Mem *pMem = &pElem->aMem[i];
+    if( pAgg->apFunc && pAgg->apFunc[i] && (pMem->flags & MEM_AggCtx)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3_context ctx;
+      ctx.pFunc = pAgg->apFunc[i];
+      ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+      ctx.pAgg = pMem->z;
+      ctx.cnt = pMem->i;
+      ctx.isStep = 0;
+      ctx.isError = 0;
+      (*pAgg->apFunc[i]->xFinalize)(&ctx);
+      pMem->z = ctx.pAgg;
+      if( pMem->z!=0 && pMem->z!=pMem->zShort ){
+        sqliteFree(pMem->z);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    }
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pElem);
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset an Agg structure.  Delete all its contents.
+**
+** For installable aggregate functions, if the step function has been
+** called, make sure the finalizer function has also been called.  The
+** finalizer might need to free memory that was allocated as part of its
+** private context.  If the finalizer has not been called yet, call it
+** now.
+**
+** If db is NULL, then this is being called from sqliteVdbeReset(). In
+** this case clean up all references to the temp-table used for
+** aggregates (if it was ever opened).
+**
+** If db is not NULL, then this is being called from with an OP_AggReset
+** opcode. Open the temp-table, if it has not already been opened and
+** delete the contents of the table used for aggregate information, ready
+** for the next round of aggregate processing.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeAggReset(sqlite3 *db, Agg *pAgg, KeyInfo *pKeyInfo){
+  int rc = 0;
+  BtCursor *pCsr = pAgg->pCsr;
+
+  assert( (pCsr && pAgg->nTab>0) || (!pCsr && pAgg->nTab==0)
+         || sqlite3_malloc_failed );
+
+  /* If pCsr is not NULL, then the table used for aggregate information
+  ** is open. Loop through it and free the AggElem* structure pointed at
+  ** by each entry. If the finalizer has not been called for an AggElem,
+  ** do that too. Finally, clear the btree table itself.
+  */
+  if( pCsr ){
+    int res;
+    assert( pAgg->pBtree );
+    assert( pAgg->nTab>0 );
+
+    rc=sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCsr, &res);
+    while( res==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      AggElem *pElem;
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCsr, 0, sizeof(AggElem*), (char *)&pElem);
+      if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      assert( pAgg->apFunc!=0 );
+      freeAggElem(pElem, pAgg);
+      rc=sqlite3BtreeNext(pCsr, &res);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCsr);
+    sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pAgg->pBtree, pAgg->nTab);
+  }else{ 
+    /* The cursor may not be open because the aggregator was never used,
+    ** or it could be that it was used but there was no GROUP BY clause.
+    */
+    if( pAgg->pCurrent ){
+      freeAggElem(pAgg->pCurrent, pAgg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If db is not NULL and we have not yet and we have not yet opened
+  ** the temporary btree then do so and create the table to store aggregate
+  ** information.
+  **
+  ** If db is NULL, then close the temporary btree if it is open.
+  */
+  if( db ){
+    if( !pAgg->pBtree ){
+      assert( pAgg->nTab==0 );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, ":memory:", 0, TEMP_PAGES, &pAgg->pBtree);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pAgg->pBtree, 1);
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pAgg->pBtree, &pAgg->nTab, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    assert( pAgg->nTab!=0 );
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pAgg->pBtree, pAgg->nTab, 1,
+        sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare, pKeyInfo, &pAgg->pCsr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }else{
+    if( pAgg->pBtree ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(pAgg->pBtree);
+      pAgg->pBtree = 0;
+      pAgg->nTab = 0;
+    }
+    pAgg->pCsr = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pAgg->apFunc ){ 
+    sqliteFree(pAgg->apFunc);
+    pAgg->apFunc = 0;
+  }
+  pAgg->pCurrent = 0;
+  pAgg->nMem = 0;
+  pAgg->searching = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Delete a keylist
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(Keylist *p){
+  while( p ){
+    Keylist *pNext = p->pNext;
+    sqliteFree(p);
+    p = pNext;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a cursor and release all the resources that cursor happens
+** to hold.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Cursor *pCx){
+  if( pCx==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pCx->pCursor ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
+  }
+  if( pCx->pBt ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pCx->pData);
+  sqliteFree(pCx->aType);
+  sqliteFree(pCx);
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all cursors
+*/
+static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p->apCsr==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->apCsr[i]);
+    p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up the VM after execution.
+**
+** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
+** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
+** variables in the aVar[] array.
+*/
+static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p->aStack ){
+    releaseMemArray(p->aStack, 1 + (p->pTos - p->aStack));
+    p->pTos = &p->aStack[-1];
+  }
+  closeAllCursors(p);
+  releaseMemArray(p->aMem, p->nMem);
+  if( p->pList ){
+    sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(p->pList);
+    p->pList = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->contextStack ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->contextStackTop; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(p->contextStack[i].pList);
+    }
+    sqliteFree(p->contextStack);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(p);
+  sqlite3VdbeAggReset(0, &p->agg, 0);
+  p->contextStack = 0;
+  p->contextStackDepth = 0;
+  p->contextStackTop = 0;
+  sqliteFree(p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
+** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
+** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
+** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
+  Mem *pColName;
+  int n;
+  assert( 0==p->nResColumn );
+  p->nResColumn = nResColumn;
+  n = nResColumn*2;
+  p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Mem)*n );
+  if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
+  while( n-- > 0 ){
+    (pColName++)->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
+** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
+**
+** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
+**
+** If N==P3_STATIC  it means that zName is a pointer to a constant static
+** string and we can just copy the pointer. If it is P3_DYNAMIC, then 
+** the string is freed using sqliteFree() when the vdbe is finished with
+** it. Otherwise, N bytes of zName are copied.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe *p, int idx, const char *zName, int N){
+  int rc;
+  Mem *pColName;
+  assert( idx<(2*p->nResColumn) );
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  assert( p->aColName!=0 );
+  pColName = &(p->aColName[idx]);
+  if( N==P3_DYNAMIC || N==P3_STATIC ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, N, SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && N==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+    pColName->flags = (pColName->flags&(~MEM_Static))|MEM_Dyn;
+    pColName->xDel = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
+** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
+** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
+** takes care of the master journal trickery.
+*/
+static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  int nTrans = 0;  /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int needXcommit = 0;
+
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+      needXcommit = 1;
+      if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
+  if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
+    int rc;
+    sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+    rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
+    sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    if( rc ){
+      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
+  ** TEMP database) has a transaction active.   There is no need for the
+  ** master-journal.
+  **
+  ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
+  ** string, it means the main database is :memory:.  In that case we do
+  ** not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the simple case then
+  ** too.
+  */
+  if( 0==strlen(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) || nTrans<=1 ){
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeSync(pBt, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully synced */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+        if( pBt ){
+          sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
+  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
+  ** committed atomicly.
+  */
+  else{
+    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
+    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    OsFile master;
+
+    /* Select a master journal file name */
+    do {
+      u32 random;
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(random), &random);
+      zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf("%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, random&0x7fffffff);
+      if( !zMaster ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }while( sqlite3OsFileExists(zMaster) );
+
+    /* Open the master journal. */
+    memset(&master, 0, sizeof(master));
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(zMaster, &master, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+ 
+    /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
+    ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
+    ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
+    ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
+    ** back independantly if a failure occurs.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( i==1 ) continue;   /* Ignore the TEMP database */
+      if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+        char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
+        if( zFile[0]==0 ) continue;  /* Ignore :memory: databases */
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&master, zFile, strlen(zFile)+1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+          sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
+          sqliteFree(zMaster);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+
+    /* Sync the master journal file. Before doing this, open the directory
+    ** the master journal file is store in so that it gets synced too.
+    */
+    zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(zMainFile, &master);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+      sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(&master);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
+    ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
+    ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
+    **
+    ** If the error occurs during the first call to sqlite3BtreeSync(),
+    ** then there is a chance that the master journal file will be
+    ** orphaned. But we cannot delete it, in case the master journal
+    ** file name was written into the journal file before the failure
+    ** occured.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeSync(pBt, zMaster);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+          sqliteFree(zMaster);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+
+    /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
+    ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
+    ** transaction files are deleted.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    sqliteFree(zMaster);
+    zMaster = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(zMainFile);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* This is not good. The master journal file has been deleted, but
+      ** the directory sync failed. There is no completely safe course of
+      ** action from here. The individual journals contain the name of the
+      ** master journal file, but there is no way of knowing if that
+      ** master journal exists now or if it will exist after the operating
+      ** system crash that may follow the fsync() failure.
+      */
+      assert(0);
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
+    ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommit() are only closing files and deleting
+    ** journals. If something goes wrong while this is happening we don't
+    ** really care. The integrity of the transaction is already guaranteed,
+    ** but some stray 'cold' journals may be lying around. Returning an
+    ** error code won't help matters.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find every active VM other than pVdbe and change its status to
+** aborted.  This happens when one VM causes a rollback due to an
+** ON CONFLICT ROLLBACK clause (for example).  The other VMs must be
+** aborted so that they do not have data rolled out from underneath
+** them leading to a segfault.
+*/
+static void abortOtherActiveVdbes(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  Vdbe *pOther;
+  for(pOther=pVdbe->db->pVdbe; pOther; pOther=pOther->pNext){
+    if( pOther==pVdbe ) continue;
+    if( pOther->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || pOther->pc<0 ) continue;
+    closeAllCursors(pOther);
+    pOther->aborted = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
+** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
+** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
+** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
+** step.
+**
+** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  p = db->pVdbe;
+  while( p ){
+    if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
+      cnt++;
+    }
+    p = p->pNext;
+  }
+  assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
+}
+#else
+#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
+** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
+** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
+**
+** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
+** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.
+**
+** Return an error code.  If the commit could not complete because of
+** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY.  If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
+** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  int i;
+  int (*xFunc)(Btree *pBt) = 0;  /* Function to call on each btree backend */
+
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    /* Already halted.  Nothing to do. */
+    assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT );
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  closeAllCursors(p);
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+  if( db->autoCommit && db->activeVdbeCnt==1 ){
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+      /* The auto-commit flag is true, there are no other active queries
+      ** using this handle and the vdbe program was successful or hit an
+      ** 'OR FAIL' constraint. This means a commit is required.
+      */
+      int rc = vdbeCommit(db);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        return SQLITE_BUSY;
+      }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        p->rc = rc;
+        xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollback;
+      }
+    }else{
+      xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollback;
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+      xFunc = sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt;
+    }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
+      xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
+    }else{
+      xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollback;
+      db->autoCommit = 1;
+      abortOtherActiveVdbes(p);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If xFunc is not NULL, then it is one of sqlite3BtreeRollback,
+  ** sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt or sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt. Call it once on
+  ** each backend. If an error occurs and the return code is still
+  ** SQLITE_OK, set the return code to the new error value.
+  */
+  for(i=0; xFunc && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+    int rc;
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      rc = xFunc(pBt);
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE, set the change counter. */
+  if( p->changeCntOn ){
+    if( !xFunc || xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
+    }
+    p->nChange = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */
+  if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3RollbackInternalChanges(db);
+  }else if( db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges ){
+    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+  }
+
+  /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    db->activeVdbeCnt--;
+  }
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
+** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
+**
+** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
+** again.
+**
+** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
+** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
+  ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
+  ** it now.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+
+  /* Transfer the error code and error message from the VDBE into the
+  ** main database structure.
+  */
+  if( p->zErrMsg ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, p->rc, "%s", p->zErrMsg);
+    sqliteFree(p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = 0;
+  }else if( p->rc ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, p->rc, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
+  */
+  Cleanup(p);
+
+  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
+  */
+  assert( p->pTos<&p->aStack[p->pc<0?0:p->pc] || sqlite3_malloc_failed==1 );
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  {
+    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
+    if( out ){
+      int i;
+      fprintf(out, "---- ");
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
+      }
+      fprintf(out, "\n");
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
+           p->aOp[i].cnt,
+           p->aOp[i].cycles,
+           p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
+        );
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+      }
+      fclose(out);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  p->aborted = 0;
+  return p->rc;
+}
+ 
+/*
+** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
+** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+  if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
+  }else if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ){
+    /* sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); */
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
+** the corresponding bit in mask is clear.  Auxdata entries beyond 31
+** are always destroyed.  To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
+** routine with mask==0.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
+    struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
+    if( (i>31 || !(mask&(1<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
+      if( pAux->xDelete ){
+        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
+      }
+      pAux->pAux = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire VDBE.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  Cleanup(p);
+  if( p->pPrev ){
+    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( p->db->pVdbe==p );
+    p->db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
+  }
+  if( p->pNext ){
+    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+  }
+  if( p->aOp ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+      Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+      if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC || pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO ){
+        sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+      }
+      if( pOp->p3type==P3_VDBEFUNC ){
+        VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)pOp->p3;
+        sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
+        sqliteFree(pVdbeFunc);
+      }
+    }
+    sqliteFree(p->aOp);
+  }
+  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
+  sqliteFree(p->aLabel);
+  sqliteFree(p->aStack);
+  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*2);
+  sqliteFree(p->aColName);
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
+** MoveTo now.  Return an error code.  If no MoveTo is pending, this
+** routine does nothing and returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor *p){
+  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
+    int res;
+    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
+    assert( p->intKey );
+    if( p->intKey ){
+      sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, &res);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->pCursor,(char*)&p->movetoTarget,sizeof(i64),&res);
+    }
+    *p->pIncrKey = 0;
+    p->lastRecno = keyToInt(p->movetoTarget);
+    p->recnoIsValid = res==0;
+    if( res<0 ){
+      sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res);
+    }
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    p->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following functions:
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialRead()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialWrite()
+**
+** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
+** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
+** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
+** integer, stored as a varint.
+**
+** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
+** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
+** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
+** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
+** serial-type and data blob seperately.
+**
+** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
+**
+**   serial type        bytes of data      type
+**   --------------     ---------------    ---------------
+**      0                     0            NULL
+**      1                     1            signed integer
+**      2                     2            signed integer
+**      3                     3            signed integer
+**      4                     4            signed integer
+**      5                     6            signed integer
+**      6                     8            signed integer
+**      7                     8            IEEE float
+**     8-11                                reserved for expansion
+**    N>=12 and even       (N-12)/2        BLOB
+**    N>=13 and odd        (N-13)/2        text
+**
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
+*/
+u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+
+  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
+    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes. */
+    i64 i = pMem->i;
+    if( i>=-127 && i<=127 ) return 1;
+    if( i>=-32767 && i<=32767 ) return 2;
+    if( i>=-8388607 && i<=8388607 ) return 3;
+    if( i>=-2147483647 && i<=2147483647 ) return 4;
+    if( i>=-140737488355328L && i<=140737488355328L ) return 5;
+    return 6;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
+    return 7;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Str ){
+    int n = pMem->n;
+    assert( n>=0 );
+    return ((n*2) + 13);
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Blob ){
+    return (pMem->n*2 + 12);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
+  if( serial_type>=12 ){
+    return (serial_type-12)/2;
+  }else{
+    static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+    return aSize[serial_type];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into 
+** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
+** Return the number of bytes written.
+*/ 
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char *buf, Mem *pMem){
+  u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem);
+  int len;
+
+  /* NULL */
+  if( serial_type==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+ 
+  /* Integer and Real */
+  if( serial_type<=7 ){
+    u64 v;
+    int i;
+    if( serial_type==7 ){
+      v = *(u64*)&pMem->r;
+    }else{
+      v = *(u64*)&pMem->i;
+    }
+    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    while( i-- ){
+      buf[i] = (v&0xFF);
+      v >>= 8;
+    }
+    return len;
+  }
+  
+  /* String or blob */
+  assert( serial_type>=12 );
+  len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+  memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
+  return len;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
+** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
+*/ 
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
+  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
+  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
+  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
+){
+  int len;
+
+  if( serial_type==0 ){
+    /* NULL */
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+  if( serial_type<=7 ){
+    /* Integer and Real */
+    if( serial_type<=4 ){
+      /* 32-bit integer type.  This is handled by a special case for
+      ** performance reasons. */
+      int v = buf[0];
+      int n;
+      if( v&0x80 ){
+        v |= -256;
+      }
+      for(n=1; n<len; n++){
+        v = (v<<8) | buf[n];
+      }
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      pMem->i = v;
+      return n;
+    }else{
+      u64 v = 0;
+      int n;
+
+      if( buf[0]&0x80 ){
+        v = -1;
+      }
+      for(n=0; n<len; n++){
+        v = (v<<8) | buf[n];
+      }
+      if( serial_type==7 ){
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+        pMem->r = *(double*)&v;
+      }else{
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+        pMem->i = *(i64*)&v;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* String or blob */
+    assert( serial_type>=12 );
+    pMem->z = (char *)buf;
+    pMem->n = len;
+    pMem->xDel = 0;
+    if( serial_type&0x01 ){
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
+    }else{
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
+    }
+  }
+  return len;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function compares the two table rows or index records specified by 
+** {nKey1, pKey1} and {nKey2, pKey2}, returning a negative, zero
+** or positive integer if {nKey1, pKey1} is less than, equal to or 
+** greater than {nKey2, pKey2}.  Both Key1 and Key2 must be byte strings
+** composed by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
+  void *userData,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, 
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)userData;
+  u32 d1, d2;          /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+  u32 idx1, idx2;      /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
+  u32 szHdr1, szHdr2;  /* Number of bytes in header */
+  int i = 0;
+  int nField;
+  int rc = 0;
+  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+  const unsigned char *aKey2 = (const unsigned char *)pKey2;
+
+  Mem mem1;
+  Mem mem2;
+  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+  mem2.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+  
+  idx1 = sqlite3GetVarint32(pKey1, &szHdr1);
+  d1 = szHdr1;
+  idx2 = sqlite3GetVarint32(pKey2, &szHdr2);
+  d2 = szHdr2;
+  nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
+  while( idx1<szHdr1 && idx2<szHdr2 ){
+    u32 serial_type1;
+    u32 serial_type2;
+
+    /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
+    idx1 += sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], &serial_type1);
+    if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
+    idx2 += sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey2[idx2], &serial_type2);
+    if( d2>=nKey2 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type2)>0 ) break;
+
+    /* Assert that there is enough space left in each key for the blob of
+    ** data to go with the serial type just read. This assert may fail if
+    ** the file is corrupted.  Then read the value from each key into mem1
+    ** and mem2 respectively.
+    */
+    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
+    d2 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey2[d2], serial_type2, &mem2);
+
+    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &mem2, i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem2);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      break;
+    }
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /* One of the keys ran out of fields, but all the fields up to that point
+  ** were equal. If the incrKey flag is true, then the second key is
+  ** treated as larger.
+  */
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( pKeyInfo->incrKey ){
+      rc = -1;
+    }else if( d1<nKey1 ){
+      rc = 1;
+    }else if( d2<nKey2 ){
+      rc = -1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && i<pKeyInfo->nField && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+    rc = -rc;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument is an index entry composed using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** The last entry in this record should be an integer (specifically
+** an integer rowid).  This routine returns the number of bytes in
+** that integer.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(int nKey, const u8 *aKey){
+  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
+  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
+
+  sqlite3GetVarint32(aKey, &szHdr);
+  sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey[szHdr-1], &typeRowid);
+  return sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+}
+  
+
+/*
+** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
+  i64 nCellKey;
+  int rc;
+  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
+  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
+  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
+  Mem m, v;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+  if( nCellKey<=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  sqlite3GetVarint32(m.z, &szHdr);
+  sqlite3GetVarint32(&m.z[szHdr-1], &typeRowid);
+  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
+  *rowid = v.i;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is point to against
+** the key string in pKey (of length nKey).  Write into *pRes a number
+** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
+** or greater than pKey.  Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+**
+** pKey is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
+** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
+** is ignored as well.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
+  Cursor *pC,                 /* The cursor to compare against */
+  int nKey, const u8 *pKey,   /* The key to compare */
+  int *res                    /* Write the comparison result here */
+){
+  i64 nCellKey;
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
+  int lenRowid;
+  Mem m;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+  if( nCellKey<=0 ){
+    *res = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(m.n, m.z);
+  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pC->pKeyInfo, m.n-lenRowid, m.z, nKey, pKey);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
+  db->nChange = nChange;
+  db->nTotalChange += nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
+** or reset.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *p){
+  p->changeCntOn = 1;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbemem.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbemem.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6cd94e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbemem.c
@@ -0,0 +1,724 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
+** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
+** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
+** name sqlite_value
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/*
+** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
+** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
+** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
+**
+** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
+** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
+** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
+** between formats.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
+  if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, desiredEnc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem *pMem){
+  int n = pMem->n;
+  u8 *z;
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static|MEM_Short))==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  assert( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+  z = sqliteMallocRaw( n+2 );
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+  pMem->xDel = 0;
+  memcpy(z, pMem->z, n );
+  z[n] = 0;
+  z[n+1] = 0;
+  pMem->z = z;
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static|MEM_Short);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make the given Mem object either MEM_Short or MEM_Dyn so that bytes
+** of the Mem.z[] array can be modified.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
+  int n;
+  u8 *z;
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  assert( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+  if( (n = pMem->n)+2<sizeof(pMem->zShort) ){
+    z = pMem->zShort;
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Short|MEM_Term;
+  }else{
+    z = sqliteMallocRaw( n+2 );
+    if( z==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+    pMem->xDel = 0;
+  }
+  memcpy(z, pMem->z, n );
+  z[n] = 0;
+  z[n+1] = 0;
+  pMem->z = z;
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
+  /* In SQLite, a string without a nul terminator occurs when a string
+  ** is loaded from disk (in this case the memory management is ephemeral),
+  ** or when it is supplied by the user as a bound variable or function
+  ** return value. Therefore, the memory management of the string must be
+  ** either ephemeral, static or controlled by a user-supplied destructor.
+  */
+  assert(                         
+    !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) ||                /* it's not a string, or      */
+    (pMem->flags&MEM_Term) ||                /* it's nul term. already, or */
+    (pMem->flags&(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static)) ||  /* it's static or ephem, or   */
+    (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel)      /* external management        */
+  );
+  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+
+  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem) ){
+    return sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+  }else{
+    char *z = sqliteMalloc(pMem->n+2);
+    if( !z ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memcpy(z, pMem->z, pMem->n);
+    z[pMem->n] = 0;
+    z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+    pMem->xDel(pMem->z);
+    pMem->xDel = 0;
+    pMem->z = z;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
+** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
+**
+** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
+** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
+** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
+** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
+** user and the later is an internal programming error.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int fg = pMem->flags;
+  u8 *z = pMem->zShort;
+
+  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
+  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
+
+  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8
+  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
+  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
+  ** 
+  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
+  */
+  if( fg & MEM_Real ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(NBFS, z, "%.15g", pMem->r);
+  }else{
+    assert( fg & MEM_Int );
+    sqlite3_snprintf(NBFS, z, "%lld", pMem->i);
+  }
+  pMem->n = strlen(z);
+  pMem->z = z;
+  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str | MEM_Short | MEM_Term;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
+** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
+** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
+  if( p->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+    if( p->xDel ){
+      p->xDel((void *)p->z);
+    }else{
+      sqliteFree(p->z);
+    }
+    p->z = 0;
+    p->xDel = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
+** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
+** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
+** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
+** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
+** it into a integer and return that.  If pMem is NULL, return 0.
+**
+** If pMem is a string, its encoding might be changed.
+*/
+i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return pMem->i;
+  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return (i64)pMem->r;
+  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    i64 value;
+    if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
+       || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    assert( pMem->z );
+    sqlite3atoi64(pMem->z, &value);
+    return value;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
+  pMem->i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
+** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
+** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
+** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
+*/
+double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return pMem->r;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return (double)pMem->i;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
+       || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    assert( pMem->z );
+    return sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, 0);
+  }else{
+    return 0.0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.  Invalidate any
+** prior representations.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
+  pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type INTEGER.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->i = val;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type REAL.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->r = val;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
+** pTo are overwritten.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
+** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
+** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(*pFrom)-sizeof(pFrom->zShort));
+  pTo->xDel = 0;
+  if( pTo->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Short|MEM_Ephem);
+    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
+    pTo->flags |= srcType;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
+** freed before the copy is made.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
+  int rc;
+  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTo, pFrom, MEM_Ephem);
+  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Ephem ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
+** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
+**
+** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.  SQLITE_NOMEM
+** might be returned if pFrom held ephemeral data and we were unable
+** to allocate enough space to make a copy.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
+  int rc;
+  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  }
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
+  if( pFrom->flags & MEM_Short ){
+    pTo->z = pTo->zShort;
+  }
+  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
+  pFrom->xDel = 0;
+  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Ephem ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
+  Mem *pMem,          /* Memory cell to set to string value */
+  const char *z,      /* String pointer */
+  int n,              /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+  u8 enc,             /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
+  void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  if( !z ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  pMem->z = (char *)z;
+  if( xDel==SQLITE_STATIC ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Static;
+  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Ephem;
+  }else{
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn;
+    pMem->xDel = xDel;
+  }
+
+  pMem->enc = enc;
+  pMem->type = enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT;
+  pMem->n = n;
+
+  switch( enc ){
+    case 0:
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+      break;
+
+    case SQLITE_UTF8:
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
+      if( n<0 ){
+        pMem->n = strlen(z);
+        pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case SQLITE_UTF16LE:
+    case SQLITE_UTF16BE:
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
+      if( pMem->n<0 ){
+        pMem->n = sqlite3utf16ByteLen(pMem->z,-1);
+        pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+      }
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert(0);
+  }
+  if( pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem ){
+    return sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
+** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
+** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
+** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
+** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
+**
+** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
+*/
+int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
+  int rc;
+  int f1, f2;
+  int combined_flags;
+
+  /* Interchange pMem1 and pMem2 if the collating sequence specifies
+  ** DESC order.
+  */
+  f1 = pMem1->flags;
+  f2 = pMem2->flags;
+  combined_flags = f1|f2;
+ 
+  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
+  ** are NULL, return 0.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
+  }
+
+  /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
+  ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
+  ** if both values are integers.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+    if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+      double r1, r2;
+      if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        r1 = pMem1->i;
+      }else{
+        r1 = pMem1->r;
+      }
+      if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        r2 = pMem2->i;
+      }else{
+        r2 = pMem2->r;
+      }
+      if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
+      if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
+      return 0;
+    }else{
+      assert( f1&MEM_Int );
+      assert( f2&MEM_Int );
+      if( pMem1->i < pMem2->i ) return -1;
+      if( pMem1->i > pMem2->i ) return 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
+  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
+    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+    assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
+    assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
+            pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+
+    /* This assert may fail if the collation sequence is deleted after this
+    ** vdbe program is compiled. The documentation defines this as an
+    ** undefined condition. A crash is usual result.
+    */
+    assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
+
+    if( pColl ){
+      if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
+        return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
+      }else{
+        u8 origEnc = pMem1->enc;
+        rc = pColl->xCmp(
+          pColl->pUser,
+          sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc),
+          sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc),
+          sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc),
+          sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc)
+        );
+        sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, origEnc);
+        sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, origEnc);
+        sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, origEnc);
+        sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, origEnc);
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
+    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
+  }
+ 
+  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
+  rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
+** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
+** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
+** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
+** into the pMem element.
+**
+** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized.  Any prior content
+** is overwritten without being freed.
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
+** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
+  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
+  int offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
+  int amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
+  int key,          /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
+  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
+){
+  char *zData;      /* Data from the btree layer */
+  int available;    /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
+
+  if( key ){
+    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
+  }else{
+    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
+  }
+
+  pMem->n = amt;
+  if( offset+amt<=available ){
+    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
+  }else{
+    int rc;
+    if( amt>NBFS-2 ){
+      zData = (char *)sqliteMallocRaw(amt+2);
+      if( !zData ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->xDel = 0;
+    }else{
+      zData = &(pMem->zShort[0]);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Short|MEM_Term;
+    }
+    pMem->z = zData;
+    pMem->enc = 0;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+
+    if( key ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, zData);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, zData);
+    }
+    zData[amt] = 0;
+    zData[amt+1] = 0;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( amt>NBFS ){
+        sqliteFree(zData);
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Perform various checks on the memory cell pMem. An assert() will
+** fail if pMem is internally inconsistent.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem *pMem, u8 db_enc){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  assert( flags!=0 );  /* Must define some type */
+  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    int x = pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
+    assert( x!=0 );            /* Strings must define a string subtype */
+    assert( (x & (x-1))==0 );  /* Only one string subtype can be defined */
+    assert( pMem->z!=0 );      /* Strings must have a value */
+    /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort iff the subtype is MEM_Short */
+    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Short)==0 || pMem->z==pMem->zShort );
+    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Short)!=0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zShort );
+    /* No destructor unless there is MEM_Dyn */
+    assert( pMem->xDel==0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 );
+
+    if( (flags & MEM_Str) ){
+      assert( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
+              pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ||
+              pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE 
+      );
+      /* If the string is UTF-8 encoded and nul terminated, then pMem->n
+      ** must be the length of the string.  (Later:)  If the database file
+      ** has been corrupted, '\000' characters might have been inserted
+      ** into the middle of the string.  In that case, the strlen() might
+      ** be less.
+      */
+      if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 && (flags & MEM_Term) ){ 
+        assert( strlen(pMem->z)<=pMem->n );
+        assert( pMem->z[pMem->n]==0 );
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Cannot define a string subtype for non-string objects */
+    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short))==0 );
+    assert( pMem->xDel==0 );
+  }
+  /* MEM_Null excludes all other types */
+  assert( (pMem->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob))==0
+          || (pMem->flags&MEM_Null)==0 );
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+    assert( pMem->r==pMem->i );
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
+** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
+** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
+** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
+** SQLITE_UTF8.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
+  if( !pVal ) return 0;
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE || enc==SQLITE_UTF8);
+
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
+  }else if( !(pVal->flags&MEM_Blob) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
+  }
+  return (const void *)(pVal->z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
+*/
+sqlite3_value* sqlite3ValueNew(){
+  Mem *p = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*p));
+  if( p ){
+    p->flags = MEM_Null;
+    p->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
+  sqlite3_value *v, 
+  int n, 
+  const void *z, 
+  u8 enc,
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(v, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqliteFree(v);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
+** that it uses the encoding "enc"
+*/
+int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
+    return p->n;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/where.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/where.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08c174e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/where.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1210 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
+** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
+** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
+** clause subexpression is separated from the others by an AND operator.
+*/
+typedef struct ExprInfo ExprInfo;
+struct ExprInfo {
+  Expr *p;                /* Pointer to the subexpression */
+  u8 indexable;           /* True if this subexprssion is usable by an index */
+  short int idxLeft;      /* p->pLeft is a column in this table number. -1 if
+                          ** p->pLeft is not the column of any table */
+  short int idxRight;     /* p->pRight is a column in this table number. -1 if
+                          ** p->pRight is not the column of any table */
+  unsigned prereqLeft;    /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p->pLeft */
+  unsigned prereqRight;   /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p->pRight */
+  unsigned prereqAll;     /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
+** between VDBE cursor numbers and bitmasks.  The VDBE cursor numbers
+** are small integers contained in SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable
+** fields.  For any given WHERE clause, we want to track which cursors
+** are being used, so we assign a single bit in a 32-bit word to track
+** that cursor.  Then a 32-bit integer is able to show the set of all
+** cursors being used.
+*/
+typedef struct ExprMaskSet ExprMaskSet;
+struct ExprMaskSet {
+  int n;          /* Number of assigned cursor values */
+  int ix[31];     /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
+};
+
+/*
+** Determine the number of elements in an array.
+*/
+#define ARRAYSIZE(X)  (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to divide the WHERE expression into subexpressions
+** separated by the AND operator.
+**
+** aSlot[] is an array of subexpressions structures.
+** There are nSlot spaces left in this array.  This routine attempts to
+** split pExpr into subexpressions and fills aSlot[] with those subexpressions.
+** The return value is the number of slots filled.
+*/
+static int exprSplit(int nSlot, ExprInfo *aSlot, Expr *pExpr){
+  int cnt = 0;
+  if( pExpr==0 || nSlot<1 ) return 0;
+  if( nSlot==1 || pExpr->op!=TK_AND ){
+    aSlot[0].p = pExpr;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pExpr->pLeft->op!=TK_AND ){
+    aSlot[0].p = pExpr->pLeft;
+    cnt = 1 + exprSplit(nSlot-1, &aSlot[1], pExpr->pRight);
+  }else{
+    cnt = exprSplit(nSlot, aSlot, pExpr->pLeft);
+    cnt += exprSplit(nSlot-cnt, &aSlot[cnt], pExpr->pRight);
+  }
+  return cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize an expression mask set
+*/
+#define initMaskSet(P)  memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P))
+
+/*
+** Return the bitmask for the given cursor.  Assign a new bitmask
+** if this is the first time the cursor has been seen.
+*/
+static int getMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
+    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ) return 1<<i;
+  }
+  if( i==pMaskSet->n && i<ARRAYSIZE(pMaskSet->ix) ){
+    pMaskSet->n++;
+    pMaskSet->ix[i] = iCursor;
+    return 1<<i;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy an expression mask set
+*/
+#define freeMaskSet(P)   /* NO-OP */
+
+/*
+** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates
+** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
+** tree.
+**
+** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have
+** previously invoked sqlite3ExprResolveIds() on the expression.  See
+** the header comment on that routine for additional information.
+** The sqlite3ExprResolveIds() routines looks for column names and
+** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to
+** the VDBE cursor number of the table.
+*/
+static int exprTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
+  unsigned int mask = 0;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+    mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
+    if( mask==0 ) mask = -1;
+    return mask;
+  }
+  if( p->pRight ){
+    mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
+  }
+  if( p->pLeft ){
+    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
+  }
+  if( p->pList ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->pList->nExpr; i++){
+      mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pList->a[i].pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
+** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause.  The allowed operators are
+** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN".
+*/
+static int allowedOp(int op){
+  assert( TK_GT==TK_LE-1 && TK_LE==TK_LT-1 && TK_LT==TK_GE-1 && TK_EQ==TK_GT-1);
+  return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE);
+}
+
+/*
+** Swap two integers.
+*/
+#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
+
+/*
+** Return the index in the SrcList that uses cursor iCur.  If iCur is
+** used by the first entry in SrcList return 0.  If iCur is used by
+** the second entry return 1.  And so forth.
+**
+** SrcList is the set of tables in the FROM clause in the order that
+** they will be processed.  The value returned here gives us an index
+** of which tables will be processed first.
+*/
+static int tableOrder(SrcList *pList, int iCur){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++){
+    if( pList->a[i].iCursor==iCur ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** The input to this routine is an ExprInfo structure with only the
+** "p" field filled in.  The job of this routine is to analyze the
+** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the ExprInfo
+** structure.
+*/
+static void exprAnalyze(SrcList *pSrc, ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprInfo *pInfo){
+  Expr *pExpr = pInfo->p;
+  pInfo->prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
+  pInfo->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
+  pInfo->prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
+  pInfo->indexable = 0;
+  pInfo->idxLeft = -1;
+  pInfo->idxRight = -1;
+  if( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && (pInfo->prereqRight & pInfo->prereqLeft)==0 ){
+    if( pExpr->pRight && pExpr->pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+      pInfo->idxRight = pExpr->pRight->iTable;
+      pInfo->indexable = 1;
+    }
+    if( pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+      pInfo->idxLeft = pExpr->pLeft->iTable;
+      pInfo->indexable = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pInfo->indexable ){
+    assert( pInfo->idxLeft!=pInfo->idxRight );
+
+    /* We want the expression to be of the form "X = expr", not "expr = X".
+    ** So flip it over if necessary.  If the expression is "X = Y", then
+    ** we want Y to come from an earlier table than X.
+    **
+    ** The collating sequence rule is to always choose the left expression.
+    ** So if we do a flip, we also have to move the collating sequence.
+    */
+    if( tableOrder(pSrc,pInfo->idxLeft)<tableOrder(pSrc,pInfo->idxRight) ){
+      assert( pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
+      SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl);
+      SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
+      if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
+        assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
+        assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
+        assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
+        assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
+        assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
+        pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
+      }
+      SWAP(unsigned, pInfo->prereqLeft, pInfo->prereqRight);
+      SWAP(short int, pInfo->idxLeft, pInfo->idxRight);
+    }
+  }      
+
+}
+
+/*
+** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement.  pTab is the
+** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and
+** the table has a cursor number of "base".
+**
+** This routine attempts to find an index for pTab that generates the
+** correct record sequence for the given ORDER BY clause.  The return value
+** is a pointer to an index that does the job.  NULL is returned if the
+** table has no index that will generate the correct sort order.
+**
+** If there are two or more indices that generate the correct sort order
+** and pPreferredIdx is one of those indices, then return pPreferredIdx.
+**
+** nEqCol is the number of columns of pPreferredIdx that are used as
+** equality constraints.  Any index returned must have exactly this same
+** set of columns.  The ORDER BY clause only matches index columns beyond the
+** the first nEqCol columns.
+**
+** All terms of the ORDER BY clause must be either ASC or DESC.  The
+** *pbRev value is set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is
+** set to 0 if the ORDER BY clause is all ASC.
+*/
+static Index *findSortingIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  Table *pTab,            /* The table to be sorted */
+  int base,               /* Cursor number for pTab */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Index *pPreferredIdx,   /* Use this index, if possible and not NULL */
+  int nEqCol,             /* Number of index columns used with == constraints */
+  int *pbRev              /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  Index *pMatch;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int sortOrder;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
+  assert( pOrderBy->nExpr>0 );
+  sortOrder = pOrderBy->a[0].sortOrder;
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p;
+    if( pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder!=sortOrder ){
+      /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms are either
+      ** DESC or ASC.  Indices cannot be used on a mixture. */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    p = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || p->iTable!=base ){
+      /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the
+      ** left-most table of the FROM clause */
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means the ORDER BY clause consists only of
+  ** ascending columns in the left-most table of the FROM clause.  Now
+  ** check for a matching index.
+  */
+  pMatch = 0;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+    if( pIdx->nColumn < nEqCol || pIdx->nColumn < nExpr ) continue;
+    for(i=j=0; i<nEqCol; i++){
+      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[j].pExpr);
+      if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      if( pPreferredIdx->aiColumn[i]!=pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) break;
+      if( pPreferredIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i]!=pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i] ) break;
+      if( j<nExpr && 
+          pOrderBy->a[j].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[i] &&
+          pColl==pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i]
+      ){ 
+        j++; 
+      }
+    }
+    if( i<nEqCol ) continue;
+    for(i=0; i+j<nExpr; i++){
+      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i+j].pExpr);
+      if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      if( pOrderBy->a[i+j].pExpr->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEqCol] ||
+          pColl!=pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i+nEqCol] ) break;
+    }
+    if( i+j>=nExpr ){
+      pMatch = pIdx;
+      if( pIdx==pPreferredIdx ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pMatch && pbRev ){
+    *pbRev = sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_DESC;
+  }
+  return pMatch;
+}
+
+/*
+** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
+** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
+** or USING clause of that join.
+**
+** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
+**
+**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
+**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**
+** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it did not originate
+** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
+** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
+**
+** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
+** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  We would get the correct
+** results if nothing were ever disabled, but joins might run a little
+** slower.  The trick is to disable as much as we can without disabling
+** too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get the wrong answer.
+** See ticket #813.
+*/
+static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, Expr **ppExpr){
+  Expr *pExpr = *ppExpr;
+  if( pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+    *ppExpr = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that builds a probe for an index.  Details:
+**
+**    *  Check the top nColumn entries on the stack.  If any
+**       of those entries are NULL, jump immediately to brk,
+**       which is the loop exit, since no index entry will match
+**       if any part of the key is NULL.
+**
+**    *  Construct a probe entry from the top nColumn entries in
+**       the stack with affinities appropriate for index pIdx.
+*/
+static void buildIndexProbe(Vdbe *v, int nColumn, int brk, Index *pIdx){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -nColumn, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, brk);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+  sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for an equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
+** term can be either X=expr  or X IN (...).   pTerm is the X.  
+*/
+static void codeEqualityTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
+  ExprInfo *pTerm,    /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
+  int brk,            /* Jump here to abandon the loop */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel  /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */
+){
+  Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+  if( pX->op!=TK_IN ){
+    assert( pX->op==TK_EQ );
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+  }else{
+    int iTab = pX->iTable;
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, brk);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, iTab, 1);
+    pLevel->inP2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxColumn, iTab, 0);
+    pLevel->inOp = OP_Next;
+    pLevel->inP1 = iTab;
+  }
+  disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
+** The return value is a pointer to an (opaque) structure that contains
+** information needed to terminate the loop.  Later, the calling routine
+** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
+** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
+**
+** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
+**
+** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
+** the FROM clause of a select.  (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
+** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.)  For
+** example, if the SQL is this:
+**
+**       SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
+**
+** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
+**
+**      foreach row1 in t1 do       \    Code generated
+**        foreach row2 in t2 do      |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
+**          foreach row3 in t3 do   /
+**            ...
+**          end                     \    Code generated
+**        end                        |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
+**      end                         /
+**
+** There are Btree cursors associated with each table.  t1 uses cursor
+** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor.  t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
+** And so forth.  This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
+** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
+**
+** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
+** entire tables.  Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation.  But if
+** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
+** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
+** code will run much faster.  Most of the work of this routine is checking
+** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
+**
+** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
+** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop.  After each "foreach",
+** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
+** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
+** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
+** most loop)
+**
+** OUTER JOINS
+**
+** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
+**
+**    foreach row1 in t1 do
+**      flag = 0
+**      foreach row2 in t2 do
+**        start:
+**          ...
+**          flag = 1
+**      end
+**      if flag==0 then
+**        move the row2 cursor to a null row
+**        goto start
+**      fi
+**    end
+**
+** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
+**
+** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement,
+** if there is one.  If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
+** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL.
+**
+** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table
+** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and
+** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL.  This is an optimization that prevents an
+** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the
+** ORDER BY clause already exists.
+**
+** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct
+** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged.
+*/
+WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,   /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
+  int pushKey,         /* If TRUE, leave the table key on the stack */
+  ExprList **ppOrderBy /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */
+){
+  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
+  int brk, cont = 0;         /* Addresses used during code generation */
+  int nExpr;           /* Number of subexpressions in the WHERE clause */
+  int loopMask;        /* One bit set for each outer loop */
+  int haveKey = 0;     /* True if KEY is on the stack */
+  ExprInfo *pTerm;     /* A single term in the WHERE clause; ptr to aExpr[] */
+  ExprMaskSet maskSet; /* The expression mask set */
+  int iDirectEq[32];   /* Term of the form ROWID==X for the N-th table */
+  int iDirectLt[32];   /* Term of the form ROWID<X or ROWID<=X */
+  int iDirectGt[32];   /* Term of the form ROWID>X or ROWID>=X */
+  ExprInfo aExpr[101]; /* The WHERE clause is divided into these terms */
+
+  /* pushKey is only allowed if there is a single table (as in an INSERT or
+  ** UPDATE statement)
+  */
+  assert( pushKey==0 || pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
+  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.  If the aExpr[]
+  ** array fills up, the last entry might point to an expression which
+  ** contains additional unfactored AND operators.
+  */
+  initMaskSet(&maskSet);
+  memset(aExpr, 0, sizeof(aExpr));
+  nExpr = exprSplit(ARRAYSIZE(aExpr), aExpr, pWhere);
+  if( nExpr==ARRAYSIZE(aExpr) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "WHERE clause too complex - no more "
+       "than %d terms allowed", (int)ARRAYSIZE(aExpr)-1);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  
+  /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
+  ** return value.
+  */
+  pWInfo = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(WhereInfo) + pTabList->nSrc*sizeof(WhereLevel));
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    /* sqliteFree(pWInfo); // Leak memory when malloc fails */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
+  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
+  pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+  /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant.  Evaluate the
+  ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
+  */
+  if( pWhere && (pTabList->nSrc==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pWhere)) ){
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, 1);
+    pWhere = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Analyze all of the subexpressions.
+  */
+  for(pTerm=aExpr, i=0; i<nExpr; i++, pTerm++){
+    TriggerStack *pStack;
+    exprAnalyze(pTabList, &maskSet, pTerm);
+
+    /* If we are executing a trigger body, remove all references to
+    ** new.* and old.* tables from the prerequisite masks.
+    */
+    if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
+      int x;
+      if( (x=pStack->newIdx) >= 0 ){
+        int mask = ~getMask(&maskSet, x);
+        pTerm->prereqRight &= mask;
+        pTerm->prereqLeft &= mask;
+        pTerm->prereqAll &= mask;
+      }
+      if( (x=pStack->oldIdx) >= 0 ){
+        int mask = ~getMask(&maskSet, x);
+        pTerm->prereqRight &= mask;
+        pTerm->prereqLeft &= mask;
+        pTerm->prereqAll &= mask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out what index to use (if any) for each nested loop.
+  ** Make pWInfo->a[i].pIdx point to the index to use for the i-th nested
+  ** loop where i==0 is the outer loop and i==pTabList->nSrc-1 is the inner
+  ** loop. 
+  **
+  ** If terms exist that use the ROWID of any table, then set the
+  ** iDirectEq[], iDirectLt[], or iDirectGt[] elements for that table
+  ** to the index of the term containing the ROWID.  We always prefer
+  ** to use a ROWID which can directly access a table rather than an
+  ** index which requires reading an index first to get the rowid then
+  ** doing a second read of the actual database table.
+  **
+  ** Actually, if there are more than 32 tables in the join, only the
+  ** first 32 tables are candidates for indices.  This is (again) due
+  ** to the limit of 32 bits in an integer bitmask.
+  */
+  loopMask = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc && i<ARRAYSIZE(iDirectEq); i++){
+    int j;
+    WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    int iCur = pTabList->a[i].iCursor;    /* The cursor for this table */
+    int mask = getMask(&maskSet, iCur);   /* Cursor mask for this table */
+    Table *pTab = pTabList->a[i].pTab;
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Index *pBestIdx = 0;
+    int bestScore = 0;
+
+    /* Check to see if there is an expression that uses only the
+    ** ROWID field of this table.  For terms of the form ROWID==expr
+    ** set iDirectEq[i] to the index of the term.  For terms of the
+    ** form ROWID<expr or ROWID<=expr set iDirectLt[i] to the term index.
+    ** For terms like ROWID>expr or ROWID>=expr set iDirectGt[i].
+    **
+    ** (Added:) Treat ROWID IN expr like ROWID=expr.
+    */
+    pLevel->iCur = -1;
+    iDirectEq[i] = -1;
+    iDirectLt[i] = -1;
+    iDirectGt[i] = -1;
+    for(pTerm=aExpr, j=0; j<nExpr; j++, pTerm++){
+      Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+      if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur && pX->pLeft->iColumn<0
+            && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight ){
+        switch( pX->op ){
+          case TK_IN:
+          case TK_EQ: iDirectEq[i] = j; break;
+          case TK_LE:
+          case TK_LT: iDirectLt[i] = j; break;
+          case TK_GE:
+          case TK_GT: iDirectGt[i] = j;  break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( iDirectEq[i]>=0 ){
+      loopMask |= mask;
+      pLevel->pIdx = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Do a search for usable indices.  Leave pBestIdx pointing to
+    ** the "best" index.  pBestIdx is left set to NULL if no indices
+    ** are usable.
+    **
+    ** The best index is determined as follows.  For each of the
+    ** left-most terms that is fixed by an equality operator, add
+    ** 8 to the score.  The right-most term of the index may be
+    ** constrained by an inequality.  Add 1 if for an "x<..." constraint
+    ** and add 2 for an "x>..." constraint.  Chose the index that
+    ** gives the best score.
+    **
+    ** This scoring system is designed so that the score can later be
+    ** used to determine how the index is used.  If the score&7 is 0
+    ** then all constraints are equalities.  If score&1 is not 0 then
+    ** there is an inequality used as a termination key.  (ex: "x<...")
+    ** If score&2 is not 0 then there is an inequality used as the
+    ** start key.  (ex: "x>...").  A score or 4 is the special case
+    ** of an IN operator constraint.  (ex:  "x IN ...").
+    **
+    ** The IN operator (as in "<expr> IN (...)") is treated the same as
+    ** an equality comparison except that it can only be used on the
+    ** left-most column of an index and other terms of the WHERE clause
+    ** cannot be used in conjunction with the IN operator to help satisfy
+    ** other columns of the index.
+    */
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int eqMask = 0;  /* Index columns covered by an x=... term */
+      int ltMask = 0;  /* Index columns covered by an x<... term */
+      int gtMask = 0;  /* Index columns covered by an x>... term */
+      int inMask = 0;  /* Index columns covered by an x IN .. term */
+      int nEq, m, score;
+
+      if( pIdx->nColumn>32 ) continue;  /* Ignore indices too many columns */
+      for(pTerm=aExpr, j=0; j<nExpr; j++, pTerm++){
+        Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+        CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft);
+        if( !pColl && pX->pRight ){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pX->pRight);
+        }
+        if( !pColl ){
+          pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+        }
+        if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur 
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight ){
+          int iColumn = pX->pLeft->iColumn;
+          int k;
+          char idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; 
+          for(k=0; k<pIdx->nColumn; k++){
+            /* If the collating sequences or affinities don't match, 
+            ** ignore this index.  */
+            if( pColl!=pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[k] ) continue;
+            if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue;
+            if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]==iColumn ){
+              switch( pX->op ){
+                case TK_IN: {
+                  if( k==0 ) inMask |= 1;
+                  break;
+                }
+                case TK_EQ: {
+                  eqMask |= 1<<k;
+                  break;
+                }
+                case TK_LE:
+                case TK_LT: {
+                  ltMask |= 1<<k;
+                  break;
+                }
+                case TK_GE:
+                case TK_GT: {
+                  gtMask |= 1<<k;
+                  break;
+                }
+                default: {
+                  /* CANT_HAPPEN */
+                  assert( 0 );
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* The following loop ends with nEq set to the number of columns
+      ** on the left of the index with == constraints.
+      */
+      for(nEq=0; nEq<pIdx->nColumn; nEq++){
+        m = (1<<(nEq+1))-1;
+        if( (m & eqMask)!=m ) break;
+      }
+      score = nEq*8;   /* Base score is 8 times number of == constraints */
+      m = 1<<nEq;
+      if( m & ltMask ) score++;    /* Increase score for a < constraint */
+      if( m & gtMask ) score+=2;   /* Increase score for a > constraint */
+      if( score==0 && inMask ) score = 4;  /* Default score for IN constraint */
+      if( score>bestScore ){
+        pBestIdx = pIdx;
+        bestScore = score;
+      }
+    }
+    pLevel->pIdx = pBestIdx;
+    pLevel->score = bestScore;
+    pLevel->bRev = 0;
+    loopMask |= mask;
+    if( pBestIdx ){
+      pLevel->iCur = pParse->nTab++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check to see if the ORDER BY clause is or can be satisfied by the
+  ** use of an index on the first table.
+  */
+  if( ppOrderBy && *ppOrderBy && pTabList->nSrc>0 ){
+     Index *pSortIdx;
+     Index *pIdx;
+     Table *pTab;
+     int bRev = 0;
+
+     pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
+     pIdx = pWInfo->a[0].pIdx;
+     if( pIdx && pWInfo->a[0].score==4 ){
+       /* If there is already an IN index on the left-most table,
+       ** it will not give the correct sort order.
+       ** So, pretend that no suitable index is found.
+       */
+       pSortIdx = 0;
+     }else if( iDirectEq[0]>=0 || iDirectLt[0]>=0 || iDirectGt[0]>=0 ){
+       /* If the left-most column is accessed using its ROWID, then do
+       ** not try to sort by index.
+       */
+       pSortIdx = 0;
+     }else{
+       int nEqCol = (pWInfo->a[0].score+4)/8;
+       pSortIdx = findSortingIndex(pParse, pTab, pTabList->a[0].iCursor, 
+                                   *ppOrderBy, pIdx, nEqCol, &bRev);
+     }
+     if( pSortIdx && (pIdx==0 || pIdx==pSortIdx) ){
+       if( pIdx==0 ){
+         pWInfo->a[0].pIdx = pSortIdx;
+         pWInfo->a[0].iCur = pParse->nTab++;
+       }
+       pWInfo->a[0].bRev = bRev;
+       *ppOrderBy = 0;
+     }
+  }
+
+  /* Open all tables in the pTabList and all indices used by those tables.
+  */
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    Table *pTab;
+    Index *pIx;
+
+    pTab = pTabList->a[i].pTab;
+    if( pTab->isTransient || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
+    sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, pTabList->a[i].iCursor, pTab);
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, pTab->iDb);
+    if( (pIx = pWInfo->a[i].pIdx)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIx->iDb, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, pWInfo->a[i].iCur, pIx->tnum,
+                     (char*)&pIx->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Generate the code to do the search
+  */
+  loopMask = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    int j, k;
+    int iCur = pTabList->a[i].iCursor;
+    Index *pIdx;
+    WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+
+    /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
+    ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
+    ** row of the left table of the join.
+    */
+    if( i>0 && (pTabList->a[i-1].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+      if( !pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem++;
+      pLevel->iLeftJoin = pParse->nMem++;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iLeftJoin, 1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "# init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
+    }
+
+    pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;
+    pLevel->inOp = OP_Noop;
+    if( i<ARRAYSIZE(iDirectEq) && (k = iDirectEq[i])>=0 ){
+      /* Case 1:  We can directly reference a single row using an
+      **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
+      **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
+      **          construct.
+      */
+      assert( k<nExpr );
+      pTerm = &aExpr[k];
+      assert( pTerm->p!=0 );
+      assert( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur );
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, brk, pLevel);
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 1, brk);
+      haveKey = 0;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, brk);
+      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+    }else if( pIdx!=0 && pLevel->score>0 && pLevel->score%4==0 ){
+      /* Case 2:  There is an index and all terms of the WHERE clause that
+      **          refer to the index use the "==" or "IN" operators.
+      */
+      int start;
+      int nColumn = (pLevel->score+4)/8;
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+      /* For each column of the index, find the term of the WHERE clause that
+      ** constraints that column.  If the WHERE clause term is X=expr, then
+      ** evaluation expr and leave the result on the stack */
+      for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){
+        for(pTerm=aExpr, k=0; k<nExpr; k++, pTerm++){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+          if( pX==0 ) continue;
+          if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+             && pX->pLeft->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[j]
+          ){
+            char idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[pX->pLeft->iColumn].affinity;
+            if( sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ){
+              codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, brk, pLevel);
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      buildIndexProbe(v, nColumn, brk, pIdx);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+
+      /* Generate code (1) to move to the first matching element of the table.
+      ** Then generate code (2) that jumps to "brk" after the cursor is past
+      ** the last matching element of the table.  The code (1) is executed
+      ** once to initialize the search, the code (2) is executed before each
+      ** iteration of the scan to see if the scan has finished. */
+      if( pLevel->bRev ){
+        /* Scan in reverse order */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveLe, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        start = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxLT, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        pLevel->op = OP_Prev;
+      }else{
+        /* Scan in the forward order */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        start = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_IdxGE, pLevel->iCur, brk, "+", P3_STATIC);
+        pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxIsNull, nColumn, cont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRecno, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      if( i==pTabList->nSrc-1 && pushKey ){
+        haveKey = 1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+        haveKey = 0;
+      }
+      pLevel->p1 = pLevel->iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = start;
+    }else if( i<ARRAYSIZE(iDirectLt) && (iDirectLt[i]>=0 || iDirectGt[i]>=0) ){
+      /* Case 3:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
+      */
+      int testOp = OP_Noop;
+      int start;
+
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      if( iDirectGt[i]>=0 ){
+        Expr *pX;
+        k = iDirectGt[i];
+        assert( k<nExpr );
+        pTerm = &aExpr[k];
+        pX = pTerm->p;
+        assert( pX!=0 );
+        assert( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ForceInt, pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT, brk);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, brk);
+        disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
+      }
+      if( iDirectLt[i]>=0 ){
+        Expr *pX;
+        k = iDirectLt[i];
+        assert( k<nExpr );
+        pTerm = &aExpr[k];
+        pX = pTerm->p;
+        assert( pX!=0 );
+        assert( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+        pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1);
+        if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
+          testOp = OP_Ge;
+        }else{
+          testOp = OP_Gt;
+        }
+        disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+      }
+      start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = start;
+      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, testOp, 0, brk);
+      }
+      haveKey = 0;
+    }else if( pIdx==0 ){
+      /* Case 4:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
+      **          scan of the entire database table.
+      */
+      int start;
+
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
+      start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = start;
+      haveKey = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* Case 5: The WHERE clause term that refers to the right-most
+      **         column of the index is an inequality.  For example, if
+      **         the index is on (x,y,z) and the WHERE clause is of the
+      **         form "x=5 AND y<10" then this case is used.  Only the
+      **         right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
+      **         use the "==" operator.
+      **
+      **         This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
+      **         constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
+      **         to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
+      */
+      int score = pLevel->score;
+      int nEqColumn = score/8;
+      int start;
+      int leFlag=0, geFlag=0;
+      int testOp;
+
+      /* Evaluate the equality constraints
+      */
+      for(j=0; j<nEqColumn; j++){
+        int iIdxCol = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+        for(pTerm=aExpr, k=0; k<nExpr; k++, pTerm++){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+          if( pX==0 ) continue;
+          if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur
+             && pX->op==TK_EQ
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+             && pX->pLeft->iColumn==iIdxCol
+          ){
+            sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+            disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Duplicate the equality term values because they will all be
+      ** used twice: once to make the termination key and once to make the
+      ** start key.
+      */
+      for(j=0; j<nEqColumn; j++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nEqColumn-1, 0);
+      }
+
+      /* Labels for the beginning and end of the loop
+      */
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+      /* Generate the termination key.  This is the key value that
+      ** will end the search.  There is no termination key if there
+      ** are no equality terms and no "X<..." term.
+      **
+      ** 2002-Dec-04: On a reverse-order scan, the so-called "termination"
+      ** key computed here really ends up being the start key.
+      */
+      if( (score & 1)!=0 ){
+        for(pTerm=aExpr, k=0; k<nExpr; k++, pTerm++){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+          if( pX==0 ) continue;
+          if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur
+             && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_LE)
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+             && pX->pLeft->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[j]
+          ){
+            sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+            leFlag = pX->op==TK_LE;
+            disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        testOp = OP_IdxGE;
+      }else{
+        testOp = nEqColumn>0 ? OP_IdxGE : OP_Noop;
+        leFlag = 1;
+      }
+      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+        int nCol = nEqColumn + (score & 1);
+        pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+        buildIndexProbe(v, nCol, brk, pIdx);
+        if( pLevel->bRev ){
+          int op = leFlag ? OP_MoveLe : OP_MoveLt;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1);
+        }
+      }else if( pLevel->bRev ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Last, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+      }
+
+      /* Generate the start key.  This is the key that defines the lower
+      ** bound on the search.  There is no start key if there are no
+      ** equality terms and if there is no "X>..." term.  In
+      ** that case, generate a "Rewind" instruction in place of the
+      ** start key search.
+      **
+      ** 2002-Dec-04: In the case of a reverse-order search, the so-called
+      ** "start" key really ends up being used as the termination key.
+      */
+      if( (score & 2)!=0 ){
+        for(pTerm=aExpr, k=0; k<nExpr; k++, pTerm++){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+          if( pX==0 ) continue;
+          if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur
+             && (pX->op==TK_GT || pX->op==TK_GE)
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+             && pX->pLeft->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[j]
+          ){
+            sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+            geFlag = pX->op==TK_GE;
+            disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }else{
+        geFlag = 1;
+      }
+      if( nEqColumn>0 || (score&2)!=0 ){
+        int nCol = nEqColumn + ((score&2)!=0);
+        buildIndexProbe(v, nCol, brk, pIdx);
+        if( pLevel->bRev ){
+          pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1);
+          testOp = OP_IdxLT;
+        }else{
+          int op = geFlag ? OP_MoveGe : OP_MoveGt;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        }
+      }else if( pLevel->bRev ){
+        testOp = OP_Noop;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+      }
+
+      /* Generate the the top of the loop.  If there is a termination
+      ** key we have to test for that key and abort at the top of the
+      ** loop.
+      */
+      start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, testOp, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        if( (leFlag && !pLevel->bRev) || (!geFlag && pLevel->bRev) ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, "+", P3_STATIC);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxIsNull, nEqColumn + (score & 1), cont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRecno, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      if( i==pTabList->nSrc-1 && pushKey ){
+        haveKey = 1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+        haveKey = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop.
+      */
+      pLevel->op = pLevel->bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
+      pLevel->p1 = pLevel->iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = start;
+    }
+    loopMask |= getMask(&maskSet, iCur);
+
+    /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
+    ** computed using the current set of tables.
+    */
+    for(pTerm=aExpr, j=0; j<nExpr; j++, pTerm++){
+      if( pTerm->p==0 ) continue;
+      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & loopMask)!=pTerm->prereqAll ) continue;
+      if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->p,EP_FromJoin) ){
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( haveKey ){
+        haveKey = 0;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->p, cont, 1);
+      pTerm->p = 0;
+    }
+    brk = cont;
+
+    /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
+    ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
+    */
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+      pLevel->top = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iLeftJoin, 1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "# record LEFT JOIN hit"));
+      for(pTerm=aExpr, j=0; j<nExpr; j++, pTerm++){
+        if( pTerm->p==0 ) continue;
+        if( (pTerm->prereqAll & loopMask)!=pTerm->prereqAll ) continue;
+        if( haveKey ){
+          /* Cannot happen.  "haveKey" can only be true if pushKey is true
+          ** an pushKey can only be true for DELETE and UPDATE and there are
+          ** no outer joins with DELETE and UPDATE.
+          */
+          haveKey = 0;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->p, cont, 1);
+        pTerm->p = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  pWInfo->iContinue = cont;
+  if( pushKey && !haveKey ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, pTabList->a[0].iCursor, 0);
+  }
+  freeMaskSet(&maskSet);
+  return pWInfo;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate the end of the WHERE loop.  See comments on 
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
+*/
+void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pWInfo->pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;
+  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+
+  for(i=pTabList->nSrc-1; i>=0; i--){
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->cont);
+    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->brk);
+    if( pLevel->inOp!=OP_Noop ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, pLevel->inOp, pLevel->inP1, pLevel->inP2);
+    }
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+      int addr;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iLeftJoin, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, 1, addr+4 + (pLevel->iCur>=0));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor, 0);
+      if( pLevel->iCur>=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->top);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    Table *pTab = pTabList->a[i].pTab;
+    assert( pTab!=0 );
+    if( pTab->isTransient || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pTabList->a[i].iCursor, 0);
+    if( pLevel->pIdx!=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pWInfo);
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticscontact.cpp b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticscontact.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e9068fe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticscontact.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
+/*
+    statisticscontact.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <qvaluelist.h>
+#include <quuid.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopeteonlinestatus.h"
+
+#include "statisticscontact.h"
+#include "statisticsdb.h"
+
+StatisticsContact::StatisticsContact(Kopete::MetaContact *mc, StatisticsDB *db) : m_metaContact(mc),m_db(db), m_oldStatus(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Unknown)
+{
+	m_isChatWindowOpen = false;
+	m_oldStatusDateTime = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+	
+	// Last*Changed are always false at start
+	m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesChanged  = false;
+	m_lastTalkChanged = false;
+	m_lastPresentChanged  = false;
+	m_messageLengthChanged = false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief saves contact statistics
+ */
+StatisticsContact::~StatisticsContact()
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return;
+	
+	commonStatsSave("timebetweentwomessages",QString::number(m_timeBetweenTwoMessages), 
+	QString::number(m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn), m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesChanged);	 
+	commonStatsSave("messagelength",QString::number(m_messageLength), QString::number(m_messageLengthOn), m_messageLengthChanged); 
+	commonStatsSave("lasttalk", m_lastTalk.toString(), "", m_lastTalkChanged);
+	commonStatsSave("lastpresent", m_lastPresent.toString(), "", m_lastPresentChanged);
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::initialize(Kopete::Contact *c)
+{
+	// Generate statisticsContactId or get it from database
+	QStringList buffer = m_db->query(QString("SELECT statisticid FROM contacts "
+						"WHERE contactid LIKE '%1';"
+						).arg(c->contactId()));
+
+	if (buffer.isEmpty())
+	{
+		// Check if we don't have old data
+		if ( !c->metaContact()->metaContactId().isEmpty() &&
+			!m_db->query(QString("SELECT metacontactid FROM commonstats "
+						"WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1';"
+						).arg(c->metaContact()->metaContactId())).isEmpty())
+		{
+			// Use old style id
+			m_statisticsContactId = c->metaContact()->metaContactId();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// Create new id
+			m_statisticsContactId = QUuid::createUuid().toString();
+		}
+		
+		// Assign contactId to m_statisticsContactId
+		m_db->query(QString("INSERT INTO contacts (statisticid, contactid) VALUES('%1', '%2');"
+				).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(c->contactId()));
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		m_statisticsContactId = buffer[0];
+	}
+	
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << " m_statisticsContactId: " << m_statisticsContactId << endl;
+	
+	commonStatsCheck("timebetweentwomessages", m_timeBetweenTwoMessages, m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn, 0, -1);
+	commonStatsCheck("messagelength", m_messageLength, m_messageLengthOn, 0, 0);
+	
+	// Check for last talk
+	QString lastTalk;
+	QString dummy = "";
+	commonStatsCheck("lasttalk", lastTalk, dummy);
+	if (lastTalk.isEmpty())
+	{
+		m_lastTalk.setTime_t(0);
+		m_lastTalkChanged = true;
+	}
+	else
+		m_lastTalk = QDateTime::fromString(lastTalk);
+	
+	
+	// Get last time a message was received
+	m_lastMessageReceived = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+
+
+	// Check for lastPresent
+	QString lastPresent = "";
+	commonStatsCheck("lastpresent", lastPresent, dummy);
+	if (lastPresent.isEmpty())
+	{
+		m_lastPresent.setTime_t(0);
+		m_lastPresentChanged = true;
+	}
+	else
+		m_lastPresent = QDateTime::fromString(lastPresent);
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::contactAdded( Kopete::Contact *c )
+{
+	if ( !m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		// Check if contact is allready in database if not add it
+		if (m_db->query(QString("SELECT id FROM contacts "
+					"WHERE statisticid LIKE '%1' AND contactid LIKE '%2';"
+					).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(c->contactId())).isEmpty())
+		{
+			// Assign contactId to m_statisticsContactId
+			m_db->query(QString("INSERT INTO contacts (statisticid, contactid) VALUES('%1', '%2');"
+				   ).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(c->contactId()));
+		}
+		kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << " m_statisticsContactId: " << m_statisticsContactId << endl;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// This is first contact, we need to initialize this object
+		initialize(c);
+	}
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::contactRemoved( Kopete::Contact *c )
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return;
+	
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << " m_statisticsContactId: " << m_statisticsContactId << endl;
+	m_db->query(QString("DELETE FROM contacts WHERE statisticid LIKE '%1' AND contactid LIKE '%2';"
+			   ).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(c->contactId()));
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::removeFromDB()
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return;
+	
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << " m_statisticsContactId: " << m_statisticsContactId << endl;
+	m_db->query(QString("DELETE FROM contacts WHERE statisticid LIKE '%1';").arg(m_statisticsContactId));
+	m_db->query(QString("DELETE FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1';").arg(m_statisticsContactId));
+	m_db->query(QString("DELETE FROM commonstats WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1';").arg(m_statisticsContactId));
+	
+	m_statisticsContactId = QString::null;
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::commonStatsSave(const QString name, const QString statVar1, const QString statVar2, const bool statVarChanged)
+{
+	// Only update the database if there was a change
+	if (!statVarChanged) return;
+	
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return;
+	
+	m_db->query(QString("UPDATE commonstats SET statvalue1 = '%1', statvalue2='%2'"
+			"WHERE statname LIKE '%3' AND metacontactid LIKE '%4';").arg(statVar1).arg(statVar2).arg(name).arg(m_statisticsContactId));
+	
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::commonStatsCheck(const QString name, int& statVar1, int& statVar2, const int defaultValue1, const int defaultValue2)
+{
+	QString a = QString::number(statVar1);
+	QString b = QString::number(statVar2);
+	
+	commonStatsCheck(name, a, b, QString::number(defaultValue1), QString::number(defaultValue2));
+	
+	statVar1 = a.toInt();
+	statVar2 = b.toInt();
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::commonStatsCheck(const QString name, QString& statVar1, QString& statVar2, const QString defaultValue1, const QString defaultValue2)
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return;
+	
+	QStringList buffer = m_db->query(QString("SELECT statvalue1,statvalue2 FROM commonstats WHERE statname LIKE '%1' AND metacontactid LIKE '%2';").arg(name, m_statisticsContactId));
+	if (!buffer.isEmpty())
+	{
+		statVar1 = buffer[0];
+		statVar2 = buffer[1];
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		m_db->query(QString("INSERT INTO commonstats (metacontactid, statname, statvalue1, statvalue2) VALUES('%1', '%2', 0, 0);").arg(m_statisticsContactId, name));
+		statVar1 = defaultValue1;
+		statVar2 = defaultValue2;
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief records informations from the new message
+ *
+ * Currently it does :
+ * <ul>
+ *	<li>Recalculate the average time between two messages
+ *	It should only calculate this time if a chatwindow is open (sure, it isn't 
+ *	perfect, because we could let a chatwindow open a whole day but that's at this *	time the nicest way, maybe we could check the time between the two last messages
+ *	and if it is greater than, say, 10 min, do as there where no previous message) 
+ *	So we do this when the chatwindow is open. We don't set m_isChatWindowOpen to true
+ *	when a new chatwindow is open, but when a new message arrives. However, we set it 
+ *	to false when the chatwindow is closed (see StatisticsPlugin::slotViewClosed).
+ *
+ *	Then it is only a question of some calculations.
+ *
+ * 	<li>Recalculate the average message lenght
+ * 
+ *	<li>Change last-talk datetime
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ */
+void StatisticsContact::newMessageReceived(Kopete::Message& m)
+{
+	kdDebug() << "statistics: new message received" << endl;
+	QDateTime currentDateTime = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+	
+	if (m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn != -1 && m_isChatWindowOpen)
+	{
+		m_timeBetweenTwoMessages = (m_timeBetweenTwoMessages*m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn + m_lastMessageReceived.secsTo(currentDateTime))/(1 + m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn);
+
+	}
+	
+	setIsChatWindowOpen(true);
+	
+	m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn += 1;
+	m_lastMessageReceived = currentDateTime;
+	
+	
+	// Message lenght
+	m_messageLength= (m.plainBody().length() + m_messageLength * m_messageLengthOn)/(1 + m_messageLengthOn);
+	m_messageLengthOn++;
+	
+	// Last talked
+	/// @todo do this in message sent too. So we need setLastTalk()
+	m_lastTalk = currentDateTime;
+	
+	m_messageLengthChanged = true;
+	m_lastTalkChanged = true;
+	m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesChanged = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Update the database for this contact when required.
+ */
+void StatisticsContact::onlineStatusChanged(Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status)
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return;
+	
+	QDateTime currentDateTime = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+	
+	/// We don't want to log if oldStatus is unknown
+	/// the change could not be a real one; see StatisticsPlugin::slotMySelfOnlineStatusChanged
+	if (m_oldStatus != Kopete::OnlineStatus::Unknown)
+	{
+		
+		kdDebug() << "statistics - status change for "<< metaContact()->metaContactId() << " : "<< QString::number(m_oldStatus) << endl;
+		m_db->query(QString("INSERT INTO contactstatus "
+		"(metacontactid, status, datetimebegin, datetimeend) "
+				"VALUES('%1', '%2', '%3', '%4'" ");").arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusTypeToString(m_oldStatus)).arg(QString::number(m_oldStatusDateTime.toTime_t())).arg(QString::number(currentDateTime.toTime_t())));
+	}
+	
+	if (m_oldStatus == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online || m_oldStatus == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away)
+	// If the last status was Online or Away, the last time contact was present is the time he goes offline
+	{
+		m_lastPresent = currentDateTime;
+		m_lastPresentChanged = true;
+	}
+
+	m_oldStatus = status;
+	m_oldStatusDateTime = currentDateTime;
+
+}
+
+bool StatisticsContact::wasStatus(QDateTime dt, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status)
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return false;
+	
+	QStringList values = m_db->query(QString("SELECT status, datetimebegin, datetimeend "
+			"FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1' AND datetimebegin <= %2 AND datetimeend >= %3 "
+			"AND status LIKE '%4' "
+			"ORDER BY datetimebegin;"
+		).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(dt.toTime_t()).arg(dt.toTime_t()).arg(Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusTypeToString(status)));	
+	
+	if (!values.isEmpty()) return true;
+	
+	return false;
+}
+
+QString StatisticsContact::statusAt(QDateTime dt)
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return "";
+	
+	QStringList values = m_db->query(QString("SELECT status, datetimebegin, datetimeend "
+			"FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1' AND datetimebegin <= %2 AND datetimeend >= %3 "
+			"ORDER BY datetimebegin;"
+			).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(dt.toTime_t()).arg(dt.toTime_t()));	
+	
+	if (!values.isEmpty()) return Kopete::OnlineStatus(Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[0])).description();
+	else return "";
+}
+
+QString StatisticsContact::mainStatusDate(const QDate& date)
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return "";
+	
+	QDateTime dt1(date, QTime(0,0,0));
+	QDateTime dt2(date.addDays(1), QTime(0,0,0));
+	kdDebug() << "dt1:" << dt1.toString() << " dt2:" << dt2.toString() << endl;
+	QString request = QString("SELECT status, datetimebegin, datetimeend, metacontactid "
+			"FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid = '%1' AND "
+			"(datetimebegin >= %2 AND datetimebegin <= %3 OR "
+			"datetimeend >= %4 AND datetimeend <= %5) "
+			"ORDER BY datetimebegin;"
+							 ).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(dt1.toTime_t()).arg(dt2.toTime_t()).arg(dt1.toTime_t()).arg(dt2.toTime_t());
+	kdDebug() << request << endl;
+	QStringList values = m_db->query(request);
+	
+	unsigned int online = 0, offline = 0, away = 0;
+	for(uint i=0; i<values.count(); i+=4)
+	{
+		unsigned int datetimebegin = values[i+1].toInt(), datetimeend = values[i+2].toInt();
+		kdDebug() << "statistics: id "<< values[i+3]<< " status " << values[i] << " datetimeend " << QString::number(datetimeend) << " datetimebegin " << QString::number(datetimebegin) << endl;
+		if (datetimebegin <= dt1.toTime_t()) datetimebegin = dt1.toTime_t();
+		if (datetimeend >= dt2.toTime_t()) datetimeend = dt2.toTime_t();
+		
+		
+		
+		if (values[i]==Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusTypeToString(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online))
+			online += datetimeend - datetimebegin;
+		else if (values[i]==Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusTypeToString(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away))
+			away += datetimeend - datetimebegin;
+		else if (values[i]==Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusTypeToString(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline))
+			offline += datetimeend - datetimebegin;
+	}
+	
+	if (online > away && online > offline) return i18n("Online");
+	else if (away > online && away > offline) return i18n("Away");
+	else if (offline > online && offline > away) return i18n("Offline");
+	
+	return "";
+}
+
+// QDateTime StatisticsContact::nextOfflineEvent()
+// {
+// 	return nextEvent(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline);
+// }
+//  
+// QDateTime StatisticsContact::nextOnlineEvent()
+// {
+// 	return nextEvent(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online);
+// }
+
+// QDateTime StatisticsContact::nextEvent(const Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType& status)
+// {
+// 	
+// }
+
+QValueList<QTime> StatisticsContact::mainEvents(const Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType& status)
+{
+	QStringList buffer;
+	QValueList<QTime> mainEvents;
+	
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return mainEvents;
+	
+	QDateTime currentDateTime = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+	buffer = m_db->query(QString("SELECT datetimebegin, datetimeend, status FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1' ORDER BY datetimebegin").arg(m_statisticsContactId));
+	
+	
+	// Only select the events for which the previous is not Unknown AND the status is status.
+	QStringList values;
+	for (uint i=0; i<buffer.count(); i += 3)
+	{
+		if (buffer[i+2] == Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusTypeToString(status)
+			&& abs(buffer[i+1].toInt()-buffer[i].toInt()) > 120)
+		{
+			values.push_back(buffer[i]);
+		}
+	}
+	
+	// No entries for this contact ...
+	if (!values.count()) return mainEvents;
+
+	// First we compute the average number of events/day : avEventsPerDay;
+	int avEventsPerDay = 0;
+	QDateTime dt1, dt2;
+	dt1.setTime_t(values[0].toInt());
+	dt2.setTime_t(values[values.count()-1].toInt());
+	
+	avEventsPerDay = qRound((double)values.count()/(double)dt1.daysTo(dt2));
+	kdDebug() << "statistics: average events per day : " <<avEventsPerDay << endl;
+	
+	// We want to work on hours
+	QValueList<int> hoursValues;
+	for (uint i=0; i<values.count(); i++)
+	{
+		QDateTime dt;
+		dt.setTime_t(values[i].toInt());
+		hoursValues.push_back(QTime(0, 0, 0).secsTo(dt.time()));
+	}
+	
+	// Sort the list
+	qHeapSort(hoursValues);
+	
+	// Then we put some centroids (centroids in [0..24[)
+	QValueList<int> centroids;
+	int incr=qRound((double)hoursValues.count()/(double)avEventsPerDay);
+	incr = incr ? incr : 1;
+	for (uint i=0; i<hoursValues.count(); i+=incr)
+	{
+		centroids.push_back(hoursValues[i]);
+		kdDebug() << "statistics: add a centroid : " << centroids[centroids.count()-1] << endl;
+	}
+	
+	
+	// We need to compute the centroids
+	centroids = computeCentroids(centroids, hoursValues);
+	
+	// Convert to QDateTime
+	for (uint i=0; i<centroids.count(); i++)
+	{
+		kdDebug() << "statistics: new centroid : " << centroids[i] << endl;
+
+		QTime dt(0, 0, 0);
+		dt = dt.addSecs(centroids[i]);
+		mainEvents.push_back(dt);
+	}
+	
+	
+	return mainEvents;
+}
+
+QValueList<int> StatisticsContact::computeCentroids(const QValueList<int>& centroids, const QValueList<int>& values)
+{
+	kdDebug() << "statistics: enter compute centroids"<< endl;
+
+	QValueList<int> whichCentroid; // whichCentroid[i] = j <=> values[i] has centroid j for closest one
+	QValueList<int> newCentroids;
+	for (uint i=0; i<values.count(); i++)
+	// Iterates over the values. For each one we need to get the closest centroid.
+	{
+		int value = values[i];
+		int distanceToNearestCentroid = abs(centroids[0]-value);
+		int nearestCentroid = 0;
+		for (uint j=1; j<centroids.count(); j++)
+		{
+			if (abs(centroids[j]-value) < distanceToNearestCentroid)
+			{
+				distanceToNearestCentroid = abs(centroids[j]-value);
+				nearestCentroid = j;
+			}
+		}
+		whichCentroid.push_back(nearestCentroid);
+	}
+	
+	// Recompute centroids
+	newCentroids = centroids;
+	
+	for (uint i=0; i<newCentroids.count(); i++)
+	{
+		kdDebug() << "statistics: compute new centroids"<< i << endl;
+		int weight = 0;
+		for (uint j=0; j<values.count(); j++)
+		{
+			int value = values[j];
+			if (whichCentroid[j] == i)
+			{
+				newCentroids[i] = qRound((double)(value + newCentroids[i]*weight)/(double)(weight + 1));
+				weight++;
+				
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	
+	
+	
+	// Should we recompute or are we OK ?
+	int dist = 0;
+	for (uint i=0; i < newCentroids.count(); i++)
+		dist += abs(newCentroids[i]-centroids[i]);
+	
+	if (dist > 10) 
+		return computeCentroids(newCentroids, values);
+	else
+	{
+		
+		return newCentroids;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticscontact.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticscontact.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..217000db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticscontact.h
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*
+    statisticscontact.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef STATISTICSCONTACT_H
+#define STATISTICSCONTACT_H
+
+#include "kopeteonlinestatus.h"
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+
+class StatisticsDB;
+class QDateTime;
+
+class StatisticsContact 
+{
+	
+public:
+	StatisticsContact(Kopete::MetaContact *mc, StatisticsDB *db);
+	
+	/**
+	 * We save all stats to the database (commonstats)
+	 */
+	~StatisticsContact();
+
+	
+	/*
+	 * Access method
+	 */
+	
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_db
+	 */
+	 StatisticsDB *db() { return m_db; }	
+
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_metaContact
+	 */
+	Kopete::MetaContact *metaContact() { return m_metaContact; }
+	
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_statisticsContactId
+	 */
+	QString statisticsContactId() { return m_statisticsContactId; }
+	
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_oldStatus
+	 */
+	Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType oldStatus() { return m_oldStatus; }
+	
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_oldStatusDateTime
+	 */
+	QDateTime oldStatusDateTime() { return m_oldStatusDateTime; }
+	
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_messageLength
+	 */
+	int messageLength() { return m_messageLength; }
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_timeBetweenTwoMessages
+	 */
+	int timeBetweenTwoMessages() { return m_timeBetweenTwoMessages; }
+	/**
+	 * \brief Access method
+	 * \return m_lastTalk
+	 */
+	QDateTime lastTalk() { return m_lastTalk; }
+	/**
+	 * \brief Access method
+	 * \return m_lastPresent
+ 	 */
+	QDateTime lastPresent() { return m_lastPresent; }
+	/**
+	 * \brief sets \p m_isChatWindowOpen to true
+	 */
+	void setIsChatWindowOpen(bool c) { m_isChatWindowOpen = c; }
+	
+	
+	
+	/*
+	 * Method performing some useful actions
+	 */
+	/**
+	 * \brief update the events database with the new statuss
+	 */
+	void onlineStatusChanged(Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status);
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief update the average time between to messages for this contact
+	 * Should be called when a new message is received by this contact
+	 */
+	void newMessageReceived(Kopete::Message& m);
+
+	/**
+	 * \returns true if contact was status at dt, false else.
+	 */
+	bool wasStatus(QDateTime dt, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status);
+	
+	/**
+	 * \returns the status of the contact at dt. Return false if dt is invalid.
+	 */
+	QString statusAt(QDateTime dt);
+
+	/**
+	 * \returns the main (most used) status of the contact at date (not time) dt. return false if dt is invalid.
+	 */
+	QString mainStatusDate(const QDate& date);
+	/*
+	 * Prevision methods
+	 */
+	/**
+// 	 * \brief Give informations on when the next event will occur
+// 	 *
+// 	 * \param status the status to be checked.
+// 	 * \retval nextEventDateTime the next event average prevision datetime.
+// 	 */
+// 	QDateTime nextEvent(const Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType& status);
+// 	
+// 	/**
+// 	 * \brief Convenience method for nextEvent with Offline status
+// 	 */
+// 	QDateTime nextOfflineEvent();
+// 	
+// 	/**
+// 	 * \brief Convenience method for nextEvent with Online status
+// 	 */
+// 	QDateTime nextOnlineEvent();
+	
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief computes the main "status" events for the contact
+	 */
+	QValueList<QTime> mainEvents(const Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType& status);
+	/// \brief used by mainEvents()
+	QValueList<int> computeCentroids(const QValueList<int>& centroids, const QValueList<int>& values);
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief adds contact to "contacts" database and generates m_statisticsContactId if needed
+	 */
+	void contactAdded( Kopete::Contact *c );
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief removes contact from "contacts" database
+	 */
+	void contactRemoved( Kopete::Contact *c );
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief removes all records from database that are related to this class and clears m_statisticsContactId
+	 */
+	void removeFromDB();
+	
+private:
+	/**
+	 * \brief initializes this object and sets m_statisticsContactId
+	 *
+	 */
+	void initialize(Kopete::Contact *c);
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief Checks if the value name exists in "commonstats" table, if not, add the row.
+	 *
+	 * \param name the name of the entry to be checked
+	 * \param statVar1 retrieve this var from the database. If it doesn't exists, get it from \p defaultValue1
+	 * \param statVar2 retrieve this var from the database. If it doesn't exists, get it from \p defaultValue2
+	 * \param defaultValue1 defaultValue for \p statVar1
+	 * \param defaultValue2 defaultValue for \p statVar2
+	 * \retval statvar1 
+	 * \retval statvar2
+	 */
+	void commonStatsCheck(const QString name, QString& statVar1, QString& statVar2, const QString defaultValue1 = "", const QString defaultValue2 = "");
+	
+	/**
+	 * @brief Same as commonStatsCheck for integers.
+	 * Provided for convenience
+	 */
+	void commonStatsCheck(const QString name, int& statVar1, int& statVar2, const int defaultValue1 = 0, const int defaultValue2 = -1);
+	
+	/**
+	 * @brief Save a value in the "commonstats" table 
+	 * \param name the name of the entry to be saved
+	 * \param statVar1 what we are going to store in the first column for this entry
+	 * \param statVar2 the second stat we can save in this table for this entry
+	 * \param statVarChanged if this param is true, we save. Else, we don't. Spare some disk usage.
+	 */
+	void commonStatsSave(const QString name, const QString statVar1, const QString statVar2, const bool statVarChanged);
+	
+	/**
+	 * Kopete::MetaContact linked to this StatisticsContact
+	 * Each StatisticsContact object _has_ to be linked to a metaContact
+	 */ 
+	Kopete::MetaContact *m_metaContact;
+	
+	/**
+	 * Required to be able to write to the database
+	 */
+	StatisticsDB *m_db;
+	
+	/** 
+	 * The interest of statistics contact is to manage the changes of status
+	 * in order to correctly update the database. That's why here we keep the oldStatus
+	 */
+	Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType m_oldStatus;
+	/// We keep the old status datetime here
+	QDateTime m_oldStatusDateTime;
+		
+	/**
+	 * Average time this user takes between two of his messages
+	 * It may be used to compute a "speed" or "availability" for this contact
+	 */
+	int m_timeBetweenTwoMessages;
+	bool m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesChanged;
+	/// Date at which the last message was received. 
+	/// Used to compute m_timeBetweenTwoMessages
+	QDateTime m_lastMessageReceived;
+	/// This is the ponderation corresponding to m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn
+	int m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn;
+	/// We don't count time if a chatwindow isn't open
+	bool m_isChatWindowOpen;
+	
+	/**
+	 * Average length of contact's messages
+	 */
+	int m_messageLength;
+	bool m_messageLengthChanged;
+	/// This is the ponderation corresponding to m_messageLength
+	int m_messageLengthOn;
+	
+	/**
+	 * Last time user talked with this contact
+	 */
+	QDateTime m_lastTalk;
+	bool m_lastTalkChanged;
+	
+	/**
+	 * Last time user was present (=online or away)
+	 */
+	QDateTime m_lastPresent;
+	bool m_lastPresentChanged;
+	
+	/**
+	 * Unique id that identifies StatisticsContact
+	 * It's also identifier for database records
+	 */
+	QString m_statisticsContactId;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdb.cpp b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdb.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..450c4371
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdb.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/*
+    statisticsdb.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qfile.h>
+
+#include "sqlite/sqlite3.h"
+
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kaboutdata.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <kdeversion.h>
+
+#include "statisticsdb.h"
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+StatisticsDB::StatisticsDB()
+{
+	QCString path = (::locateLocal("appdata", "kopete_statistics-0.1.db")).latin1();
+	kdDebug() << "statistics: DB path:" << path << endl;
+
+	// Open database file and check for correctness
+	bool failOpen = true;
+	QFile file( path );
+	if ( file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) 
+	{
+		QString format;
+		file.readLine( format, 50 );
+		if ( !format.startsWith( "SQLite format 3" ) ) 
+		{
+			kdWarning() << "[statistics] Database versions incompatible. Removing and rebuilding database.\n";
+		}
+		else if ( sqlite3_open( path, &m_db ) != SQLITE_OK ) 
+		{
+			kdWarning() << "[statistics] Database file corrupt. Removing and rebuilding database.\n";
+			sqlite3_close( m_db );
+		}
+		else
+			failOpen = false;
+	}
+	
+	if ( failOpen ) 
+	{
+	// Remove old db file; create new
+	QFile::remove( path );
+	sqlite3_open( path, &m_db );
+	}
+
+	kdDebug() << "[Statistics] Contructor"<< endl;
+
+	// Creates the tables if they do not exist.
+	QStringList result = query("SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table'");
+	
+	if (!result.contains("contacts"))
+	{
+		query(QString("CREATE TABLE contacts "
+			"(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
+			"statisticid TEXT,"
+			"contactid TEXT"
+			");"));
+	}
+
+	if (!result.contains("contactstatus"))
+	{
+		kdDebug() << "[Statistics] Database empty"<< endl;
+		query(QString("CREATE TABLE contactstatus "
+			"(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
+			"metacontactid TEXT,"
+			"status TEXT,"
+			"datetimebegin INTEGER,"
+			"datetimeend INTEGER"
+			");"));
+	}
+	
+	if (!result.contains("commonstats"))
+	{
+		// To store things like the contact answer time etc.
+		query(QString("CREATE TABLE commonstats"
+			" (id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
+			"metacontactid TEXT,"
+			"statname TEXT," // for instance, answertime, lastmessage, messagelength ...
+			"statvalue1 TEXT,"
+			"statvalue2 TEXT"
+			");"));
+	}
+
+	/// @fixme This is not used anywhere
+	if (!result.contains("statsgroup"))
+	{
+		query(QString("CREATE TABLE statsgroup"
+			"(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
+			"datetimebegin INTEGER,"
+			"datetimeend INTEGER,"
+			"caption TEXT);"));
+	}
+ 
+}
+
+StatisticsDB::~StatisticsDB()
+{
+	sqlite3_close(m_db);
+} 
+
+ /**
+  * Executes a SQL query on the already opened database
+  * @param statement SQL program to execute. Only one SQL statement is allowed.
+  * @param debug     Set to true for verbose debug output.
+  * @retval names    Will contain all column names, set to NULL if not used.
+  * @return          The queried data, or QStringList() on error.
+  */
+ QStringList StatisticsDB::query( const QString& statement, QStringList* const names, bool debug )
+ {
+ 
+     if ( debug )
+         kdDebug() << "query-start: " << statement << endl;
+ 
+     clock_t start = clock();
+ 
+     if ( !m_db )
+     {
+         kdError() << k_funcinfo << "[CollectionDB] SQLite pointer == NULL.\n";
+         return QStringList();
+     }
+ 
+     int error;
+     QStringList values;
+     const char* tail;
+     sqlite3_stmt* stmt;
+ 
+     //compile SQL program to virtual machine
+     error = sqlite3_prepare( m_db, statement.utf8(), statement.length(), &stmt, &tail );
+ 
+     if ( error != SQLITE_OK )
+     {
+         kdError() << k_funcinfo << "[CollectionDB] sqlite3_compile error:" << endl;
+         kdError() << sqlite3_errmsg( m_db ) << endl;
+         kdError() << "on query: " << statement << endl;
+ 
+         return QStringList();
+     }
+ 
+     int busyCnt = 0;
+     int number = sqlite3_column_count( stmt );
+     //execute virtual machine by iterating over rows
+     while ( true )
+     {
+         error = sqlite3_step( stmt );
+ 
+         if ( error == SQLITE_BUSY )
+         {
+             if ( busyCnt++ > 20 ) {
+                 kdError() << "[CollectionDB] Busy-counter has reached maximum. Aborting this sql statement!\n";
+                 break;
+             }
+             ::usleep( 100000 ); // Sleep 100 msec
+             kdDebug() << "[CollectionDB] sqlite3_step: BUSY counter: " << busyCnt << endl;
+         }
+         if ( error == SQLITE_MISUSE )
+             kdDebug() << "[CollectionDB] sqlite3_step: MISUSE" << endl;
+         if ( error == SQLITE_DONE || error == SQLITE_ERROR )
+             break;
+ 
+         //iterate over columns
+         for ( int i = 0; i < number; i++ )
+         {
+             values << QString::fromUtf8( (const char*) sqlite3_column_text( stmt, i ) );
+             if ( names ) *names << QString( sqlite3_column_name( stmt, i ) );
+         }
+     }
+     //deallocate vm ressources
+     sqlite3_finalize( stmt );
+ 
+     if ( error != SQLITE_DONE )
+     {
+         kdError() << k_funcinfo << "sqlite_step error.\n";
+         kdError() << sqlite3_errmsg( m_db ) << endl;
+         kdError() << "on query: " << statement << endl;
+ 
+         return QStringList();
+     }
+ 
+     if ( debug )
+     {
+         clock_t finish = clock();
+         const double duration = (double) (finish - start) / CLOCKS_PER_SEC;
+         kdDebug() << "[CollectionDB] SQL-query (" << duration << "s): " << statement << endl;
+     }
+ 
+ 
+    return values;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdb.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdb.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..130b1d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+    statisticsdb.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _STATISTICSDB_H_H
+#define _STATISTICSDB_H_H 1
+
+typedef struct sqlite3;
+
+class StatisticsDB
+{
+	
+public:
+	StatisticsDB();
+	~StatisticsDB();
+	 //sql helper methods
+          QStringList query( const QString& statement, QStringList* const names = 0, bool debug = false );
+          QString escapeString( QString string );
+private:
+	sqlite3 *m_db;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdcopiface.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdcopiface.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b45a2c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdcopiface.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+    statisticsdcopiface.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef STATISTICSDCOP_H
+#define STATISTICSDCOP_H
+
+#include <dcopobject.h>
+
+
+class StatisticsDCOPIface : virtual public DCOPObject
+{
+  K_DCOP
+public:
+
+k_dcop:
+	/**
+	 * Shows the statistics dialog for contact which has KABC id \var contactId
+	 */
+	virtual void dcopStatisticsDialog(QString contactId) = 0;
+	/**
+     * \returns true if contact was online at time timeStamp, false else. Returns false if contact does not exist.
+	 */
+	virtual bool dcopWasOnline(QString id, int timeStamp) = 0;
+	/**
+	 * \returns true if contact was online at dt, false else. Returns false if contact does not exist or if date is invalid.
+	 */
+	virtual bool dcopWasOnline(QString id, QString datetime) = 0;
+	
+	/**
+	 * \returns true if contact was away at time timeStamp, false else. Returns false if contact does not exist.
+	 */
+	virtual bool dcopWasAway(QString id, int timeStamp) = 0;
+	/**
+	 * \returns true if contact was away at dt, false else. Returns false if contact does not exist or if date is invalid.
+	 */
+	virtual bool dcopWasAway(QString id, QString datetime) = 0;
+	
+	/**
+	 * \returns true if contact was offline at time timeStamp, false else. Returns false if contact does not exist.
+	 */
+	virtual bool dcopWasOffline(QString id, int timeStamp) = 0;
+	/**
+	 * \returns true if contact was offline at dt, false else. Returns false if contact does not exist or if date is invalid.
+	 */
+	virtual bool dcopWasOffline(QString id, QString datetime) = 0;
+	
+	/**
+	 * \returns return the status of the contact at datetime.
+	 */
+	virtual QString dcopStatus(QString id, QString datetime) = 0;
+	/**
+	 * \returns return the status of the contact at timeStamp.
+	 */
+	virtual QString dcopStatus(QString id, int timeStamp) = 0;
+	/**
+	 * \returns the main status (most used status) of the contact id at date (not time) timeStamp. Will take the day where timeStamp is.
+	 */
+	virtual QString dcopMainStatus(QString id, int timeStamp) = 0;
+};
+
+#endif // STATISTICSDCOP_H
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdialog.cpp b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..485eb7ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+/*
+    statisticsdialog.cpp - Kopete History Dialog
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+
+#include <qtabwidget.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <qhbox.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <qtextedit.h>
+#include <qcombobox.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include "kdialogbase.h"
+#include "klocale.h"
+#include "klistview.h"
+#include "khtml_part.h"
+#include "kstandarddirs.h"
+#include "kdatepicker.h"
+#include "ktimewidget.h"
+
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopeteonlinestatus.h"
+
+#include "statisticsdialog.h"
+#include "statisticscontact.h"
+#include "statisticswidget.h"
+#include "statisticsplugin.h"
+#include "statisticsdb.h"
+
+StatisticsDialog::StatisticsDialog(StatisticsContact *contact, StatisticsDB *db, QWidget* parent,
+	const char* name) : KDialogBase(parent, name, false,
+	i18n("Statistics for %1").arg(contact->metaContact()->displayName()), Close, Close), m_db(db), m_contact(contact)
+{	
+	mainWidget = new StatisticsWidget(this);
+	setMainWidget(mainWidget);
+	
+	setMinimumWidth(640);
+	setMinimumHeight(400);
+	adjustSize();
+
+	QHBox *hbox = new QHBox(this);
+	
+	generalHTMLPart = new KHTMLPart(hbox);
+        generalHTMLPart->setOnlyLocalReferences(true);
+	connect ( generalHTMLPart->browserExtension(), SIGNAL( openURLRequestDelayed( const KURL &, const KParts::URLArgs & ) ),
+			  this, SLOT( slotOpenURLRequest( const KURL &, const KParts::URLArgs & ) ) );
+	
+	
+	mainWidget->tabWidget->insertTab(hbox, i18n("General"), 0);
+	mainWidget->tabWidget->setCurrentPage(0);
+	
+	mainWidget->timePicker->setTime(QTime::currentTime());
+	mainWidget->datePicker->setDate(QDate::currentDate());
+	connect(mainWidget->askButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotAskButtonClicked()));
+	
+	setFocus();
+	setEscapeButton(Close);
+	
+	generatePageGeneral();
+}
+
+// We only generate pages when the user clicks on a link
+void StatisticsDialog::slotOpenURLRequest(const KURL& url, const KParts::URLArgs&)
+{
+	if (url.protocol() == "main")
+	{
+		generatePageGeneral();
+	}
+	else if (url.protocol() == "dayofweek")
+	{
+		generatePageForDay(url.path().toInt());
+	}
+	else if (url.protocol() == "monthofyear")
+	{
+		generatePageForMonth(url.path().toInt());
+	}
+}
+
+/*void StatisticsDialog::parseTemplate(QString Template)
+{
+	QString fileString = ::locate("appdata", "kopete_statistics.template.html");
+	QString templateString;
+	QFile file(file);
+	if (file.open(IO_ReadOnly))
+	{
+		QTextStream stream(&file);
+		templateString = stream.read();
+		file.close();
+	}	
+	// The template is loaded in templateString now.
+	templateString.strReplace(
+}*/
+
+void StatisticsDialog::generatePageForMonth(const int monthOfYear)
+{
+	QStringList values = m_db->query(QString("SELECT status, datetimebegin, datetimeend "
+	"FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1' ORDER BY datetimebegin;").arg(m_contact->statisticsContactId()));	
+	
+	QStringList values2;
+	
+	for (uint i=0; i<values.count(); i+=3)
+	{
+		QDateTime dateTimeBegin;
+		dateTimeBegin.setTime_t(values[i+1].toInt());
+		/// @todo Same as for Day, check if second datetime is on the same month
+		if (dateTimeBegin.date().month() == monthOfYear)
+		{
+			values2.push_back(values[i]);
+			values2.push_back(values[i+1]);
+			values2.push_back(values[i+2]);
+		}
+	}
+	generatePageFromQStringList(values2, QDate::longMonthName(monthOfYear));
+}
+
+void StatisticsDialog::generatePageForDay(const int dayOfWeek)
+{
+	QStringList values = m_db->query(QString("SELECT status, datetimebegin, datetimeend "
+	"FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1' ORDER BY datetimebegin;").arg(m_contact->statisticsContactId()));	
+	
+	QStringList values2;
+	
+	for (uint i=0; i<values.count(); i+=3)
+	{
+		QDateTime dateTimeBegin;
+		dateTimeBegin.setTime_t(values[i+1].toInt());
+		QDateTime dateTimeEnd;
+		dateTimeEnd.setTime_t(values[i+2].toInt());
+		if (dateTimeBegin.date().dayOfWeek() == dayOfWeek)
+		{
+			if (dateTimeEnd.date().dayOfWeek() != dayOfWeek)
+		  // Day of week is not the same at beginning and at end of the event
+		  {
+		    values2.push_back(values[i]);
+		    values2.push_back(values[i+1]);
+			
+			// datetime from value[i+1]
+			
+			dateTimeBegin = QDateTime(dateTimeBegin.date(), QTime(0, 0, 0));
+			dateTimeBegin.addSecs(dateTimeBegin.time().secsTo(QTime(23, 59, 59)));
+			values2.push_back(QString::number(dateTimeBegin.toTime_t()));
+		  }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      values2.push_back(values[i]);
+		      values2.push_back(values[i+1]);
+		      values2.push_back(values[i+2]);
+		    }
+		}
+	}
+	generatePageFromQStringList(values2, QDate::longDayName(dayOfWeek));
+ 
+}
+
+/// @todo chart problem at midnight.
+void StatisticsDialog::generatePageFromQStringList(QStringList values, const QString & subTitle)
+{
+	generalHTMLPart->begin();
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<html><head><style>.bar { margin:0px;} "
+	"body"
+	"{"
+	"font-size:11px"
+	"}"
+	".chart"								// Style for the charts
+	"{ height:100px;"
+	"border-left:1px solid #999;"
+	"border-bottom:1px solid #999;"
+	"vertical-align:bottom;"
+	"}"
+	".statgroup"							// Style for groups of similar statistics
+	 "{ margin-bottom:10px;"
+	 "background-color:white;"
+	"border-left: 5px solid #369;"
+	"border-top: 1px dashed #999;"
+	"border-bottom: 1px dashed #999;"
+	"margin-left: 10px;"
+	"margin-right: 5px;"
+	"padding:3px 3px 3px 10px;}"
+	"</style></head><body>" + 
+	i18n("<h1>Statistics for %1</h1>").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()) +
+	"<h3>%1</h3><hr>").arg(subTitle));
+	
+	generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<div class=\"statgroup\"><b><a href=\"main:generalinfo\" title=\"General summary view\">General</a></b><br>"
+	"<span title=\"Select the a day or a month to view the stat for\"><b>Days: </b>"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:1\">Monday</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:2\">Tuesday</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:3\">Wednesday</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:4\">Thursday</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:5\">Friday</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:6\">Saturday</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:7\">Sunday</a><br>"
+	"<b>Months: </b>"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:1\">January</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:2\">February</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:3\">March</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:4\">April</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:5\">May</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:6\">June</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:7\">July</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:8\">August</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:9\">September</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:10\">October</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:11\">November</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:12\">December</a>&nbsp;"
+	"</span></div><br>"));
+	
+//	mainWidget->listView->addColumn(i18n("Status"));
+//	mainWidget->listView->addColumn(i18n("Start Date"));
+//	mainWidget->listView->addColumn(i18n("End Date"));
+//	mainWidget->listView->addColumn(i18n("Start Date"));
+//	mainWidget->listView->addColumn(i18n("End Date"));
+
+	QString todayString;
+	todayString.append(i18n("<div class=\"statgroup\" title=\"Contact status history for today\"><h2>Today</h2><table width=\"100%\"><tr><td>Status</td><td>From</td><td>To</td></tr>"));
+	
+	bool today;
+	
+	int totalTime = 0; // this is in seconds
+	int totalAwayTime = 0; // this is in seconds
+	int totalOnlineTime = 0; // this is in seconds
+	int totalOfflineTime = 0; // idem
+	
+	int hours[24]; // in seconds, too
+	int iMaxHours = 0;
+	int hoursOnline[24]; // this is in seconds
+	int iMaxHoursOnline = 0;
+	int hoursAway[24]; // this is in seconds
+	int iMaxHoursAway = 0;
+	int hoursOffline[24]; // this is in seconds. Hours where we are sure contact is offline
+	int iMaxHoursOffline = 0;
+	
+	for (uint i=0; i<24; i++)
+	{
+		hours[i] = 0;
+		hoursOnline[i] = 0;
+		hoursAway[i] = 0;
+		hoursOffline[i] = 0;
+	}
+		
+	for (uint i=0; i<values.count(); i+=3 /* because SELECT 3 columns */)
+	{
+		/* 	Here we try to interpret one database entry...
+			What's important here, is to not count two times the same hour for instance
+			This is why there are some if in all this stuff ;-)
+		*/
+		
+		
+		// it is the STARTDATE from the database
+		QDateTime dateTime1;
+		dateTime1.setTime_t(values[i+1].toInt());
+		// it is the ENDDATE from the database
+		QDateTime dateTime2;
+		dateTime2.setTime_t(values[i+2].toInt());
+		
+		if (dateTime1.date() == QDate::currentDate() || dateTime2.date() == QDate::currentDate())
+			today = true;
+		else today = false;
+		
+		totalTime += dateTime1.secsTo(dateTime2);
+		
+		if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online) 
+			totalOnlineTime += dateTime1.secsTo(dateTime2);
+		else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away) 
+			totalAwayTime += dateTime1.secsTo(dateTime2);
+		else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline) 
+			totalOfflineTime += dateTime1.secsTo(dateTime2);
+	
+		
+		/*
+		 * To build the chart/hours
+		 */
+		 
+		// Number of hours between dateTime1 and dateTime2
+		int nbHours = (int)(dateTime1.secsTo(dateTime2)/3600.0);
+		
+		uint tempHour = 
+			dateTime1.time().hour() == dateTime2.time().hour()
+				 ? dateTime1.secsTo(dateTime2) // (*)
+				: 3600 - dateTime1.time().minute()*60 - dateTime1.time().second();
+		hours[dateTime1.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+		
+		if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online) 			
+			hoursOnline[dateTime1.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+		else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away) 	
+			hoursAway[dateTime1.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+		else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline) 
+			hoursOffline[dateTime1.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+		
+		for (int j= dateTime1.time().hour()+1; j < dateTime1.time().hour() + nbHours - 1; j++)
+		{
+			hours[j%24] += 3600;
+			if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online) 
+				hoursOnline[j%24] += 3600;
+			else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away) 
+				hoursAway[j%24] += 3600;
+			else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline) 	
+				hoursOffline[j%24] += 3600;
+		}
+		
+		
+		if (dateTime1.time().hour() != dateTime2.time().hour())
+		// We dont want to count this if the hour from dateTime2 is the same than the one from dateTime1
+		// since it as already been taken in account in the (*) instruction
+		{
+			tempHour = dateTime2.time().minute()*60 +dateTime2.time().second();
+			hours[dateTime2.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+			
+			if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online) 
+				hoursOnline[dateTime2.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+			else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away) 	
+				hoursAway[dateTime2.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+			else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline) 
+				hoursOffline[dateTime2.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+			
+					
+		}
+		
+		
+		
+		QString color;
+		if (today)
+		{
+			QString status;
+			if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online) 
+			{
+				color="blue";
+				status = i18n("Online");
+			}
+			else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away) 	
+			{
+				color="navy";
+				status = i18n("Away");
+			}
+			else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline) 
+			{
+				color="gray";
+				status = i18n("Offline");
+			}
+			else color="white";
+		
+			todayString.append(QString("<tr style=\"color:%1\"><td>%2</td><td>%3</td><td>%4</td></tr>").arg(color, status, dateTime1.time().toString(), dateTime2.time().toString()));
+		
+		}
+		
+		// We add a listview item to the log list
+		// QDateTime listViewDT1, listViewDT2;
+		// listViewDT1.setTime_t(values[i+1].toInt());
+		// listViewDT2.setTime_t(values[i+2].toInt());
+		// new KListViewItem(mainWidget->listView, values[i], values[i+1], values[i+2], listViewDT1.toString(), listViewDT2.toString());
+	}
+
+	
+	todayString.append("</table></div>");
+	
+	// Get the max from the hours*
+	for (uint i=1; i<24; i++)
+	{
+		if (hours[iMaxHours] < hours[i])
+			iMaxHours = i;
+		if (hoursOnline[iMaxHoursOnline] < hoursOnline[i])
+			iMaxHoursOnline = i;
+		if (hoursOffline[iMaxHoursOffline] < hoursOffline[i])
+			iMaxHoursOffline = i;
+		if (hoursAway[iMaxHoursAway] < hoursAway[i])
+			iMaxHoursAway = i;	
+	}
+	
+	//
+	
+	/*
+	 * Here we really generate the page
+	 */
+	// Some "total times"
+	generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<div class=\"statgroup\">"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"The total time I have been able to see %1 status\">"
+		"Total seen time :</b> %2 hour(s)<br>").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(stringFromSeconds(totalTime)));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"The total time I have seen %1 online\">"
+		"Total online time :</b> %2 hour(s)<br>").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(stringFromSeconds(totalOnlineTime)));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"The total time I have seen %1 away\">Total busy time :</b> %2 hour(s)<br>").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(stringFromSeconds(totalAwayTime)));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"The total time I have seen %1 offline\">Total offline time :</b> %2 hour(s)").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(stringFromSeconds(totalOfflineTime)));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</div>"));
+
+	if (subTitle == i18n("General information"))
+	/*
+	 * General stats that should not be shown on "day" or "month" pages
+	 */
+	{
+		generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<div class=\"statgroup\">"));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b>Average message length :</b> %1 characters<br>").arg(m_contact->messageLength()));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b>Time between two messages : </b> %1 second(s)").arg(m_contact->timeBetweenTwoMessages()));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</div>"));
+	
+		generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<div class=\"statgroup\">"));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"The last time you talked with %1\">Last talk :</b> %2<br>").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(KGlobal::locale()->formatDateTime(m_contact->lastTalk())));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"The last time I have seen %1 online or away\">Last time contact was present :</b> %2").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(KGlobal::locale()->formatDateTime(m_contact->lastPresent())));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</div>"));
+
+		//generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<div class=\"statgroup\">"));
+		//generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"%1 uses to set his status online at these hours (EXPERIMENTAL)\">Main online events :</b><br>").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()));
+		//QValueList<QTime> mainEvents = m_contact->mainEvents(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online);
+		//for (uint i=0; i<mainEvents.count(); i++)
+		//generalHTMLPart->write(QString("%1<br>").arg(mainEvents[i].toString()));
+		//generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</div>"));
+ 
+		generalHTMLPart->write("<div title=\"" +i18n("Current status") + "\" class=\"statgroup\">");
+		generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("Is <b>%1</b> since <b>%2</b>").arg(
+				Kopete::OnlineStatus(m_contact->oldStatus()).description(),
+				KGlobal::locale()->formatDateTime(m_contact->oldStatusDateTime())));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</div>"));
+	}
+		
+	/*
+	 * Chart which show the hours where plugin has seen this contact online
+	 */
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<div class=\"statgroup\">"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<table width=\"100%\"><tr><td colspan=\"3\">") + i18n("When have I seen this contact ?") + QString("</td></tr>"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<tr><td height=\"200\" valign=\"bottom\" colspan=\"3\" class=\"chart\">"));
+	
+	QString chartString;
+	QString colorPath = ::locate("appdata", "pics/statistics/black.png");
+	for (uint i=0; i<24; i++)
+	{
+		
+		int hrWidth = qRound((double)hours[i]/(double)hours[iMaxHours]*100.);
+		chartString += QString("<img class=\"margin:0px;\"  height=\"")
+				+(totalTime ? QString::number(hrWidth) : QString::number(0))
+				+QString("\" src=\"file://")
+				+colorPath
+				+"\" width=\"4%\" title=\""
+				+i18n("Between %1:00 and %2:00, I was able to see %3 status %4% of the hour.").arg(i).arg((i+1)%24).arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(hrWidth)
+				+QString("\">");
+	}
+	generalHTMLPart->write(chartString);
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</td></tr>"));
+	
+	
+	
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString(	"<tr>"
+		"<td>")+i18n("Online time")+QString("</td><td>")+i18n("Away time")+QString("</td><td>")+i18n("Offline time")+QString("</td>"
+					"</tr>"
+					"<td valign=\"bottom\" width=\"33%\" class=\"chart\">"));
+	
+	
+	generalHTMLPart->write(generateHTMLChart(hoursOnline, hoursAway, hoursOffline, i18n("online"), "blue"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</td><td valign=\"bottom\" width=\"33%\" class=\"chart\">"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(generateHTMLChart(hoursAway, hoursOnline, hoursOffline, i18n("away"), "navy"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</td><td valign=\"bottom\" width=\"33%\" class=\"chart\">"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(generateHTMLChart(hoursOffline, hoursAway, hoursOnline, i18n("offline"), "gray"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</td></tr></table></div>"));
+		
+	if (subTitle == i18n("General information"))
+	/* On main page, show the different status of the contact today
+	 */
+	{
+		generalHTMLPart->write(QString(todayString));
+	}
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</body></html>"));
+	
+	generalHTMLPart->end();
+	
+}
+
+void StatisticsDialog::generatePageGeneral()
+{
+	QStringList values;
+	values = m_db->query(QString("SELECT status, datetimebegin, datetimeend "
+				"FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1' ORDER BY datetimebegin;")
+				.arg(m_contact->statisticsContactId()));
+	generatePageFromQStringList(values, i18n("General information"));
+}
+
+QString StatisticsDialog::generateHTMLChart(const int *hours, const int *hours2, const int *hours3, const QString & caption, const QString & color)
+{
+	QString chartString;
+	
+	QString colorPath = ::locate("appdata", "pics/statistics/"+color+".png");
+	
+	
+	for (uint i=0; i<24; i++)
+	{
+		int totalTime = hours[i] + hours2[i] + hours3[i];
+		
+		int hrWidth = qRound((double)hours[i]/(double)totalTime*100.);
+		chartString += QString("<img class=\"margin:0px;\"  height=\"")
+				+(totalTime ? QString::number(hrWidth) : QString::number(0))
+				+QString("\" src=\"file://")
+				+colorPath
+				+"\" width=\"4%\" title=\""+
+				i18n("Between %1:00 and %2:00, I have seen %3 %4% %5.").
+				arg(i).
+				arg((i+1) % 24).
+				arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).
+				arg(hrWidth).
+				arg(caption)
+				+".\">";
+	}
+	return chartString;
+}
+
+QString StatisticsDialog::stringFromSeconds(const int seconds)
+{
+	int h, m, s;
+	h = seconds/3600;
+	m = (seconds % 3600)/60;
+	s = (seconds % 3600) % 60;
+	return QString::number(h)+":"+QString::number(m)+":"+QString::number(s);
+}
+
+void StatisticsDialog::slotAskButtonClicked()
+{
+	if (mainWidget->questionComboBox->currentItem()==0)
+	{
+		QString text = i18n("1 is date, 2 is contact name, 3 is online status", "%1, %2 was %3")
+		    .arg(KGlobal::locale()->formatDateTime(QDateTime(mainWidget->datePicker->date(), mainWidget->timePicker->time())))
+		    .arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName())
+		    .arg(m_contact->statusAt(QDateTime(mainWidget->datePicker->date(), mainWidget->timePicker->time())));
+		mainWidget->answerEdit->setText(text);
+	}
+	else if (mainWidget->questionComboBox->currentItem()==1)
+	{
+		mainWidget->answerEdit->setText(m_contact->mainStatusDate(mainWidget->datePicker->date()));
+	}
+	else if (mainWidget->questionComboBox->currentItem()==2)
+	// Next online
+	{
+		
+	}
+}
+
+#include "statisticsdialog.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdialog.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..32a5aaaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+    statisticsdialog.h - Kopete History Dialog
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _STATISTICSDIALOG_H
+#define _STATISTICSDIALOG_H
+
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+
+class QCanvasView;
+class QCanvas;
+class QStringList;
+
+class StatisticsWidget;
+class StatisticsPlugin;
+class StatisticsDB;
+class StatisticsContact;
+
+class KHTMLPart;
+class KURL;
+namespace KParts
+{
+	class URLArgs;
+}
+
+class StatisticsDialog : public KDialogBase
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+	public:
+		StatisticsDialog(StatisticsContact *contact, StatisticsDB* db, QWidget* parent=0,
+			const char* name="StatisticsDialog");
+	private:
+		QString generateHTMLChart(const int *hours, const int *hours2, const int *hours3, const QString & caption, const QString & color);
+		QString generateHTMLChartBar(int height, const QString & color, const QString & caption);
+		QString stringFromSeconds(const int seconds);
+		
+		StatisticsWidget *mainWidget;
+		KHTMLPart *generalHTMLPart;
+		
+		/// Database from which we get the statistics
+		StatisticsDB *m_db;
+		/// Metacontact for which we get the statistics from m_db
+		StatisticsContact *m_contact;
+		
+		void generatePageFromQStringList(QStringList values, const QString & subTitle);
+		
+		/// Generates the main page
+		void generatePageGeneral();
+		/**
+		 * @brief Generates the page for a given day of the week.
+		 * \param dayOfWeek Monday..Sunday, 0..7
+		 */
+		void generatePageForDay(const int dayOfWeek);
+		void generatePageForMonth(const int monthOfYear);
+		
+
+private slots:
+		/**
+		 * We manage the openURLRequestDelayed signal from the generalHTMLPart->browserExtension() in order to
+		 * generate requested pages on the flow.
+		 */
+		void slotOpenURLRequest(const KURL& url, const KParts::URLArgs&);
+		void slotAskButtonClicked();
+
+};
+
+
+#endif // _STATISTICSDIALOG_H
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0d190b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/*
+    statisticsplugin.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qdict.h>
+#include <qtimer.h>
+
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kaboutdata.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <kdeversion.h>
+
+#include "kopetechatsessionmanager.h"
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopeteview.h"
+#include "kopetecontactlist.h"
+#include "kopeteuiglobal.h"
+#include "kopetemessageevent.h"
+#include "kopeteonlinestatus.h"
+#include "kopeteaccountmanager.h"
+#include "kopeteaccount.h"
+
+#include "statisticscontact.h"
+#include "statisticsdialog.h"
+#include "statisticsplugin.h"
+#include "statisticsdb.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<StatisticsPlugin> StatisticsPluginFactory;
+
+
+static const KAboutData aboutdata("kopete_statistics", I18N_NOOP("Statistics") , "0.1" );
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_statistics, StatisticsPluginFactory( &aboutdata )  )
+
+StatisticsPlugin::StatisticsPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &)
+      : DCOPObject("StatisticsDCOPIface"), 
+        Kopete::Plugin( StatisticsPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+      
+
+{
+	KAction *viewMetaContactStatistics = new KAction( i18n("View &Statistics" ),
+		QString::fromLatin1( "log" ), 0, this, SLOT(slotViewStatistics()),
+		actionCollection(), "viewMetaContactStatistics" );
+	viewMetaContactStatistics->setEnabled(Kopete::ContactList::self()->selectedMetaContacts().count() == 1);
+
+	connect(Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(),SIGNAL(chatSessionCreated(Kopete::ChatSession*)),
+				this, SLOT(slotViewCreated(Kopete::ChatSession*)));
+	connect(Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(),SIGNAL(aboutToReceive(Kopete::Message&)),
+				this, SLOT(slotAboutToReceive(Kopete::Message&)));
+		
+	connect(Kopete::ContactList::self(), SIGNAL(metaContactSelected(bool)),
+		viewMetaContactStatistics, SLOT(setEnabled(bool)));
+	connect(Kopete::ContactList::self(), SIGNAL(metaContactAdded(Kopete::MetaContact*)),
+			this, SLOT(slotMetaContactAdded(Kopete::MetaContact*)));	
+	connect(Kopete::ContactList::self(), SIGNAL(metaContactRemoved(Kopete::MetaContact*)),
+			this, SLOT(slotMetaContactRemoved(Kopete::MetaContact*)));	
+
+	setXMLFile("statisticsui.rc");
+
+	/* Initialization reads the database, so it could be a bit time-consuming
+	due to disk access. This should overcome the problem and makes it non-blocking. */
+	QTimer::singleShot(0, this, SLOT(slotInitialize()));
+}	
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotInitialize()
+{
+	// Initializes the database
+	m_db = new StatisticsDB();
+	
+	QPtrList<Kopete::MetaContact> list = Kopete::ContactList::self()->metaContacts();
+	QPtrListIterator<Kopete::MetaContact> it( list );
+	for (; it.current(); ++it)
+	{
+		slotMetaContactAdded(it.current());
+	}
+}
+
+StatisticsPlugin::~StatisticsPlugin()
+{
+	QMap<Kopete::MetaContact*, StatisticsContact*>::Iterator it;
+        for ( it = statisticsMetaContactMap.begin(); it != statisticsMetaContactMap.end(); ++it )
+	{
+		delete it.data();
+	}
+	delete m_db;
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotAboutToReceive(Kopete::Message& m)
+{
+	if ( statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(m.from()->metaContact()) )
+		statisticsMetaContactMap[m.from()->metaContact()]->newMessageReceived(m);
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotViewCreated(Kopete::ChatSession* session)
+{
+	connect(session, SIGNAL(closing(Kopete::ChatSession*)), this, SLOT(slotViewClosed(Kopete::ChatSession*)));
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotViewClosed(Kopete::ChatSession* session)
+{
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> list = session->members();
+	QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Contact> it( list );
+	
+	for (; it.current(); ++it)
+	{
+		// If this contact is not in other chat sessions
+		if (!it.current()->manager() && statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(it.current()->metaContact()))
+			statisticsMetaContactMap[it.current()->metaContact()]->setIsChatWindowOpen(false);
+	}
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotViewStatistics()
+{
+	Kopete::MetaContact *mc=Kopete::ContactList::self()->selectedMetaContacts().first();
+	
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << "statistics - dialog :"+ mc->displayName() << endl;
+	
+	if ( mc && statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(mc) )
+	{
+		(new StatisticsDialog(statisticsMetaContactMap[mc], db()))->show();
+	}
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotOnlineStatusChanged(Kopete::MetaContact *mc, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status)
+{
+	if ( statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(mc) )
+		statisticsMetaContactMap[mc]->onlineStatusChanged(status);
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotMetaContactAdded(Kopete::MetaContact *mc)
+{
+	statisticsMetaContactMap[mc] = new StatisticsContact(mc, db());
+	
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> clist = mc->contacts();
+	Kopete::Contact *contact;
+	
+	// we need to call slotContactAdded if MetaContact allready have contacts
+	for ( contact = clist.first(); contact; contact = clist.next() )
+	{
+		this->slotContactAdded(contact);
+	}
+	
+	connect(mc, SIGNAL(onlineStatusChanged( Kopete::MetaContact *, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType)), this,
+					SLOT(slotOnlineStatusChanged(Kopete::MetaContact*, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType)));
+	connect(mc, SIGNAL(contactAdded( Kopete::Contact *)), this,
+					SLOT(slotContactAdded( Kopete::Contact *)));
+	connect(mc, SIGNAL(contactRemoved( Kopete::Contact *)), this,
+					SLOT(slotContactRemoved( Kopete::Contact *)));
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotMetaContactRemoved(Kopete::MetaContact *mc)
+{
+	if (statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(mc))
+	{
+		StatisticsContact *sc = statisticsMetaContactMap[mc];
+		statisticsMetaContactMap.remove(mc);
+		sc->removeFromDB();
+		delete sc;
+	}
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotContactAdded( Kopete::Contact *c)
+{
+	if (statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(c->metaContact()))
+	{
+		StatisticsContact *sc = statisticsMetaContactMap[c->metaContact()];
+		sc->contactAdded(c);
+		statisticsContactMap[c->contactId()] = sc;
+	}
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotContactRemoved( Kopete::Contact *c)
+{
+	if (statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(c->metaContact()))
+		statisticsMetaContactMap[c->metaContact()]->contactRemoved(c);
+	
+	statisticsContactMap.remove(c->contactId());
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::dcopStatisticsDialog(QString id)
+{
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << "statistics - DCOP dialog :" << id << endl;
+	
+	if (statisticsContactMap.contains(id))
+	{
+		(new StatisticsDialog(statisticsContactMap[id], db()))->show();
+	}	
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasOnline(QString id, int timeStamp)
+{
+	QDateTime dt;
+	dt.setTime_t(timeStamp);	
+	return dcopWasStatus(id, dt, Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online); 
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasOnline(QString id, QString dateTime)
+{
+	return dcopWasStatus(id, QDateTime::fromString(dateTime), Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online);
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasAway(QString id, int timeStamp)
+{
+	QDateTime dt;
+	dt.setTime_t(timeStamp);	
+	return dcopWasStatus(id, dt, Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away); 
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasAway(QString id, QString dateTime)
+{
+	return dcopWasStatus(id, QDateTime::fromString(dateTime), Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away);
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasOffline(QString id, int timeStamp)
+{
+	QDateTime dt;
+	dt.setTime_t(timeStamp);	
+	return dcopWasStatus(id, dt, Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline); 
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasOffline(QString id, QString dateTime)
+{
+	return dcopWasStatus(id, QDateTime::fromString(dateTime), Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline);
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasStatus(QString id, QDateTime dateTime, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status)
+{
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << "statistics - DCOP wasOnline :" << id << endl;
+	
+	if (dateTime.isValid() && statisticsContactMap.contains(id))
+	{
+		return statisticsContactMap[id]->wasStatus(dateTime, status);
+	}
+	
+	return false;	
+}
+
+QString StatisticsPlugin::dcopStatus(QString id, int timeStamp)
+{
+	QDateTime dt;
+	dt.setTime_t(timeStamp);
+	return dcopStatus(id, dt.toString());
+
+}
+
+QString StatisticsPlugin::dcopStatus(QString id, QString dateTime)
+{
+	QDateTime dt = QDateTime::fromString(dateTime);
+	
+	if (dt.isValid() && statisticsContactMap.contains(id))
+	{
+		return statisticsContactMap[id]->statusAt(dt);
+	}
+	
+	return "";
+}
+
+QString StatisticsPlugin::dcopMainStatus(QString id, int timeStamp)
+{
+	QDateTime dt;
+	dt.setTime_t(timeStamp);
+	if (dt.isValid() && statisticsContactMap.contains(id))
+	{
+		return statisticsContactMap[id]->mainStatusDate(dt.date());
+	}
+	
+	return "";
+}
+#include "statisticsplugin.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d757b424
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/*
+    statisticsplugin.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef STATISTICSPLUGIN_H
+#define STATISTICSPLUGIN_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+#include <dcopobject.h>
+
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+#include "kopetemessagehandler.h"
+#include "kopeteonlinestatus.h"
+
+#include "statisticsdcopiface.h"
+
+class QString;
+
+class StatisticsDB;
+class StatisticsContact;
+class StatisticsDCOPIface;
+
+class KopeteView;
+class KActionCollection;
+
+/** \section Kopete Statistics Plugin
+ *
+ * \subsection intro_sec Introduction
+ *
+ * This plugin aims at giving detailed statistics on metacontacts, for instance, how long was
+ * the metacontact online, how long was it busy etc. 
+ * In the future, it will maybe make prediction on when the contact should be available for chat.
+ *
+ * \subsection install_sec How it works ...
+ * Each Metacontact is bound to a StatisticsContact which has access to the SQLITE database.
+ * This StatisticsContact stores the last status of the metacontact; the member function onlineStatusChanged is called when the 
+ * metacontact status changed (this is managed in the slot slotOnlineStatusChanged of StatisticsPlugin) and then the DB is 
+ * updated for the contact.
+ * 
+ * More exactly the DB is updated only if the oldstatus was not Offline
+
+ * To have an idea how it works, here is a table :
+ * 
+ * <table>
+  * <tr>
+ * <td>Event</td><td>Changes to database</td><td>oldStatus</td>
+ * </tr>
+  * <tr>
+ * <td>John 17:44 Away <i>(connexion)</i></td><td> - <i>(oldstatus was offline)</i></td><td>oldstatus = away </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>John 18:01 Online</td><td>(+) Away 17:44 18:01</td><td>oldstatus = online</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>John 18:30 Offline <i>(disconnect)</i></td><td>(+) Online 18:01 18:30</td><td>oldstatus = offline</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>John 18:45 Online <i>(connexion)</i></td><td> - <i>(oldstatus was offline)</i></td><td>oldstatus = online</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>John 20:30 Offline <i>(disconnect)</i></td><td>(+) Online 18:45 20:30</td><td>oldstatus = offline</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *  
+ * etc.
+ * 
+ * \subsection install_sec Some little stats
+ * This plugin is able to record some other stats, not based on events. Theyre saved in the commonstat table in which we store stats
+ * like this :
+ * 
+ * <code>statname, statvalue1, statvalue2</code>
+ * 
+ * Generally, we store the value, and its ponderation. If an average on one hundred messages says that the contact X takes about 
+ * 3 seconds between two messages, we store "timebetweentwomessages", "3", "100"
+ *
+ *
+ *
+ * StatisticsPlugin is the main Statistics plugin class.
+ * Contains mainly slots.
+ */
+class StatisticsPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin, virtual public StatisticsDCOPIface
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	/// Standard plugin constructors
+	StatisticsPlugin(QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args);
+	~StatisticsPlugin();
+	
+	/// Method to access m_db member
+	StatisticsDB *db() { return m_db; }
+private slots:
+	// Do the initializations
+	void slotInitialize();
+
+public slots:
+	
+	/** \brief This slot is called when the status of a contact changed.
+	 *
+	 *   Then it searches for the contact bind to the metacontact who triggered the signal and calls 
+	 *   the specific StatisticsContact::onlineStatusChanged of the StatisticsContact to update the StatisticsContact status,
+	 *   and maybe, update the database.
+ 	 */
+	void slotOnlineStatusChanged(Kopete::MetaContact *contact, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status );
+
+	/** 
+	 * Builds and show the StatisticsDialog for a contact
+	 */	   
+	void slotViewStatistics();
+		
+	/**
+	 *  
+	 * Extract the metaContactId from the message, and calls the 
+	 * StatisticsContact::newMessageReceived(Kopete::Message& m) function
+	 * for the corresponding contact
+	 */
+	void slotAboutToReceive(Kopete::Message& m);
+	
+	/*
+	 * Managing views
+	 */
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief Only connects the Kopete::ChatSession::closing() signal to our slotViewClosed().
+	 */
+	void slotViewCreated(Kopete::ChatSession* session);
+			  
+	/**
+	 * One aim of this slot is to be able to stop recording time between two messages 
+	 * for the contact in the chatsession. But, we only 
+	 * want to do this if the contact is not in an other chatsession.
+	 */
+	void slotViewClosed(Kopete::ChatSession* session);
+
+	/**
+	 * Slot called when a new metacontact is added to make some slots connections and to create a new
+	 * StatisticsContact object.
+	 *
+	 * In the constructor, we connect the metacontacts already existing to some slots, but we need to do this
+	 * when new metacontacts are added.
+	 * This function is also called when we loop over the contact list in the constructor.
+	*/
+	void slotMetaContactAdded(Kopete::MetaContact *mc);
+	
+	/**
+	 * Slot called when a metacontact is removed to delete statistic data from db and to remove StatisticsContact object.
+	*/
+	void slotMetaContactRemoved(Kopete::MetaContact *mc);
+	
+	/**
+	 * Slot called when a contact is added to metacontact.
+	 */
+	void slotContactAdded(Kopete::Contact *c);
+	
+	/**
+	 * Slot called when a contact is removed from metacontact.
+	 */
+	void slotContactRemoved(Kopete::Contact *c);
+
+
+	/*
+	 * DCOP functions 
+	 * See statisticsdcopiface.h for the documentation
+	 */
+	void dcopStatisticsDialog(QString id);
+	
+	bool dcopWasOnline(QString id, int timeStamp);
+	bool dcopWasOnline(QString id, QString dt);
+	
+	bool dcopWasAway(QString id, int timeStamp);
+	bool dcopWasAway(QString id, QString dt);
+	
+	bool dcopWasOffline(QString id, int timeStamp);
+	bool dcopWasOffline(QString id, QString dt);
+	
+	bool dcopWasStatus(QString id, QDateTime dateTime, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status);
+	
+	QString dcopStatus(QString id, QString dateTime);
+	QString dcopStatus(QString id, int timeStamp);
+	
+	QString dcopMainStatus(QString id, int timeStamp);
+
+private:	
+	StatisticsDB *m_db;
+	/** Associate a Kopete::Contact id to a StatisticsContact to retrieve
+	* the StatisticsContact corresponding to the Kopete::Contact
+	*/
+	QMap<QString, StatisticsContact*> statisticsContactMap;
+	/** Associate a Kopete::MetaContact to a StatisticsContact to retrieve
+	* the StatisticsContact corresponding to the MetaContact
+	*/
+	QMap<Kopete::MetaContact*, StatisticsContact*> statisticsMetaContactMap;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsui.rc b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..79d5898c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui name="kopete_history" version="1">
+	<MenuBar>
+		<Menu name="edit">
+			<text>&amp;Edit</text>
+			<Action name="viewMetaContactStatistics" />
+		</Menu>
+	</MenuBar>
+	<Menu name="contact_popup">
+		<Action name="viewMetaContactStatistics" />
+  	</Menu>
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticswidget.ui b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticswidget.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ca866e18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticswidget.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>StatisticsWidget</class>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>StatisticsWidget</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>586</width>
+            <height>506</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="sizePolicy">
+        <sizepolicy>
+            <hsizetype>2</hsizetype>
+            <vsizetype>2</vsizetype>
+            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+        </sizepolicy>
+    </property>
+    <grid>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QTabWidget" row="0" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>tabWidget</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <widget class="QWidget">
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>TabPage</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <attribute name="title">
+                    <string>Ask &amp;Database</string>
+                </attribute>
+                <grid>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <widget class="QGroupBox" row="0" column="0">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>groupBox1</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="title">
+                            <string>Date &amp;&amp; Time</string>
+                        </property>
+                        <grid>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <widget class="QLayoutWidget" row="0" column="0">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>layout11</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <hbox>
+                                    <property name="name">
+                                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                                    </property>
+                                    <spacer>
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>spacer5</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="orientation">
+                                            <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="sizeType">
+                                            <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="sizeHint">
+                                            <size>
+                                                <width>61</width>
+                                                <height>31</height>
+                                            </size>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </spacer>
+                                    <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>layout9</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <vbox>
+                                            <property name="name">
+                                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                                            </property>
+                                            <widget class="KDatePicker">
+                                                <property name="name">
+                                                    <cstring>datePicker</cstring>
+                                                </property>
+                                                <property name="sizePolicy">
+                                                    <sizepolicy>
+                                                        <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+                                                        <vsizetype>7</vsizetype>
+                                                        <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                                        <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                                                    </sizepolicy>
+                                                </property>
+                                            </widget>
+                                            <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                                                <property name="name">
+                                                    <cstring>layout7</cstring>
+                                                </property>
+                                                <hbox>
+                                                    <property name="name">
+                                                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                                                    </property>
+                                                    <widget class="QLabel">
+                                                        <property name="name">
+                                                            <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                        <property name="text">
+                                                            <string>Time :</string>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                    </widget>
+                                                    <widget class="KTimeWidget">
+                                                        <property name="name">
+                                                            <cstring>timePicker</cstring>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                    </widget>
+                                                    <spacer>
+                                                        <property name="name">
+                                                            <cstring>spacer3</cstring>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                        <property name="orientation">
+                                                            <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                        <property name="sizeType">
+                                                            <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                        <property name="sizeHint">
+                                                            <size>
+                                                                <width>40</width>
+                                                                <height>20</height>
+                                                            </size>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                    </spacer>
+                                                </hbox>
+                                            </widget>
+                                        </vbox>
+                                    </widget>
+                                    <spacer>
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>spacer4</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="orientation">
+                                            <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="sizeType">
+                                            <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="sizeHint">
+                                            <size>
+                                                <width>60</width>
+                                                <height>41</height>
+                                            </size>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </spacer>
+                                </hbox>
+                            </widget>
+                        </grid>
+                    </widget>
+                    <widget class="QGroupBox" row="1" column="0">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>groupBox2</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="title">
+                            <string>Question</string>
+                        </property>
+                        <grid>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <widget class="QLayoutWidget" row="0" column="0">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>layout5</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <hbox>
+                                    <property name="name">
+                                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                                    </property>
+                                    <widget class="QComboBox">
+                                        <item>
+                                            <property name="text">
+                                                <string>Contact Status at Date &amp; Time</string>
+                                            </property>
+                                        </item>
+                                        <item>
+                                            <property name="text">
+                                                <string>Most Used Status at Date</string>
+                                            </property>
+                                        </item>
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>questionComboBox</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="sizePolicy">
+                                            <sizepolicy>
+                                                <hsizetype>7</hsizetype>
+                                                <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                                                <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                                <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                                            </sizepolicy>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                    <widget class="QPushButton">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>askButton</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="text">
+                                            <string>&amp;Ask</string>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                </hbox>
+                            </widget>
+                        </grid>
+                    </widget>
+                    <widget class="QGroupBox" row="2" column="0">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>groupBox3</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="title">
+                            <string>Answer</string>
+                        </property>
+                        <grid>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <widget class="QTextEdit" row="0" column="0">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>answerEdit</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                        </grid>
+                    </widget>
+                </grid>
+            </widget>
+        </widget>
+    </grid>
+</widget>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>kdatepicker.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kdatetbl.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>ktimewidget.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>